Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    George Hartofilakidis, George C. Babis, Kalliopi Lampropoulou-Adamidou.
    Summary: Congenital hip disease (CHD) is the main cause of secondary osteoarthritis (OA) of the hip in young adults, which accounts for almost 40% of all cases of hip OA. Total hip replacement (THR) performed using optimal techniques can achieve a radical improvement in the quality of life of adult patients. This book offers in-depth coverage of all aspects of CHD in adults and its treatment. Relevant information is first provided on the basic anatomy of the hip and OA of the hip and on the classification, epidemiology, and natural history of CHD. The now limited role of femoral and pelvic osteotomies is carefully evaluated, and the use of THR is then considered in detail. Indications and preoperative planning are discussed, and the available operative techniques, analyzed. Clear guidance is provided on overcoming major technical difficulties, and the benefits of particular approaches and techniques are highlighted. More than 180 images and numerous case studies complement this reader-friendly text. The book will be an invaluable tool for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists and radiologists.

    Contents:
    The Hip: Basic Anatomy
    Osteoarthritis of the Hip
    Congenital Hip Disease: General Aspects, Terminology and Classification
    Epidemiology, Demographics and Natural History
    Treatment Options, Except Total Hip Replacement: Conservative Management and Osteotomies
    Total Hip Replacement: Indications and Preoperative Assessment
    Technical Considerations
    Complications and Results
    Difficult Cases
    Timing for Revision
    Quality of Life After Total Hip Replacement
    Conclusive Messages.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Diva D. De León-Crutchlow, Charles A. Stanley, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Series Editor Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Approach to the Diagnosis of Neonates and Infants with Persistent Hypoglycemia; Introduction; Diagnosis of HI: Fasting Test and "Critical Samples"; Diagnosis of Hyperinsulinism Using the Closely Monitored Fasting Test; Diagnosis of Hyperinsulinism Based on a Random "Critical Sample"; Other Tests Used to Define Specific Phenotypes of Hyperinsulinism; Oral Protein Tolerance Test (oPTT); Oral Glucose Tolerance Test (oGTT); Acute Insulin Response (AIR) Tests; Genetic Testing in Neonates and Children with Hyperinsulinism Important Mimickers to Exclude in the Diagnosis of HyperinsulinismMultiple Pituitary Hormone Deficiencies in Neonates; AKT2; Autoimmune Hypoglycemia; Surreptitious Insulin Administration; Insulin Secretagogues; Insulinoma; Signs and Symptoms of Hyperinsulinism in Neonates and Children (See Table 1.5); Neonates; Infants and Children; Fasting Test to Evaluate Efficacy of Treatment ("Safety Fast" and "Cure Fast"); Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Diazoxide-Responsive Forms of Congenital Hyperinsulinism; Introduction; Definition of Diazoxide Responsiveness Perinatal Stress-Induced HyperinsulinismGlutamate Dehydrogenase Hyperinsulinism (Hyperinsulinism/Hyperammonemia Syndrome); HNF4A and HNF1A Hyperinsulinism; Rarer Forms of Diazoxide-Responsive Hyperinsulinism; Short-Chain L-3-Hydroxyacyl-CoA Dehydrogenase Hyperinsulinism; Uncoupling Protein 2 Hyperinsulinism; Monocarboxylate Transport Protein 1 Hyperinsulinism; Additional Rare Forms of Diazoxide-Responsive Hyperinsulinism; References;
    Chapter 3: Diazoxide-Unresponsive Forms of Congenital Hyperinsulinism; Introduction; KATP Hyperinsulinism; Pathophysiology Diazoxide-Unresponsive HI due to Recessive KATP Channel MutationsDiazoxide-Unresponsive HI due to Dominant KATP Channel Mutations; Clinical Features and Management; Focal KATP Hyperinsulinism; Biallelic Recessive Diazoxide-Unresponsive KATPHI; Dominant Diazoxide-Unresponsive KATPHI; Dominant Diazoxide-Responsive KATPHI; Complications; Glucokinase Hyperinsulinism; Pathophysiology; Activating GCK Mutations; Clinical Features and Management; Dietary Treatment; Medical Treatment; Surgery; Diazoxide-Unresponsive HI with Unknown Genetics; Conclusions; References
    Chapter 4: Syndromic Causes of Congenital HyperinsulinismBeckwith-Wiedemann Syndrome; Kabuki Syndrome; Sotos Syndrome; Turner Syndrome; References;
    Chapter 5: Molecular Diagnosis of Congenital Hyperinsulinism; Genetic Heterogeneity of Congenital Hyperinsulinism (HI); Strategies for Genetic Screening; Interpretation of Genetic Test Results; Cascade Family Testing; Negative Genetic Test Results; Factors to Consider when Choosing Where to Send Samples for Genetic Testing; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: Medical Management of Hyperinsulinism; Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Lisa M. Elden, Karen B. Zur.
    Summary: Congenital Malformations of the Head and Neck offers a unique conceptual and visual approach to children with congenital malformations of the head and neck. Developed by renowned leaders in the field, this title is richly illustrated with a wealth of patient photos, radiology and endoscopic images of malformations. Starting with the genetics of common congenital syndromes, Congenital Malformations of the Head and Neck goes on to comprehensively cover malformations of the ear, nose, nasopharynx, oral cavity, oropharynx, cleft lip and palate, larynx, trachea, and neck. Easy-to-read and an indispensable reference and teaching resource, this title will serve as an invaluable reference for clinicians, neurologists, pediatricians, otolaryngologists and head and neck surgeons. It should also be of great interest to fellows and residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Samantha M. Pfeifer, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Etiology and Diagnosis
    Chapter 1. Müllerian Anomaly Classification Systems
    Chapter 2. Diagnostic Approach to Müllerian Anomalies
    Part II: Vertical Anomalies
    Chapter 3. Imperforate Hymen
    Chapter 4. Transverse Vaginal Septum
    Chapter 5. Cervical Agenesis
    Chapter 6. Mullerian Agenesis
    Part III: Lateral Anomalies
    Chapter 7. The Septate Uterus
    Chapter 8. Bicornuate Uterus
    Chapter 9. Uterus Didelphys
    Chapter 10. Unicornuate Uterus
    Chapter 11. Non-communicating Rudimentary Uterine Horns
    Chapter 12. Obstructed Hemivagina.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Young-Wook Kim, Byung-Boong Lee, Wayne F. Yakes, Young-Soo Do, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kenneth R. Ginsburg, MD, MS Ed, FAAP
    Summary: "A new way of thinking about (and celebrating!) your child during these critical years! Congrats-- you're having a teen! No, really-- congratulations! You're entering one of the most exciting, important phases of parenting. These years are your best opportunity ..."-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
  • Digital
    David B. Neale, Nicholas C. Wheeler.
    Summary: This book provides the first comprehensive volume on conifers detailing their genomes, variations, and evolution. The book begins with general information about conifers such as taxonomy, geography, reproduction, life history, and social and economic importance. Then topics discussed include the full genome sequence, complex traits, phenotypic and genetic variations, landscape genomics, and forest health and conservation. This book also synthesizes the research included to provide a bigger picture and suggest an evolutionary trajectory. As a large plant family, conifers are an important part of economic botany. The group includes the pines, spruces, firs, larches, yews, junipers, cedars, cypresses, and sequoias. Of the phylum Coniferophyta, conifers typically bear cones and evergreen leaves. Recently, there has been much data available in conifer genomics with the publication of several crop and non-crop genome sequences. In addition to their economic importance, conifers are an important habitat for humans and animals, especially in developing parts of the world. The application of genomics for improving the productivity of conifer crops holds great promise to help provide resources for the most needy in the world.

    Contents:
    1. The Conifers
    2. Genomes: Classical Era
    3. Gene and Genome Sequencing in Conifers: Modern Era
    4. Noncoding and Repetitive DNA
    5. Gene Structure and Gene Families
    6. Gene Expression and the Transcriptome
    7. Proteomics and Metabolomics
    8. Phenotypic Variation in Natural Populations
    9. Neutral Genetic Variation
    10. Adaptive Genetic Variation
    11. Quantitative Trait Dissection
    12. Landscape Genomics
    13. Conservation Genetics
    14. Forest Health
    15. Hybridization and Introgression
    16. Paleobotany, Taxonomic Classification, and Phylogenetics
    17. Comparative Genomics
    18. Historical Perspective and Future Directions in Forest Genetics and Genomics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Shane O'Mara and Marian Tsanov.
    Contents:
    1. If I had a million neurons: potential tests of cortico-hippocampal theories
    2. Diluted connectivity in pattern association networks facilitates the recall of information from the hippocampus to the neocortex
    3. Cortico-hippocampal systems involved in memory and cognition: the PMAT framework
    4. The subiculum: the heart of the extended hippocampal system
    5. The neural correlates of navigation beyond the hippocampus
    6. Septo-hippocampal signal processing: breaking the code
    7. Major diencephalic inputs to the hippocampus: supramammillary nucleus and nucleus reuniens. Circuitry and function
    8. Importance of the ventral midline thalmas in driving hippocampal functions
    9. The mammillary bodies and memory: more than a hippocampal relay
    10. Modulating the map: dopaminergic tuning of hippocampal spatial coding and interactions
    11. Integrative hippocampal and decision-making neurocircuitry during goal-relevant predictions and encoding
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Laure Beyala.
    Summary: Connected objects today present a range of opportunities in medicine. We live in a new digital era where the monitoring and analysis of one's own health information no longer belongs solely to the realm of science fiction. The success of these new devices resides in their usage, which integrates seamlessly into the daily life of the user in order to continually collect the maximum amount of data. These medical connected devices therefore constitute a new hope in transforming user experience as well as the care pathway. They offer a better level of support and a better quality of life for those suffering from chronic illnesses or mental, sensorial or physical disabilities. However, these solutions also pose systematic problems, especially regarding the risks linked to their usage. This book presents a cartography which clearly details all the potential risk scenarios linked to the usage of connected devices as well as the actions which should be undertaken to promote balanced governance and guarantee the development of high-quality medical devices.

    Contents:
    Front Cover
    Connected Objects in Health: Risks, Uses and Perspectives
    Copyright
    Contents
    Foreword
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Part 1: Basic Concepts
    1. Connected Objects
    1.1. What is a connected object?
    1.2. The different categories of connected objects
    1.3. The actors in the ecosystem of a connected medical device
    2. The Digitization of Health
    2.1. Definitions of basic concepts
    2.2. Toward a convergence of the connected objects market
    Part 2: Analysis and Cartography of the Risks Linked to Connected Object Usage
    3. Project Management
    3.1. Research question
    3.2. Goal of the study
    3.3. Scope
    3.4. Role of the risk manager
    4. Comprehensive Risk Analysis Process
    4.1. Comprehensive risk analysis system
    4.2. CRA scenario
    5. Results of the Scenario and Dangerous Situation Analysis
    5.1. Dangerous situation analysis
    5.2. Scenario analysis
    6. Comprehensive Risk Analysis by Subfunction and by Danger
    6.1. By subfunction
    6.2. By danger
    7. The Scales of Loss and Effort
    7.1. Analysis of the scales loss and effort
    7.2. List of major risks
    7.3. Risk-reduction action plan and catalogue of security parameters
    8. Comprehensive Approach
    8.1. Contribution from the comprehensive risk analysis process
    8.2. New health challenges: risks emerging from the use of connected medical devices
    Part 3: Connected Objects, a New Era for Scientific Revolution
    9. Prospects in Health
    9.1. Connected medical devices, participatory contribution to research
    9.2. Epidemiological monitoring
    9.3. The patient becomes an active member of the healthcare team
    9.4. Development of online portals (patient portal) with or without subscriptions
    10. A Step Towards the Augmented Human
    10.1. Transhumanism
    10.2. The augmented human
    10.3. Some applications of connected health and nanotechnologies to move toward the augmented human
    Part 4: Methodological Approach
    11. Functional Need Analysis
    11.1. Functional need analysis
    12. Comprehensive Risk ScenarioAnalysis Cartography
    12.1. Method
    13. Risk-Reduction Action Forms
    13.1. Risk-reduction actions
    13.2. List of the risk-reduction action forms
    Conclusion
    Glossary
    Bibliography
    Index
    Back Cover
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Luisella Verotta, Maria Pia Macchi, and Padma Venkatasubramanian.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2015
  • Print
    Gabrielle Roth.
    Summary: Once you awaken your intuition and get in the habit if listening to and acting on it, every decision in your life will become reflective of your inner truth. You'll know what to do. You always have and you always will.

    Contents:
    Cover Page; Title Page; Copyright Page; foreword; acknowledgments; contents; prologue; cruising emptiness; dancing in the dark; slow dancing with chaos; spinning the web; all i can do is dance; resources; permissions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Roland Schiffter, Professor of Neurology, Former Head Physician, Vivantes Augste-Viktoria Hospital and Vivantes-wenckeback Hospital, Berlin, Germany, Elke Harms, Former Practising Physical and Massage therapist, Oldenburg, Germany ; with the collaboration of Nancy Toner Weinberger, Youngsville, NC, USA.
    Summary: "In 1929 Germany, physiotherapist Elisabeth Dicke suffered from poor circulation in her right leg, acute back pain, and a host of other ailments. With no medical options offered beyond amputation of the leg, she turned to her own training for help. She began to massage the skin and subcutaneous fascia of the sacral bone and pelvic crest with pulling strokes. After several applications, she experienced less back pain, increased circulation to the leg, and within three months, disappearance of all symptoms. This was the beginning of Dickes systematic, scientifically based treatment method of connective tissue massage (or Bindegewebsmassage), now in wide use throughout the world. In this book, practitioners will get the first detailed, how-to description of connective tissue massage (CTM) {in the English language} including the principles, knowledge, and skills to implement it. Special Features: Begins with the origin and practical benefits of CTM, including its neuroanatomical and neurophysiological basis, Explores the relationship between the sensory, motor, and autonomic nervous systems and the complex reflex mechanisms that are activated by CTM therapy, Describes and illustrates specific stroking techniques that trigger the appropriate neural reflexes in every body segment, Shows how to make a diagnostic assessment based on skin, connective tissue, and muscle zones, Covers the full range of orthopedic, neurological, internal medicine, and gynecologic disorders that can be effectively treated with CTM. Complete with treatment plans, indications and contraindications, and modern medical guidelines, this book is essential for all physical and massage therapists and osteopaths who want to successfully integrate CTM into their practices. It is also a fascinating reference for physicians and other medical professionals who are interested in learning more about this important manual technique." --Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Prasad Godbole, Duncan T. Wilcox, Martin A. Koyle, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. Why and how is consent obtained?
    Part 2. Open surgery of the upper urinary tract
    2. Open Nephrectomy
    3. Partial nephrectomy
    4. Urtereopelvic junction obstruction
    5. Antireflux surgery
    6. Open Ureteral surgery: ureteroureterostomy and Transureteroureterostomy
    Part 3. Surgery of the bladder
    7. Epispadias and bladder exstrophy
    Part 4. Endoscopic surgery of the urinary tract
    8. Cystoscopy and cystoscopic interventions
    9. Minimally invasive interventions for stone disease
    10. General laparoscopy
    11. Laparoscopic surgery of the upper urinary tract
    12. Robot-assisted Laparoscopic ureteral reimplantation
    Part 5. Genitalia
    13. Hydrocele and Hernia
    14. Orchidopexy and orchidectomy
    15. Laparoscopic orchidopexy
    16. Varicocelectomy
    17. Consent for Circumcision
    18. Hypospadias Repair
    19. Surgery for correction of disorders of sex development
    20. Surgery for Persistent cloaca
    Part 6. Renal Impairment Surgery
    21. Hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis
    22. Kidney transplantation
    Part 7. Urogenital Tumours
    23. Wilm's tumour and other renal neoplasms
    24. Bladder and/or Prostate Rhabdomyosarcoma. 25. Testicular and Paratesticular tumors of Children and Adolescents
    Part 8. Trauma
    26. Genital trauma
    27. Urinary tract trauma
    Part 9. Surgery for urinary incontinence
    28. Augmentation Cystoplasty and Diversion
    29. Appendicovesicostomy and ileovesicostomy
    30. Informed Consent Prior to Malone Antegrade Continence Enema: Surgery for Fecal Incontinence.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    P.E. Rajasekharan, V. Ramanatha Rao, editors.
    Summary: The conservation of crop genetic resources is one of the important elements in efforts to sustainably increase agricultural production in low-income countries, and to guarantee long-term food security, especially for the low-income population groups in these countries. Horticultural crops, as high-value crops, have an important role to play in revitalizing rural economies and can add significantly to national economies. Moreover, horticulture provides more than twice the number of jobs compared to traditional cereal crop production, and the shifting of conventional agriculture towards high-value horticulture has increased employment opportunities in developing countries. To exploit this potential, researchers need a vast array of horticultural genetic resources and information on new traits. Horticultural crops, which are only a part of PGRFA (Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture), are characterized by a wide and varied range of species. In fact, there are five major horticultural crop groups: fruit and nut crops, vegetables, food legumes, roots and tubers, and lastly the ornamental and medicinal group. In this context, the present book provides a comprehensive overview of the current state of conservation and utilization of horticultural genetic resources, addressing contemporary approaches to conservation in connection with different technologies, including biotechnological approaches as practised in India and in some cases, globally. It includes a brief chapter on the unique nature of horticultural genetic resources, providing a rationale for viewing them as being distinct from field crop genetic resources. Subsequent chapters share insights on protocols for the conservation of selected horticultural crops ex situ, and focus on the increased need to complement these efforts with in situ conservation approaches. Geospatial tools are also briefly described, emphasizing their utility with regard to mapping and managing resources. The book also explores the wild gene pool in horticulture crops; discusses legal aspects related to horticultural genetic resources and biotechnological aspects; and describes the key aspects of sustainable management and replenishment. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for all horticulturists, graduate students, researchers, policymakers, conservationists, and NGOs engaged in horticulture in particular and biodiversity in general.

    Contents:
    An overview of horticultural genetic resources diversity, distribution and conservation
    Horticultural Genetic resources conservation
    Feasibility of Conservation of Horticultural Genetic Resources in In Situ
    Genetic Resources of Tropical Fruits
    Vegetable Genetic Resources
    Biodiversity and Conservation of Ornamental crops
    Genetic Resource of Mango
    COCONUT GENETIC RESOURCES
    Spices Genetic Resources
    BANANA GENETIC RESOURCES
    Genetic Resource of Guava
    Medicinal plant genetic resources
    Management and Conservation of Underutilized Fruits
    Crop Wild Relatives of Selected Perennial Horticultural Crops in Andaman and Nicobar Islands
    Wild Relatives of Horticultural Crops
    Geographical Information System and Management
    Field Genebank and Clonal Repositories
    IN VITRO CONSERVATION AND CRYOPRESERVATION OF CLONALLY PROPAGATED HORTICULTURAL SPECIES
    Cryopreservation Techniques for Conservation of Tropical Horticultural Species
    Molecular Characterization
    Traditional knowledge in Horticulture
    Access and Benefit Sharing of Horticultural Genetic Resources
    Future needs of horticultural genetic resources conservation and its improved use with that focus on livelihood improvement and income generation in rural India.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fred Van Dyke, Rachel L. Lamb.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough, up-to-date examination of conservation biology and the many supporting disciplines that comprise conservation science. In this, the Third Edition of the highly successful Conservation Biology: Foundations, Concepts, Applications, the authors address their interdisciplinary topic as it must now be practiced and perceived in the modern world. Beginning with a concise review of the history of conservation, the authors go on to explore the interplay of conservation with genetics, demography, habitat and landscape, aquatic environments, and ecosystem management, and the relationship of all these disciplines to ethics, economics, law, and policy. An entirely new chapter, The Anthropocene: Conservation in a Human-Dominated Nature, breaks new ground in its exploration of how conservation can be practiced in anthropogenic biomes, novel ecosystems, and urban habitats. The Third Edition includes the popular Points of Engagement discussion questions used in earlier editions, and adds a new feature: Information Boxes, which briefly recap specific case histories described in the text. A concluding chapter offers insight into how to become a conservation professional, in both traditional and non-traditional roles. The authors, Fred Van Dyke and Rachel Lamb, draw on their expertise as field biologists, wildlife managers, consultants to government and industry, and scholars of environmental law, policy, and advocacy, as well as their many years of effective teaching experience. Informed by practical knowledge and acquired skills, the authors have created a work of exceptional clarity and readability which encompasses both systemic foundations as well as contemporary developments in the field. Conservation Biology: Foundations, Concepts, Applications will be of invaluable benefit to undergraduate and graduate students, as well as to working conservation scientists and managers. This is an amazing resource for students, faculty, and practitioners both ne w and experienced to the field. Diane Debinski, PhD Unexcelled wisdom for living at home on Wonderland Earth, the planet with promise, destined for abundant life. Holmes Rolston, PhD Van Dyke and Lamb have maintained the original texts emphasis on connecting classical ecological and environmental work with updated modern applications and lucid examples. But more importantly, the third edition contains much new material on the human side of conservation, including expanded treatments of policy, economics, and climate change. Tim Van Deelen, PhD Fred Van Dyke and Rachel Lamb break new ground in both the breadth and depth of their review and analysis of this crucially important and rapidly changing field. Any student or other reader wishing to have a comprehensive overview and understanding of the complexities of conservation biology need look no further - this book is your starting point! Simon N. Stuart, PhD.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Cover Photo Description
    Foreword
    Preface
    About the Authors
    Acknowledgments
    List of External Reviewers
    Contents
    1: The History and Distinctions of Conservation Biology
    1.1 Perspectives for an Inquiry into Conservation Biology
    1.1.1 A Remarkable Meeting
    1.1.2 The Emergence of Conservation Biology as a Professional and Scientific Discipline
    1.2 The Origins of Conservation
    1.2.1 What Is "Conservation?"
    1.2.2 Ancient Traditions of Conservation
    1.2.3 Conservation as Expression of Privilege 1.2.4 Conservation as Right Relationship with Nature
    The Arcadian Vision
    1.2.5 Conservation as Knowledge
    The Invitation to Study and Appreciate Nature
    1.2.6 Conservation as Preservation of Landscape
    The Washburn Expedition Goes to Yellowstone
    1.3 Foundations and History of Conservation in the United States
    1.3.1 Conservation as Moral Mission
    John Muir and Theodore Roosevelt
    1.3.2 Conservation as Utilitarian Purpose
    Gifford Pinchot and Sustainable Yield
    1.3.2.1 The Federal Government Empowers Conservation as Science and Democratic Ideal 1.3.2.2 German Influences in Conservation
    Forest Monocultures and Maximum Yields
    1.3.2.3 The Rise of the Resource Conservation Ethic
    1.4 Aldo Leopold and the Formation of the "Wilderness Ideal"
    1.5 The Emergence of Global Conservation
    1.5.1 Multilateral Treaties
    The Beginnings of International Conservation Efforts
    1.5.1.1 Conservation Driven by Shared Commercial Interests
    1.5.1.2 International Protection of Migratory Species
    1.5.2 Forums for International Conservation
    The UN and the IUCN 1.5.3 New Expressions of Resource Management, National Parks and Nature Preserves
    1.5.4 Conservation as Preservation of Culture and Livelihood
    The Extractive Reserve
    1.5.5 Indigenous People, Integrated Development, and Conservation Concern
    1.6 Return to Start: What Is the Place of Conservation Biology in the World Conservation Effort?
    1.6.1 The Emergence of Conservation Biology from the Applied Sciences
    1.6.2 The Intellectual Inception of Conservation Biology
    1.6.3 A Time of Transition: Protecting Nature from People to Protecting Nature for People
    Literature Cited Chapter 2: Biodiversity: Concept, Measurement, and Management
    2.1 Biodiversity and Conservation Biology
    2.2 Biodiversity and Ecosystem Function
    2.3 Is Conservation Effort Saving Biodiversity?
    2.3.1 Conservation Governance
    The IUCN and Global Biodiversity Conservation
    2.3.2 The Current Status of Species Biodiversity
    2.3.3 What Causes Biodiversity Loss?
    2.4 The Problem of Concept: What Is Biodiversity?
    2.4.1 A Conceptual Definition of Biodiversity
    2.4.2 Biodiversity and the Definition of Species
    2.4.3 The Species Concept in Conservation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jorge Ortega, Jesus E. Maldonado, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the use of molecular tools to study small populations of rare and endangered mammals, and presents case studies that apply an evolutionary framework to address innovative questions in the emerging field of mammalian conservation genomics using a highly diverse set of novel molecular tools. Novel and more precise molecular technologies now allow experts in the field of mammology to interpret data in a more contextual and empirical fashion and to better describe the evolutionary and ecological processes that are responsible for the patterns they observe. The book also demonstrates how recent advances in genetic/genomic technologies have been applied to assess the impact of environmental/anthropogenic changes on the health of small populations of mammals. It examines a range of issues in the field of mammalian conservation genomics, such as the role that the genetic diversity of the immune system plays in disease protection and local adaptation; the use of noninvasive techniques and genomic banks as a resource for monitoring and restoring populations; the structuring of population by physical barriers; and genetic diversity. Further, by integrating research from a variety of areas - including population genetics, molecular ecology, systematics, and evolutionary and conservation biology - it enables readers to gain a deeper understanding of the conservation biology of mammals that are at increasing risk of extinction at local, regional and global scales. As such, it offers a unique resource for a broad readership interested in the conservation biology of mammals and conservation management strategies to better preserve biodiversity.

    Contents:
    (1) Introduction on different applications of molecular tools to answer novel questions in the field of population genetics/genomics of endangered mammals (Mike Bruford, School of Biosciences, Cardiff University, UK)
    (2) Climate change impact at the genetic level: patterns in the Couesi's rice rat Oryzomys couesi (Ella Vázquez Domínguez, Instituto de Ecología, UNAM, Mexico)
    (3) Use of molecular and demographic data to prioritize populations of black-tailed prairie dogs (Cynomys ludovicianus) from Chihuahua, Mexico for conservation (Luis Eguiarte Fruns, Instituto de Ecología, UNAM, Mexico)
    (4) Anthropogenic and Historic Movements of American Black Bears Shape Contemporary Population Structure (Emily Puckett, Division of Molecular Sciences, University of Missouri, USA)
    (5) How many ESUs are of conservation interest within some species of Neotropical carnivores (Felidae, Canidae, Ursidae, Mustelidae and Procyonidae)? : Individual mitocondrial genes versus mitogenomics (Manuel Ruiz García, Departamento de Biología, Pontificia Universidad Javeriana, Spain)
    (6) Phylogeographic footprint of armadillo colonization in North America (María Clara Arteaga, Departamento de Biología de la Conservación, Mexico)
    (7) Koala conservation in Queensland: a role for a living genome bank in genetic rescue? (Jenny Seddon, School of Veterinary Science, The University of Queensland, Australia)
    (8) Noninvasive genetics sheds light on the status, phylogeography, and evolution of the most elusive carnivores: The case of the snow leopard (Jan Janecka, Department of Biological Sciences, Duquesne University, USA)
    (9) Documenting genetic diversity in changing populations for management and conservation (Jennifer Leonard, Conservation and Evolutionary Genetics, Estación Biológica de Doñana, Spain)
    (10) Conservation genetic of gray brocket deer (Mazama gouazoubira) in the southern of the distribution range (Susana González, Departamento de Biodiversidad y Genética, Universidad de Uruguay)
    (11) Noninvasive Genetic Monitoring of the Elusive European Wildcat as a Tool for Science-Based Wildlife Conservation (Katharina Steyer, Seckenberg Research Institute, Germany)
    (12) Conservation genetics in bats: current progress and future prospects (Serena Dool, University of Greifswald, Germany)
    (13) From dung to demography: Using noninvasive methods to study elephants inside and outside protected areas (Lori Eggert, Division of Biological Sciences, University of Missouri, USA)
    (14) Effect of the habitat connectivity in the genetic variability of the Volcano rabbit (Romerolagus diazi) (Jorge Ortega/Leslie Montes/José Antonio Guerrero, Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, Instituto Politécnico Nacional)
    (15) Different immune system diversity for city life: comparing major histocompatiblity complex alleles in San Joaquin kit fox (Vulpes macrotis mutica) (Jesus Maldonado/Tammy R Wilbert, Masoumeh Sikaroodi, Brian Cypher, Christine Van Horn Job, Katherine Ralls, and Patrick M. Gillevet, Center for Conservation Genomics, Smithsonian Institue, Washington, DC, USA)
    (16) Conclusion: current state and future prospects of conservation genomics in mammals (Jorge Ortega, Jesus Maldonado).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rodrigo Barban Zucoloto, Patricia Susana Amavet, Luciano Martins Verdade, Izeni Pires Farias, editors.
    Summary: "This book aims to be a comprehensive review of the literature on the conservation genetics of the New World crocodilians, from the biological and demographical aspects of the living species to the application of molecular techniques for conservation purposes. It covers the current status of the molecular genetics applied to phylogenetics, phylogeography, diversity, kinship and mating system, and hybridization, as well its implications for decision making with regards to the conservation of these species at academic and governmental levels. This book can be used as a guide for graduate and undergraduate students to understand how conservation genetics techniques are carried out and how they can help preserve not only crocodilians but also other living species"--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Geographic distribution, habitat, reproduction and conservation status of crocodilians in the Americas
    Chapter 2. Molecular markers applied to conservation genetics of American crocodilians
    Chapter 3. Molecular Phylogenetics of the New World Crocodylia
    Chapter 4. Biogeography and comparative phylogeography of New World Crocodilians
    Chapter 5. Genetic diversity of New World crocodilians
    Chapter 6. Crocodilians are promiscuous but not to the benefit of heterozygosity
    Chapter 7. Hybridization and speciation among New World crocodilians species
    Chapter 8. Crocodilian Genome Advances
    Chapter 9. How genetic tools can help crocodilians' management and governance
    Chapter 10. Perspectives and final considerations about the molecular ecology of New World crocodilians
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David Johns.
    Summary: Whilst the science of conservation biology is thriving as a discipline, ultimately global conservation is failing. Why, when the majority of people say they value nature and its protection? David Johns argues that the loss of species and healthy ecosystems is best understood as human imposition of a colonial relationship on the non-human world - one of exploitation and domination. Global institutions benefit from transforming nature into commodities, and conservation is a low priority. This book places political issues at the forefront, and tackles critical questions of conservation efficacy. It considers the role of effective influence on decision making, key policy changes to reduce human footprint, and the centrality of culture in mobilising support. It draws on political lessons from successful social movements, including human anti-colonial struggles, to provide conservation biologists and practitioners in scientific and social science disciplines and NGOs with the tools and wider context to accelerate their work's impact.

    Contents:
    The tragedy of political failure
    Like it or not, politics is the solution
    Getting the questions right
    Ten questions for conservation politics
    Adapting society to the wild
    Striking at the roots: the burgeoning human footprint
    Domination and the intractability of energy problems
    Taking the offensive
    Turning the tide: lessons from other movements and conservation history
    Lessons from large scale conservation
    Doing large-scale restoration
    The other connectivity reaching beyond the choir
    The special challenge of marine conservation
    The biological sciences and conservation
    Culture change
    Conservation, george orwell and language
    Restoring story and myth
    Conservation moral imperative: the human obligation to the wild
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by William J. Sutherland, Peter N.M. Brotherton, Zoe G. Davies, Nancy Ockendon, Nathalie Pettorelli, Juliet A. Vickery.
    Summary: Conservation research is essential for advancing knowledge but to make an impact scientific evidence must influence conservation policies, decision making and practice. This raises a multitude of challenges. How should evidence be collated and presented to policymakers to maximise its impact? How can effective collaboration between conservation scientists and decision-makers be established? How can the resulting messages be communicated to bring about change? Emerging from a successful international symposium organised by the British Ecological Society and the Cambridge Conservation Initiative, this is the first book to practically address these questions across a wide range of conservation topics. Well-renowned experts guide readers through global case studies and their own experiences. A must-read for practitioners, researchers, graduate students and policymakers wishing to enhance the prospect of their work 'making a difference'. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    Charles Janet.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    v. 1-3, 1921-25.
    BOUND WITH: Constitution morphologique de la bouche de l'insecte.
    R507 .J33 1911-29
  • Digital
    Suzanne Rose, editor.
    Summary: Constipation: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment serves as an unmet resource for physicians and other health care providers, including trainees and students, who see patients with constipation. The text reviews pathophysiologic mechanisms and details evaluation and management strategies. The volume also enables the reader to identify epidemiologic factors and quality of life parameters for patients with constipation, discuss differences in pathophysiologic mechanisms for different etiologies of constipation, recognize primary causes of constipation, and assess special considerations related to the symptom of constipation including presentations in the elderly, in pregnant women, in patients with systemic diseases, and patients with a history of abuse. Written by thought leaders and recognized experts in gastrointestinal motility and medical education, Constipation: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment is of great value and utility for gastroenterologists, primary care physicians, gynecologists, nurse practitioners, physician's assistants, as well as fellows and residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Noureddine Boukhatem.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Major Syndromes. Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer Syndrome Including Isolated Ovarian Cancers
    Lynch Syndrome
    Neurofibromatosis
    Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
    Endocrine Neoplasia
    Hereditary Paraganglioma-pheochromocytoma
    Birt-Hogg-Dube Syndrome
    RASopathies
    Familial Malignant Melanoma
    Gorlin Syndrome
    Infracentesimal Syndromes. Li-Fraumeni Syndrome
    Ataxia-telangiectasia
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hamartomatous Polyposis Syndromes
    Fanconi Syndrome
    Hereditary Diffuse Gastric Cancer
    Von Hippel-Lindau Disease
    Xeroderma Pigmentosum
    Hereditary Papillary Renal Carcinoma
    Retinoblastoma
    Carney Complex
    Hematological Malignancies
    Familial Pituitary Adenomas
    Bloom Syndrome
    Werner Syndrome
    Summary of the Book.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    With photos. by Edward F. Glifort.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T71 .S54 1972
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Craig S. Kitchens, Craig M. Kessler, Barbara A. Konkle, David A. Garcia.
    Summary: "With authoritative coverage of rare and common hemostatic disorders, Consultative Hemostasis and Thrombosis, 4th Edition, keeps you both up to date with all that's new in this fast-moving field as well as reviewing background and development and citing pertinent classical literature. Broad differential diagnoses are provided, underscoring the editors' position that correct treatment begins with correct diagnosis"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Hemorrhagic processes. Consultative process
    An approach to the bleeding patient: correlation of clinical symptoms and signs with laboratory testing
    Hemophilia A and B
    Less common congenital disorders of hemostasis
    Acquired coagulation disorders due to inhibitors
    von Willebrand disease
    General aspects of thrombocytopenia, platelet transfusions, and thrombopoietic growth factors
    Primary immune thrombocytopenia
    Congenital and acquired disorders of platelet function and number
    Purpura and other hematovascular disorders
    HHT
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation
    The cross-talk of inflammation and coagulation in infectious disease and their roles in disseminated intravascular coagulation
    Part 2: Thrombotic processes. Thrombophilia: clinical and laboratory assessment and management
    Pediatric aspects of thrombophilia
    Deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism and primary pulmonary hypertension
    Venous thromboses at unusual sites
    The post thrombotic syndrome
    Thrombocytosis: essential thrombocytemia and reactive causes
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Antiplatelet treatment in cardiovascular medicine
    Non-arteriosclerotic arterial occlusive disease
    Thrombosis and cancer
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
    Hemostatic disorders of complement activation (PNH and aHUS)
    Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
    Part 3: Therapeutic agents. Antithrombotic agents
    Blood component and pharmacological agents
    Therapeutic apheresis: applications for hemorrhagic & thrombotic disorders
    Vena caval filters
    Part 4: Issues specific to women. Thrombotic risk of contraceptives and other hormonal therapies
    Bleeding and the management of hemorrhagic disorders in pregnancy
    Thrombophilia in pregnancy
    Part 5: Special issues. Surgery and hemostasis
    Anticoagulation in the perioperative period
    Understanding and managing the coagulopathy of liver disease
    Outpatient anticoagulant therapy
    Hematologic interventions for acute central nervous system disease
    Pending: atrial septal abnormalities and cryptogenic stroke
    Hemorrhage control and thrombosis following severe injury
    Hemostatic aspects of sickle cell disease
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Suzanne K. W. Mankowitz.
    Contents:
    Abnormal Placentation
    Achondroplasia
    Acromegaly
    Acute Fatty Liver
    Adrenal Insufficiency
    Amphetamines and other Stimulant Use
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Anticoagulation
    Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    Antithrombin deficiency
    Aortic Pathology
    Aortopulmonary and Cavopulmonary Shunts
    Arnold Chiari Malformation
    Arrhythmias
    Introduction
    Arthrogryposis
    Asthma
    Atrial flutter and fibrillation
    Atrial septal defect
    Atrial Switch, Arterial Switch and Rastelli
    Atrioventricular Septal Defect AV Canal
    Autonomic Hyperreflexia
    Benzodiazepine Use
    Bernard-Soulier Syndrome
    Bone Marrow failure
    Brugada Syndrome
    Budd-Chiari Syndrome
    Caffeine Use
    Cannabis Use
    Cardiac conduction blocks
    Cardiac sinus arrhythmias
    Cardiac Valvular disorders: Introduction
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment
    Cerebral Aneurysm
    Cerebral Ateriovenous malformations
    Charcot Marie Tooth
    Cholestasis
    Cirrhosis
    Cocaine Use
    ^Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Conn Syndrome
    Cushing Syndrome
    Cystic Fibrosis
    Cysticercosis
    Diabetes Insipidus
    Diabetic ketoacidosis
    Disc Herniation
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Ebstein's Anomaly
    Echinococcosis
    Ehler-Danlos
    Eisenmenger's Syndrome
    Eosinophilc graunlomatosis with polyangiitis
    Essential Thrombocytemia
    Ethyl Alcohol Use
    External cephalic version
    Ex-utero intrapartum therapy
    Factor V and Combined Factor V and VIII deficiency
    Factor V Leiden and Prothrombin mutation-Common thrombophilias
    Factor VII deficiency
    Factor X deficiency
    Factor XI deficiency
    Factor XIII deficiency table
    Familial Dysautonomia
    Fibrinogen deficiency
    Glomerulonephritis
    Glucose 6 Phosphate Deficiency
    Glycogen storage diseases
    Goodpasture Syndrome
    Granulomatosis with polyangiitis
    Guillain-Barre Syndrome
    Hallucinogen Use
    Hematologic Malignancies
    Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome
    Hemophilia A and B
    ^Henoch Schonlein Purpura
    Hepatitis
    Hereditary motor sensory neuropathies
    Heriditary Hemorrhagic Telangetasia
    Homocystinuria
    Human immunodeficiency virus
    Hyperosmolar Hyperglycemic State
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hypertensive Diseases
    Hypoparathyroidism
    Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Illicit Drug Use and Substance Abuse
    Immunoglobulin A Deficiency
    Inherited bleeding disorders
    background
    Inherited thrombophilias-Background
    Insulin Pump
    Intracranial Hypertension
    Intracranial Mass Lesions
    Jehovah's Witnesses
    Kawasaki Disease
    Klippel-Trenaunay Syndrome
    Left Ventricular Assist Devices (LVAD)
    Long QT Syndrome
    Lysosomal storage disease
    Malignancy
    Malignant Hyperthermia
    Marfan Disease
    Mast Cell Activation Disease
    Moyamoya disease
    Multiple Sclerosis
    Myasthenia Gravis
    MYH9-related platelet disorders
    Myopathies
    Congenital, Metabolic and Mitochondrial and Channelopathies
    ^Myopathies
    Muscular Dystrophy
    Myxedema
    Nephrotic Syndrome
    Neurofibromatosis
    Obesity
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Opioid Use
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Pacemakers and Implantable Cardiac Defibrillators
    Panhypopituitarism
    Parkinson's Disease
    Paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardia
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
    Phenylketonuria
    Pheochromoctoma
    Pituitary Adenoma
    Polycythemia Vera
    Porphyria
    Postpolio syndrome
    Premature cardiac contractions
    Prior Anesthetic Problems
    Prolactinomas
    Protein C and S deficiencies
    Prothrombin deficiency
    Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Pulmonary Hypertension
    Renal Disease and the Parturient on Dialysis
    Restrictive Lung Disease and Pneumothoraces
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Sarcoidosis
    Scoliosis
    Seizure Disorder
    Sickle Cell disease
    Single Ventricle
    Solvent Use
    Spina Bifida
    Spinal Cord Injury
    Spinal Cord Stimulators
    Spinal Muscuar Atrophy
    ^Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis
    Sticky Platelet Syndrome
    Stroke during pregnancy
    Sturge-Weber
    Syndrome of the inappropriate anti-diuretic hormone
    Syringomyelia
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosis
    Systemic Sclerosis
    Tethered Cord Syndrome
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Thalassemia
    Thrombocytopenia- An Introduction
    Thrombocytopenia-GESTATIONAL, IDIOPATHIC AND PREECLAMPSIA
    Thromboembolic Disease
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
    Thyroid Storm
    Tobacco
    Transplantation
    Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Transverse Myelitis
    Transversus Abdominis Plane Block
    Truncus Arteriosus
    Tuberous Sclerosis
    Twin-twin transfusion syndrome and Laser Ablation
    Valvular Heat Disease- Regurgitant Lesions
    Valvular Heat Disease- Stenotic Lesions
    Vascular Malformations of the Spinal Cord
    Ventricular Septal Defect
    Ventricular tachycardia
    Ventriculoperitoneal Shunts
    Von Hippel-Lindau Syndrome
    von Willebrand Disease
    ^Wilson's Disease
    Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas Wetter ; with contributions by George Demiris, Amanda K. Hall, Andrea Hartzler, Jina Huh, Georgios Raptis and Lisa M. Vizer.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introducing the Domain and Levels of Service
    1. Character of domain and organization of book
    2. Economy 1: immanent mismatch between demand and supply of health care workforce
    3. Level 0: searching-finding-trusting-acting-risking one's life?
    4. Level 1: enhancing the provider- client relation through IT
    5. Level 2: services without in-person contact between provider and client
    6. Level 3: patient power on the web: the multifaceted role of personal health wisdom
    7. Distinctive features of services conveyed through mobile apps
    Part II. Building Safety Nets Around the Active Client
    8. Dimensions of patient risks and requirements for patient safety
    9. Services for all stages of the metabolic syndrome and its consequences
    10. Basic services reach out towards under-served populations
    11. Smart homes: empowering the patient till the end
    12. Partial solutions for patient safety
    Part III. Additional Methodology
    13. Privacy and data protection: mission impossible?
    14. The patient-centered electronic health record and patient portals
    15. Scrutinized proof of effectiveness or cost effectiveness regarding patient reported outcomes
    16. Economy 2: economic subsistence of services when research funding ends
    17. Towards future consumer health informatics adapted health care legislation
    Trademarks
    Nomenclature
    General index
    Index of services.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Ovid
  • Digital
    Margo Edmunds, Christopher Hass, Erin Holve, editors.
    Summary: This unique collection synthesizes insights and evidence from innovators in consumer informatics and highlights the technical, behavioral, social, and policy issues driving digital health today and in the foreseeable future. Consumer Informatics and Digital Health presents the fundamentals of mobile health, reviews the evidence for consumer technology as a driver of health behavior change, and examines user experience and real-world technology design challenges and successes. Additionally, it, identifies key considerations for successfully engaging consumers in their own care, considers the ethics of using personal health information in research, and outlines implications for health system redesign. The editors' integrative systems approach heralds a future of technological advances tempered by best practices drawn from today's critical policy goals of patient engagement, community health promotion, and health equity. Here's the inside view of consumer health informatics and key digital fields that students and professionals will find inspiring, informative, and thought-provoking.

    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations of Consumer Informatics and Mobile Health. Promoting Consumer Engagement in Health and Health Care / Margo Edmunds ; Introduction to Consumer Health Informatics and Digital Inclusion / M. Christopher / Gibbons and Yahya Shaikh ; Using Information Technology at Kaiser Permanente to Support Health Equity / Ronald L. Copeland, Winston F. Wong, Jason Jones. and Margo Edmunds ; Healthcare Social Media for Consumer Informatics / Mani Bishop
    Part II. A New Ecosystem for Development and Design. Understanding Usability and Human-Centered Design Principles / Christopher Hass and Margo Edmunds ; A Practical Guide to Usability Testing / Christopher Hass ; Designing for Inclusion: Ensuring Accessibility for People with Disabilities / Madeleine A. Rothberg ; Understanding the Human-Centered Design Process / Christopher Hass ; Behavior Change Design: Toward a Vision of Motivational Technology / Dustin DiTommaso
    Part III. Consumer-Centered and Consumer Generated Information. Consumer Engagement and Empowerment Through Visualization of Consumer-Generated Health Data / Adriana Arcia, Jacqueline A. Merrill, and Suzanne Bakken ; Telemedicine and Pediatric Urgent Care: A Vision into the Future / Mordechai D. Raskas, Kari Gali, Dana Aronson Schinasi, and Shayan Vyas ; Improving Self-Management and Care Coordination with Person-Generated Health Data and Mobile Health / Katherine K. Kim, Sakib Jalil, and Victoria Ngo ; Behavioral Medicine and Informatics in the Cancer Community / Ellen Beckjord, David K. Ahern, and Bradford Hesse ; Content Strategy: Writing for Health Consumers on the Web / Carolyn Petersen
    Part IV. Policy and Regulatory Issues. Leveraging Consumer Health IT to Incentivize Engagement and Shared Accountability in Value-Based Purchasing / Erin Holve ; Co-Creating a Community Roadmap for Interoperability / Susan C. Hull and Margo Edmunds ; Ethical Issues in Consumer Informatics and Online Content / John Wilbanks ; Open Science and the Future of Data Analytics / Juergen Klenk, Philip R.O. Payne, Rasu Shrestha, and Margo Edmunds ; Is It Possible for the NHS to Become Fully Digital? / Julian C. Tomlins
    Part V. Conclusion. Back to the Future: Emerging Technology, Social, and Cultural Trends Affecting Consumer Informatics / Margo Edmunds, Christopher Hass, and Erin Holve.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jeanne Duus Johansen, Vera Mahler, Jean-Pierre Lepoittevin, Peter J. Frosch, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Current Edition
    Preface to the Fifth Edition
    Contents
    Contributors
    1 Historical Aspects of Contact Dermatitis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Historical Aspects of Patch Testing
    1.2.1 The Pre-Jadassohn Period
    1.2.2 Josef Jadassohn, the Father of Patch Testing in Dermatology
    1.2.3 Jean-Henri Fabreś Experiments
    1.2.4 A General Overview of Patch Testing During the Period 1895-1965
    1.2.5 Bruno Blochś Pioneering Work in Basel and in Zurich
    1.2.6 The Influence of Poul Bonnevie in Scandinavian Countries 1.2.7 Robert Prosser White, a Precursor in the Field of Occupational Dermatology
    1.2.8 A Controversial Period: The Pros and Cons of a Baseline Series
    1.2.9 Marion Sulzberger, the Initiator of Patch Testing in North America, and Alexander Fisher, a World Leader in the Field of...
    1.2.10 The Founding of Groups
    1.2.11 The Founding of the European Environmental and Contact Dermatitis Research Group (EECDRG) and the European Society of C...
    1.2.12 Dermatochemistry and Contact Dermatitis
    1.2.13 Recent Advances in the Management of Patch Testing 1.3 Historical Aspects of Prick Testing
    References
    Part I: Basic Features
    2 Genetics and Individual Predispositions in Contact Dermatitis
    2.1 General Introduction
    2.2 Genetic Factors in Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    2.2.1 Early Studies in the Genetics of Contact Allergy
    2.2.1.1 Experimental Sensitization
    2.2.1.2 Family Studies
    2.2.1.3 Twin Studies
    2.2.1.4 Studies of Immunogenetic Markers
    2.2.2 In Search of the Phenotype of Contact Allergy: Polysensitization
    2.2.3 Polymorphisms in Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    2.2.3.1 Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) Studies of TNF Polymorphisms in ACD (See Table 4)
    2.2.3.2 Interleukin-16
    Studies of IL-16 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.3 Chemokine CXCL-11
    Studies of CXCL-11 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.4 Interleukin-10
    Studies of IL-10 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.5 N-Acetyltransferase 1 and 2 (NAT1/NAT2)
    Studies of NAT: Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.6 Glutathione Transferases M1 and T1 (GSTM1 and GSTT1)
    Studies of GSTM1 and GSTT1 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.7 Manganese Superoxide Dismutase
    Studies of the MnSOD Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.8 Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Studies of the ACE Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.9 Filaggrin
    Studies of FLG Mutations in ACD
    2.2.3.10 Claudin-1
    Studies of CLDN1 Mutations in ACD
    2.2.3.11 General Remarks on the Study of ``Candidate Gene ́́Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.4 Further Approaches
    2.2.4.1 Allergen-Specific Susceptibility [193]
    2.2.4.2 Genetic Controls Beyond DNA
    2.2.4.3 Broadening the Focus on Pathology
    2.3 Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    2.3.1 Individual Variability in Irritant Responses in Healthy Individuals
    2.3.2 Predisposition Related to Specific Phenotypes
    2.3.2.1 Atopic Dermatitis
    2.3.2.2 Sex.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nathan Efron.
    Summary: "In this thoroughly updated fourth edition, award-winning contact lens author, lecturer, and researcher, Professor Nathan Efron, presents an easily accessible, systematic account of how to identify, understand, and manage contact lens complications. Professor Efron is renowned for his ability to distil often-complex principles of ocular physiology and pathology into a clinically-friendly format. The subject matter is arranged logically by tissue structure - which is the way practitioners naturally approach clinical problems"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Examination and grading. Anterior eye examination
    Grading scales
    Grading morphs
    Part II: Eyelids. Blinking abnormalities
    Lid wiper epitheliopathy
    Eyelid ptosis
    Meibomian gland dysfunction
    Eyelash disorders
    Part III: Tear film. Dry eye
    Mucin balls
    Part IV: Conjunctiva. Conjunctival staining
    Lid-parallel conjunctival folds
    Conjunctival redness
    Papillary conjunctivitis
    Part V: Limbus. Limbal redness
    Vascularized limbal keratitis
    Superior limbic keratoconjunctivitis
    Part VI: Corneal epithelium. Corneal staining
    Epithelial microcysts
    Epithelial oedema
    Epithelial wrinkling
    Part VII: Corneal stroma. Stromal oedema
    Stromal thinning
    Deep stromal opacities
    Corneal neovascularization
    Corneal infiltrative events
    Microbial keratitis
    Corneal warpage
    Part VIII: Corneal endothelium. Endothelial bedewing
    Endothelial blebs
    Endothelial cell redistribution
    Endothelial polymegethism
    Appendices. Grading scales for contact lens complications
    Guillon tear film classification system.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Nathan Efron, AC, DSc (Manchester), PhD, BScOptom (Melbourne), FACO, FAAO, FIACLE, FCCLSA.
    Summary: The field of contact lenses continues to evolve at a rapid pace, with new optical designs and vision correction options continually being developed. Additionally, the rapid expansion of clinical instrumentation offers eye care practitioners a wide choice of investigative techniques for assessing in-eye contact lens performance and diagnosing adverse reactions. Now in its fourth edition, Contact Lens Practice has been thoroughly updated and revised to capture these developments and more, and translate them into an organised and easily digestible resource. Written and edited by award-winning author, researcher, and lecturer, Professor Nathan Efron, this title provides a comprehensive, evidence-based overview of the scientific foundations and clinical applications of contact lens fitting. The text has been refreshed by the inclusion of five new authors - a mixture of scientists and clinicians, all of whom are at the cutting edge of their specialty. Serves as an essential companion and guide to current thinking and practice in the content lens field, ideal for use by optometrists, ophthalmologists, orthoptists, opticians, students, and contact lens industry professionals. Presents subject matter in a clear and logical format to allow the reader to quickly identify and comprehend key information. Features highly illustrated chapters in full colour, helping the reader to visualize core concepts. Includes completely rewritten chapters, by new authors, on scleral and corneo-scleral contact lenses, high ametropia, therapeutic applications, post-surgical lens fitting, and practice management. A new chapter on Post-Surgery Management consolidates core information on post-operative management involving contact lenses. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

    Contents:
    History
    Anterior Eye
    Visual Optics
    Soft Lens Materials
    Soft Lens Manufacture
    Soft Lens Optics
    Soft Lens Measurement
    Soft Lens Design and Fitting
    Soft Toric Lens Design and Fitting
    Soft Lens Care Systems
    Rigid Lens Materials
    Rigid Lens Manufacture
    Rigid Lens Optics
    Rigid Lens Measurement
    Rigid Corneal Lens Design and Fitting
    Rigid Toric Corneal Lens Design and Fitting
    Rigid Scleral and Corneoscleral Lens Design and Fitting
    Rigid Lens Care Systems
    Daily Disposable Lenses
    Reusable Lenses
    Tinted Lenses
    Presbyopia
    Extended Wear
    Sport
    Keratoconus
    High Ametropia
    Babies and Children
    Therapeutic Applications
    Post-surgery
    Orthokeratology
    Myopia Control
    Diabetes
    History Taking
    Diagnostic Instruments
    Preliminary Examination
    Patient Education
    Aftercare
    Complications
    Compliance
    Practice Management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Print
    chief editor, Oliver H. Dabezies, Jr. ; associate editors, James V. Aquavella ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    v. 1-2
    (Most recent update 1984)
    RE977.C6 C55
    2
  • Digital
    Ana M. Giménez-Arnau, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: Contact urticaria is an immediate but transient localized swelling and redness that occurs on the skin after direct contact with an offending substance. It is caused by a variety of compounds, such as foods, preservatives, fragrances, plant and animal products, metals, and rubber latex and the mechanism by which these provoke an immediate urticarial rash at the area of contact can be divided into two categories: non-immunological contact urticaria and immunological (allergic) contact urticaria. Non-immunological contact urticaria typically causes mild localized reactions that clear within hours, e.g. stinging nettle rash. This type of urticaria occurs without prior exposure of a patient's immune system to an allergen. Immunological contact urticaria occurs most commonly in atopic individuals (people who are prone to allergy). Hence prior exposure to an allergen is required for this type of contact urticaria to occur. While there have been other texts written on the subject over the last decade, this book is intended as an easily accessible guide for dermatologists and residents, as well as general practitioners, summarizing the most important concepts that will help physicians identify the signs and symptoms of Contact Urticaria Syndrome in their daily clinical practice. Each chapter is laid out in the following format: Concepts, Tools and Algorithms of Diagnosis and Management, a Clinical Case for each entry, and Recommendations. Additionally, the Volume Editors have worked to provide a global approach to this syndrome using internationally standardized requirements for diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Essentials and Updated Concepts
    Chapter 2. Basic Epidemiology Concepts Relevant in Contact Urticaria
    Chapter 3. Occupational Relevance of Contact Urticaria Syndrome
    Chapter 4. Clinical Diagnosis of Immediate Contact Skin Reactions
    Chapter 5. Oral Allergy Syndrome: Rethinking Concepts
    Chapter 6. Wheals and Eczema: Pathogenic Mechanism in Immediate Contact Reactions
    Chapter 7. Immediate Skin Contact Reactions Induced by Proteins
    Chapter 8. Immediate Skin Contact Reactions Induced by Chemicals
    Chapter 9. Immunoglobulin E, Pathogenic Relevance in Immediate Contact Reactions
    Chapter 10. Diagnostic Methods: Cutaneous Provocation Tests in Contact Urticaria Syndrome
    Chapter 11. Molecular Diagnosis in Contact Urticaria Caused by Proteins
    Chapter 12. Preventive Measures for Occupational Induced Immediate Contact Reactions
    Chapter 13. Management and Treatment of Contact Urticaria Syndrome
    Chapter 14. Management of Contact Urticaria through Clinical Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    M. Naeem, Abid Ali Ansari, Sarvajeet Singh Gill, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume covers recent studies into agricultural problems caused by soil and water contamination. Considering the importance of agricultural crops to human health, the editors have focused on chapters detailing the negative impact of heavy metals, excessive chemical fertilizer use, nutrients, pesticides, herbicides, insecticides, agricultural wastes and toxic pollutants, among others, on agricultural soil and crops. In addition, the chapters offer solutions to these negative impacts through various scientific approaches, including using biotechnology, nanotechnology, nutrient management strategies, biofertilizers, as well as potent PGRs and elicitors. This book serves as a key source of information on scientific and engineered approaches and challenges for the bioremediation of agricultural contamination worldwide. This book should be helpful for research students, teachers, agriculturalists, agronomists, botanists, and plant growers, as well as in the fields of agriculture, agronomy, plant science, plant biology, and biotechnology, among others. It serves as an excellent reference on the current research and future directions of contaminants in agriculture from laboratory research to field application.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Part I: Overview of Contaminants in Agriculture
    Organic and Inorganic Fertilizer Contaminants in Agriculture: Impact on Soil and Water Resources
    1 Introduction
    1.1 Inorganic Fertilizers: Consumption and Contaminants
    1.2 Organic Fertilizers and Contaminants
    2 Contaminant Sources in Various Fertilizers and Manures
    2.1 Nitrogenous Fertilizers
    2.2 Phosphatic Fertilizers
    2.3 Potassium Fertilizers
    2.4 Organic Fertilizers
    2.4.1 Heavy Metals: Major Contaminant in Organic and Inorganic Fertilizers 1 Introduction
    2 Nutrients That Limit Plant Growth and Development
    2.1 Nitrogen
    2.2 Phosphorus
    2.3 Potassium
    2.4 Sulfur
    2.5 Calcium
    2.6 Magnesium
    3 Micronutrients
    3.1 Boron
    3.2 Zinc
    3.3 Manganese
    3.4 Molybdenum
    3.5 Iron
    3.6 Copper
    3.7 Nickel
    3.8 Chlorine
    4 Availability of Mineral Nutrients in Soil
    5 Conclusion
    References
    Role of Organic Fertilizers in Improving Soil Fertility
    1 Introduction
    2 Types of Soil Fertility
    3 Types of Organic Fertilizer
    4 Advantages of Using Organic Fertilizers 3 Fertilizers and Manures and Their Impact on Soil Health
    3.1 Impact on Soil Properties
    3.1.1 Effect on Soil Physical Health
    3.1.2 Effect on Chemical Properties
    3.1.3 Effect on Microbial Life
    3.2 Water Quality Issues Associated with Organic and Inorganic Fertilizers
    3.2.1 Nitrogen Contamination in Water Bodies
    3.2.2 Nitrate Management in Ground Water
    3.2.3 Phosphorus Contamination in Water Bodies
    3.2.4 Organic Fertilizer and Water Quality
    3.3 Impact of Contaminants on Human Life
    4 Conclusion
    References
    Role of Nutrients in Plant Growth and Development 3.1.5 Cobalt
    3.1.6 Nickel
    3.2 Heavy Metals That Are Not Vital for Plant Growth
    3.2.1 Lead
    3.2.2 Arsenic
    3.2.3 Mercury
    3.2.4 Cadmium
    4 Plant Defense Mechanisms Adopted by Plants Against Heavy Metal Stress
    4.1 Trichomes
    4.2 Cell Wall and Root Exudates
    4.3 Plasma Membrane
    4.4 Vacuolar Compartmentalization
    4.5 Mycorrhizae
    4.6 Phytochelatins
    4.7 Metallothioneins
    5 Remediation of Heavy Metals
    5.1 Cyanoremediation
    5.2 Bioremediation
    5.3 Mycoremediation
    5.4 Phytoremediation
    6 Future Perspective and Conclusions
    References 5 Disadvantages of Using Organic Fertilizers
    6 Conclusions and Future Perspectives
    References
    Effect of Heavy Metals on Plant Growth: An Overview
    1 Introduction
    2 Source of Heavy Metals
    2.1 Natural Sources of Heavy Metal Contamination
    2.1.1 Weathering of Rocks
    2.1.2 Other Natural Sources
    2.2 Anthropogenic Sources
    2.2.1 Agricultural Sources
    2.2.2 Industrial Sources
    2.2.3 Domestic Effluents
    3 Impacts of Heavy Metal Toxicity on Plants
    3.1 Heavy Metals That Function As Micronutrients
    3.1.1 Iron
    3.1.2 Copper
    3.1.3 Zinc
    3.1.4 Manganese
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Maria Gavrilescu, Laura Bulgariu.
    Contents:
    Contaminated soils : a guide to sampling and analysis / Maria Gavrilescu & Laura Bulgariu
    Key features of contaminated soils / Petronela Cozma & Maria Gavrilescu
    Advances in field soil sampling : obtaining relevant in situ data for the environmental management of contaminated soils / Aoife Brennan & Eduardo Moreno Jiménez
    Current best practices for inorganic analysis / Dumitru Bulgariu, Constantin Rusu & Laura Bulgariu
    Current best practices for organic analysis / Venny, Suyin Gan & Hoon Kiat Ng
    Advanced tools for interpreting data / Brian Murphy & Pam Hazelton
    Reporting data : managing sampling and analytical uncertainty / Patrik von Heijne, Christian Maurice & Björn Öhlander
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Michael J. Skvarla, Ronald Ochoa, Jose Carlos Verle Rodrigues and H. Joel Hutcheson.
    Summary: This book gathers papers presented at the annual meetings of the Acarological Society of America (ASA), jointly organized with the Entomological Society of America. The ASA plans to publish presentations from its annual meetings on a yearly basis; this book represents the first in the series.

    Contents:
    Intro; Introduction; Contents; 1 Use of the Ion Torrent PGM for Determining the Genomic Sequences of Francisella and Coxiella-Like Endosymbionts and Rickettsia Directly from Hard Ticks; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Materials and Methods; 1.2.1 Tick Collection and Storage, DNA Extraction and Storage; 1.2.2 PCR Testing of Samples for Their Content of CLE, FLE, and Spotted Fever Group Rickettsia; 1.2.3 DNA Sequencing of OmpA Amplicons; 1.2.4 IT-PGM Library Preparation and Sequencing; 1.2.5 Repli-G Procedures; 1.2.6 Bioinformatic Analysis of IT-PGM Sequences; 1.3 Results 1.3.1 Library Preparation and IT-PGM Sequence Reads Obtained1.3.2 Repli-G Enhancement of Read Depth; 1.3.3 Tick Samples with Francisella-Like Endosymbionts (FLE); 1.3.4 Tick Samples with Coxiella-Like Endosymbionts (CLE); 1.3.5 Amblyomma americanum Tick Samples Containing Rickettsia amblyommatis and AamGA-CLE; 1.3.6 Amblyomma maculatum Tick Samples Containing Rickettsia parkeri or R. andeanae and Amac-FLE; 1.3.7 Analysis of Bacterial Sequences Present in the Ticks Dermacentor andersoni and D. occidentalis 1.3.8 Analysis of Dermacentor variabilis from Virginia, Georgia, and Ohio for Rickettsia and FLE1.3.9 Detection of Rickettsia montanensis in Dermacentor variabilis and Rhipicephalus sanguineus from Oklahoma; 1.4 Discussion and Conclusions; 1.4.1 Library Preparation and Sequencing; 1.4.2 Genome Assembly and Annotation; 1.4.3 Limitations of Approach and Possible Remedies; 1.4.4 Value of Partial Symbiont Genome Sequences from the IT-PGM; References; 2 Field Studies in Acarology: Joint Base San Antonio, TX: 2015-2017; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Materials and Methods; 2.3 Results; 2.4 Discussion 5.1 Introduction5.2 Materials and Methods; 5.2.1 Genomic DNA Extraction and Pyrosequencing; 5.2.2 Study Organisms, Quality Control of Data and Taxonomic Assignations; 5.2.3 Analysis of Metabolic Function; 5.3 Results and Discussion; 5.3.1 Bacteriome, and Metabolic Predictions; 5.3.2 NGS Fungal Diversity; 5.4 Conclusion; References; 6 Biodiversity of Phytoseiidae (Acari: Mesostigmata) of Annual Specialty Crop Systems: The Current State of Knowledge Worldwide and the Need for Study in North America; 6.1 Methods; 6.2 Results; 6.2.1 Diversity of Phytoseiids in Annual Specialty Crops Worldwide
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Erik Berntorp.
    Contents:
    Contemporary approaches to hemophilia / Erik Berntorp
    Genetics and classification of hemophilia / Kanjaksha Ghosh & Shrimati Shetty
    Symptoms and diagnosis in hemophilia / Jørgen Ingerslev
    Treatment of hemophilia : plasma-derived clotting factors / Meera Chitlur & Jeanne M. Lusher
    Treatment of hemophilia : recombinant clotting factors / Christine Sabapathy, Victor Blanchette & David Lillicrap
    On-demand and prophylaxis treatment / Eveline P. Mauser-Bunschoten
    Assessment of therapy : pharmacokinetics / Massimo Morfini
    Complications and life expectancy / Eva Zetterberg & Erik Berntorp
    Management algorithm and guidelines / Emérito Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Moisés Selman, Annie Pardo.
    Contents:
    Contemporary approaches to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Moisés Selman & Annie Pardo
    Genomics of lung fibrosis / Koji Sakamoto & Naftali Kaminski
    The case for epigenomics in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Celia R. Espinoza & James S. Hagood
    Genetic susceptibility to familial interstitial pneumonia and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Andrew D. Mihalek, Gary M. Hunninghake & Ivan O. Rosas
    Aging and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Marta Bueno, Ana L. Mora & Mauricio Rojas
    Epithelial biology in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Moisés Selman & Annie Pardo
    Fibroblast biology in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Jeffrey C. Horowitz & Victor J. Thannickal
    Tools for diagnosis, clinical phenotypes and follow-up / Grégoire Prévot & Vincent Cottin
    Biomarkers for diagnosis and prognosis / Vanesa Vicens-Zygmunt & Maria Molina-Molina
    Lung transplant and the management of advanced idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Huzaifa I. Adamali & Jim Egan
    Therapeutic approach and molecular targets for novel treatments / Giacomo Sgalla, Mark G. Jones & Luca Richeldi.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    Mammen Chandy, Vivek S. Radhakrishnan, Reghu K. Sukumaran, editors.
    Summary: Bone Marrow transplantation or Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is a life saving procedure in a number of diseases,hematological and non hematological, which fail alternative medical management or have no other treatment options. It has transformed the lives of thousands of patients and their families around the world battling with fatal or debilitating diseases.There are many unique aspects of bone marrow transplantation which makes it very different from solid organ transplants. There is an enormous amount of research going on in this field both at clinical and basic science levels.With the rapidly changing world and field of transplantation, there is a need for an authoritative and up to date resource for transplant professionals. This book titled Contemporary Bone Marrow Transplantation aims to be a reference text comprehensively covering various facets of hematopoietic stem cell transplants with latest insights about the technique and basic science behind it . The book is the product of collective effort of transplant professionals round the world, and will reflect their experience as well as the current standard of care practices in Stem cell transplantation. The book will be divided into different sections focusing on the basic science of bone marrow transplant, the technical aspects of the procedure itself and the supportive care of transplant patients.There will also be a section each on epidemiology, upcoming trends and also case studies , which will discuss real case scenarios from the experience of the authors, to illustrate the practical challenges in managing bone marrow transplant recipients.

    Contents:
    Introduction: History of bone marrow transplantatin
    Biology of bone marrow transplantation
    Bone marrow transplantation: the procedure
    Stem cell processing
    Supportive care in bone marrow transplantation
    Epidemiology of bone marrow transplantation
    Newer trends.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nilmini Wickramasinghe, Indrit Troshani, Joseph Tan, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Section I: Defining the Discipline
    What Is Consumer Health Informatics
    The Landscape
    Section II: Technologies
    Remote Monitoring and Mobile Apps
    Social Media and Web 2.0
    Personal Health Record
    Architecture and Infrastructure Requirements
    Section III: Design
    Designing for the Consumer
    Design Methods
    Section IV: Roles and Responsibilities
    Connecting with Medical Systems and Healthcare Providers
    Policy, Public Health, and Economics
    Quality Control, Security and Privacy
    Section V: On the Horizon: Perspectives on the Future
    The Future: Research Issues
    The Future: Policy and Funding
    The Future: Research Perspective, Grantor Perspective, Vendor Perspective
    Epilogue: Lessons, Take Aways and Recommendations
    Appendix: Case Vignettes.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor, Arthur H. Jeske.
    Summary: This book on current approaches to the use of drugs in dentistry aims to equip practitioners with a sound understanding of both the scientific evidence for various interventions and the comparative efficacy of those interventions. The focus is on the drugs most commonly used in conjunction with dental treatment, including local anesthetics, analgesics, antibiotics, sedatives, and drugs for the management of medical emergencies. Summaries of the scientific evidence from the available published literature are provided, with assessment of the level and quality of the evidence base. A unique aspect of the book is its focus on current, evidence-based recommendations from professional organizations with regard to special topics, such as antibiotic prophylaxis, pediatric considerations, and management of medically compromised patients. Emphasis is placed on evidence from randomized controlled trials, systematic reviews and meta-analyses, and in order to further enhance the up-to-date nature of the book, each chapter includes guidance on online resources, such as useful non-commercial websites.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Local anesthetics
    Non-opiod analgesics
    Opiod analgesics and other controlled substances
    Antibiotics and antibiotic prophylaxis
    Pharmacologic management of patients with drug-related coagulopathies
    Pharmacologic management of patients with neurologic disorders
    Endocrine drugs of significance in dentistry
    Pharmacologic mangament of oral mucosal inflammatory and ulcerative diseases
    Basic emergency drugs and non-intravenous routes of administration
    Internet resources for dental pharmacology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Linda Bogar, April Stempien-Otero.
    Summary: This work provides a one-of- a-kind volume that includes all aspects of heart transplantation from its historic beginning to its current day standards which now make the procedure a long-term treatment option for heart failure patients. The subjects covered include technical aspects of the procurement and implant procedures, as well as the medical nuances of pre-operative preparation and post-transplant immunosuppression management; the current day multi-disciplinary make up of the transplant team along with information on the keys to building and running a successful transplant program; regulatory standards and listing policies and the impact of the growing mechanical circulatory support technologies on the transplant field; and emerging technologies and future possibilities. All chapters are written by experts in the field and include the most up-to-date peer reviewed studies and clinical guidelines. This book gives an ever-changing reference that will become the text of choice for those beginning or continuing their transplant careers.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Historical Background
    History of Heart Transplant
    Immunosuppression related to transplant
    Section 2: Pre-operative evaluation process
    Pathophysiology of heart failure
    Contraindications to heart transplantation
    Psycho-Social considerations
    Multi-disciplinary team input
    Section 3: Organ Allocation
    Current Listing System
    Proposed Changes
    Matching donor to recipient
    Section 4: Organ Procurement
    Organ preservation
    The donor operation
    Ex Vivo perfusion
    Section 5: Transplant Operation
    Surgical techniques
    Surgical Complications
    Section 6: Anesthesia Management
    Anesthesia techniques for heart transplant
    Section 7: Post-operative ICU and hospital management
    Ventilator management
    Weaning of inotropes
    Imaging studies and laboratory testing
    Physical and Occupational therapy
    Section 8: Transplant Immunology
    Induction and maintenance agents
    Complication of immunosuppression
    Rejection
    Section9: Long term outpatient management of the heart transplant patient
    Chronic immunosuppression medications
    Infection prophylaxis
    Monitoring for rejection
    Section 10: Mechanical Support of the pre-transplant patient
    ECMO
    LVAD support
    Section 11: The Contemporary successful Heart transplant program
    Regulatory agencies
    Quality measures
    The financial aspect of the heart transplant program
    The multi-disciplinary approach
    Administrative support of the program
    Section 12: Special Topics
    Re-transplantation
    Combined Heart transplant with other organ transplantation
    Section 13,Outcomes Data
    Survival data
    Quality of life
    Chronic rejection
    Malignancy after transplant
    Section 14: The future of heart transplantation
    Advances in immunosuppression
    Stem cell therapy
    DCD donor use
    Will we still be doing heart transplants in 10 years.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Rivlin, Richard S.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contemporary issues in clinical nutrition to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Fishman, Elliot K.; Siegelman, Stanley S.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.T6 C76
    11
  • Print
    Olefsky, Jerrold M.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC648.A1 C76
    2
  • Print
    Mettler, Fred A., .
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.A1 C76
    2
  • Digital
    Carlo Gerardo B. Ramirez, Jerry McCauley, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive guide to successful kidney transplantation in the highly regulated environment of today. It covers the history of kidney transplant to highlight innovations that have made kidney transplantation so successful as well as the new deceased donor kidney allocation strategy and postulates what types of changes might occur with this new policy. The book highlights special areas of nephrology concern in kidney transplantation, especially diseases likely to recur following transplant. It deals with many of the medications used in kidney transplantation including different commonly used antirejection protocols. It also provides a complete reference on the various operations involved in kidney transplantation. The text includes detailed pictures and surgical technique sections on cadaveric kidney transplantation and living kidney transplantation. It includes information on living kidney donation surgery with a chapter dedicated to the minimally invasive techniques that have been popularized in the last fifteen years. Some coverage on open living kidney donation is presented. Included in this section is discussions of how to handle certain operative challenges like severe atherosclerosis, venous sclerosis and various urinary system aberrancies. Comprehensive coverage of common surgical complications is presented including management of urinary strictures, urinary leaks, lymphoceles, vascular problems following transplant, and what steps shoul d be taken when an early kidney transplant biopsy is necessary. It also covers in detail what is required for maintenance of health after kidney transplantation including the major risks for graft loss as well as what disease processes kidney transplant patients are particularly vulnerable to.

    Contents:
    History of kidney transplantation
    Recipient Selection
    Indications and contraindications
    Evaluation and selection
    Special considerations in highly sensitized candidates
    Waitlist maintenance
    Donor Selection
    Living donor
    Deceased donor
    Standard criteria donors
    Extended criteria donors
    HBsAg, HBcAb+, HCV donors
    CDC high risk donors
    Donors on ECMO
    Surgical Technique
    Organ preservation and preparation
    Recipient kidney transplantation surgical technique
    Live donor nephrectomy
    Kidney Transplantation with other organs
    Anesthesia Management
    Organ Procurement Organization and New Kidney Allocation
    History and rationale for the change
    Recent changes and what they will mean
    Allocation policies in EU, UK, and other countries
    Geographic Variations in Kidney Access- Final Rule Wida (UNOS)
    Vulnerable Populations
    Special Consideration in Living Donor Kidney Transplantation
    ^Necessary components of a living donor team
    Living kidney donor paired exchanges
    Early and Late Course after Kidney Transplantation
    Early complications after kidney transplantation
    Late complications after kidney transplantation
    Immunology of Kidney Transplantation
    Pathology of Kidney Transplantation
    Radiology of Kidney Transplantation
    Radiology in kidney transplantation
    The role of Interventional radiology
    Transplant Immunosuppression
    History of immunosuppression: an overview
    Special consideration
    Tolerance: The Holy grail of Transplantation
    Infection in Kidney Transplanation
    The Contemporary Successful Kidney Transplant Program
    The Regulatory Environment
    Quality measure of a contemporary kidney transplant program
    The role of transplant coordinators
    The finance of kidney transplantation
    Kidney transplantation in the third millennium in North America: the strategy for success
    ^Legal issues of transplant programs in North America in the third millennium
    Epidemiology of Kidney Transplantation
    Ethics of Transplantation
    Psychosocial and financial Aspects of Transplantation
    Pediatric Transplantation
    Special Topics
    Pregnancy after Kidney Transplantation
    Future Directions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2018- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Cataldo Doria, editor.
    Summary: Contemporary Liver Transplantation provides a comprehensive review of the most crucial and provocative aspects of liver transplantation. It represents a unique source of information and guidance for the current generation of transplant surgeons that evolved from being pure clinicians into savvy administrators knowledgeable in every regulatory aspect governing transplantation. The book contains 35 chapters covering every single aspect of the surgical operation in the donors as well as the recipients of liver transplants. The pre-operative work-up, as well as the post-operative immunosuppression management, and the treatment of recurrent diseases are addressed in detail. Single chapters are dedicated to controversial issues like transplantation in patients diagnosed with NASH, transplantation for patients diagnosed with HCC beyond Milan criteria, and usage of HIV positive donors. Dedicated chapters on HCV, HCC, FHF, and NASH will make this book a unique resource for any health care provider part of the multidisciplinary liver transplant team. The book goes beyond the analysis of the formal medical and surgical aspects of liver transplantation and introduces deep knowledge on key aspects of contemporary transplant programs, such as: physical rehabilitation, palliative care, pregnancy, the multiple requirements of regulatory agencies ruling transplantation, quality measurements for transplant programs, finance and liability. The book is organized in 9 sections focusing on each key aspect of liver transplantation. Contemporary Liver Transplantation addresses the need and the questions of of the multidisciplinary group involved including surgeons, Hepatologists, anesthesiologists, infectious disease specialists, radiologists, transplant coordinators, financial specialists, epidemiologists and administrators.

    Contents:
    Part I. Historical Perspective
    1. History of Liver and Other Splanchnic Organ Transplantation / Thomas E. Starzl
    Part II. The Operation
    2. Orthotopic Liver Transplantation: Indications and Contraindications / Quirino Lai, Samuele Iesari, and Jan Lerut
    3. Donor Operation / Javier Bueno, Matias Ramirez, and José Andrés Molino
    4. Orthotopic Liver Transplantation: Surgical Techniques / Cataldo Doria, Samuel Goldstein, and Ignazio R. Marino
    5. Split Liver Transplantation / Koji Hashimoto and Bijan Eghtesad
    6. Live Donor Liver Transplant / Sung-Gyu Lee and Deok-Bog Moon
    7. Minimally Invasive Live Donor Liver Hepatectomy / Hoonbae Jeon, Tai Ho Shin, Ivo G. Tzvetanov, and Enrico Benedetti
    8. Orthotopic Liver Transplantation: Complications / Carlo Gerardo B. Ramirez
    Part III. Anesthesia Management
    9. Anesthesia Management of Liver Transplantation / Yoogoo Kang and Elia Elia
    10. Hepatopulmonary Syndrome and Portopulmonary Hypertension / Rodrigo Cartin-Ceba, Vivek N. Iyer, and Michael J. Krowka
    Part IV Transplant Hepatology
    11 NASH: The Ethical Dilemma / Laura Connor and Scott Andrew Fink
    12. Fulminant Hepatic Failure: Diagnosis and Management / Dina L. Halegoua-De Marzio and David A. Sass
    13. Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A New Era / Santiago J. Munoz, Kenneth D. Rothstein, and Alexandra L. Gibas
    14. Infections and Sepsis After Liver Transplantation / Erika D. Lease
    15. Liver Transplantation for HCC: The Milan Criteria / Jesse M. Civan
    16. HCC: The San Francisco Criteria / Thomas Byrne and Hugo Vargas
    17. Downstaging Hepatocellular Carcinoma for Liver Transplantation / Mohammad Khreiss and David A. Geller
    18. Systemic Chemotherapy in Orthotopic Liver Transplantation / Jascha Rubin and Ashwin Sama
    19. Combined Transplantations / Pooja Singh and Jerry McCauley
    Part V. Immunology and Pathology of Liver Transplant
    20. Immunology of Liver Transplantation / Richard DePalma, John Knorr, and Victor Navarro
    21. Pathology of Liver Transplantation / Wei Jiang and John L. Farber
    Part VI. Radiology and Liver Transplantation
    22 Radiology in Liver Transplantation / Christopher G. Roth, Flavius G. Guglielmo, Sandeep P. Deshmukh, and Donald G. Mitchell
    23. Interventional Radiology for the Pre-transplant Patient / Susan Shamimi-Noori
    Part VII. Basic Science in Liver Transplantation
    24. Xenotransplantation / Zhengyu Wei
    25. Cell Therapy for Liver Failure: A New Horizon / Neil H. Riordan
    Part VIII. Special Topics
    26. Pregnancy After Liver Transplantation / Lisa A. Coscia, John M. Davison, Michael J. Moritz, and Vincent T. Armenti
    27. Palliative Care in Liver Transplantation: When to Consult a Specialist / Alana Sagin and Nina O’Connor
    28. Artificial Liver Treatment: When and Which One? / Steffen Mitzner, Niels Grabow, and Sebastian Klammt
    29. Liver Autotransplantation from the Labs to the Ante-situm Procedure: A Long Journey / Salvatore Gruttadaria, Duilio Pagano, and J. Wallis Marsh 30 Role of Integrative Medicine in Liver Transplantation / Anthony J. Bazzan, Andrew B. Newberg, and Daniel A. Monti
    31. Liver Transplantation: Medical Home / George Valko
    Part IX. The Contemporary Successful Liver Transplant Program
    32. Regulatory Agencies in Transplantation / Belinda Paganafanador
    33. Quality Measure of a Contemporary Liver Transplant Program / Maria McCall and Natalie Doria
    34. Role of the Transplant Coordinator / Jerita Payne
    35. Finance of Liver Transplantation / Edward Zavala and Meredith M. Stanley
    36. Liver Transplantation in the Third Millennium in North America: The Strategy for Success / Richard B. Freeman
    37. Transplant Program Liability and Risk Factors for Litigation / Daniel F. Ryan III, Paul E. Peel, and Conor A. Mintzer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Grenvik, Ake; Tobin, Martin J.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contemporary management in critical care to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    S. Thaddeus Connelly, Gianluca Martino Tartaglia, Rebeka G. Silva, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, state of the art guide to the contemporary diagnosis of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) that will help to compensate for the frequent lack of experience and inadequate training among health professionals who encounter patients with jaw joint problems. The opening section describes the whole patient philosophy essential for treatment success, examines ethical and legal considerations, and discusses all aspects of anatomy. Pathophysiology, clinical assessment, and imaging evaluation, including by means of modern MR imaging and CBCT, are then considered in detail. Finally, the diagnostic criteria for the full range of TMDs are thoroughly explained and the urgent need to appreciate temporomandibular disorders as the chronic pain conditions they are is addressed. Complementary volumes are devoted to non-surgical treatment of TMDs and to total temporomandibular joint replacement and other surgical procedures, respectively. Each book will be of high value for the multidisciplinary team necessary for successful management of TMDs, including dentists, surgeons, primary care doctors, pain doctors, and allied health professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    S. Thaddeus Connelly, Gianluca Martino Tartaglia, Rebeka G. Silva, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, state of the art guide to the contemporary non-surgical treatment of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) that will help to compensate for the frequent lack of experience and inadequate training among health professionals who encounter patients with jaw joint problems. After an opening section outlining special considerations relating to bruxism and trauma in TMDs, medical management and dental treatment are explained in detail, with coverage of various perspectives such as those of the orthodontist and prosthodontist. Psychiatric considerations and adjunctive therapies are also thoroughly discussed and the importance of a team approach to the management of temporomandibular disorders is highlighted. Complementary volumes are devoted to anatomy, pathophysiology, evaluation, and diagnosis and to total temporomandibular joint replacement and other surgical procedures, respectively. Each book will therefore be of high value for the multidisciplinary team necessary for successful management of TMDs, including dentists, surgeons, primary care doctors, pain doctors, and allied health professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    S. Thaddeus Connelly, Gianluca Martino Tartaglia, Rebeka G. Silva, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, state of the art guide to the contemporary surgical treatment of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) that will help to compensate for the frequent lack of experience and inadequate training among health professionals who encounter patients with jaw joint problems. The opening section discusses the evolution of modern surgical management of TMDs, TMD diagnosis for surgical candidates, as well as anatomic pathways. Surgical procedures are then described and illustrated, with detailed coverage of total temporomandibular joint replacement and also other procedures such as surgical arthroscopy, intraoral vertical ramus osteotomy, discectomy, and arthroplasty. The volume closes by examining the future of the field, including the use of bioengineered constructs. Complementary volumes are devoted to anatomy, pathophysiology, evaluation, and diagnosis and to the nonsurgical treatment of TMDs, respectively. Each volume will be of high value for the multidisciplinary team necessary for successful management of TMDs, including dentists, surgeons, primary care doctors, pain doctors, and allied health professionals.

    Contents:
    Temporomandibular joint surgical evolution, diagnosis and anatomic pathways
    Surgical prcedures other than total joint replacement
    Total temporomandibular joint replacement
    The future of temporomandibular joint surgery and training the next generation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contemporary neurology series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Friday Okonofua, Joseph A. Balogun, Kunle Odunsi, Victor N. Chilaka, editors.
    Contents:
    SECTION 1: WOMEN'S REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH
    Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights: An Overview
    Clinical Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Maternal Mortality in Developing Countries
    Preventing Perinatal Mortality in Developing Countries
    Abortion
    Female Circumcision/Mutilation/Cutting
    Reproductive Epidemiology, Health Status and Burden of Disability
    SECTION 2: OBSTETRICS
    Preconceptional Counselling and Prenatal Care
    Ultrasound in Labour and Delivery
    Evidence-Based Antenatal Care
    Fetal Growth Abnormalities, Intrauterine Growth Restriction and Macrosomia
    Management of Normal and Abnormal Labour
    Premature Rupture of Membranes (PROM)
    Induction of Labour
    Electronic fetal Monitoring
    Operative Vaginal Delivery
    Breech Presentation and Delivery
    Caesarean Delivery and Peri-partum Hysterectomy
    Obstetrical Analgesia and Anaesthesia
    Aetiology and Management of Obstetric Haemorrhage
    Preterm Birth
    The Puerperium
    SECTION 3: MEDICAL AND SURGICAL DISORDERS IN PREGNANCY
    Intensive Care Management of Trauma During Pregnancy
    Cardiovascular Disorders in Pregnancy
    Respiratory Disorders in Pregnancy
    Hypertension in Pregnancy
    Critical-Care Management of Severe Preeclampsia-Eclampsia and Obstetric Hypertensive Crisis
    Haemoglobinopathies in Pregnancy
    Anaemia in Pregnancy
    Diabetes in Pregnancy
    Venous Thromboembolism In Pregnancy
    Inherited Bleeding Disorders in Pregnancy
    Haematological Disorders in Pregnancy
    Mental Health Disorders in Pregnancy and Puerperium
    HIV in Pregnancy
    Non-HIV Viral Infections in Pregnancy
    Neoplastic Diseases in Pregnancy
    Oral Health in Pregnancy
    Ectopic Pregnancy
    Prevention and Management of Recurrent Miscarriage
    SECTION 4: GENERAL GYNAECOLOGY
    Control of Sexually Transmitted Infections Through Integrated Reproductive Health Services
    Uterine Fibroid and Hysterectomy
    Endometriosis
    Chronic Pelvic Pain
    Infertility
    Laparoscopy
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Urogynaecology
    Obstetric and Non-Obstetric Fistulas
    Amenorrhea and Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Menopause
    Physiotherapy in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    SECTION 5: GYNAECOLOGICAL MALIGNANCIES
    Rising Burden of Gynaecological Cancers in Developing Countries
    Molecular Biology of Gynaecological Cancers
    Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Cancers of the Vulva and Vagina
    Cervical Cancer Screening and Prevention
    Cancer of the Uterine Corpus
    Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
    Germ Cell Tumours of the Ovary
    Principle of Radiation Therapy for Gynaecological Cancers
    Emerging Trends and Best Practices in Hospice and Palliative Care
    SECTION 6: HEALTH SYSTEMS ORGANISATION, RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICS
    Leadership of Health Care Teams, Organisations and Systems: Implications for Curriculum Revision in Medical Education
    Mobilising Human and Financial Resources for Maternal Health
    The Role of Professional Associations in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Ethics, Liability, and Risk Management in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Human Rights and Legal Treaties relevant to Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Evaluation of Clinical Significance in Intervention Research
    The Common Statistical Faux Pas in Journal Publications
    Survey Research Major Methodological Flaws: Caveat Lector.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [editors] James R. Hupp, Edward Ellis and Myron R. Tucker.
    Contents:
    Preoperative health status evaluation
    Prevention and management of medical emergencies
    Principles of surgery
    Wound repair
    Infection control in surgical practice
    Pain and anxiety control in surgical practice
    Instrumentation for basic oral surgery
    Principles of routine exodontia
    Principles of more complex exodontia
    Principles of management of impacted teeth
    Postextraction patient management
    Medicolegal considerations
    Preprosthetic surgery
    Implant treatment : basic concepts and techniques
    Implant treatment : advanced concepts and complex cases
    Principles of management and prevention of odontogenic infections
    Complex odontogenic infections
    Principles of endodontic surgery
    Management of the patient undergoing radiotherapy or chemotherapy
    Odontogenic diseases of the maxillary sinus
    Diagnosis and management of salivary gland disorders
    Principles of differential diagnosis and biopsy
    Surgical management of oral pathologic lesions
    Soft tissue and dentoalveolar injuries
    Management of facial fractures
    Correction of dentofacial deformities
    Facial cosmetic surgery
    Management of patients with orofacial clefts
    Surgical reconstruction of defects of the jaws
    Facial neuropathology
    Management of temporomandibular disorders
    Operative note (office record) component parts
    Drug enforcement administration schedule of drugs and examples
    Examples of useful prescriptions
    Consent for extractions and anesthesia
    Antibiotic overview.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Camile S. Farah, Ramesh Balasubramaniam, Michael J. McCullough, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by world authorities in the field, is a comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the specialty of Oral Medicine, which is concerned with the diagnosis, prevention, and predominantly non-surgical management of medically related disorders and conditions affecting the oral and maxillofacial region. The pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment of all relevant diseases and disorders are described with the aid of a wealth of clinical cases and illustrations that enable the reader to appreciate the diversity and potential complexity of Oral Medicine. In addition to the wide-ranging coverage of oral conditions, separate sections are devoted to bone and cutaneous pathology and to orofacial pain and its management, in addition to dental sleep medicine. The clinician who treats Oral Medicine patients will find this book to be an excellent aid to optimal management grounded in a sound knowledge of basic science and the dental and medical aspects of each disorder. In addition, it will serve as an outstanding textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate students.

    Contents:
    Part I: Normal Anatomy and Variants of the Oral Mucosa
    Interface Between Oral and Systemic Disease
    Clinical Evaluation of the Oral Medicine Patient
    Soft and Hard Tissue Operative Interventions. Part II: Laboratory Medicine and Diagnostic Pathology
    Skin Patch Testing and Clinical Immunology
    Diagnostic Imaging Principles and Applications
    Principles of Orofacial Pain Diagnosis and Treatment
    Pharmaco-Therapeutic Approaches in Oral Medicine. Part III: Oral and Maxillofacial Infections
    Ulcerative, Vesicular and Bullous Lesions
    Benign Lesions of the Oral Mucosa
    Gingival Pathology
    White, Red and Pigmented Lesions of the Oral Mucosa
    Oral Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
    Salivary Gland Disorders
    Oral Malignancies
    Head and Neck Tumours
    Odontogenic Abnormalities. Part IV: Odontogenic Bone Pathology
    Non-Odontogenic Bone Pathology
    Cutaneous Pathology. Part V: Masticatory Muscle Pain
    Internal Derangements of the Temporomandibular Joint
    Temporomandibular Joints Arthritides
    Headache
    Neuropathic Orofacial Pain
    Biopsychosocial Considerations for Orofacial Pain. Part VI: Sleep Bruxism
    Oral Appliance Therapy for Sleep Disordered Breathing
    Neurosensory Disturbances Including Smell and Taste
    Halitosis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2019- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Moni Abraham Kuriakose, editor.
    Summary: This is the third of four volumes that together offer an authoritative, in-depth reference guide covering all aspects of the management of oral cancer from a multidisciplinary perspective and on the basis of a strong scientific foundation. This volume is devoted to the reconstructive surgical techniques used in patients with oral cancer. Following introductory chapters outlining the general principles of reconstructive surgery in the oral cavity and the planning of maxillofacial reconstruction, detailed descriptions of the options and techniques employed in reconstruction of each of the functional subunits are provided. Important technologic advances are also discussed, including image-guided surgery, robotic surgery, and tissue-engineered and prefabricated approaches. Finally, the current status of facial transplantation for maxillofacial reconstruction is reviewed. This volume is intended for both trainees and practicing surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Moni Abraham Kuriakose, editor.
    Summary: This is the last of four volumes that together offer an authoritative, in-depth reference guide covering all aspects of the management of oral cancer from a multidisciplinary perspective and on the basis of a strong scientific foundation. This volume focuses on the topic of comprehensive rehabilitation and supportive care in oral cancer. The coverage includes the role of maxillofacial prosthodontics, advances in anaplastology techniques, and management of oral mucositis during radiation and chemotherapy. Holistic and supportive care approaches are discussed, and advice is provided on post-therapy surveillance and the use of different measures to assess quality of life. Nutritional evaluation and management and issues relating to healthcare economics are also considered. This volume will be of interest both to practicing specialists and to ancillary service staff involved in the care of oral cancer patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ashesh Piyush Shah, Cataldo Doria, James W. Lim, editors.
    Summary: Intestinal transplantation remains on the cutting edge of solid organ transplantation. Each potential recipient provides a unique case of intestinal failure with individual intricacies requiring the combined efforts of a complex multidisciplinary team in order to achieve success. Contemporary Small Bowel Transplantation covers all aspects of intestinal transplantation in a manner accessible to all providers and provides specific guidance for those that may come in contact with this field and these patients. The text provides an understanding of the critical pre-operative evaluation, thorough descriptions of each surgical procedure and postoperative management. Areas such as infectious disease, nutrition and graft versus host disease will be addressed in detail. Key controversies and administrative issues unique to intestinal transplantation are covered. Contemporary Small Bowel Transplantation provides critical guidance for the new transplant surgeon, gastroenterologist or administrator as they navigate the challenging field of intestinal transplantation.

    Contents:
    History of Multivisceral Transplantation
    Modern TPN
    Central line management and intestinal failure
    Intestinal rehab v intestinal transplantation
    MVT: Indications and contraindications
    MVT: Complications
    MVT: The operation
    The donor operation
    Pathology of Intestinal Transplantation
    Viral infections after intestinal transplantation
    Post multivisceral malignancy
    Graft v host disease after multivisceral transplant
    Autotransplantation
    UNOS and bowel transplantation
    NET and Multivisceral Transplantation
    Cell therapy, tissue engineering and intestinal failure
    Live donor intestinal transplantation
    The role of the Transplant Coordinator
    Psychosocial issues in intestinal transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sergio V. Delgado, Jeffrey R. Strawn, Ernest V. Pedapati.
    Summary: Contemporary psychodynamic theory profoundly impacts our understanding of the development of psychopathology in young patients. However, while much has been written about this theory's influence on the psychotherapy techniques used with adults, little attention has been paid to its practical clinical applications in psychotherapeutic work with children and adolescents. This book explains how the new concepts derived from contemporary psychodynamic theory have made it necessary to revise our understanding of and approach to young patients in psychotherapy. It reviews the recent contributions from contemporary two-person relational psychodynamic theory and employs detailed case examples to bring to life this theory's practical applications in child and adolescent psychotherapy. Psychotherapists and students of psychotherapy will find this book a valuable source of information on contemporary psychodynamic theory and a useful resource for introducing a contemporary style into their practice, co-constructing with the patient a narrative to achieve the desired goals.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Traditional One-Person Psychology
    Two-Person Relational Psychology for the Child and Adolescent Psychotherapist
    Key Pioneers in Two-Person Relational Psychology
    Key Concepts in Two-Person Relational Psychology
    Deconstruction of Traditional One-Person Psychology Concepts
    The Neurodevelopmental and Neurofunctional basis of Intersubjectivity
    Putting it together: The 4 Pillars of the Contemporary Diagnostic Interview
    Setting the Frame in Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy ? Infants and Preschool Age Children
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy Elementary School Age Youth
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy Middle School Age Youth
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy
    High School Age Adolescents
    Supervision in Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy
    Appendix A: Developmental Milestones.-Appendix B: Contemporary Diagnostic Interview Case Formulation Tool.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    A. Samy Youssef, editor.
    Summary: This text is designed to function as a comprehensive guide/companion that will not only facilitate the decision-making process for the surgeon, but also help young surgeons build a successful career in skull base surgery. It is divided into six main sections: The first section details the general principles that every skull base surgeon needs to be acquainted with - skull base anatomy, developing a multidisciplinary skull base team, operating room equipment, surgical instruments, and modern imaging technologies. These are the key elements that play a major role in optimizing functional outcomes and patients quality of life. Following this, the compartmental anatomy chapters set the stage for understanding the technical and surgical nuances of each location. The subsequent five sections are organized as anatomical compartments or regions of the skull base. Every region is organized in the same format for uniformity and ease of use. Each section includes the available treatment choices to each compartment, and describes the relevant pathologies. The contribution of worldwide leaders including neurosurgeons and otolaryngologists provides top-level expertise in how to tackle each pathology. The surgical approaches chapters that lead each anatomical section describe operative techniques in a clear. stepwise fashion with accompanying intra-operative photos and surgical videos. In the individual pathology chapters, different pathological subtypes are described with representative radiographic images of clinical case examples. Accompanying each pathology is a treatment algorithm based on tumor morphology, pre-operative clinical status, and the goal of maximum functional preservation with a brief description of surgical approaches. This will serve as a roadmap that will help the reader to easily reach a decision of how to treat each skull base pathology. The general theme is functional and anatomical preservation of key neurovascular structures. Setting such structures as a target and planning an approach that minimizes iatrogenic damage to these structures will lead the surgeon down the road of either open, endoscopic, or a combination of both approaches. A comprehensive book that is versatile to serve as a handbook as well as a detailed reference for skull base surgery does not currently exist. In addition, combining the two main surgical schools represented by endoscopy and open surgery into one reference enhanced by treatment algorithms is another unique feature. .

    Contents:
    Evolution of the Multidisciplinary Skull Base Team
    Surgical Anatomy of Cranial Nerves
    Compartmental Anatomy: Microsurgical and Endoscopic
    The Operating Room
    Surgical Positioning
    Cranial Nerve Functional Preservation: Tricks of the Trade
    Neurophysiologic Monitoring
    Microdissection Tools
    Neuroimaging Precision Tools
    Skull Base Reconstruction
    Role of Radiotherapy in Modern Skull Base Surgery
    Cerebral Revascularization
    Cranial Nerve Repair and Rehabilitation
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Keyhole Approaches
    Meningioma
    Craniopharyngioma
    Pituitary Adenoma
    Sinonasal Cancer
    Surgical Approaches: Open and Endoscopic
    Meningioma
    Pituitary Adenoma
    Schwannoma
    Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Trigeminal Schwannoma
    Middle fossa Approach for Hearing Preservation
    Expanded Middle Fossa Approach: Anterior Petrosectomy
    Pretemporal Transcavernous Approach
    Endoscopic Endonasal Transcavernous Approach
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Transpterygoid Approaches
    Keyhole Approaches
    Petroclival Meningioma
    Vestibular Schwannoma
    Cerebellopontine Angle Epidermoid Tumor
    Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
    Pineal Tumors
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Meningioma
    Schwannoma
    Paraganglioma
    Chondrosarcoma
    Open Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Paraganglioma
    Juvenile nasopharyngeal Angiomas
    Schwannoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Meenakshi S. Kher, Ashwin Rao.
    Summary: This clinical guide, featuring a wealth of high-quality photographs, will help pediatric dentists, pediatric dentistry residents and general dental practitioners treating children, acquire a clear understanding of contemporary treatment protocols for primary and young permanent teeth while serving as a guide to integrate these procedures into their private or institutional practice. The background to the book is the emergence in recent years of important paradigm shifts in treatment concepts. It is now recognized that clinicians must distinguish between “caries management” and “carious lesion management” when treating children. Moreover, regenerative endodontic procedures have changed the way in which the immature permanent tooth is treated. The authors present the full range of current treatment techniques step-by-step, with all the necessary detailed photographic documentation and succinct supporting text. It will be an asset for dentists worldwide. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1: Lesion Management
    No Removal of Carious Tissue 2: Lesion Management
    Selective Removal of Carious Tissue in Shallow, Moderately Deep and Deep Carious Lesions 3: Pulp Therapy in Primary Teeth 4: The Posterior Preformed Metal Crown (Stainless Steel Crown) 5: Aesthetic Full Coronal Coverage Restorations 6: Space Maintenance in the Primary Dentition: Custom Made and Prefabricated 7: Resin and Glass Ionomer Based Pit and Fissure Sealants 8: Strategies for Pulp Therapy in Immature Permanent Teeth.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Permanent Subcommittee on Health Personnel.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    KFC10.4 .H374 1976b
  • Digital
    Aatif M. Husain, Saurabh R. Sinha, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to meet the need for a practically oriented textbook on the rapidly growing field of continuous EEG (cEEG) monitoring. A wide range of key clinical aspects are addressed, with explanation of status epilepticus classification, criteria for institution of monitoring, seizure patterns and their recognition, quantitative EEG analysis, and neuroimaging in patients undergoing cEEG monitoring. The value of cEEG and the nature of cEEG findings in various special situations are then reviewed, covering particular pathologies, critical care considerations, and prognostication. Treatments of nonconvulsive status epilepticus (NCSE) and nonconvulsive seizures (NCS) are discussed. The concluding section is devoted to important administrative issues including billing, staffing issues, comparison of EEG machines, and information technology (IT) issues. Continuous EEG monitoring offers the only reliable means of detecting seizures that are not clinically obvious in critically ill patients. Such seizures are common: approximately 20% of patients undergoing cEEG monitoring in hospital have NCSE or NCS. Against this background, many hospitals have started to offer cEEG monitoring as a basis for delivery of appropriate treatment. By presenting the state of the art in cEEG monitoring, this book will be invaluable to practitioners including neurophysiologists, neurologists, neurointensivists, intensivists, neurophysiology and epilepsy fellows, and neurology residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Kleinebudde, Johannes Khinast, Jukka Rantanen.
    Summary: "This book covers key aspects of the continuous manufacturing of pharmaceuticals. The first part provides an overview of key chemical engineering principles and the current regulatory environment. The second covers existing technologies for manufacturing both small-molecule-based products and protein/peptide products. The following section is devoted to process analytical tools for continuously operating manufacturing environments. The final two sections treat the integration of several individual parts of processing into fully operating continuous process systems and summarize state-of-art approaches for innovative new manufacturing principles"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Zoltan K Nagy, Arwa El Hagrasy, Jim Litster, editors.
    Summary: Continuous pharmaceutical manufacturing is currently receiving much interest from industry and regulatory authorities, with the joint aim of allowing rapid access of novel therapeutics and existing medications to the public, without compromising high quality. Research groups from different academic institutions have significantly contributed to this field with an immense amount of published research addressing a variety of topics related to continuous processing. The book is structured to have individual chapters on the different continuous unit operations involved in drug substance and drug product manufacturing. A wide spectrum of topics are covered, including basic principles of continuous manufacturing, applications of continuous flow chemistry in drug synthesis, continuous crystallization, continuous drying, feeders and blenders, roll compaction and continuous wet granulation.The underlying theme for each of these chapters is to present to the reader the recent advances in modeling, experimental investigations and equipment design as they pertain to each individual unit operation. The book also includes chapters on quality by design (QbD) and process analytical technology (PAT) for continuous processing, process control strategies including new concepts of quality-by-control (QbC), real-time process management and plant optimization, business and supply chain considerations related to continuous manufacturing as well as safety guidelines related to continuous chemistry. A separate chapter is dedicated to discussing regulatory aspects of continuous manufacturing, with description of current regulatory environment quality/GMP aspects, as well as regulatory gaps and challenges. Our aim from publishing this book is to make it a valuable reference for readers interested in this topic, with a desire to gain a fundamental understanding of engineering principles and mechanistic studies utilized in understanding and developing continuous processes. In addition, our advanced readers and practitioners in this field will find that the technical content of Continuous Pharmaceutical Processing is at the forefront of recent technological advances, with coverage of future prospects and challenges for this technology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Basic Principles of Continuous Manufacturing
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 General Characteristics of Continuous Processes
    1.3 Multiunit Continuous Processes
    1.4 Requirements for Effective Continuous Processing
    1.5 Comparative Assessment of Batch and Continuous Operating Modes
    References
    Chapter 2: Continuous Reactors for Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Superheated PFR in Oven for Imidazole Cyclization
    2.3 Pulsating Flow Coiled Tube PFR for Hydroformylation with Solids Precipitate 2.4 Vertical Pipes-in-Series PFR for Reductive Amination
    2.5 Superheated PFR in Steam Shell for Thermal EE Deprotection
    2.6 CSTRs-in-Series for Schotten-Baumann with Two Liquid Phases
    2.7 Intermittent Flow Stirred Tank Reactor for Suzuki Cross-Coupling with Two Liquid Phases
    2.8 CSTRs-in-Series for Barbier Grignard, Quench, and Neutralization to Minimize Racemization
    2.9 Low-Pressure Disposable Coiled Tube PFR for Highly Potent Compound
    2.10 Understanding the Real Reaction Temperature in a PFR
    References Chapter 3: Understanding Residence Time, Residence Time Distribution, and Impact of Surge Vessels
    3.1 Residence Time Distribution in PFRs Is a Consequence of Axial Dispersion
    3.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Low Axial Dispersion
    3.3 Quantifying Axial Dispersion in Plug Flow Tube Reactors
    3.4 Quantifying Impact of Axial Dispersion on Reactor Performance
    3.5 Axial Dispersion in PFRs Dampens Out Flow Disturbances
    3.6 Importance of High L/d When Scaling Up in the Laminar Flow Regime
    3.7 Calculated Peclet Number Does Not Correlate Well with Measured Axial Dispersion 4.1.1 Slurry Flow Out of Continuous Stirred Tank Crystallizers
    4.1.2 Filtration Downstream from Continuous Crystallization
    4.1.3 Solvent Exchange Distillation with Strip to Dryness in Rotary Evaporators
    4.1.4 Back Pressure Regulators and Vapor-Liquid Separators Downstream from Continuous High-Pressure Hydrogenation Reactors
    4.1.5 Stirred Tank Reactors for Heterogeneous Reactions
    4.2 Recycle
    4.3 Common Misconception About Needing Fast Reactions in PFRs
    4.4 Continuous Process Checklist
    References
    Chapter 5: Continuous Crystallization: Equipment and Operation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Daniel Heise.
    Summary: CVVH, CVVHD and CVVHDF: these terms will soon no longer be a "black box" for you! This book is intended for physicians and nurses in intensive care units who want to both apply and understand continuous renal replacement procedures. Step by step, the functionalities and characteristics of all common renal replacement procedures, such as continuous veno-venous hemofiltration, hemodialysis, and hemodiafiltration, are explained in a comprehensible manner and the clinical implications of the parameters to be set are described. A separate chapter is devoted to the topic of citrate anticoagulation, an understanding of which is essential when using continuous renal replacement procedures. With this knowledge, the most suitable therapy can be selected for each patient and optimally adapted to the patient's needs. The author PD Dr. med. Daniel Heise is a senior physician at the Department of Anesthesiology at the University Medical Center Gottingen; in addition to his clinical focus on intensive care medicine, he is particularly interested in training and continuing education. This book is a translation of an original German edition. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation.

    Contents:
    Historical developments
    Proven to the present day: Continuous hemofiltration
    Characteristics of renal replacement therapy
    Dialysis: Exchange without flow
    Best of both worlds: Hemodiafiltration
    Sour grapes: Citrate anticoagulation
    Under pressure: Pressure parameters of renal replacement therapy
    Let's go!
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by John A. Kellum, Rinaldo Bellomo, and Claudio Ronco.
    Summary: This work provides concise, evidence-based, to-the-point bedside guidance about continuous renal replacement therapy, offering quick reference answers to clinicians' questions about treatments and situations encountered in daily practice.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Lisa R. Sammaritano, Bonnie L. Bermas, editors.
    Summary: Most general rheumatologists and OB/GYNs have limited experience in caring for rheumatic disease patients during pregnancy, and many do not have ready access to expert colleagues in this area. Contraception and Pregnancy in Patients with Rheumatic Disease fills this gap by presenting the basics of contraception, fertility treatment, and pregnancy in rheumatic disease patients. This comprehensive resource begins by introducing key concepts that clinicians need to know when assessing the pregnant rheumatic disease patient. It goes on to cover specific rheumatic conditions in pregnancy, including systemic lupus erythematosus, antiphospholipid syndrome, systemic sclerosis, inflammatory myositis, and more. The book concludes by explaining additional related reproductive issues such as contraception, neonatal lupus, and long-term outcome of children of rheumatic disease patients. With advances in rheumatology therapies, obstetric monitoring, and reproductive medicine technologies, increasing numbers of women with rheumatic diseases are pursuing pregnancy. Summarizing the current state of knowledge and presenting a general approach for assessment of the rheumatic disease, this book serves as an invaluable reference tool for both rheumatologists and OB/GYNs.

    Contents:
    Immunology of Pregnancy
    Normal Pregnancy, Pregnancy Complications, and Obstetric Management
    General Approach: Pre-pregnancy Assessment of the Rheumatic Disease Patient
    Systemic Lupus Erthematosus
    Pregnancy in Sjogren's Syndrome, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, and Undifferentiated Connective Tissue Disease
    Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    Rheumatoid Arthritis and Seronegative Spondyloarthropathy
    Pregnancy in Patients with Systemic Sclerosis
    Vasculitis and Pregnancy
    Myositis and Pregnancy
    Contraception in Rheumatic Disease Patients
    Assisted Reproductive Techniques in Rheumatic Disease Patients
    Neonatal Lupus
    The Medical Management of the Rheumatology Patient During Pregnancy
    Long-Term Outcome of Children of Rheumatic Disease Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Amy Whitaker, Melissa Gilliam, editors.
    Summary: Now more than ever there is a need for youth to learn about and use contraception consistently and effectively. Contraception for Adolescent and Young Adult Womenis a valuable resource for gynecologists and primary care practitioners who are on the front lines when it comes to discussing, recommending, and prescribing contraceptive options to adolescent and young adult women. The book is filled with evidence-based information presented in an easy-to-access format, ideal for the busy clinician who needs information at his or her fingertips. The first chapter answers the question 'why is contraception important in this population?' and outlines the basics of the initial clinical visit. The book continues by covering each method of contraception currently available, and concludes with a survey of special issues pertinent to young women. In its entirety, the content lays the groundwork for helping providers improve clinical practice in contraceptive care, tailored to the unique needs of young women. This book serves as an excellent reference for family physicians, adolescent medicine physicians, gynecologists, and anyone who wishes to learn and implement best contraceptive counseling and provision practices.

    Contents:
    Contraceptive Care for Adolescents
    The Intrauterine Device
    Progestin-Only Contraception
    Combined Hormonal Contraception
    Barrier Methods
    Emergency Contraception
    Emerging Methods and Methods Not Available in the United States
    Adolescents Who Are Obese
    Adolescents with Medical Illness
    Adolescents with Disabilities
    Postpartum Contraception for Adolescents
    Sexuality Education
    Legal and Policy Issues in Adolescent Contraceptive Care
    Pregnancy Options Counseling.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rebecca H. Allen, Carrie A. Cwiak, editors.
    Summary: Women with chronic medical problems are at higher risk for complications during pregnancy and, therefore, they are especially in need of appropriate preconception and contraception care. Furthermore, many women with chronic medical problems do not obtain adequate preconception and contraception care. Despite published guidelines by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, there is a substantial gap in medical practice regarding the use of contraception in women with co-existing medical problems. Contraception for the Medically Challenging Patient fills the gap that currently exists in the knowledge of correct contraceptive prescribing practice and shows that inappropriate contraindications can easily become a barrier to effective contraception use among women. Chapters highlight obsolete views about appropriate candidates for contraception and address the complex contraceptive needs of today's medically challenging patients with HIV/AIDS, uterine fibroids, or cardiac, neurologic or thyroid disease. The book gives attention to recommendations on the use of contraception in women with medical problems such as diabetes, obesity, epilepsy, and lupus, among others, and provides comprehensive information regarding the effects that certain drugs may have on contraceptive hormone levels. While national guidelines do exist for contraceptive eligibility, this book discusses in more detail the evidence behind the guideline recommendations and the nuances that clinicians confront in daily practice.

    Contents:
    Patient Assessment and Counseling
    Contraceptive Management of Women with Cardiac Disease
    Contraception Use in Women with Hypertension
    Contraception and Diabetes
    Contraception for Women with Mental Health Conditions
    Contraception for Women Living with HIV
    Contraceptive Options for Women with Headache Disease
    Contraception for Women with Epilepsy
    Contraception for Women with a History of Solid Organ Transplantation
    Obesity and Bariatric Surgery
    Hematologic Abnormalities
    Thrombophilia and Thromboembolic Disease
    Gynecologic Conditions
    Oncocontraception.- Contraception for Women with Endocrine Abnormalities
    Bone Health and Hormonal Contraception
    Contraception for Women with Rheumatologic Disease
    Family Planning with Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Contraception in the Perimenopause
    Medication Interactions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Kowal, Deborah.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Title Page Page
    Copyright Page Page
    Dedication
    Note to Readers Contents
    Contents
    List of Tables
    List of Figures
    List of Boxes
    Preface
    Contributors
    Chapter 1 Reproductive Justice within Reproductive Health Care
    References
    Chapter 2 Understanding the Physiology of the Menstrual Cycle
    Overview
    The HPO Axis (The Ovarian Cycle)
    Hypothalamic-Pituitary Overview
    Hypothalamus
    Ovarian Overview
    Atresia of Nondominant Follicles
    Estrogen Rise Prior to the LH Surge
    Preovulation/Ovulation Phase
    Ovulation
    Luteal Phase Ovarian-Endometrial Component (The Endometrial Cycle)
    Menstrual Phase
    Changes Seen in Menstruation
    Proliferative Phase of the Ovarian-Endometrial Compartment
    Secretory Phase of the Ovarian-Endometrial Compartment
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 3 Menstrual Disorders
    Abnormal Menstrual Bleeding: Amenorrhea Overview
    Primary Amenorrhea (Absence of Menarche)
    Secondary Amenorrhea
    Functional Hypothalamic Amenorrhea (FHA)
    Treatments for Secondary Amenorrhea
    Abnormal Menstrual Bleeding: Infrequent Menses
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS) Other Causes of Unexplained Infrequent Menses
    Treatments for Infrequent Menses (Including PCOS)
    Heavy or Prolonged Menstrual Bleeding
    Acute Excessive Uterine Bleeding
    Chronic Excessive Bleeding
    Other Abnormal Uterine Bleeding Patterns
    Menstruation-Related Problems
    Painful Menses (Dysmenorrhea)
    Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS) and Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder (PMDD)
    Menstrual Exacerbation of Other Medical Conditions
    References
    Chapter 4 Person-Centered Reproductive Health Conversations and Contraceptive Counseling
    Person-Centered Care Unintended Pregnancy in The United States
    Reproductive Desires
    Complexity of Pregnancy Desires
    Conversations about Reproductive Desires
    One Key Question
    PATH Questions
    Contraceptive Counseling: Past, Present, and Future
    Directive Counseling
    Consumerist Counseling or The "Menu" Approach
    Shared Decision Making
    Skills To Operationalize Person-Centered Reproductive and Contraceptive Care
    Key Person-Centered Questions
    Questions for Small Talk
    Questions That Are Open-Ended
    Questions for Obtaining a Nonstigmatizing, Comprehensive Sexual History Questions for Follow Up
    Questions for Offering Services
    Questions for Eliciting Contraceptive Preferences
    Affirm-Share-Ask Cycle
    Affirm/Acknowledge
    Share Content or Information
    Reflective Listening (Rephrasing)
    Ask A Follow Up Question
    Specific Clinical Circumstances
    Pregnancy Options Counseling
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 5 Effectiveness, Safety, and Comparative Side Effects
    Effectiveness: "How Well Will It Work?"
    Data Sources and Methods for Estimating Contraceptive Effectiveness
    Effectiveness Over Time
    Simultaneous Use of Methods
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    by Harald Becher, Andreas Helfen.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the practical aspects of contrast echocardiography. It also covers all the material in the guidelines published by the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE) in 2018 and the recommendations set out by the European Association of Cardiovascular Imaging (EACVI) in 2017. Contrast echocardiography at present is only used in 5-10% of cases, but this is expected to grow rapidly following the recommendations of the ASE and EACVI. The chapters cover the approved indications and provide practical advice on how to administer the contrast agents and how to optimize the recordings as well as how to deal with the pitfalls. The reader will find all the information on how to use contrast agents for assessment of shunts, LV volumes and function as well as myocardial diseases and masses. Detailed protocols are included for stress echocardiography and myocardial perfusion imaging. Other topics covered include the use of contrast agents for coronary sonography and transesophageal echocardiography. Contrast Echocardiography: Compendium for Clinical Practice comprehensively covers all aspects of the clinical use of contrast echocardiography and has been written by two cardiologists who share their experience from their high volume echo laboratories. One of the authors has been a member of both the ASE guidelines and EACVI recommendation writing groups. It is therefore, a critical text for echocardiographers and sonographers who perform echocardiography.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Agitated saline
    Indications
    Preparation of right heart contrast agents
    Side effects
    Gelatine-preparations
    Left heart contrast agents
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Properties of left heart contrast agents
    Side effects: diagnosis and treatment
    Metabolism of contrast agents
    Preparing the contrast agent the patient for contrast injection
    Preparing the patient
    Echocardiography scanner
    setting for contrast echocardiography
    Agitated saline
    left heart contrast agents
    Infusion pump for contrast echocardiography
    Indications
    Operation of the pump
    Video-Guide
    References
    LV-Function and LV disease
    LV-Volumes und Function in 2D-und 3D-Echocardiography
    Measurement of LV-Volumes und LV-Function according current guidelines
    When is accurate measurement clinically relevant?
    Limitations of non-contrast 2D- und 3D-Echocardiography
    Advantages of Contrast Echocardiography for measurement of LV volumes
    Indications for Contrast Echocardiography
    Practice of 2D Contrast Echocardiography
    Recordings
    Criteria for adequate recordings
    Step by step analysis, how to avoid pitfalls
    Normal values
    EF-measurements in cardio-oncology
    EF measurements for ICD,CRT
    LV Volumes und EF in valvular heart disease
    EF and LV volumes in patients with heart failure
    Regional LV wall motion
    Practice of 3D Contrast Echocardiography
    Indications for using contrast agents
    3D contrast echo recordings: how to perform/trouble shooting
    Analysis/How to avoid
    Normal values
    LV-Myocardial disease and masses
    Cardiomyopathies
    LV aneurysm
    LV masses/thrombi
    At a glance
    Video-Guide
    References
    Transesophageal Contrast Echocardiography
    Anatomy of left atrial appendage (LAA)
    What is relevant to the physician?
    LAA shapes: chicken wing and non-chicken wing
    What causes LAA thrombi?
    LAA thrombi basics
    Diagnostic criteria of LAA thrombi
    Conclusion
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    General principles for adequate settings
    Analysis of contrast TEE recordings
    Conclusions
    Vivid 7 dimension settings
    Vivid E9 XD clear settings
    Philips IE 33 settings
    LAA thrombi
    case studies
    Variant 1
    Variant 2
    Variant 3
    Variant 4
    Spontaneous echo contrast and thrombi
    Exclusion of thrombi using contrast echocardiography
    Pericardial effusion and contrast echocardiography
    LAA occlude
    Aortic dissection
    Myxoma
    Conclusion
    Video-Guide
    References
    Coronary sonography
    Basics of coronary sonography
    Introduction
    Physiology and pathophysiology of myocardial perfusion
    Normal flow signals of coronary arteries
    Pathological flow recordings
    Coronary flow reserve
    Principle of coronary sonography
    Practice of coronary sonography
    Left coronary artery
    Left main stem
    Circumflex artery
    Right coronary artery
    Synopsis of typical scan planes
    Bypass grafts
    Coronary anomalies
    Coronary artery stenosis
    Conclusion
    Coronary flow velocity reserve (CFR)
    How to perform
    CFR und FFR
    CFR measurement in the right and circumflex arteries
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    Vivid- GE
    Philips EPIQ 7
    Siemens Acuson SC 2000
    Case study
    Conclusion
    Video-Guide
    References
    Stress echocardiography
    General principles
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Pretest probability
    Selection of the stress modality
    Echocardiographic parameters of ischemia
    Ischemic cascade
    Stress echocardiography for exclusion of significant coronary stenosis
    False positive and negative findings
    Stress echocardiography and ECG
    When to repeat stress echocardiography
    Referral to coronary angiography after stress echocardiography
    Exercise stress echocardiography in 10 steps
    Assessment of indications und contraindications
    Assessment whether physical stress is the adequate stress modality
    Patient preparation
    Required echocardiography laboratory equipment and staff
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    Preparation of the contrast agent
    Exercise protocol: mandatory recordings
    Management of the patient after finishing the test
    Assessment and reporting
    Conclusion and recommendations for patient management
    Dobutamine stress echocardiography in 10 steps
    Assessment of indications und contraindications
    Assessment whether Dobutamine stress is the adequate stress modality
    Patient preparation
    Required echocardiography laboratory equipment and staff
    Preparation of Dobutamine infusion
    Preparation of the contrast agent
    Dobutamine stress protocol: mandatory recordings
    Management of the patient after finishing the test
    Assessment and reporting
    Conclusion and recommendations for patient management
    Dobutamine stress echocardiography for assessment of myocardial viability
    At a glance
    Video guide
    References
    Multi-parametric stress echocardiography
    Rationale for multi-parametric stress echocardiography
    Basics of perfusion echocardiography
    Display of myocardial perfusion
    Flash-replenishment-method
    Triggered vs continuous recording
    Quality assessment of perfusion recordings
    Characteristics of abnormal perfusion
    Artifacts in perfusion imaging
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    Analysis of the recordings
    Adenosine
    Pharmacology
    Indications und contraindications.-Regadenoson
    Conclusion
    Practice of multi-parametric stress echocardiography
    Case studies
    Normal findings
    LAD stenosis
    Reporting
    Video-Guide
    References
    Acute coronary syndrome (ACS)
    Diagnostic criteria of ACS
    Role of echocardiography
    Impact of contrast echocardiography
    Safety of contrast media in ACS
    Myocardial perfusion and risk stratification during ACS
    Case study
    Myocardial perfusion and risk stratification after ACS, stunning and no-reflow
    Case study
    Myocardial rupture, perforation of coronary arteries
    Aortic dissection/rupture
    Video-Guide
    References
    EACVI Core Syllabus
    References. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jacopo Nori, Maninderpal Kaur, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive, practical resource entirely devoted to Contrast-Enhanced Digital Mammography (CEDM), a state-of-the-art technique that has emerged as a valuable addition to conventional imaging modalities in the detection of primary and recurrent breast cancer, and as an important preoperative staging tool for women with breast cancer. CEDM is a relatively new breast imaging technique based on dual energy acquisition, combining mammography with iodine-based contrast agents to display contrast uptake in breast lesions. It improves the sensitivity and specificity of breast cancer detection by providing higher foci to breast-gland contrast and better lesion delineation than digital mammography. Preliminary results suggest that CEDM is comparable to breast MRI for evaluating the extent and size of lesions and detecting multifocal lesions, and thus has the potential to become a readily available, fast and cost-effective examination. With a focus on the basic imaging principles of CEDM, this book takes a practical approach to breast imaging. Drawing on the editors' and authors' practical experience, it guides the reader through the basics of CEDM, making it especially accessible for beginners. By presenting the key aspects of CEDM in a straightforward manner and supported by clear images, the book represents a valuable guide for all practicing radiologists, in particular those who perform breast imaging and have recently incorporated or plan to incorporate CEDM into their diagnostic arsenal.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Marc Lobbes, Maxine S. Jockelson, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to contrast-enhanced mammography (CEM), a novel advanced mammography technique using dual-energy mammography in combination with intravenous contrast administration in order to increase the diagnostic performance of digital mammography. Readers will find helpful information on the principles of CEM and indications for the technique. Detailed attention is devoted to image interpretation, with presentation of case examples and highlighting of pitfalls and artifacts. Other topics to be addressed include the establishment of a CEM program, the comparative merits of CEM and MRI, and the roles of CEM in screening populations and monitoring of response to neoadjuvant chemotherapy. CEM became commercially available in 2011 and is increasingly being used in clinical practice owing to its superiority over full-field digital mammography. This book will be an ideal source of knowledge and guidance for all who wish to start using the technique or to learn more about it.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    1: A History of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography;
    2: Physics of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography;
    3: Setting Up a CEM Program;
    4: Interpretation of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography;
    5: Comparison of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography and Contrast-Enhanced Breast MRI;
    6: CEM as a Problem-Solving Tool;
    7: Use of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography in Breast Cancer Screening;
    8: Contrast-Enhanced Mammography in Neoadjuvant Therapy Response Monitoring
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexander N. Sencha, Yury N. Patrunov, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the value of contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) in the diagnosis of a wide variety of pathologies. Sonography reliably identifies a wide range of diseases, and the efficacy of modern ultrasound has dramatically improved with contrast enhancement. This book covers almost all aspects of CEUS starting from basic principles and ending with features of its application in individual organs. In particular, it explores the diseases of abdominal, retroperitoneal, and pelvic organs as well as superficial structures, highlighting the characteristic features of typical findings. Focal lesions are discussed in depth, with attention to their early detection and differential diagnosis. Besides, a practical approach to the stratification of the risk of malignancies is provided. The authors summarized their own experience with CEUS in oncology, hepatology, gynecology, urology, endocrinology, and other fields of medicine. The role of CEUS in differential diagnosis of various disorders of the female reproductive system is comprehensively discussed as well. The presentation is clear and concise, and richly illustrated. The book will be a helpful tool for both residents and practitioners approaching ultrasound diagnostics, as well for more experienced radiologists and other professionals.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. General Aspects of the Use of Contrast Agents in Diagnostic Ultrasound. History and Current State of the Technology. Review of Contrast Agents
    Chapter 2. Physical Principles and Technical Aspects of CEUS
    Chapter 3. Technique of CEUS and Data Analysis
    Chapter 4. Liver
    Chapter 5. Gallbladder
    Chapter 6. Pancreas
    Chapter 7. Spleen
    Chapter 8. Kidneys and Adrenals
    Chapter 9. Small Intestine and Colon
    Chapter 10. Bladder
    Chapter 11. Prostate
    Chapter 12. CEUS in Gynecology
    Chapter 13. Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands
    Chapter 14. Breast
    Chapter 15. Salivary Glands
    Chapter 16. Scrotum and Testicles
    Chapter 17. Lymph Nodes
    Chapter 18. Major Blood Vessels
    Chapter 19. CEUS for Minimally Invasive Procedures. Intracavitary CEUS
    Chapter 20. CEUS in Pediatric Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Paul S. Sidhu, Maria E. Sellars, Annamaria Deganello.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the rapidly evolving field of contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) in the child. The uses and interpretation of CEUS are clearly explained with the aid of numerous illustrations. The coverage encompasses both established indications, such as focal liver lesions, abdominal solid organ injury, and vesicoureteral reflux, and a range of newer applications. Extensive information is also provided on microbubble agents and their use in the pediatric age group, as well as on practical aspects of setting up a CEUS service for children. CEUS is a safe imaging method that is ideal for the young patient and can be used for problem solving in a number of clinical situations. Ultrasound combined with microbubble contrast avoids the ionizing radiation of a CT examination, the use of iodinated contrast, the need for sedation or a general anesthetic, and the complexities of MR imaging. In bringing readers up to date with best practice and the latest innovations in CEUS, this book will be of value for pediatric radiologists, pediatric sonographers/technicians, and pediatricians.

    Contents:
    Physiology of Microbubble agents
    Safety of Microbubble agents
    Quantitate measurements of Microbubble agents
    Legal aspects of Microbubble use in children
    How to set up a CEUS service for children
    Paediatric focal liver disease - clinical perspective
    CEUS in focal liver lesions in children
    CEUS in Paediatric Transplantation
    Blunt Abdominal Trauma in Children - clinical perspective
    CEUS in Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    Vesico-ureteric reflux - clinical perspective
    Ce VUS - current experience and technique
    Ce VUS - advanced techniques of CEUS imaging
    CEUS in the Paediatric Testis
    Lung CEUS in childhood pneumonia
    CEUS in Inflammatory bowel disease
    CEUS in Childhood Oncology
    CEUS in Neurosurgery
    Cost effectiveness of CEUS in paediatric practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thomsen, Henrik S.; Webb, Judith A. W.
    Summary: In 1994 the European Society of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) set up a committee to consider the safety of contrast media used for diagnostic imaging. Subsequently the committee questioned ESUR members, reviewed the literature, proposed guidelines, and discussed these proposals with participants at the annual symposia of the society. The end result of this work was the successful first edition of this book, published in 2006, which was followed by an equally successful second edition in 2009. This third edition not only fully updates the previous edition, but also includes new chapters on complex topics such as use of contrast media in children and practical aspects of off-label contrast media use. The authorship includes members, past members, and non-members of the Contrast Media Safety Committee. Comprehensive consideration is given to the many different safety issues relating to iodine-based contrast media, gadolinium-based contrast media, microbubbles for ultrasound, and barium sulfate. The text includes chapters on both acute and delayed non-renal adverse reactions and on renal adverse reactions. All of the questions frequently raised in radiological practice are addressed. This book, presented in a handy, easy-to-use format, provides an invaluable, unique, and unparalleled source of information.

    Contents:
    General Issues: Classification and Terminology
    Requests for Imaging using contrast agents: What information must be provided
    Off-label use of medicines: legal aspects
    Off-label use of contrast media: practical aspects
    Pharmacovigilance: When to report adverse reactions to contrast media
    What is required to get the authorities to approve a new contrast medium?
    A critical review of meta-analysis of adverse events after contrast media
    Iodine- and Gadolinium-Based Contrast Media: General Adverse Reactions: Acute adverse reactions to contrast media: Mechanisms and prevention
    Iodine-based contrast medium temperature and adverse reactions
    Management of acute adverse reactions to contrast media
    Renal Adverse reactions:Chronic kidney disease, serum creatinine and estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR)
    Contrast medium-induced nephropathy
    Dialysis and contrast media
    Other adverse effects: Pregnancy and lactation: intravascular use of contrast media
    Pheochromocytoma and contrast media
    Contrast media and interactions with other drugs and clinical tests
    Contrast media extravasation injury
    Iodine-based contrast media: Late adverse reactions to iodine-based contrast media
    Effects of iodine-based contrast media on blood and endothelium
    Effects of iodine-based contrast media on thyroid function
    Pulmonary effects of iodine-based contrast media
    MR contrast media: Gadolinium chelates and stability
    Diagnostic efficacy of gadolinium-based contrast media
    Radiography with gadolinium-based contrast media
    Acute adverse reactions to gadolinium-based contrast media
    Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and gadolinium- based contrast media
    Organ specific gadolinium-based contrast media
    Ultrasonographic Contrast media
    Barium Preparations: Barium preparations: safety issues
    Pediatric use of Contrast Media: Contrast media use in pediatrics: Safety issues
    Appendix: ESUR Guidelines on Contrast Media Version 8.1
    Official publications from the Contrast Media Safety Committee of the European Society of Urogenital Radiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Contributions in philosophy to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    14
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1998-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    16
  • Digital/Print
    Berlyne, Geoffrey Merton; Giovannetti, S.
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1975-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    44
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    91
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contributions to oncology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    editors, Burton W. Wilcke, Jr, and David L. Heymann.
    Contents:
    Laboratory safety practices : building a strong biosafety program
    Laboratory referral networks
    Laboratory informatics
    Communicable disease laboratory methods
    Reporting of communicable diseases under the international health regulations
    Overview of quality laboratory systems
    Animal, food, and environmental testing in support of communicable disease control : a one health approach
    Transport of infectious specimens
    Outbreak response in case of deliberate use of biological agents to cause harm : laboratory considerations.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA643 .C764 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Christoph-Martin Geilfus.
    Summary: An understanding of crop physiology and ecophysiology enables the horticulturist to manipulate a plant's metabolism towards the production of compounds that are beneficial for human health when that plant is part of the diet or the source of phytopharmaceutical compounds. The first part of the book introduces the concept of Controlled Environment Horticulture as a horticultural production technique used to maximize yields via the optimization of access to growing factors. The second part describes the use of this production technique in order to induce stress responses in the plant via the modulation of these growing factors and, importantly, the way that this manipulation induces defence reactions in the plant resulting in the production of compounds beneficial for human health. The third part provides guidance for the implementation of this knowledge in horticultural production.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    Introduction 1. Introduction 2. Protected Cropping in Horticulture 3. Plant Secondary Compounds 4. Hydroponic Systems in Horticulture Part 2
    Controllable Production Factors in Horticulture 5. Light 6. Nutrient deficiencies 7. Salt stress 8. Drought Stress 9. Thermal Stress 10. Wounding 11. Mycorrhiza 12. Microbial and Plant-Based Biostimulants 13. Mineral Biofortification 14. CO2 Enrichment 15. Hormones 16. Intercropping Part 3
    Exercise 17. Acrylamide Concentrations of Deep-fried Potatoes 18. Enrichment of Anthocyanin in Pak Choi 19. Improving Flavor of Tomatoes 20. Biofortification of Carrots 21. Enrichment of Flavonoids in Lettuce 22. Effect of Germination Substrates on Tomato Plants.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter S. Staats, Sanford M. Silverman, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Scope of the pain problem
    2 Scope of the problem: Intersection of chronic pain and addiction
    3 Evidence-based treatment for chronic pain with opioids
    4 Opioid pharmacology
    5 Pharmacokinetics
    6 Benzodiazepines, Alcohol and Stimulant Use in Combination with Opioid Use
    7 Marijuana and cannabinoids for pain
    8 Adjuvant agents in chronic pain therapy
    9 Complications of opioid therapy
    10 Risk mitigation strategies
    11 Naloxone Treatment of Opioid Overdose
    12 From Patient Evaluation to Opioid Overdose Prevention: Ten Steps to Make the Law Work for You and Your Patients
    13 Treating the difficult patient
    14 Controlled Substance Management: Exit Strategies for the Pain Practitioner
    15 Alternatives to opiates in the management of non-cancer related pain
    Appendix A: American Society of Interventional Pain Physicians (ASIPP) Guidelines for Responsible Opioid Prescribing in Chronic Non-Cancer Pain
    Appendix B: Sample Opioid Agreement/Informed Consent
    Appendix C: Opioid Risk Tool
    Appendix D: Screener and Opioid Assessment for Patients with Pain-Revised (SOAPP®-R)
    Appendix E: McGill Pain Questionnaire.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Albrecht Wilhelm.
    Contents:
    Tennis Elbow
    Golf Elbow
    Proximal Radial Compression Syndrome
    so-called coracoiditis
    Sudeck̀s Dystrophy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert S. Bonser, Domenico Pagano, Axel Haverich, Jorge Mascaro, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the surgical management of patients with aortic disease, revealing many options open to cardiovascular specialists in this often controversial area of management. It reviews each controversy and provides clinical information for cardiac surgery, and discusses the spectrum of disorders and their management. With the knowledge base in this discipline changing rapidly, Controversies in Aortic Dissection and Aneurysmal Disease meets an important requirement to consolidate the wide-ranging information on which clinicians must base their practice. It is directed towards surgeons, physicians, and healthcare workers involved in the care of patients requiring cardiac, cardiothoracic and cardiovascular surgery. This book will be an essential resource for these professionals looking to accelerate the translation of basic research findings into clinical study and practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    John A. Ambrose, Alfredo E. Rodríguez, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mona Sazgar, Cynthia L. Harden, editors.
    Contents:
    1. New onset primary generalized epilepsy in adolescence
    2. New onset partial epilepsy in adolescence
    3. Catamenial epilepsy in adolescence
    4. Contraception choice in adolescence
    5. Folic acid supplementation
    6. Risk of seizure during pregnancy
    7. Seizure medications and teratogenicity
    8. Valproic acid and pregnancy: failed other medications
    9. Valproic acid and pregnancy: not tried other medications
    10. Epilepsy inheritance
    11. Infertility and menstrual disorders: seizure medications vs. seizures
    12. Ever advise against pregnancy?
    13. New onset seizures during pregnancy
    14. Valproic acid and pregnancy
    15. Lamotrigine and pregnancy
    16. What is your advice to pregnant women with epilepsy regarding breastfeeding?
    17. Change in seizure pattern and menopause
    18. Perimenopausal symptoms in women with epilepsy
    19. Bone health in women with epilepsy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Anderson T. Huang, Darren Huang.
    Summary: This book is the first evidence-based evaluation of the present limitations, shortcomings, and controversies in clear aligner therapy. It discusses problems in finishing, relapse, complex movements, mechanotherapy, attachment optimization, the mandibular advancement appliance, interproximal reduction, extraction therapy, interceptive treatment, accelerated orthodontics, and deep bite/open bite correction. Unlike current available texts on clear aligner therapy, this book features a nonpartisan, critical analysis of the problems of the technique and demonstrates their clinical implications. Unique solutions to the current limitations of clear aligner therapy are presented, and systematic strategies and protocols for addressing a vast range and complexity of malocclusions commonly confronted by practitioners are introduced. The book helps orthodontists, technicians and bioengineers to investigate prevailing misconceptions, and to resolve significant controversies and dilemmas in clear aligner therapy.

    Contents:
    Problems in Clear Aligner Mechanotherapy: How can Current Attachments be Optimized for Ideal Orthodontic Treatment?
    Adapting Clear Aligner Therapy to Interceptive Treatment for Early Mixed Dentitions: Are They the Same as Late Teen or Adult Treatment?
    Mandibular Advancement: A Viable Alternative to Functional Appliances?
    Problematic Complex Movements: Can Clear Aligners Treat Them Alone?
    Interproximal Reduction
    Dilemmas in the Vertical Dimension
    Power Ridges: How Powerful Are They?
    Overcoming Blind Spots in Clear Aligner Extraction Therapy
    Accelerated Orthodontics in Clear Aligner Therapy: Is it Viable?
    The Predictability of Bite Jumps
    Overcoming Obstacles in Detailing
    When and How to Overcorrect?
    Appendix I: Case Studies
    Appendix II: Additional Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Amanda D. Henderson, Andrew R. Carey, editors.
    Summary: This book functions as a resource for providers who treat patients with neuro-ophthalmic conditions. Using an evidence-based approach to controversial management decisions, the material is presented in a digestible, case-based format. Divided into six sections, the book begins with an introduction to its framework, format, and purpose. Following this, sections two, three, and four discuss various optic neuropathies, ocular motility disorders, and transient visual symptoms. The concluding sections then address neuro-ophthalmic manifestations of pain, including migraine and post-concussive syndrome, and systemic diseases, such as giant cell arteritis. Each chapter focuses on cases that are historically complex, or which have undergone a recent shift in traditional management due to new scientific discoveries or newly available therapies. Controversies in Neuro-Ophthalmic Management presents essential, thorough information on management options and the data for their use to provide the best care for patients.

    Contents:
    I. Introduction
    1. Purpose of this Book
    II. Optic neuropathies
    2. Non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy
    3. Radiation optic neuropathy
    4. Optic neuritis
    5.Traumatic optic neuropathy
    6. Papilledema
    7. Leukemic infiltration of the optic nerve
    8. Infectious optic neuropathy
    9. Hereditary optic neuropathy
    10. Compressive optic neuropathy
    III. Ocular motility disorders
    11. Transient diplopia
    12. Third nerve palsy
    13. Sixth nerve palsy
    14. Fourth nerve palsy
    15. Multiple cranial neuropathies
    16. Nystagmus
    IV. Transient visual symptoms
    17. Transient monocular vision loss
    18. Transient binocular vision loss
    19. Visual aura
    V. Pain
    20. Migraine
    21. Trigeminal autonomic cephalgia headaches
    22. Post-concussive syndrome
    VI. Systemic disease
    23. Giant cell arteritis
    24. Myasthenia gravis.-25. ophthalmopathy
    26. Sarcoidosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter Nakaji, MD, Professor Director of Minimally Invasive and Endoscopic Neurosurgery Program Director of the Neurosurgery Residency Program Department of Neurosurgery Residency Program Department of Neurosurgery Barrow Neurological Institute Phoenix, Arizona, Hasan A. Zaidi, MD, Assistant Professor Co-Director of Adult Spinal Deformity/Scoliosis Department of Neurosurgery Harvard Medical School/Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Summary: "A unique perspective on neuroendoscopic versus microsurgical techniques from world-renowned neurosurgeons. In the last two decades, neuroendoscopy has evolved from a fringe neurosurgical tool to an established subspecialty focusing on the treatment of diverse cranial and spinal diseases. Today, neuroendoscopic technology is widely used to treat supratentorial diseases, skull base pathologies, craniocervical diseases, and spinal pathologies. Despite the expanded use of neuroendoscopy across several subspecialties, its benefits and disadvantages versus those of traditional microsurgical methods remain highly controversial. Contradictory evidence in the neurosurgical literature adds to the surgical decision-making challenges for veteran and novice practitioners alike. Controversies in Neuroendoscopy by Peter Nakaji and Hasan Zaidi fills an unmet need for a book encompassing best practices, patient selection, and limitations and advantages of neuroendoscopic surgical approaches. Each case presents firsthand knowledge of internationally esteemed neurosurgeons, with a moderator, an endoscopic expert, and an expert in traditional microsurgical approaches. The unique discussion of neuroendoscopy versus microsurgery enables readers to compare the benefits and pitfalls of endoscopic and open microsurgical procedures for a wide range of conditions. In-depth comparative guidance on applications of the flexible endoscope, rigid endoscope, 3D endoscope, and high-definition 2D endoscope versus the microscope. A full spectrum of neurological conditions across the age continuum with comparative approaches for skull base surgery, pituitary surgery, hydrocephalus, spinal surgery, peripheral nerve surgery, and arachnoid cyst fenestration. Radiological imaging and intraoperative photographs enhance cases and provide precise, insightful technical guidance. High-quality color illustrations from the skilled medical illustrators at Barrow Neurological Institute reinforce key points and surgical techniques. Neurosurgery residents, neurosurgeons, and spine surgeons will all benefit from reading this remarkable book cover to cover, and they will no doubt use it as a go-to resource for specific cases"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Section A: Skull Base I. Pituitary-Tumor Surgery. II. Anterior Skull-Base TumorsIII. Craniovertebral Junction. Section B: Paraventricular Lesions. IV. Management of Colloid Cysts. Section C: Neurovascular. V. Decompression of Cranial Nerves. VI. Clipping of Cerebral Aneurysms. VII. Evacuation of Intraparenchymal Hemorrhage. VIII. Approaches to Brainstem Cavernous Malformations. Section D: Tumors. IX. Intraparenchymal Brain Tumors. Section E: Pediatrics. X. Craniosynostosis Surgery. Section F: Spine and Peripheral Nerves. XI. Cervical Discectomy/Foraminotomy. XII. Thoracic Discectomy. XIII. Endoscopic Versus Open Carpal Tunnel Release. Section G: Technology.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by David Haslam, Arya Sharma, Carel Le Roux.
    Summary: Obesity is a relatively new and controversial field of medicine. Some of the controversies surrounding obesity can be dismissed as myths, others reveal the lack of consensus and comprehensive knowledge which exist in obesity and its complex relationship with diabetes and other serious long-term conditions. Controversies in Obesity takes the unique approach of assessing the controversies surrounding obesity, thus seeking to debunk the myths and highlight and explore the genuine science, whilst demonstrating areas where there is healthy debate. This book will appeal to primary care physicians, trainees and specialist nurses involved in care of the obese patient, and would be of interest to anyone who wishes to gain a better understanding of the complex nature of obesity and its management.

    Contents:
    1. Obesity: Why Bother?
    2. Too Late to Challenge the Modern Obesity Epidemic?
    3. Government Action to Tackle Obesity
    4. Why Are Governments Abdicating from Dealing with the Obesity Crisis?
    5. Childhood Habits and the Obesity Epidemic
    6. Obesity and Sexuality
    7. Fat on Display
    8. The Emerging Paradigm Shift in Understanding the Causes of Obesity
    9. Adenoviruses and Obesity
    10. The Role of the Gut Microbiome in Obesity
    11. Saturated Fat in Cardiovascular Disease and Obesity: Friend or Foe?
    12. Childhood Obesity and the Environment
    13. Genetics and Epigenetics: Myths or Facts?
    14. Chronicities of Modernity and the Contained Body as an Explanation for the Global Pandemic of Obesity, Diabetes, and the Metabolic Syndrome
    15. Screening for Type 2 Diabetes
    16. Assessing the Cardiometabolic Risk of Obesity: Importance of Visceral/Ectopic Fat and of the Use of Hypertriglyceridemic Waist
    17. Moving Beyond Scales and Tapes: The Edmonton Obesity Staging System
    18. Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    19. Obesity and the Heart Disease Patient: Controversies Abound
    20. Obesity, Diabetes and Dental Health: Relationship and Management
    21. Very Low Calorie Diets: Saint or Sinner?
    22. Obesity and the Mind
    23. Adipose Tissue Expansion for Improving Glycemic Control
    24. Should Hip and Knee Arthroplasty Be Restricted in the Obese?
    25. Is It Time to Rename Obesity Management as Secondary Prevention?
    26. Childhood Obesity: What Harm, Any Solutions?
    27. Residential Weight Loss Camps for Children and Young People
    28. Sibutramine and Rimonabant: Gone, but Is Their Passing Instructive?
    29. Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: The Physicians Choice in Bariatric Surgery
    30. Challenges Faced by the Bariatric Multidisciplinary Team
    31. The Controversies Around Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    32. Weight Gain on Glucose-Lowering Agents
    33. Tipping the Scales of Truth: Why the Energy Balance Equation Is a Dangerous Lie
    34. OTC Slimming Aids
    35. Overcoming Sloth.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Alexander D. Liddle, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in controversies in orthopaedic surgery of the lower limb, i.e. of the hip, knee, and ankle, a treatment option that is becoming more and more frequent. Written by experts from leading institutions, it clarifies these controversies on the basis of real-world examples to provide readers with reliable insights. Each of the 3 sections discusses the most relevant controversies related to the joint specificities of hip, knee, and ankle ranging from cemented vs. uncemented THR, through ACL reconstruction vs. repair, to the diverse treatment options for Achilles tendon rupture. This comprehensive guide is a valuable resource for all orthopaedic surgeons involved in the care of lower limb problems.

    Contents:
    I HIP
    1 THR: cemented or uncemented?
    2 Conventional THR or Hip Resurfacing?
    3 Bilateral THA: 1-Stage or 2-Stage?
    4 Osteonecrosis of the femoral head: core decompression or THA
    II KNEE
    5 Cartilage injuries: therapeutic alternatives
    6 Acute ACL injuries: reconstruction or repair?
    7 ACL reconstruction: isolated or combined with an extra-articular procedure?
    8 HTO: Closed wedge or open wedge?
    9 HTO or UKA?
    10 UKA or TKA?
    11 Bilateral TKA: 1-Stage or 2-Stage?
    12 TKA acute hematogenous infection: DAIR, single or two stage revision
    13 Femoral periprosthetic fractures: plate fixation, IM nailing or endoprosthetic replacement?
    III ANKLE
    14 Arthrodesis or TAR?
    15 Achilles ruptures: nonoperative treatment, open repair or percutaneous repair?
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Alonso Moreno-García, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses existing controversies in orthopedic and trauma surgery of the upper limb, i.e. of the shoulder, humerus, elbow, wrist and hand. Real-world examples by experts from leading institutions equip the reader with the necessary knowledge and insights to address controversial issues and clinical presentations. The volume is subdivided into 5 sections, each of which discusses the most relevant controversies related to each joint, such as surgical versus conservative interventions, resection vs. prosthetic arthroplasty and more generally if, when and how to intervene in diverse pathologic conditions. This comprehensive guide is a valuable resource for all orthopedic surgeons, residents and fellows practicing in the field of upper limb surgery.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Displaced Proximal Humeral Fractures in the Elderly: Conservative Treatment Versus Open Reduction and Internal Fixation Versus Hemiarthroplasty Versus Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Epidemiology, Pathoanatomy, and Fracture Classification
    1.2.1 Epidemiology
    1.2.2 Pathoanatomy
    1.2.3 Classification
    1.3 Diagnosis: Clinical Presentation and Imaging
    1.3.1 Clinical Presentation
    1.3.2 Imaging
    1.4 Treatment
    1.4.1 Nonoperative Treatment
    1.4.2 Operative Treatment 1.4.2.1 Open Reduction and Internal Fixation (ORIF)
    Technique
    1.4.2.2 Intramedullary Nailing (IMN)
    1.4.2.3 Arthroplasty
    Hemiarthroplasty (HA)
    Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty (RSA)
    Outcomes
    1.5 Postoperative Rehabilitation
    1.6 Outcomes Evaluation
    1.6.1 Health Questionnaires
    1.6.2 Functional Scales
    1.7 Overall Complications
    1.8 Mortality
    1.9 Conclusions
    References
    2: Surgical Versus Conservative Interventions for Treating Acromioclavicular Dislocation of the Shoulder in Adults
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology and Classification 2.3 Diagnosis
    2.4 Treatment and Results
    2.5 Surgical Treatment
    2.6 Acute Injuries
    2.7 Chronic Injuries
    2.8 Conclusions
    References
    3: Calcific Tendinopathy of the Rotator Cuff in Adults: Operative Versus Nonoperative Management
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Pathogenesis
    3.3 Imaging
    3.4 Treatment
    3.4.1 Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Irrigation of Rotator Cuff Calcific Tendinopathy (US-PICT)
    3.4.1.1 US-Guided Percutaneous Irrigation of Calcific Tendinopathy of the Rotator Cuff in Patients with or Without Previous External Shockwave Therapy 3.4.1.2 Efficacy of Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Treatment of the Rotator Cuff Calcific Tendinopathy with Double Needle Technique
    3.4.1.3 US-PICT: Redefining Predictors of Treatment Outcome
    3.4.2 External Shock Wave Therapy (ESWT)
    3.4.2.1 Focused, Radial, and Combined ESWT
    3.4.2.2 Effectiveness of Focused Shockwave Therapy Versus Radial Shockwave Therapy for Noncalcific Rotator Cuff Tendinopathies: A Randomized Clinical Trial
    3.4.3 Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP)
    3.4.4 Needle Aspiration
    3.4.5 Dextrose Prolotherapy
    3.4.6 Sodium Thiosulfate
    3.4.7 Surgical Treatment 3.5 Comparative Studies
    3.5.1 Operative Versus Nonoperative Management
    3.5.2 Radial ESWT Versus Ultrasound Therapy
    3.5.3 Comparing Ultrasound-Guided Needling Combined with a Subacromial Corticosteroid Versus High-Energy ESWT
    3.5.4 Comparison of Radial Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy and Traditional Rehabilitation Medicine
    3.6 Conclusions
    References
    4: Recurrent Anterior Shoulder Instability in Adults: Bankart or Latarjet?
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Bankart Procedure
    4.2.1 Open Bankart Repair
    4.2.2 Arthroscopic Bankart Repair
    4.3 Latarjet Procedure
    4.3.1 Modified Open Latarjet
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Angela E. Thomas, Christina Halsey.
    Contents:
    Neonatal thrombocytopenia / Chakravorty, S.; Roberts, I.
    Pediatric and adolescent immune thrombocytopenia : prevention of bleeding versus burden of treatment / Cooper, N.
    Thrombosis in paediatrics : genetic versus environmental risk factors and implications for management / Monagle, P.
    Hematological problems in pediatric intensive care / Revel-Vilk, S.; Cox, P.; Robitaille, N.; Blanchette, V.
    New advances in the treatment of children with hemophilia / Lillicrap, D.
    Myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative diseases in children : current concepts / Vyas, P.
    Towards personalized medicine in childhood acute lymphoblastic leukaemia / Halsey, C.
    Reduced intensity conditioning in paediatric haematopoietic cell transplantation / Chiesa, R.; Veys, P.
    Can iron chelators replace stem cell transplantation in the treatment of thalassaemia syndromes? / Darbyshire, P.J.
    Iron deficiency : when and why oral iron may not be enough / Crary, S.E.; Buchanan, G.R.
    Principles of transitional care in haematology / Bolton-Maggs, P.; Choudhuri, S.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Catherine J. Hunter, editor.
    Summary: Although appendicitis is the leading cause of an acute surgical abdomen in children, many areas of controversy exist in diagnosis and medical and surgical management of this condition. Written in a practical, easy-to-use format, Controversies in Pediatric Appendicitis provides a thorough overview of these debated issues, careful to include perspectives on every aspect of care. The book begins with an introductory framework that examines the history of pediatric appendicitis, the epidemiology of disease, defining a complicated diagnosis, the role and efficacy of laboratories in diagnosis, and use and overuse of radiographic imaging for appendicitis. Later chapters cover antibiotic selection, surgical approaches to appendicitis, non-operative management of acute and perforated appendicitis, discussion of potential complications, as well as appendicitis in special pediatric situations like malignancy and other instances of immune suppression. Each chapter follows a similar format, beginning with clinical vignettes and concluding with pearls and pitfalls to provide readers with necessary clinical grounding and context with which to examine each of these areas of current controversy. A unique, first-of-its-kind book, Controversies in Pediatric Appendicitis is an ideal resource for pediatric surgeons, interventional radiologists, emergency room specialists, and all providers and surgeons that care for children with appendicitis. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. History and epidemiology of pediatric appendicitis / Guillermo Ares and Catherine J. Hunter
    2. Defining the disease : uncomplicated versus complicated appendicitis / Christie Buonpane and Seth Goldstein
    3. Making the diagnosis : the use of clinical features and scoring systems / Young Mee Choi and Steven Moulton
    4. The role and efficacy of laboratories in the diagnosis of pediatric appendicitis / Colin Martin and Raoud Marayati
    5. Diagnostic imaging for pediatric appendicitis / Dalya M. Ferguson, K. Tinsley Anderson, and KuoJen Tsao
    6. Selection and timing of antibiotics for the management of appendicitis / Christopher Gayer and Michelle V. L. Nguyen
    7. Non-operative management of uncomplicated appendicitis / Leo Andrew Benedict and Shawn D. St. Peter
    8. Non-operative management of complicated appendicitis / Emily D. Dubina and Steven L. Lee
    9. Interventional radiology as a therapeutic option for complicated appendicitis / Marcus Jarboe and Sara Smolinski-Zhao
    10. Timing of appendectomy for acute appendicitis : can surgery wait? / Shawn J. Rangel
    11. Surgical techniques in pediatric appendectomy / Natasha R. Ahuja and David H. Rothstein
    12. The controversial role of interval appendectomy / Alexander W. Peters and Demetri J. Merianos
    13. Diagnostic and management strategies for postoperative complications in pediatric appendicitis / Cynthia Susai, Julie Monteagudo, and Francois I. Luks
    14. Disparities in the management of appendicitis / Randi L. Lassiter and Robyn M. Hatley
    15. Appendicitis : unusual complications and outcomes / John Aiken
    16. Management of acute appendicitis in special pediatric situations : malignancy, neutropenia, and other etiologies of immune supression / Timothy B. Lautz.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Simon S. Lo, Bin S. Teh, Guo-Liang Jiang, Nina A. Mayr, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses key issues of controversy in radiation oncology for each disease site, with expert commentaries from leading authorities in the field. It identifies areas of confusion arising from discrepant data in the literature regarding certain clinical scenarios for different diseases and presents high-level evidence on each issue with a view to fostering best practice. Controversies in Radiation Oncology will serve as a very useful resource for busy radiation oncology physicians, practitioners, and trainees/residents/fellows seeking to utilize evidence in the literature to guide the management of radiation therapy patients.

    Contents:
    Breast cancer
    Head and neck cancer
    Non-small cell lung cancer
    Small cell lung cancer and other intrathoracic malignancies
    Sarcoma
    Prostate cancer
    Non-prostate genitourinary cancer
    Gynecologic cancer
    Esophageal and stomach cancers
    Colorectal cancer
    Hepatobiliary tract cancer
    Pancreatic cancer
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Plasma cell tumors, myeloma and leukemia
    Brain metastasis
    Bone metastasis
    Visceral metastasis
    Gliomas
    Benign extraaxial primary brain tumors
    Pediatric central nervous system tumors
    Non-central nervous system pediatric cancers
    Skin cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Shelly D. Timmons, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses the current levels of evidence for management of a variety of critical parameters after severe traumatic brain injury (TBI), as well as providing the reader with practical approaches to care based upon existing evidence. As the management of severe traumatic brain injury remains one of the most complicated and controversial areas of neurosurgery, trauma care and critical care medicine, it will serve as a helpful reference and guide to the impact of potential therapeutic interventions. Each chapter is organized by the proposal of a commonly encountered clinical question, addressing the current evidence for a variety of treatments, outlining the relevant questions on the topic that have not been adequately addressed in the literature, summarizing the options for treatment and the level of evidence upon which each is based, and finally proposing questions yet to be addressed in the literature. The text identifies ongoing questions for future research relevant to the topic at hand as well as providing a comprehensive educational reference for resident and fellowship training. Controversies in Severe Traumatic Brain Injury Management will become an invaluable resource and data point for neurosurgeons, neurointensivists, trauma surgeons and other healthcare professionals involved in the care and treatment of TBI patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew S. Little, Michael A. Mooney.
    Summary: State-of-the-art approaches and insightful discussions on challenging topics in skull base surgery Advances in endoscopic, microsurgical, radiosurgical, and pharmacotherapeutic strategies have revolutionized the treatment of skull base pathologies. Controversies in Skull Base Surgery, edited by Andrew Little and Michael Mooney and authored by esteemed multidisciplinary contributors, focuses on management strategies and treatment options for a wide range of tumors affecting the skull base, while addressing the most urgent and challenging questions facing skull base surgeons today. Throughout ni.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Richard G. Fessler, Faheem A. Sandhu, Jean-Marc Voyadzis, Jason C. Eck, [and] Christopher K. Kepler.
    Contents:
    Lumbar discectomy : Are tubular or endoscopic discectomies better than traditional microdiscectomy? / MIS: Martin H. Pham, Alexander Tuchman, John C. Liu, open: John D. Attenello, Steven R. Garfin, Richard Todd J. Allen
    Lumbar stenosis best treated with an open laminectomy? / MIS: Hasan R. Syed and Sylvain Palmer
    Facet cysts : Is there an advantage to treating synovial cysts with MIS techniques? / MIS: Jose M. Torres-Campa, Marjan Alimi, and Roger Hartl
    Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion : MIS vs open / MIS: Rory J. Petteys, Anthony Conte, and Faheem A Sandhu, open: Jason C. Eck
    The lateral transpsoas approach versus ALIF : Do the risks of lateral interbody fusion outweigh the benefits compared to anterior lumbar interbody fusion? / MIS: Steven M. Spitz, Hasan R. Syed, and Jean-Marc Voyadzis, open: David L. Scott, and Peter G. Whang
    Is AxiaLIF comparable to open Fusion with ALIF and posterolateral 360-degree fusion at L5-S1? / MIS: Venu M. Nemani and Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, open: John D. Koerner, and Todd J. Albert
    Multiple-level interbody fusion : How do two-level fusion techniques compare between open and MIS? / MIS: OluMide Ojeifo, Christopher Hills, and Robert E. Isaacs, open: P. Justin Tortolani
    Is lumbar adjacent segment degeneration best treated using MIS over open fusion techniques? / MIS: Luiz Pimenta, Luis Marchi, Leonardo Oliveira, open: Christopher M. Bono
    Degenerative scoliosis : Is there an advantage to using MIS techniques to treat degenerative scoliosis? / Chun-Po Yen, Juan S. Uribe, Christopher I. Shaffrey
    Flatback syndrome : Can lumbar flatback syndrome be treated adequately with MIS techniques? / MIS: Navid R. Arandi and Gregory M. Mundis Jr., open: Randa El Mallah and Ahmad Nassr
    Can thoracic disc herniation be effectively treated using MIS techniques? / MIS: Paul W. Millhouse, Troy Mounts, Kristen E. Radcliff, open: Alexander A. Theologis, Vedat Deviren
    Posterior cervical foraminotomy / MIS: Tim Eugene Adamson, open: Andrew Hecht and Steven Joseph McAnany
    Complications of instrumentation : Is there a higher complication rate in placing instrumentation via an MIS technique compared with an open technique? / MIS: Russell G. Strom, and Anthony K. Frempong-Boadu, open: Saad B. Chaudhary and Michael J. Vives
    Dural tears : Should an MIS complication such as a dural tear routinely be opened for adequate repair or are there safe and reliable MIS techniques for dural closure? / MIS: John E. O'Toole, open: Michelle J. Clarke
    Do MIS techniques broaden the scope for geriatric spine surgery? / Michael Y. Wang
    Thoracolumbar burst fractures : Can thoracolumbar burst fractures be effectively managed using minimally invasive surgery techniques? / MIS: Gurpreet S. Gandhoke, David O. Okonkwo, and Adam S. Kanter, open: Amandeep Bhalla and Kristen E. Radcliff
    Open and minimally invasive treatment of cervical spine fractures / MIS: Michael Y. Wang and Joanna Gernsback, open: S. Babak Kalantar and Joseph Paul Letzelter III
    Thoracolumbar metastatic tumors : comparison of minimally invasive surgery versus open techniques for addressing thoracolumbar metastatic tumor resection and stabilization / MIS: Dr. Prashanth J. Rao and Dr. Ralph J. Mobbs, open: Dr. Peter S. Rose and Dr. Michelle Clarke
    Intradural spine tumors : Is There an advantage to removing intradural spine tumors using an MIS approach? / MIS: Anthony Conte, and Trent L. Tredway, open: Jeremy Fogelson and Michelle J. Clarke
    Quality of life in advanced tumors : Can minimally invasive surgery techniques improve the quality of life of patients with advanced oncologic disease to allow for decreased pain or should traditional techniques of palliation be used? / MIS: Ankit I. Mehta, open: Alp Yurter and Daniel M. Sciubba
    Radiation exposure : How does radiation exposure differ between open and minimally invasive techniques? / MIS: Jonathan Yun and Alfred T. Ogden, open: Mark L. Prasarn
    Infection rates : How do infection rates compare between MIS and open spine techniques? / MIS: Kurt M. Eichholz, open: Bryce A. Basques, Daniel D. Bohl, Nicholas S. Golinvaux, and Jonathan N. Grauer
    Cost : Which cost more, open or MIS surgery? / MIS: Scott L. Parker, open: Matthew J. McGirt
    Success rates and Time : Can three-dimensional navigational imaging improve the success and time required for MIS surgery and minimize radiation exposure to those in the OR Suite? / Eric W. Nottmeier.
  • Digital
    Jason P. Sheehan, MD, PhD ; Peter C. Gerszten, MD, MPH.
    Summary: "Controversies in Stereotactic Radiosurgery: Best Evidence Recommendations is a comprehensive reference that compiles, synthesizes, and summarizes the most relevant scientific literature on the topic. Each succinct, problem-oriented chapter addresses a different controversy surrounding stereotactic radiosurgery. This book saves physicians significant amounts of time by distilling years of scientific research into sound guidelines that will help them make fully-informed treatment decisions. Key Features: Covers both intracranial and spine radiosurgery, providing complete coverage of this rapidly evolving technology Includes more than 35 chapters on treatment controversies for brain and spine tumors as well as vascular malformations Contains summary tables throughout the text that present the main conclusions of published studies All neurosurgeons, radiation oncologists, and neuro-oncologists, involved in the treatment of patients who may be candidates for stereotactic radiosurgery of the brain and spine will find this book to be an essential decision making guide".
  • Digital
    John P. Mulhall, Mario Maggi, Landon Trost, editors.
    Summary: "This book aims to address a number of controversies concerning the use of testosterone treatment. It explains topics that clinicians regularly encounter such as whether to use free or total testosterone in the evaluation of the patient with testosterone deficiency; what factors actually impact testosterone levels, polycythemia, gynecomastia, bone density, and hyperprolactinemia in the testosterone deficient patient; critical analysis of the numerous questionnaires that are available to clinicians; and the impact of testosterone therapy on male fertility, cardiovascular disease, and prostate events including prostate cancer. Guiding the reader in both evaluation and management, the book also illuminates novel concepts in the T space such as testosterone use in the transgender population, T therapy as an endothelial modulator, bipolar testosterone therapy in the patient with advanced prostate cancer, and testosterone therapy as a performance enhancer.Controversies in Testosterone Deficiency is intended for any clinician involved in the care of patients with testosterone deficiency, exploring hot topics and correcting existent misinformation in the routine care of patients."--publisher's description.

    Contents:
    What to Measure: Testosterone or Free Testosterone?
    Erythrocytosis in Patients on Testosterone Therapy
    Role of Gonadotropins in Adult-Onset Functional Hypogonadism
    Hyperprolactinemia in the Man with Testosterone Deficiency
    Testosterone and Disordered Sleep
    Testosterone Therapy and Male Fertility
    Testosterone and Prostate Effects
    Testosterone in Females
    Testosterone in Transgender Population
    Testosterone as a Performance Enhancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan Ledermann, Carien L. Creutzberg, Michael A. Quinn.
    Summary: Gynecological cancers are some of the most commonly occurring malignancies in women. Despite their high incidence, treatment and management of these cancers remain controversial, with conflicting evidence about many aspects of the disease. Controversies in the Management of Gynecological Cancers offers a unique assessment of the opposing sides of the controversial issues associated with gynecological cancers, and aims to provide professionals in the field with a keener sense of the underlying evidence-base and a starting point from which to follow the ongoing debate. A section on the direction of future research to resolve these issues completes the discussion in each chapter. This book will appeal to specialists, trainees and healthcare workers in gynecological oncology, gynecologists, medical oncologists and radiation oncologists, and is an excellent starting point for anyone who wishes to gain a better understanding of the complex nature of the management of gynecological malignancy.

    Contents:
    1. Controversies in the Treatment of Women with Early Stage Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
    2. Recurrent Ovarian Cancer: When to Treat and How to Assess
    3. New Views of Ovarian Carcinoma Types: How will this Change Practice?
    4. Lymphadenectomy in Endometrial Cancer: The Controversy Rages Unabated
    5. What is the Role of Adjuvant Radiotherapy and Chemotherapy in Endometrial Cancer?
    6. Chemotherapy and/or Targeted Therapies for Advanced Endometrial Cancer: Time to Rethink?
    7. Is Cervix Cancer a Disappearing Disease? Impact of HPV Vaccination in Developed Countries
    8. What is the Role of Cytotoxic Chemotherapy in Advanced Cervical Cancer?
    9. Response as a Measure of Treatment Efficacy in Clinical Trials: Should RECIST Be Abandoned?
    10. What are the Treatment Options for Recurrent Ovarian Cancer?
    11. How To Study Rare Gynaecological Tumours: Trials or Registries?
    12. What is the Best Treatment Model for Gynaecological Cancers? Does Centralization Help?
    13. When Should Surgery be Performed for the First-Line Treatment of Advanced Ovarian Cancer?
    14. Does Intraperitoneal Therapy for Ovarian Cancer have a Future?
    15. Maintenance Therapy for First-Line Treatment of Ovarian CancerIs this the Strategy for the Future?
    16. What is the Value of Lymphadenectomy in Early Ovarian Cancer?
    17. Sentinel Node BiopsyDoes it Help in the Management of Vulvar Cancer?
    18. Controversies in the Management of Advanced Vulvar Cancer
    19. Bowel Obstruction in Ovarian Cancer: To Operate or Not?
    20. Early Cervical Cancer: Can Fertility be Safely Preserved?
    21. What is the Role of PET/CT in Gynaecologic Cancers?
    22. Do Intensity-Modulated Radiation, Image-Guided Radiation, and 3D Brachytherapy Significantly Advance Radiotherapeutic Management of Gynecologic Cancers?
    23. What is the Place of Hormone Replacement Therapy in Ovarian, Endometrial, and Breast Cancer?
    24. Familial Gynaecological Cancers: Whom to Screen and How to Manage?
    25. Trial Design: Should Randomized Phase III Trials in Gynaecological Cancers be Abandoned?
    26. How Should Early Gestational Trophoblastic Disease be Managed?
    27. Should Every Woman with Gynaecologic Cancer Undergo Routine Screening for Psychological Distress and Sexual Dysfunction?
    28. How Should Gynaecological Sarcomas be Managed?
    29. What is the Future of Immunotherapy in Ovarian Cancer?.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Norimasa Nakamura, Stefano Zaffagnini, Robert G. Marx, Volker Musahl, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with the best available evidence on the most pressing issues relating to reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) with the goal of supporting surgical reconstruction of the ACL and improving outcomes for patients. Key topics for which evidence-based information is presented include selection of graft material and source, the use of different surgical techniques, graft rupture in relation to surgical technique, and progression to osteoarthritis. The book will aid the surgeon in making decisions with respect to fixation devices and tensioning, the bundles to be reconstructed, and whether to preserve remnants or partial bundle ruptures. An evidence-based stance is taken on evolving topics such as the anatomy of the tibial insertion site of the ACL and the role of the anterolateral capsule and posteromedial corner in high-grade rotatory instability. Furthermore, novel technical developments for measurement of knee laxity and soft tissue navigation are discussed. The reader will also find useful information on general issues concerning physical examination, arthroscopic setup, timing of reconstruction, anesthesia, and anticoagulation.

    Contents:
    ACL prevention programs
    Arthroscopic set up for ACL reconstruction
    Early vs. delayed ACL reconstruction
    Physical examination for ACL injury
    Timing for pediatric ACL reconstruction
    Technical considerations for pediatric ACL reconstruction
    Anesthesia and nerve blocks for ACL reconstruction
    Anticoagulation after ACL reconstruction
    Technical considerations for patella tendon harvest
    Technical considerations for quadriceps tendon harvest
    Technical considerations for hamstring tendon harvest
    Meniscus repair with ACL reconstruction
    Anatomy of ACL insertion (Cadaveric & Histological study)
    Functional analysis of ACL insertion site
    How many bundles to be reconstructed? Single vs Double
    Femoral tunnel creation for anatomic ACL reconstruction
    Press fit graft fixation and bone grafting
    Is Notch plasty necessary for anatomic ACL reconstruction?- Pros and cons of different graft fixation device
    ACL graft tensioning
    ACL reconstruction for partial tear
    Remnant preservation in ACL reconstruction
    Allograft for ACL reconstruction
    Artificial ligament and Xeno-derived material for ACL reconstruction
    Extra articular plasty with ACL reconstruction -Long term results of associated procedure
    Treatment of MCL injury in combined ACL/MCL injury
    Treatment of ACL injury in the multi-ligament injured knee
    Anterolateral ligament repair/reconstruction combined to ACL reconstruction, rationale and technique
    Instrumental laxity evaluation (static)
    Instrumental laxity evaluation (dynamic)
    Evidence for use of navigation in ACL reconstruction
    Considerations for treatment of concomitant cartilage and ACL injury
    ACL reconstruction and progression of OA
    Re-rupture after ACL reconstruction
    Conservative treatment for ACL injury
    When non op care is indicated
    Biplanar osteotomies in the ACL deficient knee
    Rehabilitation after ACL reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John B. Hanks, William B. Inabnet III, editors.
    Contents:
    Part A: General Topics
    Controversies in the Management of Nodular Thyroid Disease
    The Use of Ultrasound in the Management of Thyroid Disorders
    Pre and Post Thyroidectomy Voice Assessment
    Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring of the Laryngeal Nerves During Thyroidectomy
    Who Should Do Thyroid Surgery?
    Ambulatory Thyroid Surgery-Is This the Way of the Future?
    Robotic Thyroidectomy: Is There Still A Role?
    Graves' Disease-What is the Role and Timing of Surgery?
    Vocal Fold Paralysis and Thyroid Surgery
    Part B: Cancer Topics
    Optimal Treatment for Papillary Microcarcinoma
    Molecular Profiles and the "Indeterminate" Thyroid Nodule
    Controversies in the Surgical Management of Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Central Lymph Node Dissection for Well-Differentiated Cancer
    The Role of Risk Stratification in the Treatment of Well Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    Imaging for Preoperative Assessment and Staging of Thyroid Cancer
    Anaplastic Cancer and Rare Forms of Cancer Affecting the Thyroid
    The Role of Targeting Therapies or Non-Surgical Treatment of Thyroid Malignancies: Is Surgery Being Replaced?.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Erol Veznedaroglu, editor.
    Contents:
    Who to Treat with Craniotomy
    Flow Diverters and Endovascular Treatment
    Discussion
    Aggressive Treatment
    Conservative Approach
    Discussion
    Role for Surgery
    Craniotomy is Over for Basilar Artery Aneurysms
    Discussion
    Who I Operate On
    Who I Stent
    Distal Protection Where's the Evidence?
    Discussion
    How I've Changed My Practice
    Discussion
    Intra Arterial Treatment Who and When?
    Discussion
    When Is It Indicated?
    Making Practical Sense of Who to Treat and How.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Maria Carmen Garganese, Giovanni Francesco Livio D'Errico, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. General Considerations
    1. Managemetn of the pediatric patient: a teamwork
    2. Radiation risk
    Part II. Clinical Pediatric Practice
    3. Focus on children with nephrological and urological problems
    4. Hydronephrosis
    5. Megaureter
    6. Nephrourology: vesicoureteral reflux
    7. Nephrourology: nephrological problems
    8. Nephrourology: urinary tract infections
    9. Nephrourology: focus on child with bladder dysfunctions and urodynamics
    10. Nephrourology: bladder dysfunctions
    11. Oncology
    12. Oncology: solid mass in pediatrics and malignant bone involvement
    13. Oncology: neuroblastoma
    14. Gastroenterology: focus on children with gastrointestinal problems
    15. Gastroenterology: gastric emptying- gastroesophageal reflux
    16. Gastroenterology: intestinal bleeding
    17. Gastroeneterology: bronchoaspiration: neurological child
    18. Gastroenterology: focus on children with liver problems
    19. Gastroenterology: biliary atresia, choledochal cyst, cystic fibrosis
    20. Rheumatology
    21. Benign skeletal disease: bone infection and inflammation
    22. Endocrinology
    23. Endocrinology: thyroid carcinoma
    24. Endocrinology: congenital hypothyroidism
    25. Endocrinology: hyperparathyroidism
    26. Benign skeletal disease
    27. Bronchopneumology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Steve Reich.
    Contents:
    David Lang
    Brian Eno
    Richard Serra
    Michael Gordon
    Michael Tilson Thomas
    Russell Hartenberger
    Robert Hurwitz
    Stephen Sondheim / with John Schaefer
    Jonny Greenwood
    David Harrington
    Elizabeth Lim-Dutton
    David Robertson
    Micaela Haslam
    Anne Teresa De Keersmaeker
    Julia Wolfe
    Nico Muhly
    Beryl Korot
    Colin Currie
    Brad Lubman.
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    ML410.R27 R45 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Walter Wilczynski, Georgia State University, Sarah F. Brosnan, Georgia State University.
    Summary: "Understanding the interaction between cooperation and conflict in establishing effective social behaviour is a fundamental challenge facing societies. Reflecting the breadth of current research in this area, this volume brings together experts from biology to political science to examine the cooperation-conflict interface at multiple levels, from genes to human societies. Exploring both the exciting new directions and the biggest challenges in their fields, the authors focus on identifying commonalities across species and disciplines to help understand what features are shared broadly and what are limited to specific contexts. Each chapter is written to be accessible to students and researchers from interdisciplinary backgrounds, with text boxes explaining terminology and concepts that may not be familiar across disciplinary boundaries, while being a valuable resource to experts in their fields"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Alicea Howell, Monique Feyrecilde.
    Contents:
    Introduction to low-restraint and no-restraint veterinary care
    Perception and communication
    Learning, conditioning and training
    Successful visits : environments and protocols to prevent fear and stress
    Level one patients & training
    Level two patients and training
    Level three patients and training
    Additional patient resources
    Implementation strategies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    R. Luke Wiseman, Cole M. Haynes, editors.
    Summary: This volume reviews the current research focused on the functional importance of unfolded protein response (UPR) signaling in the context of health and disease. The chapters present cutting-edge work describing the diverse functions of UPR signaling critical for regulating cellular and organismal physiology under physiologic and pathologic conditions. Written by internationally respected scientists, this volume is designed to provide a broad view of the diverse functional importance of UPR, and as such appeals to clinicians and academic researchers alike.
  • Digital
    edited by Catherine Stavropoulos-Giokas, Dominique Charron, Cristina Navarrete.
    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Introduction to cord blood stem cells / Dominique Charron, Catherine Stavropoulos-Giokas, Cristina Navarrete. Section II: Cord blood cells biology. Cord blood content / Gesine Kögler [and 3 others]
    Cord blood hematopoiesis : the road to transplantation / Anna Rita Migliaccio, Thalia Papayannopoulu
    Immunobiology of cord blood cells / Sergio Querol, Aurore Saudemont, Antoine Toubert
    Cord and cord blood-derived endothelial cells / Suzanne M. Watt [and 8 others]
    HLA and immunogenetics in cord blood transplantation / Dominique Charron, Emeline Masson, Pascale Loiseau. Section III: Cord blood cells for clinical use. Clinical use of umbilical cord blood cells / Robert Danby, Vanderson Rocha
    Immunodeficiencies and metabolic diseases / Paul J. Orchard, Angela R. Smith
    Cord blood cells and autoimmune diseases / LingYun Sun [and 3 others]
    Umbilical cord as a source of immunomodulatory reagents / Antonio Galleu, Francesco Dazzi
    Cord blood cells for clinical use : expansion and manipulation / Amanda L. Olson, Elizabeth J. Shpall
    Cord blood stem cells for clinical use : diabetes and cord blood / Yong Zhao
    Section IV: Regenerative medicine applications. Emerging uses of cord blood in regenerative medicine : neurological applications / Jessica M. Sun, Joanne Kurtzberg
    Biobanks for induced pluripotent stem cells and reprogrammed tissues / Lee Carpenter. Section V: Cord blood banking : a current state of affairs. Cord blood banking : operational and regulatory aspects / Cristina Navarrete
    Cord blood unit selection for unrelated transplantation / Andromachi Scaradavou
    Quality management systems including accreditation standards / Andreas Papassavas [and 6 others]
    Regulation across the globe / Maria Mitrossili [and 3 others]
    International development and import/export : WMDA / Lydia Foeken, Daniela Orsini. Section VI: Cord blood banking : current and future outlooks. Allogeneic and autologous cord blood banks / Paolo Rebulla
    The future of cord blood banks / Catherine Stavropoulos-Giokas [and 3 others]. Section VII: The viewpoint of society. An introductory note to the cord blood banking issues in a European and international environment / Marietta Giannakou
    Ethical and legal issues in cord blood stem cells and biobanking / Maria Mitrossili, Marcos Sarris, Yannis Nikolados
    Industrial economics of cord blood banks / Gregory Katz
    Public health policies in European Union : an innovation strategy : Horizon 2020 / Sotiris Soulis [and 5 others].
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Mitchell Horwitz, Nelson Chao, editors.
    Summary: In this book, experts in the field express their well-reasoned opinions on a spectrum of important and complex issues in the area of cord blood transplantation. The aim is to provide practicing hematologists, including hematopoietic transplant physicians, with clinically relevant and immediately applicable information that will assist in the delivery of optimal care. The book opens by offering a historical perspective and examining current concepts and practices in cord blood banking. Sections are then devoted to strategies for cord blood graft selection and to areas of consensus and controversy in cord blood transplantation for neoplastic diseases - and nonmalignant - in children and adults. Attention is drawn to the implications of high-impact clinical trials whenever such trials are available. The readily intelligible text is complemented by numerous helpful tables, algorithms, and figures. This book will appeal to all residents, fellows, and faculty members responsible for the care of hematopoietic cell transplant patients and will offer a robust, engaging tool to aid vital activities in the daily work of every hematology and oncology trainee.

    Contents:
    Historical perspective and current trends
    Current cord blood banking concepts and practices
    Strategies for Cord Blood Graft Selection: Single or double cord blood unit for transplant: What have we learned?- Immunogenetics and cell dose considerations in cord blood transplants: What does matters?- Ex-vivo cord blood manipulation: Methods, data and challenges
    Conditioning regimens for cord blood transplants
    Cord blood transplants for non-neoplastic hematologic diseases: Data, consensus and challenges
    Cord Blood Transplants for Neoplastic Diseases in Children- Data, Consensus & Challenges: Cord blood transplants for myeloid malignancies in children
    Cord blood transplants for lymphoid malignancies in children
    Cord Blood Transplants for Neoplastic Diseases in Adults- Data, Consensus & Challenges: Cord blood transplants for myeloid malignancies in adults
    Cord blood transplants for lymphoid malignancies in adults
    Immune reconstitution after cord blood transplantation
    Cord blood transplants for non-hematopoietic disorders
    Cord blood transplants versus other sources of allografts: Comparison of data in adult setting
    Unique complications and limitations of cord blood transplants
    Future prospect of cord blood transplants.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Cynthia M. Clark.
    Summary: "The consequences of incivility have a significant impact on the lives of healthcare faculty, students, and professionals as well as the patients and families they serve. Incivility in the patient care environment can provoke uncertainty and self-doubt, weaken self-confidence, and cause detrimental and lasting effects on individuals, teams, organizations. These behaviors can result in life-threatening mistakes, preventable complications, harm, or death of a patient. In Core Competencies of Civility, Cynthia Clark, a nurse-leader dedicated to organizational change and an unwavering advocate for civility and dignity for all, provides practical solutions for creating and sustaining communities of civility, diversity, inclusion and respect in healthcare education and work environments. A firm commitment to respect and civility is a critical step toward achieving optimal patient care and high reliability in health care. The book provides evidence-based strategies and solutions to foster civility and healthy academic and practice environments at both the individual and organizational levels. Rather than dwelling on the negative aspects of incivility and other workplace aggressions, this book expands current thinking in nursing to build healthy, productive work and learning environments"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What Is Civility, and Why Does It Matter?
    The Detrimental Impact of Workplace Aggression
    The Power and Imperative of Self-Awareness
    Practicing the Fundamentals of Civility
    Honing Communication Skills and Conflict Competence
    The Power of Leadership, Visioning, and Finding Our WHY
    Optimizing Self-Care and Professional Well-Being
    Leadership Support and Raising Awareness for Organizational Change
    Galvanizing a High-Performing Civility Team
    Develop, Implement, and Evaluate a Data-Driven Action Plan
    Securing Civility Into the Organizational Culture Through Policy Development
    Celebrating Civility : A Powerful Engine to Uplift and Transform the Profession.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Sushrut S. Waikar, Patrick T. Murray, Ajay K. Singh, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide covers the causes, characteristics, and presentations of acute kidney injury (AKI), as well as prevention and treatment. The first part of the book features chapters on the epidemiology and diagnosis of AKI. This is followed by sections on pathophysiology, clinical syndromes and patient management. Authored by leading clinicians, epidemiologists, basic scientists, and clinical trialists, this book captures the latest evidence and best practices for treating patients with AKI.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Colm C. Magee, J. Kevin Tucker, Ajay K. Singh, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of End-Stage Renal Disease
    Technical Aspects of Hemodialysis
    Hemodialysis Dose
    Hemodialysis Complications.- Nutrition Management in Hemodialysis
    Vascular Access in Hemodialysis.- Managing Anemia and Metabolic Bone Disease in Dialysis Patients
    Technology of Peritoneal Dialysis
    Dosing of Peritoneal Dialysis.- Complications of Peritoneal Dialysis
    Peritoneal Dialysis in Children.- Special Problems in Caring for Patients on Peritoneal Dialysis.- Home Hemodialysis
    Wearable Dialysis Devices
    Continuous Renal Replacement Therapies (CRRT) Overview
    Continuous Renal Replacement Therapies Technology.- Complications of Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy.- Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy in Children
    Drug Dosing in Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy
    Therapeutic Plasmapheresis
    High Cut-Off Hemodialysis.- Sorbents, Hemoperfusion Devices
    Hemodiafiltration.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ajay K. Singh, Rajiv Agarwal, editors.
    Summary: This guide provides a comprehensive review of the full spectrum of hypertension in chronic kidney disease (CKD). Targeted towards the busy practitioner, the focus of this volume is on various therapies and how to lower blood pressure through lifestyle changes. Specialist patient populations and hypertension and causes of hypertension are also covered in detail. Clinically-focused and authoritative, this resource offers a rationalized approach to diagnosing and treating hypertension in CKD.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Fernando C. Fervenza, Julie Lin, Sanjeev Sethi, Ajay K. Singh, editors.
    Summary: Core Concepts in Parenchymal Kidney Disease provides comprehensive and state-of-the-art information on the diagnosis, treatment, classification and pathogenesis of glomerular and tubulointerstitial diseases. Chapters feature various clinical scenarios and are authored by a team of renowned experts in the field. Experienced clinicians and trainees alike will find this authoritative reference to be a valuable resource and contribution to the literature.

    Contents:
    General Approach to the Diagnosis and Management of Glomerular Diseases
    Minimal Change Disease in Adults
    Childhood Onset Nephrotic Syndrome
    Focal and Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous Nephropathy
    Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis
    Cryoglobulinemias
    IgA Nephropathy and Schöenlein- Henoch Purpura Nephritis
    Anti-glomerular Basement Membrane Disease
    Pathogenesis and Management of ANCA-Associated Vasculitis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and the Kidney
    Tropical Infectious Diseases and the Kidney
    Glomerular Diseases Associated with HIV, Hepatitis B, and Hepatitis C Infections
    Cytomegalovirus, BK, and Other Viral Infections of the Kidney
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies: Thrombus Formation Due to Common or Related Mechanisms?
    Thrombotic Microangiopathy Not Associated with the Classic/Idiopathic TTP-HUS
    Renal Involvement by IgG4-Related Disease
    The Collagen IV Nephropathies
    Other Glomerular Diseases
    Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
    Amyloidosis
    Glomerular Disease in Pregnancy
    Acute Interstitial Nephritis
    Chronic Interstitial Nephritis
    Reflux Nephropathy and Vesicoureteral Reflux
    Uric Acid and the Kidney
    Plasmapheresis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    American Association of Critical-Care Nurses ; [edited by] Tonja M. Hartjes.
    Contents:
    Professional caring and ethical practice
    Pulmonary system
    Cardiovascular system
    Neurologic system
    The renal system
    Endocrine system
    Hematologic and immune systems
    Gastrointestinal system
    Multisystem disorders
    Psychosocial aspects of high acuity and critical care
    Care of patients with special needs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Brenda Baker, PhD, RN, FAAN, Jill Janke, RN, PHD, WHNP.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Reproduction-fetal and placental development. Reproductive anatomy, physiology, and the menstrual cycle ; Genetics ; Fetal and placental development and functioning
    Section 2: Maternal-fetal well-being. Age-related concerns ; Prenatal testing and antepartum fetal surveillance ; Environmental hazards
    Section 3: Antepartum period. Perinatal diversity ; Physiology of pregnancy ; Psychology of pregnancy
    Section 4: Intrapartum period. Essential forces and factors in labor ; Normal childbirth ; Intrapartum fetal assessment
    Section 5: Postpartum period. Physical and psychologic changes after childbirth ; Breastfeeding ; Contraception
    Section 6: The newborn period. Transitional care of the newborn ; The infant at risk
    Section 7: Complications of childbearing. Intimate partner violence ; Hypertensive disorders in pregnancy ; Maternal infections ; Hemorrhagic disorders ; Endocrine and metabolic disorders ; Management of non-obstetrical surgery and trauma in pregnancy ; Perinatal substance use ; Other medical complications ; Labor and delivery at risk ; Postpartum complications
    Section 8: Ethics and issues. Ethics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024
  • Digital
    editor, Heather Craven.
    Contents:
    Patient/family education
    Cancer
    Care of the geriatric patient
    Behavioral health
    Care of the bariatric patient
    Nutrition
    Immobility
    Pain
    Fluid/electrolyte/acid-base imbalances
    Shock
    End-of-life care and ethics
    Perioperative nursing care
    Complementary, alternative, and integrative therapies
    Disaster planning
    The gastrointestinal system
    The respiratory system
    The cardiovascular system
    The endocrine system
    Diabetes
    The renal and urologic systems
    The reproductive system
    The neurologic system
    The musculoskeletal system
    The hematologic system
    The immune system
    Infectious disease and sepsis
    The integumentary system
    Domains of nursing practice
    Achieving excellence in medical-surgical nursing.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by M. Terese Verklan, Marlene Walden.
    Summary: Perfect as a resource in the field or for exam preparation, this authoritative reference from the Association of Women's Health, Obstetric, and Neonatal Nurses (AWHONN) includes in-depth coverage of the most common neonatal disorders and their management. The concise outline format highlights the essentials of each condition including definition, etiology, pathophysiology, signs and symptoms, diagnostic tests, treatments, and outcomes to help you find important information quickly. This new edition also features an increased focus on evidence-based practice, new CAMTS and AAMS guidelines, new techniques for PICC placement, and changes to the Neonatal Resuscitation Program.

    Contents:
    Uncomplicated antepartum, intrapartum, and postpartum care
    Antepartum-intrapartum complications
    Perinatal substance abuse
    Adaptation to extrauterine life
    Neonatal delivery room resuscitation
    Thermoregulation
    Physical assessment
    Fluid and electrolyte management
    Glucose management
    Nutritional management
    Developmental support
    Pharmacology
    Laboratory testing in the NICU
    Radiologic evaluation
    Common invasive procedures
    P ain assessment and management
    Families in crisis
    Patient safety
    Discharge planning and transition to home
    Genetics: from bench to bedside
    Intrafacility and interfacility neonatal transport
    Care of the extremely low birth weight infant
    Care of the late preterm infant
    Respiratory distress
    Apnea
    Assisted ventilation
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Hematologic disorders
    Infectious diseases in the neonate
    Renal and genitourinary disorders
    Neurologic disorders
    Congenital anomalies
    Neonatal dermatology
    Ophthalmologic and auditory disorders
    Foundations of neonatal research
    Ethical issues
    Legal issues.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jeannine Brant.
    Summary: The only OCN Exam review developed in collaboration with the Oncology Nursing Society (ONS), "Core Curriculum for Oncology Nursing", 6th Edition, is the must-have OCN certification review resource. This essential guide covers the entire scope of practice for oncology nursing and reflects important changes in the dynamic field of cancer treatment and care. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The care continuum. Epidemiology, prevention, and health promotion / Joni L. Watson
    Screening and early detection / Jaya M. Gill
    Survivorship / Stacie Corcoran
    Palliative and end-of-life care / Regina M. Fink and Nancy Robertson
    Nursing navigation across the cancer continuum / Shama Shrestha and Ellen Carr
    Communication and shared decision making / Pamela Katz and Joseph D. Tariman. Part 2: Scientific basis for practice. Carcinogenesis / Jennifer Alisangco Tschanz and Cathleen Sugarman
    Immunology / Christine Boley
    Precision medicine / Marlon Garzo Saria and Santosh Kesari
    Genetic risk factors / Julie Eggert
    Clinical trials and research protocols / Marlon Garzo Saria and Santosh Kesari
    Bone and soft tissue cancers / Ellen Carr
    Breast cancer / Jan Petree
    Gastrointestinal cancers / Christa Braun-Inglis
    Genitourinary cancers / Sally Maliski
    Head and neck cancers / Beverly Hudson and Ellen Carr
    HIV-related cancers / Brenda K. Shelton
    Leukemia / Stephanie Jackson and Jeannine M. Brant
    Lung cancer / Geline J. Tamayo
    Lymphoma / Judy Petersen
    Multiple myeloma / Joseph D. Tariman and Jazel Dolores Sugay
    Neurologic system cancers / Mady C. Stovall
    Reproductive system cancers / Denise Falardeau
    Skin cancer / Krista M. Rubin and Christine Boley. Part 3: Treatment modalities. Surgery / Gail W. Davidson
    Nursing implications of hematopoietic stem transplantation / Terry Wikle Shapiro
    Radiation therapy / Susan Weiss Behrend
    Chemotherapy and hormonal therapy / Patti Davis and Anna Howard
    Biotherapies: targeted therapies and immunotherapies / Kristine Deano Abueg and Brenda Keith
    Support therapies and access devices / Dawn Camp-Sorrell. Part 4: Palliation of symptoms. Pharmacologic interventions / Tia Wheatley and Rowena N. Schwartz
    Complementary, alternative, and integrative modalities / Roberta Bourgon
    Cardiovascular symptoms / Deborah Kirk Walker
    Cognitive symptoms / Catherine E. Jansen
    Endocrine symptoms / Marianne Davies
    Fatigue / Jeannine M. Brant
    Gastrointestinal symptoms / Rita Wickham
    Genitourinary symptoms / Sally Maliski
    Hematologic and immune symptoms / Eileen Galvin
    Integumentary symptoms / Kathy Waitman
    Musculoskeletal symptoms / Kathy Waitman
    Neurologic symptoms / Kathy Waitman
    Nutrition issues / Diana Cope
    Pain / Jeannine M. Brant
    Respiratory systems / Leslie Matthews
    Sleep-wake disturbances / Tricia Montgomery and Jeannine M. Brant. Part 5: Psychosocial dimensions of care. Altered body image / Elizabeth Freitas
    Caregiver burden / Geline J. Tamayo
    Cultural and spiritual care / Emily A. Haozous
    Psychosocial disturbances and coping / Kathleen Murphy-Ende
    Sexuality and sexual dysfunction / Patricia W. Nishimoto and Hana K. Choi. Part 6: Oncologic emergencies. Metabolic emergencies / Elizabeth Delaney, Carol Nikolai and Kristi Coe
    Structural emergencies / Wendy Vogel. Part 7: Professional practice. Standards of practice and professional performance / Barbara Lubejko
    Evidence-based practice / Jennifer Shamai, Tia Wheatley and Allison Winacoo
    Principles of education and learning / Diana Cope
    Legal issues / Julie Ponto
    Ethical issues / Jeanne Marie Erickson and Joshua Hardin
    Professional issues / Lani Kai Clinton
    Compassion fatigue / Susie Newton.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    American Society for Pain Management Nursing ; editors, Michelle L. Czarnecki, MSN, RN-BC, APNP, Helen N. Turner, DNP, APRN, PCNS-BC, AP-PMN, FAAN.
    Contents:
    Foundations
    Clinical Practice of Pain Management Nursing
    Nursing Roles Involved in Pain Management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital
    Association of American Medical Colleges.
    Summary: "This landmark publication published by the AAMC identifies a list of integrated activities to be expected of all M.D. graduates making the transition from medical school to residency. This guide delineates 13 Entrustable professional activities (EPAs) that all entering residents should be expected to perform on day 1 of residency without direct supervision regardless of specialty choice. The Core EPAs for entering residency are designed to be a subset of all of the graduation requirements of a medical school. Individual schools may have additional mission-specific graduation requirements, and specialties may have specific EPAs that would be required after the student has made the specialty decision but before residency matriculation. The Core EPAs may also be foundational to an EPA for any practicing physician or for specialty-specific EPAs"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Gather a history and perform a physical examination
    Prioritize a differential diagnosis following a clinical encounter
    Recommend and interpret common diagnostic and screening tests
    Enter and discuss orders and prescriptions
    Document a clinical encounter in the patient record
    Provide an oral presentation of a clinical encounter
    Form clinical questions and retrieve evidence to advance patient care
    Give or receive a patient handover to transition care responsibility
    Collaborate as a member of an interprofessional team
    Recognize a patient requiring urgent or emergent care and initiate evaluation and management
    Obtain informed consent for tests and/or procedures
    Perform general procedures of a physician
    Identify system failures and contribute to a culture of safety and improvement.
    Digital Access R2Library 2014
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Krüger, Andrew James Ludman.
    Summary: Every year, numerous articles on critical care topics are published, and it is increasingly difficult for the busy practitioner to keep abreast of the latest developments. This book provides a detailed review of state of the art knowledge as well as the latest research findings. It covers the core aspects in excellent detail, but is not so comprehensive as to make its daily use unfeasible. For each condition considered, discussion of the pathophysiology is integrated with observations on diagnosis and treatment in order to allow a deeper understanding. The book is scientifically based, with extensive references to published research. This will allow readers to investigate their individual interests further and will enable physicians to base their approach upon evidence rather than upon traditions or routines. Accordingly, clinicians will be able to justify measures by providing a coherent, evidence-based strategy and relevant citations where needed. Core Knowledge in Critical Care Medicine will appeal to experienced practitioners as an aide-mémoire, but will also be of great value to a wide range of more junior staff wishing to complement their background knowledge with important facts applicable to everyday practice.

    Contents:
    Cardiac Function and Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Mechanical Ventilation and Weaning
    Shock in general and in specific conditions
    Sepsis
    Adult Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS)
    Acute Kidney Injury (AKI)
    Critical Illness Neuropathy and Myopathy
    Nutrition in the critically ill Patient
    Analgo-Sedation
    Scoring Systems
    Post cardiac arrest care.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Tim Cook, Michael Kristensen.
    Summary: "It is a great honour and pleasure for us to have been asked to take over editing the 3rd edition of this book, so successfully previously edited by Ian Calder and Adrian Pearce. It is now almost 10 years since the last edition of the book was published and it is clearly time for an update. In this new 3rd edition we have updated only a small number of chapters - most have been completely rewritten to ensure they are up to date and relevant. While a few chapters have been combined we have added several new ones to ensure the book fully covers the range of challenges encountered during modern airway management. There are new full chapters on the epidemiology of airway complications, ultrasonography, videolaryngoscopy, combined techniques, expiratory ventilatory assist, airway management for robotic surgery, during CPR, for the bloody and bleeding airway and during prehospital emergency medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher Bouch, Jonathan Cousins.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Background to Obesity, Epidemiology and Anthropology
    1. The Obesity Problem and its Relationship to Healthcare
    2. Drivers of Obesity, Nutrition and Dietary Considerations
    3. Body Morphology and Fat Distribution
    4. Reports and Guidelines Related to the Morbidly Obese Patient
    5. Education and Training in Peri-operative Care
    Section 2. Pathophysiology of Obesity
    6. Cardiovascular System Pathophysiology in Obesity
    7. The Respiratory System and Airway Pathophysiology in Obesity
    8. The Pathophysiology of Sleep Disordered Breathing in the Morbidly Obese
    9. Drug Compartments and Body Systems
    10. Diabetes Mellitus and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Section 3. Pre-operative Assessment and Preparation
    11. Airway Assessment in Obesity
    12. Respiratory Assessment in Obesity
    13. Cardiovascular Assessment in Obesity
    14. Sleep Disordered Breathing: Assessment and Management in Obesity
    15. Risk Assessment and Stratification for Obesity --16. Peri-operative Anaesthetic Implications in the Obese Child
    17. Ward and Operating Room Equipment for the Obese
    Section 4. Intra-operative Management
    18. Patient and Operating Room Preparation for the Obese
    19. Induction of General Anesthesia and Positioning in Obesity
    20. The Rapid Sequence Induction: Myth and Obesity
    21. Airway Management in Obesity
    22. Maintenance of General Anaesthesia in Obesity
    23. Techniques of Ventilation and the Pneumoperitoneum
    24. Analgesic Techniques
    25. Reversal and Emergence from Anaesthesia
    26. The Morbidly Obese Parturient
    27. Day Case Surgery for Obese Patients
    28. Emergency Surgery and Trauma in the Obese
    Section 5. Post-operative Care
    29. Post-operative Recovery: Location and Potential Complications
    30. Enhanced Recovery for the Obese Patient
    31. Thromboprophylaxis for the Obese Surgical Patient
    32. Peri-operative Management of the Obese Diabetic Patient
    33. Nutritional Management of the Obese Surgical Patient
    34. Critical Care Management of the Obese Patient
    Section 6. Bariatric Surgery
    35. Indications for Bariatric Surgery
    36. Surgical Procedures for Weight Loss
    37. Bariatric Surgery Complications
    38. Anaesthesia for Bariatric Surgery
    39. Management of Patients Post Bariatric Surgery
    40. Paediatric Bariatric Surgery and Anaesthesia.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph Arrowsmith, Andrew Roscoe, Jonathan Mackay.
    Summary: "In the words of one of our contributors (Sam Nashef*), "There is no such thing as a good cardiac anaesthetist". Recently published** evidence however, suggests that the anaesthetist's contribution to cardiac surgical mortality is very small, suggesting that - at least in the UK - there is no such thing as a bad cardiac anaesthetist either!!! As with many textbooks, it was inevitable that the second edition was fatter and heavier than the first as we sought to cover more topics in greater detail. In considering a third edition, the consistent feedback (sometimes blunt) was to delete less frequently read chapters and return to the original remit - a small, concise, portable reference focusing on key points for trainees in the first six months of subspecialty training. We warmly welcome Andy Roscoe, a recognized international authority on transoesophageal echocardiography, as an editor. Under Andy's stewardship, we are confident that future editions of this book will be in safe hands. In the third edition, we cover many of changes that have occurred since publication of the second edition - a huge expansion in ECMO (a four-letter word in many centres), increased numbers of cardiology procedures undertaken in cardiac catheter laboratory and hybrid operating theatre, and the tentative return of aprotinin into clinical practice. In larger cardiac surgical centres there has been a gradual separation of cardiothoracic anaesthesia from critical care, with the latter becoming a specialty 26 in its own right. Many intensive topics are well covered in a sister publication, Core Topics in Cardiothoracic Critical Care, 2nd Edition and these are referenced in the text. We are extremely grateful to our contributors for their forbearance and to Cambridge University Press for their seemingly endless patience"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Kamen Valchanov, Nicola Jones, Charles W Hogue.
    Summary: Most patients with critical cardiac or thoracic conditions will at some stage pass through the cardiothoracic critical care unit. Critical care presents more complex clinical data than any other area of medicine. The new edition of Core Topics in Cardiothoracic Critical Care focuses on the latest practise in the management of patients in cardiothoracic intensive care. The practice of cardiothoracic critical care medicine is constantly evolving, and this new edition reflects the modernized learning styles for trainees. Each chapter includes key learning points as well as sample multiple choice questions and answers to assist in exam preparation. This edition also features updated chapters on ECMO, perioperative management of patients undergoing emergency cardiothoracic surgery, and advanced modes of organ support for patients. This text provides key knowledge in a concise and accessible manner for trainees, clinicians and consultants from specialities and disciplines such as cardiology and anaesthesia, and nursing and physiotherapy.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by David J. Barron.
    Summary: "Featuring a combination of easily digestible sections, clinical images, and a text layout that assists rapid fact acquisition, this book highlights the core topics in congenital cardiac surgery. The text covers all the commonly encountered anomalies, with simple explanations of the underlying anatomy and management options. Readers are provided with strong support from the outset; including guidance on diagnosis, operative technique, and post-operative management. Aimed at trainees preparing for professional examination and newly appointed consultants, this invaluable handbook is a go-to resource for the busy practitioner. It will also be an ideal reference for cardiologists, intensivists, perfusionists, and cardiac nurses, requiring a concise and accessible summary of the surgical aspects of diagnosis and treatment. The book includes sections on transplantation, ECMO, hybrid procedures and adult congenital heart disease"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The fetal circulation and patent ductus arteriosus / Timothy J. Jones
    Essentials of pediatric cardiopulmonary bypass / Timothy J. Jones
    Imaging in congenital heart disease / Oliver Stumper
    Arterial shunts and pulmonary artery banding / David J. Barron
    Patent arterial duct / Phil Botha
    Coarctation of the aorta and aortic interruption / Natasha Khan
    Atrial septal defects / Natasha Khan
    Anomalous pulmonary venous connection and cor triatriatum / Natasha Khan
    Ventricular septal defects / Natasha Khan
    Atrioventricular septal defects / David J. Barron
    Tetralogy of fallot / David J. Barron
    Pulmonary atresia with major aortopulmonary collateral arteries / David J. Barron
    Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum / David J. Barron
    Aortic valve disease and left outflow tract obstruction / David J. Barron
    Tricuspid valve abnormalities in congenital heart disease / David J. Barron
    Transposition of the great arteries / William J. Brawn
    Double outlet right ventricle / David J. Barron
    Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries / David J. Barron
    Truncus arteriosus / William J. Brawn
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome / William J. Brawn
    Cavopulmonary shunts and the fontan circulation / David J. Barron
    Vascular rings / David J. Barron
    Hybrid cardiac surgical procedures in congenital heart disease / Oliver Stumper
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation in children / Timothy J. Jones
    Surgery for adult congenital heart disease / David J. Barron
    Transplantation for congenital heart disease / Phil Botha.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew "Fred" Robinson, James W. Brodsky, John P. Negrine.
    Summary: This concise guide offers an ideal overview of both the practical and theoretical aspects of foot and ankle surgery for trainees and junior consultants. Easy to read chapters cover all areas of surgery, from examination, imaging, and the biomechanics of the foot and ankle, to specific conditions including amputations and prostheses, deformities, arthritis, cavus and flat foot, sports injuries, Achilles tendon, benign and malignant tumors and heel pain. Fractures and dislocations of the ankle, hind-, mid- and forefoot are also covered, as are the foot in diabetes and pediatrics. Written by a team of international experts, the text is an accessible way to prepare for postgraduate examinations and manage patients successfully.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Paterson-Brown, Hugh M. Paterson.
    Summary: "Core Topics in General and Emergency Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of general surgery in both elective and emergency situations. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the balance of probabilities"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Evaluation of surgical evidence
    Perioperative care and enhanced recovery
    Organisation of emergency general surgical services
    Patient assessment and surgical risk
    Perioperative and intensive care management of the surgical patient
    Surgical nutrition
    Abdominal hernias
    Neck surgery for the general surgeon
    Human factors and patient safety in surgery
    Principles of organ donation and general surgery in the transplant patient
    Early assessment of the acute abdomen
    Perforation of the upper gastrointestinal tract
    Acute non-variceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Pancreaticobiliary emergencies
    Acute conditions of the small bowel and appendix
    Colonic emergencies
    Anorectal emergencies
    Paediatric surgical emergencies
    Management of trauma for the general surgeon
    Abdominal sepsis and abdominal compartment syndrome
    Complications of bariatric surgery presenting to the general surgeon and considerations for the general surgeon when operating on the obese patient.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Paterson-Brown.
    Summary: Core Topics in General & Emergency Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommenda.

    Contents:
    Evidence-based practice in surgery / Kathryn A. Rigby and Jonathan A. Michaels
    Outcomes and health economic issues in surgery / Sharath C.V. Paravastu and Jonathan A. Michaels
    Day case surgery / Paul Baskerville
    Abdominal hernias / Andrew C. de Beaux
    Organisation of emergency general surgical services and the early assessment and investigation of the acute abdomen / Simon Paterson-Brown
    Perforations of the upper gastrointestinal tract /Enders K.W. Ng
    Acute non-variceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding / Colin J. McKay and James Lau
    Pancreaticobiliary emergencies / Mark Duxbury
    Acute conditions of the small bowel and appendix / Peter Lamb
    Colonic emergencies / David E. Beck
    Anorectal emergencies / Felicity J. Creamer and B. James Mander
    Paediatric surgical emergencies / Dafydd A. Davies and Jacob C. Langer
    Abdominal trauma / Kenneth D. Boffard
    Venous thromboembolism : prevention, diagnosis and treatment / Rhona M. MaClean
    Patient assessment and surgical risk / Chris Deans
    Perioperative and intensive care management of the surgical patient / R. Michael Grounds and Andrew Rhodes
    Surgical nutrition / William G. Simpson and Steven D. Heys
    Abdominal sepsis and abdominal compartment syndrome / Emma Barrow and Iain D. Anderson
    Complications of bariatric surgery presenting to the general surgeon / Bruce R. Tulloh and Andrew C. de Beaux.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by A. Agata Crerar-Gilbert, Mark MacGregor.
    Summary: Part of the popular Core Topics series, this book provides a practical guide to pre-operative assessment for consultants and trainee anaesthetists. Chapters cover comprehensive evidence-based guidance for assessing and managing patients with particular conditions, as well as perioperative risk stratification and challenges of pre-assessment. The chapters have been written by specialists in the respective clinical fields, while all content has been edited by anaesthetists to assure it is relevant and accessible to the anaesthetist in the everyday pre-operative clinic. Written specifically for anaesthetists, this resource will allow every reader to contribute effectively in a multidisciplinary approach when assessing and risk stratifying patients to ensure that they are optimised before surgery.

    Contents:
    Ischaemic heart disease
    Hypertension
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Heart failure
    Cardiac investigations : echocardiography
    Cardiac investigations : myocardial perfusion imaging
    Cardiac investigations : cardiac magnetic resonance
    Cardiac investigations : computed tomography angiography
    Cardiac investigations : comparison of cardiac functional tests and imaging
    Respiratory disease
    Difficult airway prediction
    Renal disease
    Neurological disease
    Hepatobiliary disease
    Neuromuscular disease
    Connective tissue disease
    Immunocompromised patients
    Frailty
    Haematology
    Biochemistry
    Endocrine disease
    Bariatric patients
    Chronic pain and addiction
    Obstetric patients
    Herbal medications
    Anaphylaxis
    Legal considerations
    Predicting operative risk
    Challenges of setting up preoperative service.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Christopher J. Rapuano.
    Contents:
    Conjunctival infections and inflammations
    Conjunctival degenerations and mass lesions
    Anterior segment developmental anomalies
    Ectatic conditions of the cornea
    Corneal dystrophies
    Corneal degenerations and deposits
    Corneal infections, inflammations, and surface disorders
    Systemic and immunologic conditions affecting the cornea
    Anterior sclera and iris
    Surgery and complications
    Trauma.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Mark J. Mannis, Edward J. Holland.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Fabio A. Guarnieri.
    Summary: This book presents a unique approach not found in any other text for those looking to improve the clinical results of refractive surgery by gaining a better understanding of corneal biomechanics and the instrumentation related to it. Written by leading experts in the field, this book provides authoritative coverage of the interactions of the cornea and the bioinstrumentation, such as corneal topography, pachymetry, aberrometers, tonometry and optical coherence tomography. Organized in an easy-to-read manner, Corneal Biomechanics and Refractive Surgery is designed for refractive surgeons and general ophthalmologists alike and describes the biomechanical role of the corneal tissue and how each part is affected in refractive surgery. Additionally, showing what the bioinstrumentation can measure, how models can improve understanding of the interaction between biomechanics, bioinstrumentation, and refractive surgery, and how these models and bioinstrumentation together can improve the refractive results, are also discussed.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mazen M. Sinjab, Arthur B. Cummings.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of corneal collagen cross-linking (CXL), a major management modality for keratoconus and ectatic corneal disorders. All aspects are covered, including refractive and non-refractive surgery indications, models of application, safety, efficacy, performance, outcome measures, evidence of CXL, complications, contraindications, use in children, and controversies. The discussion reflects the considerable progress that has been made in understanding of the modality since its development in the late 1990s. Detailed attention is paid to new concepts, changing surgical techniques and indications, the latest evidence-based science and research, and the future of CXL. Guidance is also provided on the use of CXL in combination with other modalities, such as LASIK, PRK, intracorneal ring implantation and others. The text is accompanied by numerous high-quality color illustrations. Corneal Collagen Cross Linking will provide the reader with a sound grasp of the technique and its use and will hopefully also serve as a stimulus to further research and advances.

    Contents:
    Basics of Corneal Collagen Cross Linking
    Indications
    Models of Application
    Outcome and Efficacy Measures
    Evidence of CXL
    Complications
    Contraindications
    CXL in Children
    Controversies in CXL.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kathryn Colby, editor.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of the most important corneal diseases in children, including congenital corneal opacities, infectious keratitis, corneal ectasia, ocular surface disorders and allergic eye disease. Highlights include an extensive discussion of corneal surgery in children, in-depth coverage of the role of various anterior segment ocular imaging modalities in the diagnosis and management of corneal diseases in the pediatric population, and surgical videos to further assist the reader. Chapters dedicated to amblyopia management and contact lens use in children round out the volume. Corneal Diseases in Children stands out as one of the few books dedicated to this important topic.

    Contents:
    1. Approach to the child with a corneal condition / Kathryn Colby
    2. Corneal diseases in children : imaging
    3. Corneal diseases in children : infectious keratitis
    4. Corneal diseases in children : allergic diseases
    5. Corneal diseases in children : ocular surface diseases 6. Corneal diseases in children : congenital anomalies
    7. Corneal diseases in children : keratoconus
    8. Corneal diseases in children : surgery
    9. Corneal diseases in children : contact lenses
    10.Corneal diseases in children : amblyopia management
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bhavana Sharma, Jeewan S. Titiyal, editors.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive insight into various corneal emergencies along with their risk factors, causative agents, diagnostic pearls, treatment challenges and management options. It provides essential information on relevant anatomical and physiological aspects in addition to epidemiology and risk factors. Comprising of explanatory flow diagrams, diagnostic and treatment algorithms and high-quality illustrations, this book is written and edited by renowned corneal specialists who have come together to address this complex topic in a simple and effective manner. The book highlights an important aspect of cornea which is relevant for specialists and general ophthalmologists alike and also serves as an important resource for postgraduate students and trainees. It emphasizes on the practical management of corneal emergencies, supplemented with preferred practice patterns and guidelines. Additionally, the book serves as a quick reference for ophthalmic practitioners to adequately manage such cases at the point of first contact.

    Contents:
    Anatomical and physiological aspects in emergencies of cornea
    Epidemiology and risk factors
    Requisites of operation room and cornea clinic to manage corneal emergencies
    Diagnostic and therapeutic approach in management of corneal emergencies
    Minor corneal emergencies
    Mechanical injuries of cornea
    Microbial keratitis
    Perforations in corneal ulcer
    Complications after refractive surgeries
    Chemical injuries
    Corneal emergencies after penetrating and lamellar keratoplasty
    Graft rejection
    Corneal wound dehiscence after surgery
    Approach to management
    Corneal emergencies in contact lens users
    Immune mediated peripheral ulcerative keratitis
    Emergencies associated with advanced corneal ectasias
    Preventive aspects and public awareness.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, Jorge L. Alió del Barrio, Francisco Arnalich-Montiel, editors.
    Summary: This text provides expert instruction on the varying surgical techniques currently employed for the regeneration of the ocular surface. Corneal Regeneration: Therapy and Surgery begins with a thorough discussion of current research based on data obtained in clinical human studies, and discusses the potential clinical implications for this promising new stage of eye surgery. Sections devoted to the stem cell, regenerative surgery and therapy of the ocular surface epithelium, corneal stroma, and corneal endothelium follow, each section comprehensively covering applied anatomy, current therapy and regenerative techniques, with a look to future directions of the field including eventual cell therapy. Corneal Regeneration: Therapy and Surgery is the first book of its kind, systematically covering the developments the medical community has achieved in corneal regeneration from all angles. Written and edited by leading experts in the field, researchers and ophthalmologists alike will find this to be a unique source of information on corneal regeneration, as well as a thoughtful reflection on potential applications of regenerative surgery in ophthalmology as a whole.

    Contents:
    Corneal regeneration: the concept, the facts, the potential
    The stem cell
    Regenerative surgery and therapy of the ocular surface epithelium
    Regenerative surgery of the corneal stroma
    Regenerative surgery of the corneal endothelium
    Bioengineering cornea surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Melanie Corbett, Nicholas Maycock, Emanuel Rosen, David O'Bart.
    Summary: The new edition of this leading text atlas on corneal topography has been updated to include the latest advances in technology, such as Pentacam and Orbscan. The principles and theory underlying each technology are first clearly explained, and clinical applications are then examined. The authors describe how to use the different technologies and devices, explain the clinical readout with illustrations of normal corneal topography, discuss applications and findings in common disease states, and present the appearances after various corneal surgical procedures. The pros and cons of each system are highlighted. This up-to-date, superbly illustrated book is the most comprehensive guide to corneal topography currently available. It is anticipated that this second edition will become the seminal corneal topography textbook for all with an interest in corneal disease and its management, and refractive surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jesper Hjortdal, editor.
    Contents:
    History of corneal transplantation
    Anatomy & physiology
    considerations in relation to transplantation
    Indications for keratoplasty, patient selection
    Corneal banking
    Penetrating keratoplasty
    Deep lamellar keratoplasty
    Superficial anterior keratoplasty
    Femtosecond laser aided PK and DALK
    Suture techniques
    Immunosuppression
    Tissue typing
    Recurrence of disease
    Complications
    Retransplantation
    DSAEK
    DMEK
    Endothelial cells
    Limbal stem cells
    Handling post-OP astigmatism (AK, PIOL, cataract, laser)
    Cataract surgery and transplantation (IOL calculation)
    Corneal transplant registers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kyoichi Mizuno, Masamichi Takano, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    J.T. Willerson, David R. Holmes, Jr., editors.
    Contents:
    1. Coronary artery disease: pathological anatomy and pathogenesis
    2. Clinical use of serum biomarkers in the prediction of cardiovascular risk
    3. Medical management of serum lipids and coronary heart disease
    4. Coronary artery disease: regulation of coronary blood flow
    5. Coronary angiography
    6. Diabetes and heart disease
    7. Women and coronary artery disease
    8. Exercise testing
    9. The electrocardiogram in coronary artery disease
    10. Echocardiographic evaluation of coronary artery disease
    11. Myocardial perfusion imaging utilizing single photon emission computed tomography techniques
    12. Clinical cardiac positron emission tomography
    13. Magnetic resonance imaging of the myocardium, coronary arteries, and anomalous origin of coronary arteries
    14. Computed tomograph cardiovascular imaging
    15. Coronary heart disease syndromes: pathophysiology and clinical recognition
    16. Evaluation of vulnerable atherosclerotic plaques
    17. Medical treatment of stable angina
    18. Medical treatment of unstable angina and acute non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    19. Treatment of acute ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    20. Medical treatment of heart failure and coronary heart disease
    21. Surgical treatment of advanced heart failure
    22. Kawasaki Disease
    23. Percutaneous coronary intervention and the various coronary artery disease syndromes
    24. Sudden cardiac death in coronary artery disease
    25. Surgical treatment of coronary artery disease
    26. Coronary artery bypass surgery and percutaneous coronary revascularization: impact on morbidity and mortality in patients with coronary artery disease
    27. Cardiovascular genetics: focus on genetics of coronary artery disease
    28. Preventive cardiology: the effects of exercise
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dimitris Tousoulis.
    Contents:
    Biology of the vessel wall / Evangelos Oikonomou, Sotirios Tsalamandris, Konstantinos Mourouzis, Dimitris Tousiulis
    Endothelial function / Petros Fountoulakis, Evangelos Oikonomou, Georgios Lazaros, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Atherosclerotic plaque / Evangelos Oikonomou, Georgios Latsios, Georgia Vogiatzi
    Risk factors of atherosclerosis / Costas Tsioufis, Emmanouil Mantzouranis, Theodore Kalos, Dimitrios Konstantinidis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    The role of inflammation / Sotrios Tsalamandris, Evangelos Oikonomou, Nikoloas Papageorgiou, Dimitris Tousoulis
    The role of oxidative stress / Sotirios Tsalamandris, Georgia Vogiatzi, Alexios S. Antonopoulos, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Genetics of atherosclerosis / Nikolaos Papageorgiou, Evangelos Diamantis, Effimia Zacharia, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Functional anatomy / Alexios S. Antonopoulos, Gerasimos Siasos, Charalambos Antoniades, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Myocardial oxygen consumption / Alexios S. Antonopoulos, Athina Goliopoulou, Georgia Vogiatzi, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Regulation of oxygen transport and coronary blood flow / Konstantinos Aznadouridis, Konstantina Masoura, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Stable angina pectoris / Charalambos Vlachopoulos, Christos Georgakopoulos, Dimitris Pollalis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Acute coronary syndromes / Maria Drakopoulou, Konstantinos Toutouzas, Dimitris Toussoulis
    Anti-inflammatory treatment / Sotirios Tsalamandris, Evangelos Oikonomou, Georgios Latsios, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Anti-oxidant treatment / Sotirios Tsalamandris, Evangelos Oikonomou, Aggelos Papamikroulis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Gene Therapy / Debbie Falconer, Nikoloas Papageorgiou, Charalambos Antoniades, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Stem-cell therapy / Georgia Vogiatzi, Alexandros Briasoulis, Sotirios Tsalamandris, Dimitris Tsouloulis
    Non-invasive imaging techniques in coronary artery disease / Constantina Aggeli, Sofia Mavrogeni, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Invasive imaging techniques / Andreas Synetos, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Functional assessment of coronary lesions in the cath lab / Sofia Vaina, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Novel antiplatelet agents / Gerasimos Siasos, Vasiliki Tsigkou, Evangelos Oikonomou, Marina Zaromitidou, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Primary percutaneous coronary intervention / Konstantinos Toutouzas, Odysseas Kaitozis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Novel developments in interventional strategies / Emmanouil Vavouranakissss, Konstantinos Kalogeras, Dimitris Tousoulis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Miao Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the etiology of coronary artery disease and focuses on the main therapies and drug interventions currently available. It highlights drug pharmacology and therapeutic challenges, with a special emphasis on the underlying principles of available therapeutics and the on-going development of drugs for coronary artery disease. The book is divided into eight chapters, the first of which describes the classical mechanism of coronary artery disease and its clinical presentations. Chapter 2 lists the principles of and related evidence on the prevention and treatment of coronary artery disease. This includes diet and lifestyle management, and guidelines for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome and stable coronary artery disease. In turn, Chapter 3 describes revascularization treatments, covering percutaneous coronary interventions, coronary artery bypass grafts and thrombolysis. This chapter also addresses the main therapeutic challenges. The following chapters provide an overview of three major categories of coronary artery disease drugs, which target thrombosis (Chapter 4), lipid metabolism (Chapter 5), and hypertension (Chapter 6). Heart failure constitutes the major health burden in the late stage of coronary artery disease; accordingly, current heart failure therapeutics and related drug pharmacology are described in Chapter 7. In closing, Chapter 8 provides a summary of on-going clinical trials for coronary artery disease drug development and discusses a number of promising areas in which intensive research into new therapeutics is being pursued. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to clinicians, medical students and research scientists, as well as to pharmaceutical professionals who are seeking new therapies and drugs for coronary artery disease and related disorders.

    Contents:
    Coronary Artery Disease: From Mechanism to Clinical Practice
    Evidence in guidelines for treatment of coronary artery disease
    Revascularization For Coronary Artery Disease: Principle And Challenges
    Antithrombotic drugs: pharmacology and perspectives
    Lipid modifying drugs: pharmacology and perspectives
    Anti-hypertensive drugs: pharmacology and perspectives
    Pharmaceutical treatment for Heart failure
    Drug discovery for coronary artery disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ghassan S. Kassab.
    Summary: This comprehensive text examines both global and local coronary blood flow based on morphometry and mechanical properties of the coronary vasculature. Using a biomechanical approach, this book addresses coronary circulation in a quantitative manner based on models rooted in experimental data that account for the various physical determinants of coronary blood flow including myocardial-vessel interactions and various mechanisms of autoregulation. This is the first text dedicated to a distributive analysis (as opposed to lumped) and provides digital files for detailed anatomical data (e.g., diameters, lengths, node-to-node connections) of the coronary vessels. This book also provides appendices with specific mathematical formulations for the biomechanical analyses and models in the text. Written by Dr. Ghassan S. Kassab, a leader in the field of coronary biomechanics, Coronary Circulation: Anatomy, Mechanical Properties, and Biomechanics is a synthesis of seminal topics in the field and is intended for clinicians, bioengineers, and researchers as a compendium on the topic. The detailed anatomical and mechanical data provided are intended to be used as a platform to address new questions in this exciting and clinically very important research area.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Biomechanics
    Chapter 2: Morphometry of Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 3: Mechanical Properties and Microstructure of the Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 4: Constitutive Models of Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 5: Network Analysis of Coronary Circulation: I. Steady State Flow
    Chapter 6: Network Analysis of Coronary Circulation: II. Pulsatile Flow
    Chapter 7: Scaling Laws of Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 8: Local Coronary Flow and Stress Distribution.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ion C. Tintoiu, Malcolm John Underwood, Stephane Pierre Cook, Hironori Kitabata, Aamer Abbas, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. CABG old therapy, new techniques
    Part II. Epidemiology and prognosis
    Part III. Pathophysiology
    Part IV. Diagnostic methods
    Part V.Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    William G. Rothstein.
    Contents:
    Pandemics as historical events
    Overview of the coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States and methods of analysis
    The emergence of the coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States, 1910-1935
    The coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States from 1940 to 1967
    Explanations for the emergence of the coronary heart disease pandemic
    State differences in coronary heart disease mortality
    Rates in the United States in 1950 and 1960
    The emergence of the coronary heart disease pandemic in Canada and England and Wales
    The peak and decline of the coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States, 1970 to 2010
    Explanations for the decrease in ischemic heart disease
    Mortality rates in the United States from 1970 to 2010
    Decreases in state ischemic heart disease mortality rates, 1970-1990
    The peak and decline of the pandemic in Canada, England and Wales, Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand
    Coronary heart disease after the pandemic.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC685.C6 R68 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Giampaolo Niccoli, Ingo Eitel.
    Summary: Coronary Microvascular Obstruction in Acute Myocardial Infarction: From Mechanisms to Treatment provides a comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon of coronary microvascular obstruction (CMVO) that is the main limitation of reperfusion therapies in ST-elevation myocardial infarction. It provides in-depth coverage of the phenomenon of CMVO which heavily affects prognosis by increasing the risk of death and heart failure at follow-up. A first of its kind reference dedicated solely to this topic, it is appropriate for a wide audience, from researchers, to those who aid in the management, prevention and treatment of CMVO.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Hiroaki Shimokawa, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the latest findings on epicardial coronary spasm and coronary microvascular dysfunction (CMD), important diseases for understanding coronary artery vasomotion abnormalities. The book chiefly consists of two major parts, each of which explores the epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of the diseases. The chapters present a range of experimental and clinical studies, including the editor's life's work on coronary spasm; how Rho-kinase activation plays an important role in connection with the disease; how chronic adventitial inflammation is a central pathophysiology of the spasm; the importance of Rho-kinase activation in the pathogenesis of CMD; how epicardial spasm and CMD frequently co-exist; and much more. Coronary Vasomotion Abnormalities will help practicing cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, vascular biologists and radiologists understand the latest issues concerning the clinical, interventional, and surgical management of these conditions, and offer these readers valuable insights into the effective treatment of microvascular angina. .

    Contents:
    1. Overview
    Part 1. Epicardial Coronary Artery Spasm
    2. Epidemiology of Vasospastic Angina
    3. Pathophysiology and Molecular Mechanisms of Coronary Artery Spasm
    4. Diagnosis of Coronary Artery Spasm
    5. Treatment of Coronary Artery Spasm
    Part 2. Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    6. Epidemiology of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    7. Pathophysiology of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    8. Diagnosis of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    9. Treatment of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: In December 2019, the world witnessed the occurrence of a new coronavirus to humanity. The disease spread quickly and became known as a pandemic globally, affecting both society and the health care system, both the elderly and young groups of people, and both the men's and women's groups. It was a universal challenge that immediately caused a surge in scientific research. Be a part of a world rising in fighting against the pandemic, the Coronavirus Disease - COVID-19 was depicted in the early days of the pandemic, but updated by more than 200 scientists and clinicians to include many facets of this new infectious pandemic, including i, characteristics, ecology, and evolution of coronaviruses; ii, epidemiology, genetics, and pathogenesis (immune responses and oxidative stress) of the disease; iii, diagnosis, prognosis, and clinical manifestations of the disease in pediatrics, geriatrics, pregnant women, and neonates; iv, challenges of co-occurring the disease with tropical infections, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, and cancer and to the settings of dentistry, hematology, ophthalmology, and pharmacy; v, transmission, prevention, and potential treatments, ranging from supportive ventilator support and nutrition therapy to potential virus- and host-based therapies, immune-based therapies, photobiomodulation, antiviral photodynamic therapy, and vaccines; vi, the resulting consequences on social lives, mental health, education, tourism industry and economy; and vii, multimodal approaches to solve the problem by bioinformatic methods, innovation and ingenuity, globalization, social and scientific networking, interdisciplinary approaches, and art integration. We are approaching December 2020 and the still presence of COVID-19, asking us to call it COVID (without 19).

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction on Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Pandemic: The Global Challenge (Nima Rezaei, Saboura Ashkevarian, Mahsa Keshavarz Fathi, Sara Hanaei, Zahra Kolahchi, Seyedeh-Sanam Ladi Seyedian, Elham Rayzan, Mojdeh Sarzaeim, Aida Vahed, Kawthar Mohamed, Sarah Momtazmanesh, Negar Moradian, Zahra Rahimi Pirkoohi, Noosha Sameeifar, Mahsa Yousefpour, Sepideh Sargoli, Saina Adiban, Aida Vahed, Niloufar Yazdanpanah, Heliya Ziaei, Amene Saghazadeh)
    Chapter 2. Coronaviruses: What Should We Know About the Characteristics of Viruses? (Wei Ji)
    Chapter 3. Ecology and Evolution of Betacoronaviruses (Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Adrian J. Gibbs)
    Chapter 4. The Epidemiologic Aspects of COVID-19 Outbreak: Spreading Beyond Expectations (Sara Hanaei, Farnam Mohebi, Maziar Moradi-Lakeh, Parnian Jabbari, Surinder Kumar Mehta, Liudmyla S. Kryvenko, Livio Luongo, Loďc Dupré, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 5. The Incubation Period of COVID-19: Current Understanding and Modeling Technique (Char Leung)
    Chapter 6. Coronavirus: Pure Infectious Disease or Genetic Predisposition (Farzaneh Darbeheshti, Hassan Abolhassani, Mohammad Bashashati, Saeid Ghavami, Sepideh Shahkarami, Samaneh Zoghi, Sudhir Gupta, Jordan S. Orange, Hans D. Ochs, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 7. Genetic Polymorphisms in the Host and COVID-19 Infection (Joris R. Delanghe, Marc L. De Buyzere, Marijn M. Speeckaert)
    Chapter 8. How COVID-19 Has Globalized: Unknown Origin, Rapid Transmission, and the Immune System Nourishment (Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 9. Potential Anti-viral Immune Response Against COVID-19: Lessons Learned from SARS-CoV (Mahzad Akbarpour, Laleh Sharifi, Amir Reza Safdarian, Pooya Farhangnia, Mahdis Borjkhani, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 10. COVID-19 and Cell Stress (Abdo A Elfiky, Ibrahim M Ibrahim, Fatma G Amin, Alaa M Ismail, Wael M Elshemey)
    Chapter 11. Clinical Manifestations of COVID-19 (Mahsa Eskian, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 12. Pediatrics and COVID-19 (Tuna Toptan, Sandra Ciesek, Sebastian Hoehl)
    Chapter 13. Geriatrics and COVID-19 (Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 14. Coronavirus Diseases in Pregnant Women, the Placenta, Fetus, and Neonate (David A. Schwartz, Amareen Dhaliwal)
    Chapter 15. COVID-19 in Patients with Hypertension (Thiago Quinaglia, Mahsima Shabani, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 16. COVID-19 and Cardiovascular Diseases (Babak Geraiely, Niloufar Samiei, Parham Sadeghipour, Azita Haj Hossein Talasaz, Seyedeh Hamideh Mortazavi, Roya Sattarzadeh Badkoubeh)
    Chapter 17. How Prevalent Is Cancer in Confirmed Cases with Coronaviruses and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndromes? (Maryam Fotouhi, Elham Samami, Sahar Mohseni, Amir Nasrollahizadeh, Mohammad Haddadi, Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 18. COVID-19 in Patients with Cancer (Ali Nowroozi, Sepideh Razi, Kamal Kant Sahu, Fabio Grizzi, Jann Arends, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 19. COVID-19 and Tropical Infection: Complexity and Concurrence (Pathum Sookaromdee, Viroj Wiwanitkit)
    Chapter 20. Neurologic Manifestations of COVID-19 (Farnaz Delavari, Farnaz Najmi Varzaneh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 21. Autoimmune Processes Involved in Organ System Failure Following Infection with SARS-CoV-2 (Steven E. Kornguth, Robert J. Hawley)
    Chapter 22. Clinical and Laboratory Predictors of Severity, Criticality, and Mortality in COVID-19: A Multisystem Disease (Bahareh Gholami, Samira Gholami, Amir Hossein Loghman, Behzad Khodaei, Simin Seyedpour, Nasrin Seyedpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 23. Diagnostic Tests for COVID-19 (Tung Phan, Kristin Nagaro)
    Chapter 24. The Role of Medical Imaging in COVID-19 (Houman Sotoudeh, Masoumeh Gity)
    Chapter 25. Therapeutic Development in COVID-19 (Chan Yang, Yuan Huang, Shuwen Liu)
    Chapter 26. Immune-based Therapy for COVID-19 (Abdolreza Esmaeilzadeh, Davood Jafari, Safa Tahmasebi, Reza Elahi, Elnaz Khosh)
    Chapter 27. Ventilatory Support in Patients with COVID-19 (Paolo Maria Leone, Matteo Siciliano, Jacopo Simonetti, Angelena Lopez, Tanzira Zaman, Francesco Varone, Luca Richeldi)
    Chapter 28. Nutrition and Immunity in COVID-19 (Marjan Moallemian Isfahani, Zahra Emam-Djomeh, Idupulapati M. Rao, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 29. Dietary Supplements for COVID-19 (Gerard E. Mullin, Berkeley Limektkai, Lin Wang, Patrick Hanaway, Loren Marks, Edward Giovannucci)
    Chapter 30. Photobiomodulation and Antiviral Photodynamic Therapy in COVID-19 Management (Reza Fekrazad, Sohrab Asefi, Maryam Pourhajibagher, Farshid Vahdatinia, Sepehr Fekrazad, Abbas Bahador, Heidi Abrahamse, Michael R Hamblin)
    Chapter 31. The COVID-19 Vaccine Landscape (Till Koch, Anahita Fathi, Marylyn M. Addo)
    Chapter 32. Prevention of COVID-19: Preventive Strategies for General Population, Health Care Settings, and Various Professions (Shirin Moossavi, Kelsey Fehr, Hassan Maleki, Simin Seyedpour, Mahdis Keshavarz-Fath, Farhad Tabasi, Mehrdad Heravi, Rayka Sharifian, Golnaz Shafiei, Negin Badihian, Roya Kelishadi, Shahrzad Nematollahi, Majid Almasi, Saskia Popescu, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 33. Pharmacist Role and Pharmaceutical Care during the COVID-19 Pandemic (Pedro Amariles, Mónica Ledezma-Morales, Andrea Salazar-Ospina, Jaime Alejandro Hincapié-García)
    Chapter 34. Impact of COVID-19 on Dentistry (Arghavan Tonkaboni, Mohammad Hosein Amirzade-Iranaq, Heliya Ziaei, Amber Ather)
    Chapter 35. The Implications of COVID-19 to Ophthalmology (Tracy H.T. Lai, Emily W.H. Tang, Kenneth K.W. Li)
    Chapter 36. Challenges of Cellular therapy during COVID-19 Pandemic (Kamal Kant Sahu, Sikander Ailawadhi, Natalie Malvik, Jan Cerny)
    Chapter 37. COVID-19 Amid Rumours and Conspiracy Theories: The Interplay between Local and Global Worlds (Inayat Ali)
    Chapter 38. Exploration of the Epidemiological and Emotional Impact of Quarantine and Isolation during COVID-19 Pandemic (Helia Mojtabavi, Nasirudin Javidi, Anne-Frédérique Naviaux, Pascal Janne, Maximilien Gourdin, Mahsa Mohammadpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 39. The Main Sources and Potential Effects of COVID-19-related Prejudice and Discrimination (Piotr Rzymski, Hanna Mamzer, Michał Nowicki)
    Chapter 40. Potential mechanisms of COVID-19-related psychological problems and mental disorders (Chunfeng Xiao)
    Chapter 41. Mental Health in Health Professionals in the COVID-19 Pandemic (Antonia Bendau, Andreas Ströhle, Moritz Bruno Petzold)
    Chapter 42. Treatment of Patients with Mental Illness Amid a Global COVID-19 Pandemic (Ankit Jain, Kamal Kant Sahu, Paroma Mitra)
    Chapter 43. A Shift in Medical Education During the COVID-19 Pandemic (Farida Nentin1, Nagaraj Gabbur, Adi Katz)
    Chapter 44. Reopening Schools After a Novel Coronavirus Surge (Dan Li, Elizabeth Z. Lin, Marie A. Brault, Julie Paquette, Sten H. Vermund, Krystal J. Godri Pollitt)
    Chapter 45. COVID-19 and Its Impact on Tourism Industry (Dimitrios G. Lagos, Panoraia Poulaki, Penny Lambrou)
    Chapter 46. COVID-19 and Its Global Economic Impact (Zahra Kolahchi, Manlio De Domenico, Lucina Q. Uddin, Valentina Cauda, Igor Grossmann, Lucas Lacasa, Giulia Grancini, Morteza Mahmoudi, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 47. Retrieval and Investigation of Data on SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19 Using Bioinformatics Approach (Muhamad Fahmi, Viol Dhea Kharisma, Arif Nur Muhammad Ansori, Masahiro Ito)
    Chapter 48. Answering the Challenge of COVID-19 Pandemic through Innovation and Ingenuity (Kathryn Clare Kelley, Jonathan Kamler, Manish Garg, Stanislaw P. Stawicki)
    Chapter 49. COVID-19 Pandemic: The Influence of Culture and Lessons for Collaborative Activities (Linda Simon Paulo, George M. Bwire, Xingchen Pan, Tianyue Gao, Amene Saghazadeh, Chungen Pan)
    Chapter 50. A Borderless Solution Is Needed for A Borderless Complexity, Like COVID-19, The Universal Invader (Kawthar Mohamed, Rangarirai Makuku, Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Aram Pascal Abu Hejleh, Musa Joya, Mariya Ivanovska, Sara A. Makka, Md Shahidul Islam, Nesrine Radwan, Attig-Bahar Faten, Chunfeng Xiao, Leander Marquez, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 51. Socialization During The COVID-19 Pandemic: The Role of Social and Scientific Networks During Social Distancing (Sara Momtazmanesh, Noosha Samieefar, Lucina Q. Uddin, Timo Ulrichs, Roya Kelishadi, Vasili Roudenok, Elif Karakoc-Aydiner, Deepak B. Salunke, Jan L. Nouwen, Juan Carlos Aldave Becerra, Duarte Nuno Vieira, Ekaterini Goudouris, Mahnaz Jamee, Morteza Abdullatif Khafaie, Morteza Shamsizadeh, Mohammad Rasoul Golabchi, Alireza Samimiat, Donya Doostkamel, Alireza Afshar, Mohammad Amin Khazeei Tabari, Melika Lotfi, Reza Yari Boroujeni, Niloofar Rambod, Anzhela Stashchak, Alla Volokha, Dainius Pavalkis, André Pereira, Amir Hamzah Abdul Latiff, Rauf Baylarov, Bagher Amirheidari, Mojtaba Hedayati, Antonio Condino-Neto, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 52. Interdisciplinary Approaches to COVID-19 (Negar Moradian, Marjan Moallemian, Farnaz Delavari, Constantine Sedikies, Carlos A. Camargo, Jr., Pedro J. Torres, Armin Sorooshian, Saeid Paktinat Mehdiabadi, Juan J. Nieto, Stephane Bordas, Hamid Ahmadieh, Mohammad Abdollahi, Michael R. Hamblin, Frank W. Sellke, Jack Cuzick, Bozkurt Biykem, Michael Schreiber, Babak Eshrati, Georg Perry, Ali Montazeri, Ali Akbar Saboury, Roya Kelishadi, Amirhossein Sahebkar, Ali A. Moosavi-Movahed, Hassan Vatandoost, Mofid Gorji-Bandpy, Bahram Mobasher, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 53. Health and Art (HEART): Integrating Science and Art to Fight COVID-19 (Nima Rezaei, Aida Vahed, Heliya Ziaei, Negin Bashari, Saina Adiban Afkham, Fatemeh Bahrami, Sara Bakhshi, Alireza Ghanadan, Atlasi Ghanadan, Nastaran Hosseini, Pariya Kafi, Reihaneh Khalilianfard, Kawthar Mohammed, Sepideh Sargoli, Kosar Tavasoli, Mahya Zare, Amene Saghazadeh).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Adnan I. Qureshi, Omar Saeed and Uzma Syed.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Shailendra K. Saxena, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of recent novel coronavirus (SARS-CoV-2) infection, their biology and associated challenges for their treatment and prevention of novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19). Discussing various aspects of COVID-19 infection, including global epidemiology, genome organization, immunopathogenesis, transmission cycle, diagnosis, treatment, prevention, and control strategies, it highlights host-pathogen interactions, host immune response, and pathogen immune invasion strategies toward developing an immune intervention or preventive vaccine for COVID-19. An understanding of the topics covered in the book is imperative in the context of designing strategies to protect the human race from further losses and harm due to SARS-CoV-2 infection causing COVID-19.

    Contents:
    Module 1_Global trends in epidemiology of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19)
    Module 2_ Genome organization and Pathogenesis of novel Coronavirus 2019 (SARS-CoV-2)
    Module 3_Host immune response against human SARS-CoV-2 infection
    Module 4_ Emergence and Re-emergence of SARS Coronaviruses
    Module 5_Transmission cycle of SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2
    Module 6_Preparing for the perpetual challenges of pandemics of Coronavirus infections with special focus on SARS-CoV-2. -Module 7_Clinical manifestations and diagnosis of human SARS-CoV-2 infection
    Module 8_ Treatment and Drugs for SARS-CoV-2
    Module 9_Prevention and control strategies for SARS-CoV-2 infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Helena Jane Maier, Erica Bickerton, Paul Britton.
    Contents:
    Coronaviruses : an overview of their replication and pathogenesis / Anthony R. Fehr and Stanley Perlman
    Identification of a novel coronavirus from Guinea Fowl using metagenomics / Mariette F. Ducatez and Jean-Luc Guérin
    Serological diagnosis of feline coronavirus infection by immunochromatographic test / Tomomi Takano and Tsutomu Hohdatsu
    Estimation of evolutionary dynamics and selection pressure in coronaviruses / Muhammad Munir and Martí Cortey
    Preparation of chicken tracheal organ cultures for virus isolation, propagation, and titration / Ruth M. Hennion
    Preparation of chicken kidney cell cultures for virus propagation / Ruth M. Hennion and Gillian Hill
    Isolation and propagation of coronaviruses in embryonated eggs / James S. Guy
    Characterization of human coronaviruses on well- differentiated human airway epithelial cell cultures / Hulda R. Jonsdottir and Ronald Dijkman
    Quantification of infectious bronchitis coronavirus by titration in vitro and in ovo / Joeri Kint, Helena Jane Maier, and Erik Jagt
    Purification of coronavirus virions for Cryo-EM and proteomic analysis / Stuart Dent and Benjamin W. Neuman
    Partial purification of IBV and subsequent isolation of viral RNA for next-generation sequencing / Sarah M. Keep, Erica Bickerton, and Paul Britton
    Transient dominant selection for the modification and generation of recombinant infectious bronchitis coronaviruses / Sarah M. Keep, Erica Bickerton, and Paul Britton
    Engineering infectious cDNAs of coronavirus as bacterial artificial chromosomes / Fernando Almazán ... [et al.]
    Protein histochemistry using coronaviral spike proteins : studying binding profiles and sialic acid requirements for attachment to tissues / Iresha N. Ambepitiya Wickramasinghe and M. Hélène Verheije
    Identification of protein receptors for coronaviruses by mass spectrometry / V. Stalin Raj ... [et al.]
    Single particle tracking assay to study coronavirus membrane fusion / Deirdre A. Costello and Susan Daniel
    Studying coronavirus-host protein interactions / Chee-Hing Yang ... [et al.]
    Field-proven yeast two-hybrid protocol used to identify coronavirus-host protein-protein interactions / Pierre- Olivier Vidalain ... [et al.]
    Investigation of the functional roles of host cell proteins involved in coronavirus infection using highly specific and scalable RNA interference (RNAi) approach / Jean Kaoru Millet and Béatrice Nal
    Transcriptome analysis of feline infectious peritonitis virus infection / Parvaneh Mehrbod ... [et al.]
    Quantification of interferon signaling in avian cells / Joeri Kint and Maria Forlenza
    Studying the dynamics of coronavirus replicative structures / Marne C. Hagemeijer and Cornelis A. M. de Haan
    Preparation of cultured cells using high-pressure freezing and freeze substitution for subsequent 2D or 3D visualization in the transmission electron microscope / Philippa C. Hawes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    J. Warren Salmon, Stephen L. Thompson.
    Summary: In this book, the authors, as policy analysts, examine the overall context and dynamics of modern medicine, focusing on the changing conditions of medical practice through the lens of corporatization of medicine, physician unionization, physician strikes, and current health policy directions. Conditions affecting the American medical profession have been dramatically altered by the continuing crises of cost increases, quality concerns, and lack of access facing our population, along with the ongoing corporatization toward bottom-line dictates. Pressures on practitioners have been intensifying with much greater scrutiny over their clinical decision-making. Topics explored among the chapters include: History of the Corporatization of American Medicine: The Market Paradigm Reigns Pharmaceuticals, Hospitals, Nursing Homes, Drug Store Chains, and Pharmacy Benefit Manager/Insurer Integration Medical Practice: From Cottage Industry to Corporate Practice Medical Malpractice Crisis: Oversight of the Practice of Medicine Big Data: Information Technology as Control over the Profession of Medicine Physician Employment Status: Collective Bargaining and Strikes The Corporatization of American Health Care offers different perspectives with the hopes that physicians will unite in a new awareness and common cause to curtail excessive profit-making, renew professional altruism, restore the charitable impulse to health provider institutions, and unite with other professionals to truly raise levels of population health and the quality of health care. It is also a necessary resource for health policy analysts, healthcare administrators, health law attorneys, and other associated health professions.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: History of the Corporatization of American Medicine: The Market Paradigm Reigns
    Chapter 2: Pharmaceuticals, Hospitals, Nursing Homes, Drug Store Chains, and Pharmacy Benefit Manager/Insurer Integration
    Chapter 3: Medical Practice: From Cottage Industry to Corporate Practice
    Chapter 4: Medical Malpractice Crisis: Oversight of the Practice of Medicine
    Chapter 5: Big Data: Information Technology as Control over the Profession of Medicine
    Chapter 6: Physician Employment Status: Collective Bargaining and Strikes
    Chapter 7: Conclusion: Progressive Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Conrad Fischer, MD, Residency Program Director, Department of Medicine, Brookdale University Hospital Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, Associate Professor of Physiology, Pharmacology and Medicine, Touro College of Medicine, New York, New York.
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Müller-Reichert, Paul Verkade.
    Summary: This new volume of Methods in Cell Biology looks at methods for analyzing correlative light and electron microscopy (CLEM). With CLEM, people try to combine the advantages of both worlds, i.e. the dynamics information obtained by light microscopy and the ultrastructure as provided by electron microscopy. This volume contains the latest techniques on correlative microscopy showing that combining two imaging modalities provides more than each technique alone. Most importantly it includes the essential protocols, including tips, tricks and images for you to repeat these exciting techniques in your own lab. With cutting-edge material, this comprehensive collection is intended to guide researchers for years to come.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Müller-Reichert, Paul Verkade.
    Contents:
    Millisecond time resolution correlative light and electron microscopy for dynamic cellular processes / Ludek Stepanek ; Gaia Pigino
    3D subcellular localization with superresolution array tomography on ultrathin sections of various species / Sebastian M. Markert ; Vivien Bauer ; Thomas S. Muenz ; Nicola G. Jones ; Frederik Helmprobst ; Sebastian Britz ; Markus Sauer ; Wolfgang Rössler ; Markus Engstler ; Christian Stigloher
    Preserving the photoswitching ability of standard fluorescent proteins for correlative in-resin super-resolution and electron microscopy / Errin Johnson ; Rainer Kaufmann
    Minimal resin embedding of multicellular specimens for targeted FIB-SEM imaging / Nicole L. Schieber ; Pedro Machado ; Sebastian M. Markert ; Christian Stigloher ; Yannick Schwab ; Anna M. Steyer
    A new method for cryo-sectioning cell monolayers using a correlative workflow / Androniki Kolovou ; Martin Schorb ; Abul Tarafder ; Carsten Sachse ; Yannick Schwab ; Rachel Santarella-Mellwig
    Correlative light and electron microscopic detection of GFP-labeled proteins using modular APEX / Nicholas Ariotti ; Thomas E. Hall ; Robert G. Parton
    Correlation of live-cell imaging with volume scanning electron microscopy / Miriam S. Lucas ; Maja Günthert ; Anne Greet Bittermann ; Alex de Marco ; Roger Wepf
    A fully integrated, three dimensional fluorescence to electron microscopy correlative workflow / Claudia S. López ; Cedric Bouchet-Marquis ; Christopher P. Arthur ; Jessica L. Riesterer ; Gregor Heiss ; Guillaume Thibault ; Lee Pullan ; Sunjong Kwon ; Joe W. Gray
    CLAFEM: Correlative light atomic force electron microscopy / Sébastien Janel ; Elisabeth Werkmeister ; Antonino Bongiovanni ; Frank Lafont ; Nicolas Barois
    Correlative light---Electron microscopy in liquid using an inverted SEM (ASEM) / Chikara Sato ; Takaaki Kinoshita ; Nassirhadjy Memtily ; Mari Sato ; Shoko Nishihara ; Toshiko Yamazawa ; Shinya Sugimoto
    Relocation is the key to successful correlative fluorescence and scanning electron microscopy / Delfine Cheng ; Gerald Shami ; Marco Morsch ; Minh Huynh ; Patrick Trimby ; Pilip Braet
    Correlative two-photon and serial block face scanning electron microscopy in neuronal tissue using 3D near-infared branding maps / Robert M. Lees ; Christopher J. Peddie ; Lucy M. Collinson ; Michael C. Ashby ; Paul Verkade
    Find your way with x-ray: using microCT to correlate in vivo imaging with 3D electron microscopy / Matthia A. Karreman ; Bernhard Ruthensteiner ; Luc Mercier ; Nicole L. Schieber ; Gergely Solecki ; Frank Winkler ; Jacky G. Goetz ; Yannick Schwab
    triCLEM: Combining high-precision, room temperature CLEM with cryo-fluorescence microscopy to identify very rare events / Nicholas R. Ader ; Wanda Kukulski
    Matrix MAPS- An intuitive software to acquire, analyze, and annotate light microscopy data for CLEM / Martin Schorb ; Frank Sieckmann
    eC-CLEM: a multidimension, multimodel software to correlate intermodal images with a focus on light and electron microscopy / Xavier Heiligenstein ; Perrine Paul-Gilloteaux, Graçc Raposo ; Jean Salamero
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Müller-Reichert, Paul Verkade.
    Summary: Abstract: Correlative light and electron microscopy (CLEM) combines the strengths of light microscopy (LM) and electron microscopy (EM) to pin-point and visualize cellular or macromolecular structures. However, there are many different imaging modalities that can be combined in a CLEM workflow, creating a vast number of combinations that can overwhelm new-comers to the field. Here, we offer a conceptual framework to help guide the decision-making process for choosing the CLEM workflow that can best address your research question, based on the answer to five questions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    editors [Frederick Burkhardt] James A. Secord, Janet Browne [and others].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: Volume 21 includes letters from 1873, the year in which Darwin received responses to his work on human and animal expression. Also in this year, Darwin continued his work on carnivorous plants and plant movement, finding unexpected similarities between the plant and animal kingdoms, raised a subscription for his friend Thomas Henry Huxley, and decided to employ a scientific secretary for the first time - his son Francis.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    [editors, Frederick Burkhardt [and others]].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: volume 22 includes letters from 1874, the year in which Darwin completed his research on insectivorous plants and published second editions of Descent of Man and Coral Reefs. The year also saw an acrimonious dispute between Darwin and St George Jackson Mivart as a result of an anonymous review the latter had written in which he criticised Darwin's son George.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Frederick Burkhardt [and seven others] ; associated editors, Anne Schlabach Burkhardt [and five others].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: Volume 23 includes letters from 1875, the year in which Darwin wrote and published Insectivorous plants, a botanical work that was a great success with the reading public, and started writing Cross and self fertilisation in the vegetable kingdom. The volume contains an appendix on the 1875 anti-vivisection debates, with which Darwin was closely involved, giving evidence before a Royal Commission on the subject.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2015
  • Digital
    Darwin, Charles; Burkhardt, Frederick; Secord, James A.
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: volume 26 includes letters from 1878, the year in which Darwin with his son Francis carried out experiments on plant movement and bloom on plants. Francis spent the summer at a botanical research institute in Germany; and father and son exchanged many detailed letters about his work. Meanwhile, Darwin tried to secure government support for attempts by one of his Irish correspondents to breed a blight-resistant potato

    Contents:
    Translations
    Chronology
    Diplomas
    Reviews of Forms of flowers
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [editors: Frederick Burkhardt and seven others].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: volume 27 includes letters from 1879, the year in which Darwin completed his manuscript on movement in plants. He also researched and published a biography of his grandfather Erasmus. The Darwins spent most of August on holiday in the Lake District. In October, Darwin's youngest son, Horace, became officially engaged to Ida Farrer, after some initial resistance from her father, who, although an admirer of Charles Darwin, thought Horace a poor prospect for his daughter.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Emanuela Arvat, Alberto Falorni.
    Contents:
    Pseudo-Cushing
    a clinical challenge? / F. Pecori Giraldi, A.G. Ambrogio
    Cushing's syndrome : where and how to find it / M. Debono, J.D. Newell-Price
    Subclinical hypercortisolism : how to deal with it? / I. Chiodini, V. Morelli
    Etiopathogeny of primary adrenal hypercortisolism / F.-L. Velayoudom-Cephise, M. Haissaguerre, A. Tabarin
    Metabolic alterations and cardiovascular outcomes of cortisol excess / R. Pivonello, M.C. De Martino, D. Iacuaniello, C. Simeoli, G. Muscogiuri, F. Carlomagno, M. De Leo, M., A. Cozzolino, A. Colao
    Skeletal fragility in endogenous hypercortisolism / G. Mazziotti, G.A. Delgado, A. Giustina
    Cortisol excess and brain / E. Resmini, A. Santos, S.M. Webb
    Update on hypercortisolism therapy / G. Arnaldi, L. Trementino
    Is adrenal insufficiency a rare disease? / P. Dahlqvist, M. Isaksson, S. Bensing
    From genetic predisposition to molecular mechanisms of autoimmune primary adrenal insufficiency / A. Falorni, A. Brozzetti, R. Perniola, R
    From appearance of adrenal autoantibodies to clinical symptoms of Addison's Disease : natural history / C. Betterle, S. Garelli, F. Presotto, J. Furmaniak
    Is diagnosis and subclassification of adrenal insufficiency as easy as it looks?
    L.C.C.J. Smans, P.M.J Zelissen
    Secondary adrenal insufficiency : where is it hidden and what does it look like? / F. Guaraldi, I. Karamouzis, R. Berardelli, V. D'Angelo, A. Rampino, C. Zichi, E. Ghigo, R. Giordano
    Quality of life and life expectancy in patients with adrenal insufficiency : what is true and what is urban myth? / S. Burger-Stritt, A. Pulzer, S. Hahner
    Congenital adrenal hyperplasia : unresolved issues / M. Yau, A. Khattab, D. Poppas, L. Ghizzoni, M. New
    Adrenal insufficiency therapy : how to keep the balance between good quality of life and low risk for long-term side effects? / K. Simunkova, E.S. Husebye.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Andreas Burkovski, editor.
    Summary: Corynebacterium diphtheriae is the classical etiological agent of diphtheria and the type strain of the genus Corynebacterium. While diphtheria of the respiratory tract became rare with the introduction of vaccination programs in industrialized countries, even today several thousand cases per year are reported to the World Health Organization. This shows that diphtheria is not completely eradicated and that reservoirs exist. The book summarizes the latest advances made in understanding C. diphtheriae and the closely related species Corynebacterium ulcerans and Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis. Topics addressed are genomics of toxigenic corynebacteria, host-pathogen-interaction, detection, surveillance and treatment as well as application aspects.

    Contents:
    Diphheria and its etiological agents
    Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium ulcerans and Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis
    general aspects
    Comparative genomics and pathogenicity islands of Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium ulcerans and Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis
    Corynephages : infections of the infectors
    toxin structure, delivery and action
    Iron acquisition and iron-dependent gene expression in Corynebacterium diphtheria
    Assembly and function of Corynebacterium diphtheria
    Toxigenic Corynebacteria : adhesion, invasion and host response
    Detection methods for laboratory diagnosis of Diphtheria
    Diphtheria surveillance
    History of diphtheria vaccine development
    Antimicrobial susceptibility and treatment
    Sialidases of Corynebacteria and their biotechnological application
    Molecular genetic tools for research in Corynebacterium diphtheria
    Diphtheria toxin based molecules as therapeutic approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Masayuki Inui, Koichi Toyoda, editors.
    Summary: This book shows how data from genome sequencing allows engineering of the entire cellular metabolism, and how systems biology permits further optimization of C. glutamicum as a biocatalyst. Covers gene regulation, biorefinery applications and more.

    Contents:
    Part I. Characteristics of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Chromosome Organization and Cell Growth of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Architecture and Biogenesis of the Cell Envelope of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Respiratory Chain and Energy Metabolism of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Part II. Regulation at Various Levels
    Sigma Factors of RNA Polymerase in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Global Transcriptional Regulators Involved in Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Sulfur Metabolisms in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Post-Translational Modifications in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Part III. Amino Acids
    Recent Advances in Amino Acid Production
    Pathways at Work: Metabolic Flux Analysis of the Industrial Cell Factory Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Amino Acid Exporters in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Part IV. Metabolic Design for a Wide Variety of Products
    Metabolic Engineering in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Aromatic Compound Catabolism in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Aromatic Compound Production by Corynebacterium glutamicum.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Zoe Diana Draelos.
    Summary: Improve your knowledge and treat patients with confidence using today's most advanced cosmeceutical treatments and expert guidance from author Zoe Diana Draelos, MD. Cosmeceuticals, 3rd Edition, a volume in the Procedures in Cosmetic Dermatology Series, covers cutting-edge content, keeping you up to date with developments in this rapidly-moving field so you can offer your patients the latest cosmeceutical therapies with optimal results.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, J. Comstock, M.H. Gold.
    Summary: "The purpose of this book is to show how cosmeceuticals (defined as a skin care product with bioactive ingredients, which have a desired effect on the skin) work for a variety of skin care concerns, and in concert with cosmetic procedures commonly used by dermatologists and cosmetic physicians"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cosmeceuticals and Delivery Mechanisms : Skin Function and Skin Barrier /
    Almukhtar, R.M.; Fabi, S.G.
    Evaluating Cosmeceuticals / Draelos, Z.D.
    Cosmeceutical Using Alpha, Beta and Polyhydroxy Acids / Ladenheim, L.A.; Marmur, E.S.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Vitamin A and Its Derivatives plus New Delivery
    Methods for Them / Kim, A.; Weinkle, S.H.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Vitamin C and Other Antioxidants / Barnes, L.E.; Mazur, C.; McDaniel, D.H.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Growth Factors and Stem Cells / Taub, A.F.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Peptides, Amino Acids, Glycosaminoglycans and Other Active Ingredients / Bucay, V.W.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Daily Skin Maintenance Optimizing Tone, Texture, and Tightening / Braun Levin, L.; Glick, J.B.; Tedaldi, R.
    Cosmeceuticals for Acne and Rosacea / Turegano, M.; Farris, P.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Skin Brightening and Lightening / Burgess, C.; David, J.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Body Skin Texture and Cellulite Treatment / Lindgren, A.; Hui Austin, A.; Welsh, K.M.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Hair Loss and Hair Care / Holman, J.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for the Treatment of Scars, Hypertrophic Scars, and Keloids / Boen, M.; Alhaddad, M.; Butterwick, K.
    Cosmeceuticals for Sun Protection, Daily Repair, and Protection from Pollution / Shamban, A.
    Cosmeceuticals following Cosmetic Procedures Including the Use of Facial Mask / Aristizabal, M.; Gold, M.H.
    Nutraceuticals and Diet for Healthy Skin / Comstock, F.
    The Future of Cosmeceuticals / Comstock, F.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    Leslie Baumann.
    Summary: Cosmeceuticals and Cosmetic Ingredients helps skin-care professionals understand topical drug delivery through cosmeceuticals, the scientific basis of cosmetic ingredients, and the challenges of using either in a skin care regimen. The author addresses myths and misconseptions about specific ingredients and carefully details what each can and cannot do. It provides an unbiased brand neutral approach along with detailed information and references to published evidence.

    Contents:
    Principles of skin care. The importance of skin type : the Baumann skin type system
    Basic cosmetic chemistry
    Organic ingredient labeling
    Cosmeceutical marketing claims
    Epidermis and dermis
    The ingredients. Cleansing agents. Overview of cleansing agents. Moisturizing agents. Moisturizing agents
    Occlusives
    Oils
    Argan oil
    Borage seed oil
    Jojoba oil
    Mineral oil
    Olive oil
    Safflower oil
    Tamanu oil
    Petrolatum
    Dimethicone and silicones
    Barrier repair ingredients. Barrier repair ingredients
    Ceramides
    Cholesterol
    Lanolin
    Stearic acid
    Humectants
    Glycerin
    Hyaluronic acid
    Vitamin B5 (Pantothenic acid/Dexpanthenol)
    Urea
    Aquaporin
    Ajuga Turkestanica
    Natural moisturzing factor
    Skin lightening agents. Overview of the pigmentation process
    Overview of melanin production
    Aloesin
    Arbutin
    Hydroquinone
    Kojic acid
    Emblica extract
    Mulberry extract
    Vitamin C (ascorbic acid)
    Cucumber
    Lignin peroxidase
    Overview of the PAR-2 receptor
    Niacinamide
    Soy
    Antioxidants. Antioxidants
    Green tea
    Rosa damascena
    Pycnogenol
    Resveratrol
    Flaxseed oil
    Phloretin
    Caffeic acid
    Ferulic acid
    Vitamins. Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C)
    Tocopherol (Vitamin E)
    Other ingredients. Coenzyme Q10
    Coffeeberry
    Ginger
    Honey/Propolis/Royal jelly
    Idebenone
    Melatonin
    Peppermint
    Anti-inflammatory agents. Anti-inflammatory agents
    Aloe vera
    Feverfew
    Licorice extract
    Colloidal oatmeal
    Turmeric
    Chamomile
    Calendula
    Edelweiss
    Lavandula
    Horse chestnut
    Antiacne ingredients. Overview of acne
    Benzoyl peroxide
    Tea tree oil
    Salicylic acid
    Retinol, retinyl esters, and retinoic acid
    Silver
    Antiaging ingredients. Overview of aging
    Hydroxy acids
    Retinoids (retinol)
    Digital Access AccessDermatology 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sameer A. Patel, C. Bob Basu.
    Summary: "Cosmetic Breast Surgery by internationally recognized plastic surgeons Sameer Patel, C. Bob Basu, and esteemed colleagues presents the latest augmentation, lift, reduction, and revision surgery techniques. From dedicated chapters focused on the management and correction of undesirable results to expert perspectives on male aesthetics, this remarkable book provides a one-stop resource on cosmetic breast procedures. Every chapter includes technical pearls and methodologies to help surgeons master approaches and achieve optimal patient outcomes. Organized by six sections, the book starts with a discussion of breast anatomy, followed by a breast augmentation section that serves as a primer on breast implants, from selection to fat grafting. Section three covers management of the ptotic breast, including topics such as mastopexy, a novel internal bra technique, and reduction mammoplasty. Section four details important revision issues, such as managing acute complications and anaplastic large cell lymphoma linked to breast implants. Section five is devoted to male breast procedures, while section six includes chapters on congenital breast deformities, transgender breast surgery, and practice management issues. Key Highlights A contemporary update on capsular contracture and biofilms with evidence-based insights on prevention and treatment Pearls on managing and mitigating risk and complications in aesthetic breast surgery How to market a cosmetic breast surgery practice in an ever-evolving digital ecosystem Nearly 300 illustrations and high-quality procedural videos enhance understanding of techniques Comprehensive and diverse, this is a must-have reference for plastic surgery residents, fellows, and early-career aesthetic plastic surgeons. It will also benefit senior surgeons who wish to expand their surgical repertoire"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Breast / Ethan Baughman and Donald W. Buck II
    Made to Match : The Essence of Breast Implant Selection / Brad Bengtson
    Implant Options / Marilyn Ng, Shuja Shafqat, and Sameer A. Patel
    Selection of the Surgical Approach / Ziyad S. Hammoudeh and W. Grant Stevens
    Implant Placement Options / Maurice Y. Nahabedian
    Fat Grafting for Primary Augmentation / Ash Patel, Kristen Rezak, and Emily Van Kouwenberg
    Preoperative Evaluation of Patients with Macromastia and Ptosis / Katherine Carruthers, Pankaj Tiwari, and Ergun Kocak
    Mastopexy Techniques : Basic Principles / Elizabeth J. Hall-Findlay
    Augmentation and Mastopexy : Basic Principles to Develop a Treatment Plan and Technical Pearls / Alan Serure, Renee Gasgarth, and Alan Matarasso
    Management of the Massive-Weight-Loss Breast / Sharona Czerniak, Jeffrey A. Gusenoff, and J. Peter Rubin
    Internal Bra Technique in the Breast with Poor Soft Tissue Support / C. Bob Basu and Nirav B. Patel
    Reduction Mammaplasty / Clark Schierle, Robert Galiano, and Megan Fracol
    Management of Acute Complications of Aesthetic Breast Surgery Part I : Local and Systemic Complications / Christodoulos Kaoutzanis, Julian Winocour, James C. Grotting, and Kent Higdon
    Management of Acute Complications of Aesthetic Breast Surgery Part II : Malpositions and Rippling / Alexandra Bucknor, Munique Maia, Sumner A. Slavin, Bernard Lee, and Samuel J. Lin
    Capsular Contracture and Biofilms : Etiology, Prevention, and Treatment / Prati K. Rastogi and Anand K. Deva
    Breast Implant : Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma / Mark W. Clemens and Berry Fairchild
    Managing and Mitigating Risk in Aesthetic Breast Surgery / Michele A. Manahan and Neal R. Reisman
    Evaluation and Surgical Management of Gynecomastia / Brannon Claytor and Joe Spaniol
    Aesthetics of the Male Breast / Douglas Steinbrech and John T. Stranix
    Evaluation and Treatment of Congenital Breast Deformities / Raja Mohan, Akash Chandawarkar, and Justin Sacks
    Transgender Breast Surgery / Paul R. Weiss and Loren S. Schechter
    Nipple Areolar Procedures and Aesthetics / Steven Woodward and Matthew P. Jenkins
    Marketing a Cosmetic Breast Practice Through Social Media Outlets / Heather J. Furnas
    Breast Implant Illness : Science and Evidence / Jordan Kaplan and Rod Rohrich
    Appendix A. Update on Breast Implant Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma / Eric Weiss and Ornela Dervishaj
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Joe Naimtu, III, DMD.
    Contents:
    The Aging Face
    Evaluation of the Cosmetic Facial Surgery Patient
    Facelift Surgery (Cervicofacial Rhytidectomy)
    Brow and Forehead Lift
    Cosmetic Blepharoplasty
    Rhinoplasty
    Facial Implants
    Cosmetic Otoplasty and Related Ear Surgery
    Neuromodulators (Neurotoxins)
    Injectable Fillers
    Cosmetic Lip Surgery
    Lifetime Skincare
    Laser Skin Resurfacing
    Chemical Peel
    Management of Cerviofacial Fat.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Theda C. Kontis, Victor G. Lacombe ; Sarah E. Faris, medical illustrator ; foreword by Jean D. Carruthers.
    Summary: "This revised and updated second edition by esteemed facial plastic surgeons Theda Kontis and Victor Lacombe builds on their bestselling first edition. Content is designed to augment knowledge of beginner injectors and train veteran injectors on how to finesse facial fillers and muscle-relaxing injections. Since publication of the first edition, understanding of the aging face has increased, while the number of non-surgical facial enhancements has continued to skyrocket. This book's primary focus is the improvement of minor facial irregularities and asymmetries using the latest injection procedures"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Section I Introduction to InjectablesSection II Introduction to NeurotoxinsSection III Neurotoxin Injection TechniquesSection IV Introduction to FillersSection V Filler Injection TechniquesSection VI Fat-Dissolving InjectionsSection VII Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Panagiotis Milothridis.
    Summary: This book offers valuable insights into the psychosocial characteristics of patients interested in cosmetic surgery. It identifies factors such as experiences of being mobbed during childhood, as well as the nature of social relationships and psychiatric disorders that can strengthen or inhibit patients' interest in aesthetic plastic surgery and influence their postoperative outcomes. The books plays close attention to individual psychosocial profiles and their connections to specific surgical interventions. On this basis, it subsequently develops a tool that helps physicians decide whether or not a given patient should be considered for aesthetic surgery. This book offers a handy tool for daily practice, while also paving the way for future research in this field.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: The Elective Nature of Cosmetic Medicine
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Determinants of Beauty
    1.3 History of Cosmetic Procedures
    1.4 Cosmetic Medicine in the Twenty-First Century
    1.5 Is Every Cosmetic Doctor Obliged to Perform Any Procedure They Are Asked to?
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    2: Postoperative Benefit of Cosmetic Procedures
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Quantification of Benefit in Cosmetic Medicine
    2.3 Postoperative Satisfaction
    2.4 Health-Related Quality of Life
    2.4.1 Quality of Life Assessment 2.4.2 Postoperative Benefit in QoL
    2.5 Sexual Life
    2.6 Mental Health
    2.7 Self-Esteem
    2.8 Body Image
    2.8.1 Measurement Tools
    2.9 Conclusion
    References
    3: Cosmetic Medicine: Are All People Equally Prone to Be Interested in It?
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Motivation for Cosmetic Procedures
    3.2.1 Predicting Factors of Interest in Cosmetic Procedures
    3.3 Epidemiologic Factors
    3.3.1 Gender
    3.3.2 Age
    3.3.3 Body Mass Index (BMI)
    3.3.4 Alcohol and Smoking
    3.3.5 Level of Education
    3.4 Social Networks 3.5 Psychological Traits and Quality of Life
    3.5.1 Body Image
    3.5.2 Self-Esteem
    3.5.3 Personality Traits
    3.5.4 Health-Related Quality of Life
    3.6 Psychopathology
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Bullying About Someone's Appearance and Interest in Cosmetic Surgery
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Physiologic and Sociocultural Component of Beauty Perception
    4.3 The Social Burden of Bullying
    4.4 Bullying and Interest in Cosmetic Surgery
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    5: Body Dysmorphic Disorder: Why Should Cosmetic Doctors Identify These Patients? 5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Clinical Presentation of BDD
    5.3 Avoidance of Social Situation and Repetitive Behaviors
    5.4 Measurement of BDD
    5.5 Are Cosmetic Doctors Aware of BDD?
    5.6 Consequences of BDD
    5.7 Treatment of BDD
    5.8 Clinical Tool to Identify Possible BDD Patients
    5.9 Conclusion
    References
    6: Do Psychiatric Disorders Influence Interest in Cosmetic Procedures?
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Are Psychiatric Consultations Common Among Cosmetic Patients?
    6.3 Body Dysmorphic Disorder
    6.4 Comorbidity in Cosmetic Surgery-Seeking Patients with BDD 6.5 Depression
    6.6 Anxiety
    6.7 Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD)
    6.8 Personality Disorders
    6.9 Schizoid Personality Disorder (SPD)
    6.10 Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)
    6.11 Histrionic Personality Disorder (HPD)
    6.12 Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD)
    6.13 Conclusion
    References
    7: The Association of Breast Augmentation with Silicone Implants with Suicide
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Elective Breast Augmentation
    7.3 Breast Implants
    7.4 Psychosocial Profile of Breast Augmentation Patients
    7.5 The Social Burden of Suicide 7.6 Association Between Breast Augmentation with Implants and Suicide
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Moshe Lapidoth, Shlomit Halachmi.
    Summary: Photodynamic Therapy (PDT) has become an important treatment modality in medical practice. New and exciting applications continue to emerge and the future of PDT looks brighter and brighter. Dermatologists and other health professionals around the world rely on its therapeutic effect for the treatment of actinic keratoses, non-melanoma skin cancers, acne vulgaris, and various other dermatologic conditions. In this comprehensive yet concise book, world-renowned experts showcase all of the common, everyday uses of PDT in dermatologic offices. They also examine how this beneficial therapy can be utilized to its full capacity. The considerable knowledge presented here renders this publication an indispensable resource for all dermatologists and health professionals who offer their patients this effective, noninvasive procedure.

    Contents:
    A historical look at photodynamic therapy / Gold, M.H.
    Photodynamic therapy in treating actinic keratosis and photorejuvenation / Peterson, J.D., Goldman, M.P.
    Topical methyl aminolevulinate-photodynamic therapy for the treatment of actinic keratoses and photorejuvenation / Foley, P.
    Photodynamic therapy
    novel cosmetic approaches / Munavalli, G.S., Clementoni, M.T., Roscher, M.B.
    Photodynamic therapy for acne vulgaris and sebaceous gland hyperplasia / Taub, A.F., Schieber, A.C.
    Chemoprevention using photodynamic therapy with aminolevulinic acid / Martin, G.
    How I use photodynamic therapy with 5-aminolevulinic acid in my clinical practice / Gibert, D.J.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Ammar Wahbi, Lee Heng, Gerd Dercon.
    Summary: This book is published open access under a CC BY 3.0 IGO license. This open access book provides methods for the estimation of Biomass Water Equivalent (BEW), an essential step for improving the accuracy of area-wide soil moisture by cosmic-ray neutron sensors (CRNS). Three techniques are explained in detail: (i) traditional in-situ destructive sampling, (ii) satellite based remote sensing of plant surfaces, and (iii) biomass estimation via the use of the CRNS itself. The advantages and disadvantages of each method are discussed along with step by step instructions on proper procedures and implementation.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Summary
    2. In-Situ Destructive Sampling
    2.1 The Concept of Representivity
    2.2 Plant Sampling Pattern and Design
    2.3 Biomass Water Equivalent
    2.4 Conclusions
    3. Remote Sensing via Satellite Imagery Analysis
    3.1 Photo-Reflective Properties of Plants
    3.2 Satellite Image Analysis
    3.3 Conclusions
    4. Estimate of Biomass Water Equivalent via the Cosmic Ray Neutron Sensor
    4.1 The role of Biomass in the CRNS Calibration
    4.2 Relationship between Neutrons and Crop Biomass
    4.3 Direct Relationship between Neutrons and Biomass
    4.4 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    by Alexander von Humboldt ; translated from the German by E.C. Otté.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .H919c
    5
  • Digital
    [edited by] Seilesh C. Babu, Neal M. Jackson.
    Summary: "This textbook is the result of many conversations around the country in clinics, on hospital rounds, and at professional conferences. Patients with cranial neuropathy can be clinically challenging. Sometimes a missed diagnosis can be life threatening. Nowadays more and more payers, such as governments and insurance companies, are concerned with cost effectiveness of diagnostic and treatment steps. Therefore, physicians are often put in a challenging position between being good stewards of financial resources and being good providers of quality medical care. As the reader will observe in the subsequent chapters, cranial nerve issues are inherently complex and require expert clinical and radiographic evaluation. The primary aim of this textbook is to guide clinicians during these difficult situations"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cost-Effective Evaluation of Cranial Neuropathy / Seilesh C. Babu and Neal M. Jackson
    Olfactory Dysfunction : Causes, Cost-Effective Diagnosis, and Management Options / Brendan Smith, Peter Svider, Robert Wayne Jr., and Adam Folbe
    Cranial Nerve II : Visual Disorders / Junru Yan, Michael Duan, Aroucha Vickers, Claudia M. Prospero Ponce, and Andrew G. Lee
    Ocular Motor Cranial Nerve Disorders / Michael Duan, Junru Yan, Aroucha Vickers, Claudia M. Prospero Ponce, and Andrew G. Lee
    Cranial Nerve V : Trigeminal Nerve / Wissam Elfallal and Jeff Jacob
    Cranial Nerve VII : Facial Nerve Disorders / Matt Kircher, Abigail Thomas, and John Leonetti
    Cranial Nerve VIII : Hearing Disorders / Eric N. Appelbaum and Daniel H. Coelho
    Cranial Nerve VIII : Vestibular Disorders / Gavriel D. Kohlberg and Ravi N. Samy
    Cranial Nerves IX, X, XII : Dysphagia / Erica E. Jackson and Anna M. Pou
    Cranial Nerve X : Dysphonia / Lacey Adkins, Melda Kunduk, and Andrew J. McWhorter
    Spinal Accessory Neuropathy / Rizwan Aslam
    Radiology in Cranial Neuropathy / Richard K. Gurgel, Vanessa Torrecillas, and Richard H. Wiggins III
    Conclusion and Discussion Points / Seilesh C. Babu and Neal M. Jackson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Peter J. Neumann, Gillian D. Sanders, Louise B. Russell, Joanna E. Siegel, Theodore G. Ganiats.
    Contents:
    Using cost-effectiveness analysis in health and medicine : experiences since the original panel / Peter J. Neumann [and 6 others]
    Theoretical foundations of cost-effectiveness analysis in health and medicine / David O. Meltzer, Anirban Basu, and Mark J. Sculpher
    Recommendations on perspectives for the reference case
    Designing a cost-effectiveness analysis / Douglas K. Owens, Joanna E. Siegel, Mark J. Sculpher, Joshua A. Salomon
    Decision models in cost-effectiveness analysis / Karen M. Kuntz [and 5 others]
    Identifying and quantifying the consequences of interventions / Joshua A. Salomon, Thomas A. Trikalinos, Gillian D. Sanders, Jeanne S. Mandelblatt
    Valuing health outcomes / David Feeny, Murray Krahn, Lisa A. Prosser, and Joshua A. Salomon
    Estimating costs and valuations of non-health benefits in cost-effectiveness analysis / Anirban Basu
    Evidence synthesis for informing cost-effectiveness analysis / Thomas A. Trikalinos, Louise B. Russell, Gillian D. Sanders
    Discounting in cost-effectiveness analysis / Anirban Basu and Theodore G. Ganiats
    Reflecting uncertainty in cost-effectiveness analysis / Mark J. Sculpher, Anirban Basu, Karen M. Kuntz, David O. Meltzer
    Ethical and distributive considerations / Dan W. Brock, Norman Daniels, Peter J. Neumann, and Joanna E. Siegel
    Reporting cost-effectiveness analyses / Lisa A. Prosser, Peter J. Neumann, Gillian D. Sanders, Joanna E. Siegel.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA410.5 .C688 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Richard Edlin, Christopher McCabe, Claire Hulme, Peter Hall, Judy Wright.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University.
    Contents:
    Report 1. Medicaid hospital costs
    Report 2. Medicare hospital costs.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC564 .C837
    2
  • Digital
    Adam Haycock, Jonathan Cohen, Brian Saunders, Peter B. Cotton, Christopher B. Williams ; videos supplied by Stephen Preston.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    David D. Fang, editor.
    Summary: Cotton fiber is the most important natural fiber used in the textile industry. The physical structure and chemical compositions of cotton fibers have been extensively studied. Newer high speed spinning instruments are being deployed around the world that demand longer, stronger and finer fibers. Consequently, genetic improvement in fiber quality has been stressed. With improvement in fiber quality has come the realization that further fiber improvement will require a better understanding of fiber development and biology. As a consequence, cotton fiber developmental biology, genetics and genomics have become focal points in the cotton research community. As the longest single-celled plant hair, cotton fiber has been used as an experiment model to study trichome initiation and elongation in plants. This book provides a comprehensive update on cotton fiber physics, chemistry and biology that form the three sections of the book. In the physics section, the physical structure of cotton fiber is first illustrated in great detail. Then a suite of fiber properties and their measuring methods are described. The pros and cons of each method are outlined. New methods to measure physical properties of single fiber and young developing fibers are included. In the chemistry section, the chemical compositions of cotton fibers are described in detail. This knowledge is necessary for efficient modification of cotton fibers for better and broader utilization. The advancement in cotton fiber modification using chemical and enzymatic methods opened new ways to utilize cotton fibers. In the biology section, the book first introduces the utilization of naturally occurring color cottons. Color cottons possess unique attributes such as better fire retardant ability. Advancement in understanding fiber color genetics and biochemical pathways and new utilization of color cottons are discussed. Recent technological advancements in molecular biology and genomics have enabled us to study fiber development in great depth. Many genes and quantitative trait loci related to fiber quality attributes have been identified and genetically mapped. Some of these genes and QTLs are being used in breeding. Progresses in cotton fiber improvement using breeding and biotechnology are discussed in the last chapter. This book serves as a reference for researchers, students, processors, and regulators who either conduct research in cotton fiber improvement or utilize cotton fibers.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editor;
    Chapter 1: General Description of Cotton; References;
    Chapter 2: Cotton Fiber Structure; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Structure of the Secondary Wall; 2.2.1 Diffraction; 2.2.2 Cellulose Crystal Structure; 2.3 Cotton Structure; 2.3.1 Interpretation of Diffraction Patterns; 2.3.1.1 Electron Diffraction of Secondary Wall Fragment; 2.3.1.2 Synchrotron X-Ray Diffraction of Single Fibers; 2.3.1.3 Synchrotron Study of Cotton Fiber Bundle; 2.4 Rietveld Method of Crystallinity Analysis; 2.4.1 Problems with Current Methods. 2.4.2 Sample Analysis of TM-1 Upland Cotton2.5 Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Physical Properties of Cotton Fiber and Their Measurement; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Length; 3.2.1 Array Method; 3.2.2 Almeter; 3.2.3 Standardized Instruments for Testing of Cotton (SITC); 3.2.4 Advanced Fiber Information System (AFIS); 3.3 Strength; 3.3.1 Single-Fiber Tensile Testing; 3.3.2 Flat Bundle Fiber Tensile Testing; 3.3.3 Tapered Bundle Fiber Tensile Testing; 3.4 Micronaire; 3.4.1 Micronaire Measurements; 3.5 Fineness and Maturity; 3.5.1 Cross-Sectional Image Analysis; 3.5.2 AFIS; 3.5.3 HVI; 3.5.4 Cottonscope. 3.5.5 Maturity Measurements3.5.5.1 Polarized Light Method; 3.5.5.2 Differential Dyeing; 3.5.5.3 Infrared (near Infrared (NIR) and Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR)); 3.5.6 Other Fineness Measurements; 3.5.6.1 Gravimetric Fineness; 3.5.6.2 Vibroscope; 3.6 Color; 3.6.1 Color Grades; 3.6.2 Reflectance (Rd) and Yellowness (+b); 3.7 Neps; 3.8 Fiber Cohesion; 3.8.1 Static Cohesion; 3.8.2 Dynamic Cohesion; 3.8.3 Energy Consumption; 3.9 Summary; References;
    Chapter 4: Chemical Composition and Characterization of Cotton Fibers; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Physical Characterization of Cotton Fibers. 4.3 Direct and Nondestructive Analysis of Cellulosic and Noncellulosic Components4.4 Determination and Characterization of Cotton Fiber Cellulose; 4.4.1 Chemical Analysis of Fiber Cellulose Formation; 4.4.2 ATR FT-IR Characterization of Fiber Cellulose Formation; 4.4.3 ATR FT-IR Determination of Cotton Fiber Cellulose Maturity; 4.4.4 Assessing the Cotton Fiber Cellulose Crystallinity; 4.4.5 Relating Cotton Fiber Strength with Crystallinity; 4.4.6 Chemical Imaging Characterization of Cotton Fiber Cellulose; 4.4.7 Estimating Mesoscale Packing of Cellulose Microfibrils. 4.5 Determination of Cotton Fiber Noncellulosic Components and Their Implications4.5.1 Wax; 4.5.2 Sugars; 4.5.3 Pectins and Hemicelluloses; 4.5.4 Proteins; 4.5.5 Inorganics; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Chemical Properties of Cotton Fiber and Chemical Modification; 5.1 Chemical Properties; 5.2 Cotton Fabric Preparation; 5.3 Water/Oil Repellency and Self-Cleaning; 5.3.1 Plasma Modification; 5.3.2 Molecular Vapor Modification; 5.4 Antimicrobial Properties; 5.4.1 Sol-Gel Process; 5.4.2 Cyclodextrin Modification; 5.5 UV Protection; 5.6 Wrinkle Recovery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shakeel Ahmad, Mirza Hasanuzzaman, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and systematic overview of the recent developments in cotton production and processing, including a number of genetic approaches, such as GM cotton for pest resistance, which have been hotly debated in recent decades. In the era of climate change, cotton is facing diverse abiotic stresses such as salinity, drought, toxic metals and environmental pollutants. As such, scientists are developing stress-tolerant cultivars using agronomic, genetic and molecular approaches. Gathering papers on these developments, this timely book is a valuable resource for a wide audience, including plant scientists, agronomists, soil scientists, botanists, environmental scientists and extention workers.

    Contents:
    1. World Cotton Production and Consumption: An Overview
    2. Soil Management and Tillage Practices for Growing Cotton Crop
    3. Managing Planting Time for Cotton Production
    4. Sowing Methods for Cotton Production
    5.Irrigation Scheduling for Cotton Cultivation
    6. Role of Macro Nutrients in Cotton Production
    7. Essential Micronutrients for Cotton Production
    8.Plant Growth Regulators for Cotton Production in Changing Environment
    9. Weeds Management in Cotton
    10. Pollination Behavior of Cotton Crop and its Management
    11. Insect Pests of Cotton and their Management
    12. Ecological Management of Cotton Insect Pests
    13. Cotton Diseases and Their Management
    14.Cotton Diseases and Disorders under Changing Climate
    16. Cotton Relay Intercropping under Continuous Cotton-Wheat Cropping System
    17. Cotton-Based Intercropping Systems
    18. Abiotic Stresses Mediated Changes Morphophysiology of Cotton Plant
    19. Salinity Tolerance in Cotton
    20. Heat Stress in Cotton: Responses and Adaptive Mechanisms
    21. Applications of Crop Modeling in Cotton Production
    22. Climate Resilient Cotton Production System: A Case Study in Pakistan
    23. Cotton Ontogeny
    24. Molecular Breeding of Cotton for Drought Stress Tolerance
    25. Biotechnology for Cotton Improvement
    26. Development of Transgenic Cotton for Combating Biotic and Abiotic Stresses
    27. Production and Processing of Quality Cottonseed
    28. Quality Aspects of Cotton Lint
    29. Modern Concepts and Techniques for Better Cotton Production
    30. Diverse Uses of Cotton: From Products to Byproducts.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by James E. Cottrell, MD, FRCA, Piyush Patel, MD ; foreword by David S. Warner, MD.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Alessandro Zanasi, Giovanni A. Fontana, Donatella Mutolo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an updated and comprehensive overview of cough, while opening new perspectives for their treatment and management. It enables readers to not only discover new physiologic features and mechanisms but also to gain an in-depth understanding of the diagnostic workup of cough, still one of the most frequent and challenging symptoms in daily medical practice. The book also provides insights into coughs features and pathogenesis, as well as into pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatments. The most frequent causes of chronic cough (asthma, postnasal drip, gastroesophageal reflux and chronic hypersensitivity syndrome) and different types of pediatric cough are also explored. Coughing is a common symptom, occurring in many clinical settings, and as such the book appeals a broad readership, including pulmonologists specialized in cough, general practitioners, internists, pediatricians and otorhinolaryngologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Cough Sensorymotor Mechanisms
    1: Physiology of the Cough Reflex: Sensory and Mechanical Features
    1.1 General Features
    1.2 Cough-Related Afferents
    1.2.1 Tracheobronchial Tree
    1.2.2 Larynx
    1.2.3 Bronchoconstriction and Cough
    1.3 Bronchopulmonary Sympathetic Afferents
    1.4 Respiratory Muscles
    1.5 Phases of Cough and Expiratory Flow
    1.5.1 Inspiratory or Preparatory Phase
    1.5.2 Postinspiratory or Compressive Phase
    1.5.3 Expiratory or Expulsive Phase
    1.5.4 Cessation Phase
    References 2: Sensory Pathways and Neural Modulation of Cough
    2.1 Cough Afferents
    2.2 Cough Receptors
    2.3 Cough C-Fibers
    2.4 Modulation
    2.5 Vagus Nerve Conductivity
    2.6 Reflex Modulation of Cough
    2.7 Interaction of Motor Responses
    References
    3: Brainstem Structures Involved in the Generation of Reflex Cough
    3.1 Introductory Remarks
    3.2 Central Terminations of Cough-Related Afferents
    3.3 Brainstem Respiratory Network
    3.4 Role of Brainstem Structures in the Generation of the Cough Reflex
    3.5 Additional Neural Mechanisms Controlling or Modulating the Cough Reflex 3.6 Insights into the Brainstem Mechanisms by the Action of Antitussive or Protussive Drugs
    3.6.1 Caudal Nucleus Tractus Solitarii
    3.6.2 Caudal Ventral Respiratory Group (Nucleus Retroambigualis)
    3.7 Concluding Remarks
    References
    4: The Cough Motor Pattern
    References
    Part II: Clinical Assessment of Cough
    5: Acute and Chronic Cough
    5.1 General Aspects
    5.2 Acute Cough
    5.2.1 Common Causes of Acute Cough
    5.2.2 Less Common Causes of Acute Cough
    5.2.2.1 Heart Failure
    5.2.2.2 Pneumonia
    5.2.2.3 Pulmonary Embolism
    5.2.2.4 Aspiration Pneumonia 5.3 Chronic Cough and the Cough Hypersensitivity Syndrome
    5.3.1 Common Causes of Chronic Cough
    5.3.2 Less Common Causes of Chronic Cough
    5.3.2.1 Chronic Bronchitis
    5.3.2.2 Bronchiectasis
    5.3.2.3 Post-infectious Cough
    5.3.2.4 Bronchogenic Carcinoma
    5.3.2.5 Coughs Due to Antihypertensive Angiotensin-Converting-Enzyme Inhibitor Drugs
    5.3.2.6 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    5.3.2.7 Psychogenic or Habitual Cough
    References
    6: Chronic Cough and Upper Airway Syndrome
    6.1 Definition and Pathogenesis
    6.2 Prevalence
    6.3 Diagnosis
    6.4 Allergic Rhinitis 6.5 Non-allergic Perennial Rhinitis
    6.6 Vasomotor Rhinitis
    6.7 Drug-Induced Rhinitis
    6.8 Rhinitis During Pregnancy
    6.9 Postinfectious Rhinitis
    6.10 Chronic Sinusitis
    6.11 Therapy
    References
    7: Chronic Cough During Bronchial Asthma
    7.1 General Aspects
    7.2 Prevalence
    7.3 Characteristics of Asthmatic Inflammation
    7.4 Relationship Between Coughing and Bronchial Inflammation
    7.5 Relationships Between Coughing and Bronchoconstriction
    7.6 Medical History and Objective Examination
    7.7 Instrumental Findings
    7.8 Therapy
    References
    8: Chronic Cough During Gastro-oesophageal Reflux.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrew Haskell, Michael J. Coughlin.
    Summary: The 10th edition of Coughlin and Mann’s Surgery of the Foot and Ankle delivers state-of-the-art, comprehensive coverage of the full range of foot and ankle disorders in an easy-to-manage, two-volume format. Authoritative guidance on every major aspect of the treatment and management of foot and ankle disorders and diseases helps you achieve consistent, optimal outcomes for your patients. With content covering biomechanics, examination, diagnosis, non-operative and operative treatment, and post-operative management, you have all the guidance you need to take your knowledge and skills to the next level.

    Contents:
    Biomechanics of the Foot and Ankle
    Principles of the Physical Examination of the Foot and Ankle
    Imaging of the Foot and Ankle
    Scientific Evidence-Based Foot and Ankle Care
    Non-surgical Treatment of Foot and Ankle Conditions
    Regional Anesthesia for the Foot and Ankle
    Hallux Valgus
    Hallux Varus and Complications of Bunion Repair
    Lesser Toe Deformities
    Bunionettes
    Sesamoids and Accessory Bones of the Foot
    Plantar Heel Pain
    Keratotic Disorders of the Plantar Skin
    Toenail Abnormalities
    Soft Tissue Disorders of the Foot
    Dermatology of the Foot and the Lower Extremity
    Soft Tissue and Bone Tumors
    Disorders of the Nerves
    Congenital and Acquired Neurologic Disorders
    Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
    Arthritis of the Foot
    Ankle Arthritis and Arthrodesis
    Ankle Replacement
    Avascular Necrosis and Total Talus Replacement
    Hindfoot and Pantalar Arthritis
    Midfoot Arthritis
    Hallux Rigidus and Other Forefoot Arthritis
    Disorders of Tendons
    Pes Planus
    Pes Cavus
    Ring External Fixation in the Foot and Ankle
    The Diabetic Foot and Neuroarthropathy
    Infections of the Foot and Ankle
    Amputations of the Foot and Ankle
    Lower Limb Prosthetics
    Athletic Soft Tissue Injuries of the Foot and Ankle
    Achilles Tendon Injuries
    Stress Fractures of the Foot and Ankle
    Arthroscopy of the Foot and Ankle
    Osteochondral Defects
    Congenital Foot Deformities
    Soft Tissue Reconstruction for the Foot and Ankle
    Pilon Fractures
    Ankle Fractures and Dislocations
    Fractures of the Calcaneus
    Talus Fractures and Peri-talar Dislocations
    Fractures and Dislocations of the Midfoot and Forefoot.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Jan Willer.
    Summary: "... Provides a full description of adult ADHD symptoms, based on the most current research, including executive functioning problems, emotional dysregulation, atypical reward sensitivity, and problems with time perception. Recognizing patterns of dysfunction is essential to identify ADHD, so two detailed composite cases are presented, along with supplemental case material. Strengths that may be associated with ADHD are described. Willer offers guidance on providing psychoeducation about cognitive differences in ADHD, which is essential for client self-acceptance and adaptive functioning. Common psychotherapy problems with ADHD clients are addressed, including chronic lateness to sessions, missed appointments, motivation problems, difficulties with homework, and tangentiality. Willer also discusses medications for ADHD, including their benefits, contraindications, and side effects, and reviews the effectiveness of non-traditional treatments." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Meet Clara and Troy : two adults with ADHD
    Adult ADHD symptoms
    Hidden ADHD : presenting problems and comorbidity
    Recognizing strengths
    A framework for assessment
    Medical problems and ADHD : comorbidity and mimics
    Assessing family history, childhood and adult development
    Assessing adaptive functioning
    Psychotherapy goals, structure and challenges
    Psychoeducation about cognitive differences
    Skills training
    Comorbid conditions, emotional distress and dysfunctional cognitions
    Medications
    Review of other treatments for ADHD.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Katherine A Schneider, Anu Chittenden, Kristen Mahoney Shannon.
    Summary: "Completely updated and reorganized presentation of issues related to counseling about cancer, including features of the major hereditary cancer syndromes. New chapters on Pediatric Cancer Syndromes, Genetic Testing Technologies. An increased focus on new focus on gynecologic cancer syndromes and genes. Detailed case examples stress the main teaching points of the chapter . Provides detailed information targeted for busy genetic counselors and other health care providers "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment
    Gastrointestinal Cancer Syndromes
    Breast and Gynecological Cancer Syndromes
    Rare Cancer Predisposition Syndromes
    Pediatric Cancer Counseling and Syndromes
    Cancer Family Histories (collection and interpretation)
    Cancer Risk Assessment and Risk Models
    Cancer Genetic Testing Technologies
    Pre- and Post- Test Cancer Genetic Counseling
    Cancer Genetic Patients with Special Considerations
    Psychosocial Issues in Cancer Counseling
    Ethical Issues in Cancer Counseling.
    Digital Access Wiley 2023
  • Digital
    Emily S. Fisher, Kelly S. Kennedy.
    Summary: "Counseling Special Populations in Schools provides school-based mental health professionals with practical, specific strategies for counseling special populations of students who are at risk for academic, social, emotional, and behavioral problems in school"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to counseling special populations in schools
    Counseling students who are homeless
    Counseling students living in foster care
    Counseling students involved with the juvenile justice system
    Counseling students who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning
    Counseling students who are pregnant and parenting
    Counseling students who are gifted
    Counseling students with incarcerated parents
    Counseling dtudents in military families
    Counseling students to increase motivation and school completion.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    Derald Wing Sue, David Sue.
    Summary: Counseling the Culturally Diverse: Theory and Practice, 7th Edition is the new update to the seminal work on multicultural counseling. From author Derald Wing Sue -- one of the most cited multicultural scholars in the United States -- this comprehensive work includes current research, cultural and scientific theoretical formations, and expanded exploration of internalized racism. Replete with real-world examples, this book explains why conversations revolving around racial issues remain so difficult, and provides specific techniques and advice for leading forthright and productive discussions. The new edition focuses on essential instructor and student needs to facilitate a greater course-centric focus. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The multiple dimensions of multicultural counseling and therapy. Part I. The affective and conceptual dimensions of multicultural counseling and therapy. Obstacles to cultural competence: understanding resistance to multicultural training
    The superordinate nature of multicultural counseling and therapy
    Multicultural counseling competence for counselors and therapists of marginalized groups
    Part II. The impact and social justice implications of counseling and psychotherapy. The political and social justice implications of counseling and psychotherapy
    The impact of systemic oppression: counselor credibility and client worldviews
    Microaggressions in counseling and psychotherapy / Christina M. Capodilupo
    Part III. The practice dimensions of multicultural counseling/therapy. Barriers to multicultural counseling and therapy: individual and family perspectives
    Communication styles and its impact on counseling and psychotherapy
    Multicultural evidence-based practice
    Non-Western indigenous methods of healing: implications for multicultural counseling and therapy
    Part IV. Racial/cultural identity development in multicultural counseling and therapy. Racial/cultural identity development in people of color: counseling implications
    White racial identity development: counseling implications
    Multicultural counseling and specific populations. Part V. Understanding specific populations. Culturally competent assessment / David Sue and Diane M. Sue
    Part VI. Counseling marginalized racial/ethic group populations. Counseling African Americans
    Counseling American Indians/ Native Americans and Alaska natives
    Counseling Asian Americans and Pacific islanders
    Counseling Latinos/os / Diane M. Sue and David Sue
    Counseling multiracial individuals
    Part VII. Counseling and special circumstances involving ethnic populations. Counseling Arab Americans and Muslim Americans
    Counseling immigrants and refugees
    Counseling Jewish Americans
    Part VIII. Counseling and special circumstances involving other multicultural populations. Counseling individuals with disabilities.-- Counseling LGBT individuals
    Counseling older adults
    Counseling individuals living in poverty / Laura Smith
    Counseling women / Diane M. Sue and David Sue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Judith Lauwers, BA, IBCLC, FILCA, Anna Swisher, MBA, IBCLC.
    Summary: "This book presents topics within a counseling framework with practical suggestions and evidence-based information interwoven throughout. Completely updated and revised, it includes new research on milk composition, the importance of the gut microbiome and skin-to-skin care, Affordable Care Act changes, and the latest guidelines from the World Health Organization for breastfeeding with HIV."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    pt. I: Promotion and support
    Ch. 1. Breastfeeding advocacy in the modern world
    Ch. 2. Lactation consultants as part of the healthcare team
    Ch. 3. Sociological perspective on breastfeeding support
    Ch. 4. Empowering women to breastfeed
    Ch. 5. Counseling skills: learning how to help mothers
    Ch. 6. Client consultations
    pt. II: The science of lactation
    Ch. 7. The science of lactation
    Ch. 8. Maternal nutrition
    Ch. 9. Health factors in lactation
    Ch. 10. Use of infant formula
    Ch. 11. Substances in human milk
    pt. III: Prenatal through postpartum
    Ch. 12. Prenatal considerations
    Ch. 13. Hospital practices that support breastfeeding
    Ch. 14. Infant assessment and development
    Ch. 15. Getting breastfeeding started
    Ch. 16. Infant latch and sucking
    Ch. 17. Breastfeeding in the early weeks
    Ch. 18. Breastfeeding beyond the first month
    Ch. 19. Problems with milk production and transfer
    pt. IV: Special care
    Ch. 20. Changes in the family
    Ch. 21. Special counseling circumstances
    Ch. 22. Breastfeeding techniques and devices
    Ch. 23. Temporary breastfeeding situations
    Ch. 24. High-risk infants
    Ch. 25. When breastfeeding is interrupted
    Ch. 26. Long-term maternal and infant conditions
    pt. V: Role of the IBCLC
    Ch. 27. Professional considerations
    Ch. 28. Critical reading and review of research
    Ch. 29. Breastfeeding promotion and change
    Appendix A: Baby feeding requirements
    Appendix B: WHO weight charts
    Appendix C: Spanish breastfeeding glossary
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Judith Lauwers, Anna Swisher.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Contents
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Features for Educators and Students
    Mapping of Text Chapters with Clinical Competencies
    Chapter 1 Breastfeeding Advocacy in the Modern World
    Infant Feeding Practices Throughout History
    Current Breastfeeding Recommendations
    Breastfeeding Initiation and Duration Rates
    Global Breastfeeding Initiatives
    U.S. Initiatives
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 2 Interdisciplinary Healthcare Team
    Healthcare Team Approach
    Lactation Consulting Profession Practicing in a Hospital
    Practicing in Public Health
    Working in a Healthcare Provider Practice
    Practicing in Home Health Care
    Working in Private Practice
    Members of the Healthcare Team
    Breastfeeding Counselor Support
    The Mother's Role on the Healthcare Team
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 3 Sociological Perspective on Breastfeeding Support
    Cultural Factors in Breastfeeding Support
    Social Behavior
    Relationships
    Feminism and Breastfeeding
    Knowledge and Culture
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References Chapter 4 Empowerment to Breastfeed
    Health Consumerism
    Strategies to Optimize Learning
    Adult Learning
    Confidence in Breastfeeding
    Components of Communication
    Humor as a Communication Tool
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 5 Counseling Skills: Learning How to Help
    The Counseling Process
    Sequence Matters
    Putting It All Together
    Comparison of Counseling Techniques
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 6 Client Consultations
    Reaching Out Through Anticipatory Guidance
    Problem-Solving Consultation Methods
    Elements of a Consultation
    Providing Follow-Up
    Documenting
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 7 Lactation Anatomy and Physiology
    Anatomy of the Breast
    Supportive and Sustaining Tissue
    Glandular Tissue
    Mammary Growth and Development
    Hormonal Impact on Lactation
    Milk Synthesis
    Milk Ejection Reflex (Letdown)
    Variations in Breast Structure and Function
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 8 Maternal Nutrition
    Nutrition Education
    Basic Nutrients Nutrition in Pregnancy and Lactation
    Weight Loss While Breastfeeding
    Making Healthy Food Choices
    Offering Nutrition Suggestions to Mothers
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 9 Health Factors in Lactation
    Breastfeeding and Women's Health
    Breastfeeding and Infant Health
    Properties of Colostrum and Mature Milk
    Nutritional Components in Human Milk
    Immunological Protection
    Anti-infective Protection
    Obesity Protection
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 10 Use of Infant Formula
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Brandé Flamez, Lamar University, A. Stephen Lenz, Texas A & M University Corpus Christi, Richard S. Balkin, University of Louisville, Robert L. Smith, Texas A & M University Corpus Christ.
    Summary: "This engaging book not only offers step-by-step guidance on planning, writing, and defending a dissertation but also helps create a beginning-to-end process that is meaningful, rewarding, and exciting. Each chapter answers commonly asked questions, contains a checklist for each part of the dissertation, provides a summary of key points, and lists additional resources. Topics addressed include tips for staying motivated, time management, and self-care; selecting a dissertation committee and narrowing down the topic; writing a proposal; preparing the literature review; creating the problem statement, purpose statement, and research questions; understanding research methodology and ethics; collecting and analyzing data; presenting results; and best of all-publishing a dissertation"--The publisher.

    Contents:
    The Doctoral Dissertation
    Staying Well Throughout the Dissertation Process
    Selecting the Dissertation Committee and Narrowing Down the Topic
    Writing a Proposal
    The Literature Review
    Creating the Problem Statement, Purpose Statement, and Research Questions
    Research Methodology and Ethics
    Collecting and Analyzing Data
    Presenting and Discussing the Results
    Preparing for the Defense
    Disseminating the Project to the Professional Community.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Sarah J. Maas.
    Summary: Though Feyre now has the powers of the High Fae, her heart remains human, but as she navigates the feared Night Court's dark web of politics, passion, and dazzling power, a greater evil looms--and she might be key to stopping it. Feyre survived Amarantha's clutches to return to the Spring Court--but at a steep cost. Though she now has the powers of the High Fae, her heart remains human, and it can't forget the terrible deeds she performed to save Tamlin's people. Nor has Feyre forgotten her bargain with Rhysand, High Lord of the feared Night Court. As Feyre navigates its dark web of politics, passion, and dazzling power, a greater evil looms--and she might be key to stopping it. But only if she can harness her harrowing gifts, heal her fractured soul, and decide how she wishes to shape her future--and the future of a world cleaved in two. -- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PZ7.M1115 Cm 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Abraham Verghese.
    Summary: "From the New York Times-bestselling author of Cutting for Stone comes a stunning and magisterial epic of love, faith, and medicine, set in Kerala, South India, following three generations of a family seeking the answers to a strange secret. Spanning the years 1900 to 1977, The Covenant of Water is set in Kerala, on South India's Malabar Coast, and follows three generations of a family that suffers a peculiar affliction: in every generation, at least one person dies by drowning-and in Kerala, water is everywhere. At the turn of the century, a twelve-year-old girl from Kerala's long-existing Christian community, grieving the death of her father, is sent by boat to her wedding, where she will meet her forty-year-old husband for the first time. From this unforgettable new beginning, the young girl--and future matriarch, known as Big Ammachi--will witness unthinkable changes over the span of her extraordinary life, full of joy and triumph as well as hardship and loss, her faith and love the only constants. A shimmering evocation of a bygone India and of the passage of time itself, The Covenant of Water is a hymn to progress in medicine and to human understanding, and a humbling testament to the difficulties undergone by past generations for the sake of those alive today. Imbued with humor, deep emotion, and the essence of life, it is one of the most masterful literary novels published in recent years"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    OverDrive
    Overdrive ebook (1 concurrent user) Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    OverDrive
    Audiobook Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    PS3622.E744 C68 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Igor Linkov, Jesse M. Keenan, Benjamin D. Trump, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide a collection of early ideas regarding the results of applying risk and resilience tools and strategies to COVID-19. Each chapter provides a distinct contribution to the new and rapidly growing literature on the developing COVID-19 pandemic from the vantage points of fields ranging from civil and environmental engineering to public policy, from urban planning to economics, and from public health to systems theory. Contributing chapters to the book are both scholars and active practitioners, who are bridging their applied work with critical scholarly interpretation and reflection. The book's primary purpose is to empower stakeholders and decision-makers with the most recent research in order that they can better understand the systemic and sweeping nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as which strategies could be implemented to maximize socioeconomic and public health recovery and adaptation over the long-term.

    Contents:
    Multi-Disciplinary Perspectives on Systemic Risk and Resilience in the Time of COVID-19
    Ten Strategies for Leadership During COVID-19: A Plan of Action for Decision Makers in Times of Critical Change
    Some Elements of Analysis of the Bibliography on Risk and Resilience on COVID-19
    Real-time Anticipatory Response to COVID-19: A Novel Methodological Approach
    Complexity, Interconnectedness and Resilience: Why a Paradigm Shift in Economics is Needed to Deal with Covid 19 and Future Shocks
    Enhancing Current Practice from the Natural and Manmade Hazards Domain to Pandemic: Insights from the Italian Case
    Value-Based Optimization of Healthcare Resource Allocation for COVID-19 Hot Spots
    Overview of Preventive Measures and Good Governance Policies to Mitigate the COVID-19 Outbreak Curve in Brunei
    Precarious Aging: COVID-19 Risk, Resilience and Response
    The Impact of "Flatten the Curve" on Interdependent Economic Sectors
    Repercussions of Monsoon in the Indian Sub-continent During COVID-19
    Why Did Risk Communication Fail for the COVID-19 Pandemic, and How Can We Do Better?
    Inclusive Communication to Influence Behaviour Change During the COVID-19 Pandemic: Examining Intersecting Vulnerabilities
    Between Resilience and Adaptation: A Historical Framework for Understanding Stability and Transformation of Societies to Shocks and Stress
    COVID and Climate: Exploring Categorical Resilience in the Built Environment
    The COVID-19 Pandemic: Lessons for Urban Resilience
    Resilient Urban Housing Markets: Shocks Versus Fundamentals
    Mutual Aid in the Time of COVID-19 and the Future of Hyper-Local Community Resilience
    Understanding How Community Resilience Can Inform Community Development in the Era of COVID
    Strengthening Community Resilience to Reduce Barriers to Economic Participation During a Pandemic and a Climate Crisis
    Resilience for Whom? Insights from COVID-19 for Social Equity in Resilience
    The Vaccine Supply Chain: A Call for Resilience Analytics to Support COVID-19 Vaccine Production and Distribution.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nicola Vargas, Antonio M. Esquinas, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the issues and challenges that clinicians encountered in the management of older critically ill patients during the Covid-19 pandemic, and offers practical information on how to manage them. Older adults are more susceptible to complications such as acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) as a result of viral pneumonia. In addition, they often have multiple comorbidities and are commonly frail, which means their various organs and systems, such as the respiratory system, have reduced functional reserves. As such, older adults are less able to react to acute stressors. During the current Covid-19 pandemic, older adult patients' mortality is increased. Further, the infection and death rates of elderly people in nursing homes and health care institutions are high. Management of older adults with Covid is complicated. The reduced availability of beds may limit their access to ICU. Moreover, the prognosis may be poor, and airway management and ventilation strategies have to take into account various clinical and physiological characteristics specific to older patients. This book is addressed to all allied professionals involved in the management of older critically ill patients and presents information collected and practical lessons learned from the clinical daily management of this population during the pandemic.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Epidemiology
    1: Mortality and Prognosis of Older Patients During COVID-19 Pandemic
    1.1 Epidemiological Perspective: A Global View of the Problem
    1.2 Why the Elderly Is at Higher Risk? A Pathophysiological View
    1.3 Prognosis of the COVID-19 Elderly Patient
    References
    2: Elderly Pneumonia COVID-19 Cases: Impact on the Outcome
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Acute Complications Associated with COVID-19 Pneumonia in Elderly
    2.3 Elderly Mortality Rate for COVID-19 Disease
    2.4 Conclusion
    References 3: Incidence of ARF Due to COVID-19 Interstitial Pneumonia
    References
    4: Changing the Demographics in ICU During COVID-19 Pandemic
    4.1 Pre-COVID-19 Epidemy Demographic Aspects in ICU
    4.2 Demographic Aspects During the COVID-19 Outbreak in ICU
    4.3 Comparison between H1N1 and COVID-19 Epidemy
    4.4 Conclusions
    References
    Part II: The Diagnosis of COVID ARF in Elderly
    5: Differential Diagnosis of Types of Pneumonia in the Elderly
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Aging of the Respiratory System and the Impact of Pneumonia
    5.3 Epidemiology
    5.4 Causes 5.5 Routes of Transmission
    5.5.1 Inhalation (Fig. 5.1)
    5.5.2 Aspiration (Fig. 5.2)
    5.5.3 Hematogenous Spread (Fig. 5.3)
    5.5.4 Direct Extension from Adjacent Infected Foci (Fig. 5.4)
    5.6 Clinical Presentation
    5.7 COVID-19 Pneumonia "Phenotypes"
    5.7.1 L-Phenotype
    5.7.2 H-Phenotype
    5.8 Risk Stratification
    5.8.1 CURB-65 (Table 5.3)
    5.8.2 Pneumonia Severity Index, Also Known as the PORT Score (Fig. 5.5 and Table 5.4)
    5.8.3 IDSA/ATS CAP Criteria
    5.8.4 COVID-GRAM Critical Illness Risk Score 5.8.5 Brescia-COVID Respiratory Severity Scale (BCRSS)/Algorithm
    5.9 Imaging
    5.10 Laboratory Investigations
    5.11 Microbiologic Diagnosis
    5.12 Viral Aetiology (Fig. 5.9)
    5.13 Viral Pneumoniae Diagnosis: Upper Respiratory Sample Collection
    5.13.1 Nasopharyngeal Swab/Oropharyngeal (Throat) Swab (Fig. 5.10)
    5.13.2 Nasal Mid-Turbinate (NMT) Swab, Also Called Deep Nasal Swab
    5.13.3 Nasopharyngeal Wash/Aspirate or Nasal Wash/Aspirate (Fig. 5.12)
    5.13.4 Sputum
    5.13.5 Storage
    References
    6: The Diagnosis of COVID ARF in Elderly: The Radiological Findings in Elderly 6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Radiology of the Normal Aging Lung and COVID-19 Disease
    6.3 Chest Imaging in Elderly COVID-19 Patients
    6.4 Imaging of COVID-19 Pneumonia Complications
    6.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part III: The Screening and the Access to ICU
    7: The Screening and the Access to ICU
    7.1 The Recommendations of the Intensive Caring Scientific Societies
    7.1.1 The Usual Screening and the Access to ICU
    7.1.2 The Guidelines During COVID-19 Epidemy
    7.2 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Prem Misir.
    Summary: This book highlights and suggests remedies for the racial and ethnic health disparities confronting people of color amid COVID-19 in the United States. Racial and ethnic health disparities stem from social conditions, not from racial features, that are deeply grounded in systemic racism, operating through the White racial frame. Race and ethnicity are significant factors in any review of health inequity and health inequality. Hence, any realistic end to racial health disparities lies beyond the scope of the health system and health care. The book explores structuration theory, which examines the duality between agency and structure as a possibly potent pathway toward dismantling systemic racism, the White racial frame, and racialized social systems. In particular, the author examines COVID-19 with a focus on the segregated health system of the US. The US health system operates on the doctrine of "separate but equal" whereby the dominant group has access to quality health care and people of color have access to a lesser quality or zero health care. "Separation" implies and enforces inferiority in health care. Through the evidence presented, the author demonstrates that racial and ethnic health disparities are even worse than COVID-19. As in the past, this contagion, like other viruses, will dissipate at some point, but the disparities will persist if the US legislative and economic engines do nothing. The author also raises consciousness to demand a national commission of inquiry on the disproportionate devastation wreaked on people of color in the US amid COVID-19. COVID-19 may be the signature event and an opportunity to trigger action to end racial and ethnic health disparities. Topics covered within the chapters include: Introduction: Segregation of Health Care Systemic Racism and the White Racial Frame Dismantling Systemic Racism and Structuration Theory COVID-19 and Health System Segregation in the US is a timely resource that should engage the academic community, economic and legislative policy makers, health system leaders, clinicians, and public policy administrators in departments of health. It also is a text that can be utilized in graduate programs in Medical Education, Global Public Health, Public Policy, Epidemiology, Race and Ethnic Relations, and Social Work

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Segregation of Health Care
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology of COVID-19
    Chapter 3. Systemic Racism and the White Racial Frame
    Chapter 4. COVID-19 Deaths
    Chapter 5. Dismantling Systemic Racism and Structuration Theory.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Muhammad Saad, Timothy J. Vittorio.
    Summary: "Everything you need to know to date about COVID-19 and how it affects the heart"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to COVID-19 and Cardiovascular Disease / Nikee Shrestha, Niel Shah
    COVID-19 and Acute Coronary Syndrome (ACS) / Nisha Ali
    COVID-19 and Valvular Heart Disease / Rishi Shrivastava, Amandeep Singh
    COVID-19 and Cardiac Arrythmias / Jeirym Tijada Miranda, Timothy J. Vittorio
    COVID-19 and Myopericardial Disease / Niel Shah, Timothy J. Vittorio
    COVID-19 and Heart Failure / Miguel Rodriguez Guerra, Muhammad Khurram Gujjar
    COVID-19 and Cardiogenic Shock / Angel De La Cruz, Amandeep Singh
    COVID-19 and Thromboembolism / Maleeha Zahid
    COVID-19 and Hypertension / Fareeha Alavi, Hitesh Gurjar
    COVID-19 Management Strategies / Sarthak Kulshreshtha, Muhammad Hassan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Denise Battaglini, Paolo Pelosi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides healthcare professionals in Critical Care setting an easy consultation guide to fight against COVID-19. The book is divided into sections: Fundamentals of COVID-19, Pneumological critical care, Neurological manifestations, Cardiovascular manifestations, Renal manifestations, Haemostasis and coagulation, Other multi-organs involvement, Principles of therapy. Each section includes: ¨ brief pathophysiology of COVID-19 (ventilation, neurological, cardiovascular, etc.); ¨ principles of management (enriched with flowcharts and figures); ¨ principles of therapy; ¨ tips and key messages. Readers can find the most updated advices on how to face the ongoing pandemic: from principles of conventional oxygen therapy, assisted and invasive mechanical ventilation in critically ill COVID-19 patients to the complications sometimes underestimated. Tables and flowcharts provided are based on current knowledge in COVID-19 to help the clinician managing COVID-19 patients by a multiple-organs prospective. Written by international key opinion leaders of each field, the book represents a point of reference for all professionals involved in the management of COVID-19 pandemic.

    Contents:
    Part I. Fundamentals of COVID-19
    Introduction and Essential multi-organs pathophysiology
    Part II. Pneumological critical care of COVID-19
    Pathophysiology and phenotypes
    Radiological patterns and lung ultrasound
    Noninvasive mechanical ventilation and conventional oxygen therapy
    Criteria for intubation and ICU admission
    Invasive mechanical ventilation
    Weaning, tracheostomy and chest physiotherapy
    Part III. Neurological manifestations of COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Clinical characteristics
    Role of noninvasive neuro-monitoring systems and imaging
    Biomarkers
    Management of neurological complications
    Part IV. Cardiovascular manifestations of COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Echocardiography, electrocardiogram and biomarkers
    Clinical characteristics
    Management
    Part V. Renal manifestations of COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Clinical features and biomarkers
    Renal replacement therapy
    Part VI. Haemostasis and coagulation in COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Coagulation disorders and management
    Part VII. Other multi-organs involvement (MODS-CoV-2)
    Gastrointestinal manifestations (including hepatic disease)
    Nutritional therapy
    Part VIII. Principles of therapy
    Sedation, analgesia, myorelaxants
    Antibiotics, antiretroviral, corticosteroids, other therapies against SARS-CoV-2
    Coagulation and haemostasis
    Rescue therapies
    Part IX. Appendix - Practical Aspects (Figures and Flowcharts).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Flavio Tangianu, Ombretta Para, Fabio Capello, editors.
    Summary: This book assesses the main features of COVID-19 from a clinical point of view, based on observations made during the disease epidemic in Northern Italy, one of the most affected areas in the world (the region has been the epicenter of the global pandemic for more than a month), and the first region outside China facing overwhelming numbers of cases. With no practical guidelines in place, Italian doctors were called to fight against an unknown disease. For the first time in modern history, healthcare workers and decision-makers had to find rapid solutions to a life-changing health crisis with no evidence-based recommendations or procedures in place to guide their actions. Sharing the lessons learned from this experience, and offering practical tips on implementing future programs for pandemic preparedness, the book is a valuable tool for medical practitioners and health-policy-makers wanting to better understand the complexity of the current and future global health crises.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Covid-19, a novel disease
    3. COVID-19: Epidemiology and transmission methods
    4. Diagnosis of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome-Related Coronavirus-2 disease
    5. Isolation measures for COVID-19 patient
    6. Facial Masks: where, how and why
    7. Clinical pictures of COVID-19
    8. Radiological pictures of COVID-19
    9. Management of Patients with SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    10. Respiratory support in COVID 19 respiratory failure
    11. Principles of pharmacological therapy
    12. Prognosis of COVID-19
    13. Basic principles of public health measures for the prevention of the diffusion of COVID-19
    14. Principles of management of COVID-19 in vulnerable communities
    15. AN INNOVATIVE SYSTEM TO UNDERSTAND THE DEVELOPMENT OF EPIDEMICS USING GIS SPATIAL ANALYSIS AND BASED ON A.I. AND BIG DATA
    16. Principles of Risk Communication and health crisis outreach management during the COVID-19 Pandemic
    17. Lessons learnt and future perspectives
    18. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Deborah Wallace, Rodrick Wallace.
    Summary: This book is the first social epidemiological study of COVID-19 spread in New York City (NYC), the primary epicenter of the United States. New York City spread COVID-19 throughout the United States. The context of epicenter formation determined the rapid, extreme rise of NYC case and mortality rates. Decades of public policies destructive of poor neighborhoods of color heavily determined the spread within the City. Premature mortality rates revealed the "weathering" of policy-targeted communities: accelerated aging due to chronic stress. COVID attacks the elderly more severely than those under the age of 60. Communities with high proportions of prematurely aged residents proved fertile ground for COVID illness and mortality. The very public policies that created swaths of white wealth across much of Manhattan and parts of Brooklyn destroyed the human diversity needed to ride out crises. Topics covered within the chapters include: Premature Death Rate Geography in New York City: Implications for COVID-19 NYC COVID Markers at the ZIP Code Level Prospero's New Castles: COVID Infection and Premature Mortality in the NY Metro Region Pandemic Firefighting vs. Pandemic Fire Prevention Conclusion: Scales of Time in Disasters An exemplary study in health disparities, COVID-19 in New York City: An Ecology of Race and Class Oppression is essential reading for social epidemiologists, public health researchers of health disparities, those in public service tasked with addressing these problems, and infectious disease scientists who focus on spread in human populations of new zoonotic diseases. The brief also should appeal to students in these fields, civil rights scholars, science writers, medical anthropologists and sociologists, medical and public health historians, public health economists, and public policy scientists.

    Contents:
    Premature Death Rate Geography in New York City: Implications for COVID-19
    NYC COVID Markers at the ZIP Code Level
    Prospero's New Castles: COVID Infection and Premature Mortality in the NY Metro Region
    Pandemic Firefighting vs. Pandemic Fire Prevention
    Conclusion: Scales of Time in Disasters.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jorge Hidalgo, Gloria Rodríguez-Vega and Javier Pérez-Fernández.
    Summary: Providing a broad, global view of all aspects related to preparation for and management of SARS-CoV2, COVID-19 Pandemic: Lessons from the Frontline explores and challenges the basis of knowledge, the transmission of information, and the preparation and epidemiology tactics of healthcare systems worldwide. This timely and provocative volume presents real-world viewpoints from leaders in different areas of health management, who address questions such as: What will we do differently if another pandemic comes? Have we learned from our mistakes? Can we do better? This practical, wide-ranging approach also covers the problem of contrasting sources, health system preparedness, effective preparation of and protection offered to individual healthcare professionals, and the human tragedy surrounding the pandemic. Offers a global perspective on how the COVID-19 pandemic was handled, things that went wrong, and things that could be done differently in the future. Covers multiple aspects of the pandemic, including disaster preparedness; perspectives from patients, families, and healthcare providers; inequity of medical resources; risk exposure on the frontline; government decision making; lockdowns; the role of politics; the burden of COVID-19 in various countries worldwide; and future directions. Reflects on the role of professional societies and NGOs in advising governments and supranational organizations. Features a diverse list of contributors, including health decision makers and frontline healthcare personnel.

    Contents:
    The sudden appearance of SARS-CoV-2 / Jorge Hidalgo, Gloria Rodríguez-Vega, Javier Pérez-Fernández
    COVID-19 disaster preparedness / Alexis U. MacDonald, John M. Harahus, Marie R. Baldisseri et al.
    My experience with the novel coronavirus : as doctor and patient / Deena Lynch
    COVID-19 : a family's perspective / Maria Cruz Martin Delgado
    COVID-19 : a health-care worker's perspective / RIshi Suresh, Ryan J. Logue, Steven H. Hsu et al.
    Allocating scarce medical resources : inequity in the face of crisis (in pursuit of PPE) / Marilia Diaz, Jacqueline Y. Steuer
    COVID-19 and risk exposure of the front line : heroes or martyrs? / Marilia Diaz
    COVID-19 and social media / Patxi Perez Fernandez, Miguel Moreno Ariztegui
    COVID-19 and the role of medical professional societies / Drew Farmer, Jose Pascual, Lewis J. Kaplan
    Novel treatments and trials in COVID-19 / Andrew Conway Morris, Allison Tong
    COVID-19 : lessons from the frontline / Natalia Largaespada Beer, Lorna Perez
    Lockdown as a public health measure / Laila Woc-Colburn, Daniel Godinez
    Politics and the pandemic / Michael Singh
    The effects of the pandemic on oil services and shipping industry / William G. MacDonald
    Millennials and COVID-19 / Benjamin Hidalgo, Gerald Marin-Garcia, Allyson Hidalgo
    COVID-19 : data collection and transparency among countries / Erwin Calgua
    Brazilia battle against COVID-19 / Fernando Suparregui Dias, Regis Goulart Rosa, Ciro Leite Mendes
    The disproportionate burden of COVID-19 in Africa / Obashina Ogunbiyi
    How the Middle East is facing COVID-19 / Ahmed Reda Taha
    COVID-19 pandemic in India / Kapil Zirpe, Sushma Gurav
    Life after COVID-19 : future directions? / Pravin Amin.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Stephen S. Burkhart, Paul C. Brady, Patrick J. Denard, Christopher R. Adams, Robert U. Hartzler.
    Contents:
    Difficult and unusual rotator cuff tears
    Revision rotator cuff repairs
    Instability
    Slap lesions and the biceps
    The overhead athlete
    Shoulder separations and other ac joint injuries
    The arthroscopic treatment of glenohumeral osteoarthritis
    Miscellaneous shoulder conditions
    Tips, tricks, and pearls.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Colin M. Shapiro, Meenakshi Gupta, Dora Zalai, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a broad range of perspectives on the topic of CPAP adherence. This includes theoretical underpinnings of adherence; multi-disciplinary practical approaches as well as special considerations in diverse clinical populations, age groups and cultures by authors from five continents. CPAP Adherence is a novel and highly relevant publication for sleep physicians, psychologists, dentists, respiratory therapists, sleep technicians, family physicians as well as PAP and oral appliance providers. This book will help improve patient care and quality of life.

    Contents:
    PART 1
    1. When To Treat With Cpap And How To Define Success
    2. Interventions to Improve CPAP Adherence
    3. Patient Adherence to CPAP– A Practical Interdisciplinary Model
    4. Soft Styles of Motivating Patients to Adopt CPAP
    5. The role of education and support in CPAP adherence
    6. Role of the Behavioural Sleep Specialist Psychologist in Promoting CPAP Adherence
    7. Role of the physician in CPAP adherence and CPAP trials
    8. PAP Therapy for Sleep Breathing Disorders: Good Policies and Practices
    PART 2
    9. Socio-Economic Differences in CPAP Adherence
    10. The Impact of Partner and Family Support
    11. Personality and Mental Health as Determinants of CPAP Use
    12. Costs of Treatment Non-adherence in Obstructive Sleep Apnoea
    13. Obstructive Sleep Apnea Phenotypes And Positive Airway Therapy Adherence
    PART 3
    14. PAP Adherence in Neurology Patients
    15. Obstructive Sleep Apnea, CPAP and Impact on Cognitive Function
    16. Sleep Apnea and Cardiovascular Disease: The Role of CPAP and CPAP
    17. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Insomnia in Patients with Comorbid Insomnia and Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    18. Overview of Medication Treatment for Comorbid Insomnia and Obstructive Sleep Apnea (COMISA)
    19. CPAP Adherence in Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Depression
    20. Adherence with Treatment for Sleep Apnea in Patients with Co-morbid Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
    21. ReleVancouvere of CPAP in Ophthalmic Disease
    22. CPAP Adherence and Bariatric Surgery Patients
    23. CPAP adherence in pregnancy
    PART 4
    24. Pathophysiology of Obstructive Sleep Apnea in Children ReleVancouvere to Treatment Approaches
    25. PAP Management and Adherence for Children and Adolescents with OSAS
    26. Cpap Adherence In Children With Special Health Care Needs
    . PART 5
    27. Monitoring of the Patient on CPAP and When should Alternative Treatment Modalities be Considered
    28. Oral Appliance Use for Sleep Related Breathing Disorders
    29. Utilization of wake promoting drugs in patients on CPAP therapy
    30. Improving CPAP Adherence using Telehealth
    31. The CPAP Machine, Mask and Interface
    32. How to Start Using and Benefit from CPAP Use_ A CPAP Vendor's Practical Information to Patients
    33. The CPAP treatment Coordinator’s Role in Helping Patients with CPAP Use
    34. The Respiratory Therapist and the Vendor’s Perspective on CPAP Adherence
    35. Global Perspective on CPAP Adherence
    36. Questionnaires Evaluating Sleep Apnea and CPAP Adherence
    37. The Past and Future of CPAP.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ülo Langel.
    Summary: In this book, a summary and update of the most important areas of CPP research are presented, whilst raising relevant questions for further development. The CPP sequences are presented and discussed throughout the book. The methods for testing CPP mechanisms are discussed in detail. Various approaches for the testing of endocytotic pathways of CPP uptake are also described. Different CPP uptake experiments are compared since it is becoming clear that it is often best to apply several methods in a complementary manner in order to most comprehensively evaluate CPP uptake mechanisms due to the complexity of these processes. A brief summary of functionality issues of CPPs, both in vitro and in vivo are discussed. Therapeutic potential of CPPs and commercial developments are discussed. The monograph is written for researchers and students in the field.

    Contents:
    Classes and applications of CPP
    CPP functionalization
    Protein delivery and mimicry
    Targeting strategies
    Methods for detection and visualization of CPPs
    Methods for structural studies of CPPs
    Kinetics
    Toxicity and immune response
    Cell-translocation mechanisms of CPPs
    Clinical trials and commercialization using CPPs
    Therapeutic potential of CPPs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Digital Access STAT!Ref Current year
    Limited to 7 simultaneous users
  • Print
    David Ohrvall.
    Summary: Crack the Case System shows you how to master the core skills you need for conquering the toughest interview of your career: the case interview. Favored by top consulting firms and many Fortune 500 companies, a case interview is a rigorous test of your analytical skills, business savvy and personal presentation. David Ohrvall, former Bain & Company management consultant, has trained over 50,000 top MBAs and undergrads at elite business schools around the world in his legendary Crack the Case Workshops. In Crack the Case System, David delivers a complete training program, including over 40 cases and 160 companion videos that take you deeper into key concepts and show you how star candidates approach a variety of case questions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Consult 108
    1
  • Print
    written & illustrated by Prometheus Lionhart, M.D.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Art of war ; Thoracic ; Cardiac ; Pediatrics ; GI ; Urinary ; Reproductive ; Endocrine ; Nukes
    Volume 2. Musculoskeletal ; Neuro ; Vascular ; Interventional ; Mammo ; Strategy.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Prometheus Lionhart, M.D.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Pediatrics
    Gastrointestinal
    Urinary
    Reproductive
    Endocrine
    Thoracic
    Cardiac
    Vascular
    IR
    Mammo Volume 2. Neuro
    Musculoskeletal
    Nuclear
    Strategy
    Physics
    Non interpretive skills
    Biostatistics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Prometheus Lionhart, M.D.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Wayne C. Booth, Gregory G. Colomb, Joseph M. Williams, Joseph Bizup, William T. FitzGerald.
    Summary: "With more than three-quarters of a million copies sold since its first publication, The Craft of Research has helped generations of researchers at every level-from first-year undergraduates to advanced graduate students to research reporters in business and government-learn how to conduct effective and meaningful research. Conceived by seasoned researchers and educators Wayne C. Booth, Gregory G. Colomb, and Joseph M. Williams, this fundamental work explains how to find and evaluate sources, anticipate and respond to reader reservations, and integrate these pieces into an argument that stands up to reader critique. The fourth edition has been thoroughly but respectfully revised by Joseph Bizup and William T. FitzGerald. It retains the original five-part structure, as well as the sound advice of earlier editions, but reflects the way research and writing are taught and practiced today. Its chapters on finding and engaging sources now incorporate recent developments in library and Internet research, emphasizing new techniques made possible by online databases and search engines. Bizup and FitzGerald provide fresh examples and standardized terminology to clarify concepts like argument, warrant, and problem. Following the same guiding principle as earlier editions-that the skills of doing and reporting research are not just for elite students but for everyone-this new edition retains the accessible voice and direct approach that have made The Craft of Research a leader in the field of research reference. With updated examples and information on evaluation and using contemporary sources, this beloved classic is ready for the next generation of researchers"--The publisher.

    Contents:
    I. Research, researchers, and readers
    Prologue : becoming a researcher
    Thinking in print : the uses of research, public and private
    Connecting with your reader : creating a role for yourself and your readers
    II. Asking questions, finding answers
    Prologue : planning your project--an overview
    From topics to questions
    From questions to a problem
    From problems to sources
    Engaging sources
    III. Making an argument
    Prologue : assembling a research argument
    Making good arguments : an overview
    Making claims
    Assembling reasons and evidence
    Acknowledgments and responses
    Warrants
    IV. Writing your argument
    Prologue : planning again
    Planning and drafting
    Organizing your argument
    Incorporating sources
    Communicating evidence visually
    Introductions and conclusions
    Revising style : telling your story clearly
    V. Some last considerations
    The ethics of research
    A postscript for teachers.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Q180.55.M4 B66 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Heinrich Lanfermann, Peter Raab, Hans-Joachim Kretschmann, Wolfgang Weinrich.
    Contents:
    Tomography and landmarks
    Coronal sections
    Sagittal sections
    Transverse sections
    Brainstem
    Topography of the cranium, intracranial spaces, and contained structures
    Facial topography
    Topography of the head/neck region
    Neurofunctional systems
    Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators
    Specimens and technique.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Ali Akhaddar.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction, definitions and historical aspects
    2. Epidemiology and risk factors
    3. Different pathogens involved
    4. Histopathologic changes
    5. Pathophysiology and anatomical spreads of infection
    6. Main clinical presentations
    7. Laboratory findings
    8. Imaging studios
    9. Differential diagnoses: clinical and imaging
    10. General considerations and surgical therapy
    11. Antimicrobial and medical therapy
    12. Adjuvant hyperbaric oxygen therapy
    13. Outcomes and prognoses
    14. Unusual pathogens
    15. Special clinical situations
    16. Preventive measures against cranial bone infection
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Francis W. Smith, London, Jay S. Dworkin, Melville, N.Y.
    Contents:
    Upright magnetic resonance imaging of the craniocervical junction / Smith, F.W.
    Craniocervical junction syndrome : anatomy of the craniocervical and atlantoaxial junctions / Harshfield, D.; Flanagan, M.; Levin, S.; Tribell, R; Postlewaithe, J.
    The cranial cervical syndrome defined : new hope for postwhiplash migraine headache patients
    cervical digital motion x-ray, FONAR upright cervical positional MRI and minimally invasive C1
    C2 transarticular lag screw fixation fusion / Franck, J.I.; Perrin, P.
    Concussion update : immunoexcitotoxicity, the common etiology of postconcussion syndrome, chronic traumatic encephalopathy and posttraumatic stress disorder / Maroon, J.C.; Bost, J.; Amos, A.; Winkelman, R.; Mathyssek, C.
    Cerebrospinal fluid physiology and its role in neurologic disease / Bradley, W.G.
    Observations at the craniocervical junction, including treatment of the cervical spine : misalignment, cerebellar tonsillar ectopia and obstructions of cerebrospinal fluid flow / Rosa, S.; Baird, J.W.
    Positional venous magnetic resonance angiography / Niggemann, P.; Pieper, C.C.; Hadizadeh, D.R.
    The possible role of craniocervical trauma and abnormal cerebrospinal fluid hydrodynamics in the genesis of multiple sclerosis and the craniocervical syndrome / Damadian, R.V.; Chu, D.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Onur Kadioglu, G. Fräns Currier, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to serve as an up-to-date reference on the use of cone-beam computed tomography for the purpose of 3D imaging of the craniofacial complex. The focus is in particular on the ways in which craniofacial 3D imaging changes how we think about conventional diagnosis and treatment planning and on its clinical applications within orthodontics and oral and maxillofacial surgery. Emphasis is placed on the value of 3D imaging in visualizing the limits of the alveolar bone, the airways, and the temporomandibular joints and the consequences for treatment planning and execution. The book will equip readers with the knowledge required in order to apply and interpret 3D imaging to the benefit of patients. All of the authors have been carefully selected on the basis of their expertise in the field. In describing current thinking on the merits of 3D craniofacial imaging, they draw both on the available scientific literature and on their own translational research findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Joseph G. McCarthy, editor.
    Summary: This book, edited by a leading pioneer of craniofacial distraction, summarizes the progress achieved in the field in a way that will serve the needs of the practicing clinician. All components of the craniofacial anatomy are covered and all topics are discussed in depth: clinical and anatomic pathology, diagnostic studies, treatment protocols, preoperative planning (including the latest virtual programs), device selection, operating room technical considerations, postoperative management, and intermediate/long-term follow-up. Relevant and timely studies from the literature are cited. The book is excellently illustrated, with many patient photos, radiographs, and drawings. Craniofacial Distraction will be a superb, up-to-date resource for a wide range of practitioners, including maxillofacial surgeons, craniofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, head and neck surgeons, pediatric surgeons, orthodontists, prosthodontists, and pedodontists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    PRINCIPLES: Biomolecular
    Biomechanical. MANDIBLE: Hypoplastic Mandible (unilateral/bilateral)
    Orthodontic Considerations
    Post-Ablative Mandibular Defects.-Mandibular Dentoalveolus
    TMJ Reconstruction. MIDFACE: Maxilla/Le Fort I
    Le Fort II
    Midface/Le Fort III
    External Device- Midface/Le Fort III
    Internal Device
    Variations in Le Fort III
    Monobloc
    Facial Bipartition
    Orthodontic Considerations. CRANIAL VAULT.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David M. Yates, Michael R. Markiewicz, editors.
    Summary: The book provides a framework for diagnosis and treatment of the complex facial deformities found in craniofacial microsomia and Treacher Collins syndrome. These conditions are difficult to treat due to their complexity and variable presentation. The deformities may be mild or severe and merely cosmetic to life-threatening in nature. These conditions often manifest as complex facial deformities that require multiple surgical interventions. Timing is critical when treating these patients and knowing and choosing the correct operation is key to successful outcomes. This work provides a comprehensive approach in treating these complex patient populations, seeking to answer the following questions: When to operate versus when to wait? If operating is required what operation should be performed? What is the best orthodontic approach to the associated dental deformities that develop with these conditions? How should sleep apnea be evaluated and treated in this population? What is the best management for feeding patients with these conditions? Written by experts in the field, Craniofacial Microsomia and Treacher Collins Syndrome: Comprehensive Treatment of Associated Facial Deformities aims to provide the reader with literature based best practices in treating these children from the NICU through childhood and into adulthood.

    Contents:
    Etiology and Anatomical Variance in Craniofacial Microsomia
    Initial Evaluation of a Patient with Craniofacial Microsomia
    A look at Breathing, Feeding/Swallowing, and Speech Impairment in Patients with Craniofacial Microsomia
    Extracraniofacial Manifestations of Craniofacial Microsomia
    Management of the Mandibular Deformity in the Growing Patient With Craniofacial Microsomia
    Surgical Management of Hemifacial Microsomia With Temporomandibular Joint Malformation
    Definitive Reconstruction of Associated Maxillomandibular Deformities in Craniofacial Microsomia
    Orthodontic Considerations in the Craniofacial Microsomia Patients
    Management of Hearing Loss in Patients with Treacher-Collins Syndrome and Hemifacial Microsomia
    Microtia Reconstruction in Patients with Craniofacial Microsomnia
    Correction of the Soft Tissue Deformities Associated with Craniofacial Microsomia: Facial Reanimation and Soft Tissue Grafting Techniques
    An Overview of Treatment and Recommendations for the Craniofacial Microsomia Patient
    Etiology and Anatomical Variation in Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Initial Evaluation of a Patient with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    A look at Breathing, Feeding, and Speech Problems in Patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Associated Systemic Health Conditions Associated with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Ophthalmologic Findings and Reconstruction of Soft Tissue Orbital Deformities: Coloboma and Lid Deformities
    Correction of Orbital Zygomatic Deformities in the Treacher Collins Patient
    Management of the Mandibular Deformity in Growing Patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    TMJ Total Joint Prosthesis in Treacher Col-lins Syndrome and Hemifacial Microsomia
    Definitive Correction of Associated Maxillomandibular Deformities in Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Principles of Orthodontic Management of Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Hearing loss and aural rehabilitation in patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Reconstruction of the Ear Deformities Associated with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Rhinoplasty in Patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    An Overview of Treatment Recommendations for the Treacher Collins Syndrome Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alex M. Greenberg, Rainer Schmelzeisen, editors.
    Summary: This in-depth revision of the successful first edition is one of the only books of its kind to cover the full range of craniomaxillofacial reconstructive and corrective bone surgery. This evolving field has a large number of contributions by worldwide clinicians covering new developments, especially in biomaterials, digital technologies, virtual surgical planning, patient specific implants, and navigation. These topics appeal to Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons, Plastic Surgeons, ENT/Head and Neck Surgeons, and Neurosurgeons. Complete with updates on popular topics from the first edition, such as advanced jaw reconstruction with stem cells and tissue engineering, wide varieties of microvascular flaps, orthognathic surgery, endoscopic skull base surgery, dental implantology, craniofacial surgery and facial allotransplantation.

    Contents:
    -- 55 Principles and Techniques for Facial Allotranplantation econstruction of the Head and Neck Oncologic Patient
    24 Autogenous Bone Grafts in Maxillofacial Reconstruction
    25 Microvascular Maxillofacial Reconstructive Bone Surgery
    26 Fixation of Bone Grafts for the Reconstruction of Mandibular Continuity Defects
    27 Soft Tissue Flaps for Coverage of Craniomaxillofacial Osseous Continuity Defects with or Without Bone Graft
    28 Mandibular Condyle Reconstruction with Free Costochondral Grafting
    29 Microsurgical Reconstruction of Large Defects of the Maxilla, Midface, and Cranial Base
    30 Reconstruction of Defects of the Mandibular Angle
    31 Mandibular Body Reconstruction
    32 Marginal Mandibulectomy
    33 Reconstruction of Major Anterior Defects of the Mandible
    34 Posttraumatic Osteomyelitis of the Mandible
    35 Microvascular Reconstruction of the Condyle and the Ascending Ramus
    36 Orbital Reconstruction
    37 Nasal Reconstruction Using Bone Grafts and Rigid Internal Fixation
    38 Endoscopic Skull Base Surgery
    Section IV Craniomaxillofacial Corrective Bone Surgery
    39 Orthognathic Examination and Treatment Planning
    40 Planning for Bimaxillary Surgery and the Implications of Rigid Internal Fixation
    41 Reconstruction of Cleft Lip and Palate Osseous Defects and Deformities
    42 Maxillary Osteotomies
    43 Mandibular Osteotomies
    44 Genioplasty Techniques
    45 Long-Term Stability of Maxillary and Mandibular Osteotomies
    46 Le Fort II and Le Fort III Osteotomies for Midface Reconstruction
    Section V Craniofacial Surgery
    47 Craniofacial Deformities: Introduction and Principles of Management
    48 Calvarial Bone Graft Harvesting Techniques
    49 Crouzon Syndrome: Basic Dysmorphology and Staging of Reconstruction
    50 Hemifacial Microsomia
    51 Orbital Hypertelorism: Surgical Management
    52 Surgical Correction of the Apert Craniofacial Deformities
    53 Craniomaxillofacial Distraction Osteogenesis
    54 Digital Technologies for Patient Specific Surgical Planning and Custom Implants.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Andreas Raabe ; associate editors, Bernhard Meyer, Karl Schaller, Peter Vajkoczy, Peter A. Winkler.
    Summary: "This atlas is a comprehensive compilation of common and frequently used craniotomies and includes all essential details for the training of neurosurgeons. Each craniotomy is described step-by-step in intraoperative color photographs and corresponding drawings, showing all details and landmarks mentioned in the text. The corresponding text gives technical instructions as well as detailed descriptions. The same structure will be used for the description of each craniotomy"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Landmarks
    Convexity Craniotomies
    Midline Craniotomies
    Skull Base Craniotomies
    Skull Base Extensions
    Transsphenoidal Approach
    Decompressive Hemicraniectomy
    Approaches to the Orbita.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Print
    Lide, David R.; Veazey, William Reed; Weast, Robert C.
    Digital Access 1978-
    latest ed. only
  • Print
    editor, Mario Werner.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RB37 .C187
    5
  • Print
    editor, Barry N. Feinberg.
    Contents:

    v. 1. General principles.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R856 .C16
    1
  • Print
    editors: David G. Fleming, Barry N. Feinberg.
    Contents:
    [sect. A. General data].--sect. B. Instruments and measurements.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R856 .C17
    2
  • Print
    editors, Allen I. Laskin, Hubert A. Lechevalier.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Bacteria.--
    v. 2. Fungi, algae, protozoa, and viruses.--
    v. 3. Microbial composition : amino acids, proteins, and nucleic acids.--
    v. 4. Microbial composition : carbohydrates, lipids, and minerals.--
    v. 5. Microbial products.--
    v. 6. Growth and metabolism.--
    v. 7. Microbial transformation.--
    v. 8. Toxins and enzymes.--v. 9, pt. A. Antibiotics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    QR6 .C2
    9
  • Print
    authors, András Lipták, Péter Fügedi, Zoltán Szurmai.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Disaccharides
    v. 2. Trisaccharides
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP702.O44 H36
    2
  • Digital
    editors, Charles J. Lockwood, Joshua A. Copel, Lorraine Dugoff, Judette Louis, Thomas R. Moore, Robert M. Silver, Robert Resnik.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Jeffrey I. Mechanick, Robert F. Kushner, editors.
    Summary: Building on the groundbreaking work Lifestyle Medicine (2016), this unique new book bridges the gap between theory and practice by providing detailed information on the real-world development and creation of a Lifestyle Medicine Center, whether independently or as part of an established medical program or department. Part one sets the stage by establishing the rationale for creating a Lifestyle Medicine Center as well as the medical and economic burden it seeks to alleviate. The construction of the physical facility and all of the myriad details of the program and its key players are covered in part two, from the structural to the aesthetic, including informatics, developing patient resources and education tools, current technologies and applications, the role of the dietitian and exercise physiologist, inpatient consultation, the importance of community engagement, and more. Part three is comprised of case studies of existing, successful Lifestyle Medicine Centers across the country, with detailed descriptions of their history, development, programs and challenges. Chapters are supported with plentiful figures, tables and useful links. The burden of chronic disease in the U.S. and globally is growing, with pervasive direct and indirect multi-scale adverse effects on health and well-being, economics, and quality of life. Notwithstanding the remarkable progress in biomedical technology, the role of lifestyle medicine in managing chronic disease in a preventive care model is paramount; however, the relevant and effective education in lifestyle medicine is lacking. Translating the theory into action steps, instantiated by case studies with critical interpretations and problem-solving tools, Creating a Lifestyle Medicine Center is the go-to resource for family and primary care physicians, internal medicine physicians, and all clinical specialties interested in planning and developing a lifestyle medicine program.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    References
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Statement of Purpose
    Introduction
    The Strategic Target: Chronic Disease
    The Tactical Plan: A Lifestyle Medicine Center
    Research
    Clinical Practice
    Education
    The Deliverable: A how-to Medical Textbook on Lifestyle Medicine
    References
    2: The Burden of Chronic Disease and the Role of Lifestyle Medicine
    Introduction
    The Epidemiology and Contributions of Non-communicable Diseases
    Creating a New Paradigm for and Redefining Lifestyle Medicine Update on Recommendations for Lifestyle Medicine
    Sleep and Stress
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Translating Knowledge and Implementing a Successful Lifestyle Medicine Center
    Introduction
    Implementation Modalities
    Research
    Clinical Practice
    Education
    Materialization: Conceptualization Variables
    Environment
    Chronic Disease Care Models
    Cardiovascular Disease
    Cancer
    Cognitive Health
    Materialization: Operationalization Variables
    Planning
    Building
    Managing
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Concepts 4: Implementation Science Across Lifestyle Medicine Interventions
    The Research-to-Practice Gap
    Fundamentals of Implementation Science
    Theories, Frameworks, and Models
    Implementation Outcomes and Strategies
    Methods and Study Designs
    Specific Recommendations
    Engage a Broad Range of Stakeholders to Coproduce Knowledge Regarding Implementation
    Build Capacity to Optimize Delivery of Lifestyle Interventions
    Training and Resources for the Science of Implementation
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Models for Caring for Patients with Complex Lifestyle, Medical, and Social Needs Introduction
    Overview of Current State of the US Healthcare System
    Overview of Lifestyle Factors Impacting Health
    Comprehensive Care Physician Program and Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation Study
    The Comprehensive Care, Community and Culture Program
    Preliminary Findings Concerning Unmet Social Needs
    Design of C4P Healthy Living Program
    Element 1: Healthy Eating Curriculum
    Element 2: Physical Activities
    Element 3: Community Gardens
    Element 4: Social Engagement
    Healthy Living Program Evaluation
    Dissemination of the C4P and the Healthy Living Programs Cost and Scalability Factors
    How to Start a Healthy Living Program
    References
    6: The Role of Physical Infrastructure on Health and Well-Being
    Introduction
    Environmental Health
    The Built Environment
    Urban Planning and Design for Health
    Social Determinants of Health
    Health in All Policies
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Preventive Medicine and Problem-Solving in Populations
    Introduction
    Define the Problem
    Measure the Magnitude of the Problem
    Identify Key Determinants of the Problem
    Identify and Prioritize Strategic Interventions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Marshall and Jane Gilliard.
    Summary: Demonstrating that it is essential to be sensitive to the cultural backgrounds of people with dementia in order to provide truly person-centred care, this book shows that it is possible to create culturally-appropriate outdoor spaces and experiences that resonate with people with dementia on a fundamental level and are a source of comfort and wellbeing.

    Contents:
    Introduction: why do we need to understand cultural differences? / Mary Marshall and Jane Gilliard
    A family's perspective on nature and dementia: using the great outdoors to help the inner person / Beth Britton
    Nature for people with dementia in Japan: some examples of horticultural activities in Japanese care homes / Yutaka Inoue
    Getting out and about in the British countryside: dementia adventure / Neil Mapes
    On Aran / Patrick Brenchley
    Some Southern African understandings of nature / Margaret-Anne Tibbs
    Contact with the natural world within hospital care / Sarah Waller and Abigail Masterson
    How Norwegian people with dementia experience nature / Sidsel Bjørneby
    How people with dementia experience nature in rural and island Scottish communities / Gillean Maclean
    Taking to the hills / Jean Howitt
    Digging up the roots: nature and dementia for First Nation elders / Wendy Hulko
    A sense of place: an anthroposophic approach / Judith Jones
    Nature in the lives of an urban population with dementia in North East England / Karen Franks and Kate Andrews
    Memories of an urban childhood with a nearby wood / James McKillop
    Dementia and landscapes: cultural attitudes towards nature / Joan Domicelj
    Conclusion: how do we make outside spaces familiar and life-affirming? / Mary Marshall and Jane Gilliard.
  • Digital
    Mateja Dovjak, Andreja Kukec.
    Summary: The open access book discusses human health and wellbeing within the context of built environments. It provides a comprehensive overview of relevant sources of literature and user complaints that clearly demonstrate the consequences of lack of attention to health in current building design and planning. Current designing of energy-efficient buildings is mainly focused on looking at energy problems and not on addressing health. Therefore, even green buildings that place environmental aspects above health issues can be uncomfortable and unhealthy, and can lead to public health problems. The authors identify many health risk factors and their parameters, and the interactions among risk factors and building design elements. They point to the need for public health specialists, engineers and planners to come together and review built environments for human wellbeing and environmental sustainability. The authors therefore present a tool for holistic decision-making processes, leading to short- and long-term benefits for people and their environment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Health outcomes related to built environment
    Chapter 3. Identification of health risk factors and their parameters
    Chapter 4. Interactions among health risk factors and decision making process.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Judith W. Herrman.
    Contents:
    The art of innovation
    Who are our learners?
    Making nursing stick : how we learn
    Getting started with icebreakers
    Strategies for large classes
    Strategies for small classes
    Strategies for clinical instruction and orientation
    Strategies for discussion groups
    Strategies for teaching research
    Creative teaching strategies to enhance clinical decision making and test taking
    Creative evaluation strategies
    Creative strategies for concept-based curricula
    Creative strategies for the flipped classroom
    Creative strategies for technology and online/distance education.
    Digital Access CINAHL 2020
  • Digital
    Jay Schulkin.
    Summary: "Information molecules such as corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) are ancient and widely distributed across diverse organs. The scientific community is beginning to realize that CRF is a dynamic and diversely widespread peptide hormone (e.g. placenta) with many functions (parturtion, metamorphosis, circadian rhythmicity) beyond acting as a releasing factor in the brain. Indeed, CRF has been associated with a range of states of the brain, including fear and anxiety, social contact, and incentive salence and addiction. Examining the evolutionary origins of CRF, its diverse endocrine and neural functions, this book provides insights into CRF that will be of interest to students and researchers in the biological, medical and behavioral sciences."--Page 4 of cover.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Giulia Ottaviani.
    Summary: Crib death or sudden infant death syndrome is surely among the worst emotional tragedies that any parent can experience. It is the most frequent death-causing syndrome during the first year of life, striking one infant in every 700-1,000. Crib death is a great enigma, and one of the main open issues in the social-medical and scientific setting of contemporary medicine. Despite a wide spectrum of theories and years of research, its etiology remains unclear. The scarcity of knowledge in the field of crib death and its pathology has led to continued and growing concern, prompting an expanding search for explanation that will permit either prediction or rapid diagnosis. This book describes systematic studies of the cardiovascular system and autonomic nervous system carried out in a large number of infants, newborns, and fetuses who have died suddenly and unexpectedly, as well as in age-matched control cases. The cardiovascular and neuropathological findings are presented in detail, and the relationship between crib death and unexplained perinatal death is discussed. This monograph will aid pathologists, forensic pathologists, pediatricians, obstetricians, and neonatologists in recognizing all potential morphological substrata. It puts forward a well-researched standardized postmortem protocol to be applied in all cases of sudden unexpected infant and perinatal death.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTION
    Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)
    Sudden Intrauterine Unexplained Death (SIUD)
    MATERIALS AND METHODS
    Clinical and pathological information form
    Post mortem regulation on SIDS
    Necropsy procedures
    Cardiac sampling and study of the conduction system
    Brainstem sampling and inherent techniques
    Study of the carotid bifurcation, ganglia and paraganglia
    Lung: evaluation of the development stage
    Immunohistochemistry and other techniques
    RESULTS
    Epidemiological results
    Cardiac Conduction findings
    Central autonomic nervous system findings
    Hypoplasia and agenesis of the arcuate nucleus
    Combined pulmonary and arcuate nucleus hypoplasia
    Peripheral autonomic nervous system findings
    DISCUSSION
    Cardiac conduction pathology
    Neuropathology
    CONCLUDING REMARKS.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael St. Pierre, Gesine Hofinger, Robert Simon.
    Contents:
    Part I Basic Principles: Error, Complexity, and Human Behavior
    The Human Factors: Errors and Skills
    The Challenge of Acute Healthcare
    The Nature of Error
    The Psychology of Human Action
    Part II Individual Factors of Behavior
    Human Perception: The Way We See Things
    Information Processing and Mental Models: World Views
    Goals and Plans: Turning Points for Success
    Attention: The Focus of Consciousness
    Stress
    Strategies for Action: Ways to Achieve Good Decisions
    Part III The Team
    The Key to Success: Teamwork
    Speech Is Golden: Communication
    Leadership
    Part IV Error and Safety in Organizations
    Organization, Errors, and Safety
    Strategies for Patient Safety
    Learning for Safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] David M. Gaba, Kevin J. Fish, Steven K. Howard, Amanda R. Burden.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD82.5 .G33 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Scoll Bailey.
    Summary: CRISPR-Cas Enzymes, Volume 616, the latest release in the Methods in Enzymology series, continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. Topics covered in this release include CRISPR bioinformatics, A method for one-step assembly of Class 2 CRISPR arrays, Biochemical reconstitution and structural analysis of ribonucleoprotein complexes in Type I-E CRISPR-Cas systems, Mechanistic dissection of the CRISPR interference pathway in Type I-E CRISPR-Cas system, Site-specific fluorescent labeling of individual proteins within CRISPR complexes, Fluorescence-based methods for measuring target interference by CRISPR-Cas systems, Native State Structural Characterization of CRISRP Associated Complexes using Mass Spectrometry, and more.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Aftab Ahmad, Sultan Habibullah Khan, Zulqurnain Khan, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book compiles the latest applications of the cutting-edge gene editing tool CRISPR/Cas in the area of crop improvement. It begins with an introduction to the technique and its application in crop plants. Next, it gives an updated overview of available delivery methods, design tools and resources in CRISPR/Cas. The book subsequently reviews the applications of CRISPR/Cas in connection with e.g. insect stress, disease stress, abiotic stress, nutritional and yield improvement in crop plants, etc. It also discusses the various regulatory, ethical and social aspects of the technique that must be kept in mind when designing experiments. In closing, the book summarizes the status quo and outlines future prospects for the tool in crop improvement and food security. Given its scope, the book will especially benefit students and researchers in food science, biotechnology, agriculture and the plant sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. CRISPR/Cas System: An Introduction
    Chapter 2. CRISPR/Cas Based Techniques in Plants
    Chapter 3. Delivery Methods, Resources and Design Tools in CRISPR/Cas
    Chapter 4. CRISPR/Cas Based Insect Resistance in Crops
    Chapter 5. Disease Resistance in Crops Through CRISPR/Cas
    Chapter 6. CRISPR/Cas mediated Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crops
    Chapter 7. Key Applications of CRISPR/Cas for Yield and Nutritional Improvement in Crop Plants
    Chapter 8. Applications of CRISPR/Cas beyond simple traits in Crops
    Chapter 9. Regulatory, Ethical and Social Aspects of CRISPR Crops
    Chapter 10. Challenges and Future Perspective of CRISPR/Cas Technology for Crop Improvement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony J. Nocella II and Amber E. George.
    Summary: "By promoting total liberation, this volume challenges the reader to think about new approaches to justice, equity, diversity, and inclusion. The contributors examine and disrupt many of the exclusionary assumptions and behaviors by those working toward justice and liberation, encouraging the reader to reflect on their own thoughts and actions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Towards the footsteps of Nimrod: positive animal representation in Saki's short fiction / by Samantha Orsulak
    Making no appeal to the state: ending animal abuse through total liberation and direct action / by Will Boisseau
    The lamb with ear tag #8710: suffering as "good welfare" in animal science / by Nathan Poirier
    On the dharma of critical animal studies: animal spirituality and total liberation / by Michael Allen and Erica Von Essen
    Teaching public activism in the humanities: navigating a classroom climate in crisis / by Jessica Holmes
    The preservation of injustice: human supremacy, domination, and privilege / by Paislee House and Amanda R. Williams
    Manufacturing the line between brutality and best practice in the animal-industrial complex / by Ellyse Winter
    Animal rescue on Facebook: about the rescuer or the rescued? / by Tatjana Marjanovic
    Women, nonhuman animals, and the notion of marginalization in Bengali literature / by Swatilekha Maity.
  • Digital
    Mark Elwood, Professor of Cancer Epidemiology, University of Auckland, New Zealand.
    Summary: Critical appraisal is now accepted as central to the development of rational health care and evidence-based medicine, by applying it to questions of aetiology, clinical therapy, and health care management. The reader will learn how to assess the strengths and weaknesses of new studies, and how to conduct their own studies.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The importance of causal relationships in medicine and health care
    Study designs which can demostrate and test causation
    The results obtained from studies of causation
    Selection of subjects for study
    Error and bias in observation
    Confounding
    Chance variation
    Combining results from several studies: systematic reviews and meta-analyses
    The diagnosis of causation
    Critical appraisal in action
    Critical appraisal of a randomized clinical trial
    Critical appraisal of a randomized trial of a preventive agent
    Critical appraisal of a prospective cohort study
    Critical appraisal of a retrospective cohort study
    Critical appraisal of a matched case-control study
    Critical appraisal of a large population-based case-control study.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by John M. Oropello, Stephen M. Pastores, Vladimir Kvetan.
    Summary: "LANGE Critical Care delivers concise, evidenced-based, and highly clinical coverage of the surgical and medical aspects of critical care. The book provides basic fundamentals, applications and insights that will be of lasting value to all ICU physicians, nurses, advanced care providers, and allied personnel who care for the critically ill and injured patients in all ICUs. Noteworthy features include a well-illustrated Clinical Care Procedures section, high-yield summaries of the full spectrum of essential critical care topics, and the inclusion of "Controversies" chapters throughout each section addressing some of the ambiguous aspects of critical care. This timely book also covers the growing scope of critical care provided outside the ICU and the increasing importance of critical care services within the hospital structure. In keeping with the multi-professional nature of critical care delivery, several chapters are authored or coauthored by critical care fellows, ICU nurses, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and pharmacists" -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Pre-ICU critical care
    Triage and transport in the field for the critically ill patient
    Resuscitation and stabilization
    Targeted temperature management after cardiac arrest
    Military-related injuries
    Regionalization
    Pre-ICU syndromes
    Biomarkers in decision making
    Controversies in therapeutic hypothermia
    2. ICU critical care
    Bedside technology
    Physical examination in the ICU
    Imaging of the critically ill: radiology
    Imaging of the critically ill: bedside ultrasound
    Patient safety in the ICU
    ICU-acquired weakness and early mobilization in the intensive care unit
    Pharmacology in critical illness
    Analgesia, sedation, and neuromuscular blockade
    Airway management/The difficult airway
    Ventilator technology and management
    The acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Venous thromboembolism
    Shock: diagnosis and management
    CPR and ACLS updates
    Arrhythmia diagnosis and management
    Acute cardiac ischemia
    Heart failure syndromes in the critical care setting
    Pulmonary arterial hypertension in the ICU
    Electrolyte disorders in critically ill patients
    Acid-base disorders
    Nutrition support
    Acute kidney injury and failure
    Renal replacement therapy
    Hematologic dysfunction in the ICU
    Transfusion medicine in critical care
    Anticoagulation
    Acute abdominal dysfunction
    Gastrointestinal hemorrhage (upper and lower)
    Liver failure: acute and chronic
    Fever in the ICU
    Community-acquired infections in the ICU
    Health care-associated infections
    HIV infection in critically ill patients
    Sepsis, septic shock, and multiple organ failure Antimicrobials in the ICU
    Endocrine dysfunction leading to critical illness
    Oncologic emergencies
    Rheumatologic and inflammatory conditions in the ICU
    Skin complications
    Principles of neurosciences critical care
    Critical care of cerebrovascular disease
    Delirium in the intensive care unit
    Traumatic brain and spinal cord injury
    General postoperative management
    Posttransplantation care
    Posttrauma care
    Postcardiothoracic surgery care
    Postoperative management after specialty surgery
    Postoperative vascular surgery care
    Smoke exposure models in COPD
    Toxic pulmonary inhalation
    Overdose, poisoning, and withdrawal
    Environmental injuries and toxic exposures
    Critical Care issues in pregnancy
    Critical Care of burn patients
    Critical Care of disaster victims
    Controversies: scoring systems in critical care
    Controversies: patient-controlled sedation
    ready for print time?
    Ventilator weaning
    which strategy is better? RT-RN versus physician driven
    Controversies: invasive versus noninvasive strategy for diagnosing respiratory failures
    "Controversies: ventilator management in ARDS: one size fits all?"
    Controversies: corticosteroids for ARDS: friend or foe?
    Thrombolytic therapy for submassive pulmonary embolism
    Controversies: enternal nutrition
    pyloric versus postpyloric
    Controversies: continuous versus intermittent renal replacement in the critically ill patient Clinical controversies: ventilator-associated pneumonia
    does it exist?
    Controversies: Scvo2 versus lactate clearance to guide resuscitation in septic shock?
    Controversies: is glucose control relevant?
    3. Management
    Simulation and education in the ICU
    ICU bed utilization
    The ICU in the global hospital environment
    Alternative staffing models in the ICU
    Governance
    Managing the ICU from afar: telemedicine
    Ethics and palliative care in the intensive care unit
    Intensive talk: delivering bad news and setting goals of care
    Can intensivist performance be measured?
    Complications: never never or never ever
    Controversies: noninvasive ventilation at the end-of-life
    useful or not?
    4. Post-ICU critical care
    Post-intensive care syndrome
    Outcomes research and reporting
    5. Genomics of critical care
    Critical care medicine in the era of omics
    6. Critical care procedures
    Arterial line monitoring and placement
    Bronchoscopy
    Cardiac output measurement
    Cardioversion and defibrillation
    Central venous access
    Chest tube insertion
    Critical care echocardiography
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Airway management in the critically ill patient
    Endoscopic placement of feeding tubes
    Continuous venovenous hemofiltration
    High-frequency oscillatory ventilation
    Intracranial pressure monitoring
    Lumbar puncture
    Temporary pacemaker insertion and management of CV implantable electrical devices in the ICU
    Paracentesis
    Percutaneous tracheostomy
    Pericardiocentesis
    Pulmonary artery catheterization
    Thoracentesis
    Controversies: early tracheotomy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessAnesthesiology
  • Digital
    Jorge Hidalgo, Javier Pérez-Fernández, Gloria Rodríguez-Vega, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview on critical care administration. The text reviews important aspects and considerations involved in developing an efficient, cost-effective critical care program, while maintaining a safe and high-quality work environment. Major topics covered include different models of critical care services, planning and budgeting, administration support, staffing models, tele/smart ICU, protocols and guidelines, and disaster preparedness and management. Written by experts in the field, Critical Care Administration: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is a practical, handy resource for critical care professionals involved in the administration and management of ICUs.

    Contents:
    Critical Care Services: Scope of Practice
    Planning and Budgeting
    Setting the Goals
    Administration Support
    Quality Indicators: The Use of Metrics in Critical Care Medicine
    Internal Financial Audits in the ICU
    Models of Staffing
    Tele-ICU
    Digital Transformation: The Smart ICU
    Protocols, Policies, and Procedures: Tools for Quality Improvement in Critical Care
    ICU Design
    Disaster Preparedness and Management
    Critical Care Educational Modeling
    Humanizing Critical Care
    Billing and Coding
    Intensive Care Burnout
    Complementary Therapies
    Establishing a Research Program in the ICU
    Patient Safety in Intensive Care Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    41
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    32
  • Digital
    [edited by] David A. Farcy, William C. Chiu, John P. Marshall, Tiffany Osborn.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ronaldo Collo Go.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Acid-Base Disorders
    Chapter 2: Electrolyte Disorders
    Chapter 3: Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Chapter 4: Shock
    Chapter 5: Cardiac Arrhythmias and Hypertensive Emergencies
    Chapter 6: Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 7: Congestive Heart Failure
    Chapter 8: Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
    Chapter 9: Hypercarbic Respiratory Failure
    Chapter 10: Thromboembolic Disease
    Chapter 11: Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Chapter 12: Mechanical Ventilation
    Chapter 13: Airway Management
    Chapter 14: Analgesia, Sedation, Delirium, and Coma
    Chapter 15: Stroke
    Chapter 16: Status Epilepticus
    Chapter 17: Disorders of the Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nervous System in Critical Care
    Chapter 18: Sepsis
    Chapter 19: Healthcare-Acquired Infections
    Chapter 20: The Immune System and Infection
    Chapter 21: Antimicrobials
    Chapter 22: Endocrinology
    Chapter 23: Hematology and Oncology
    Chapter 24: Gastroenterology
    Chapter 25: Obstetrics
    Chapter 26: Acute Kidney Injury and Renal Replacement Therapy
    Chapter 27: Surgical Intensive Care Unit
    Chapter 28: Transplantation
    Chapter 29: Trauma and Warfare
    Chapter 30: Toxicology
    Chapter 31: Critical Care Ultrasound
    Chapter 32: Nutrition
    Chapter 33: Extracorporeal Life Support
    Chapter 34: Hypothermia and Hyperthermia
    Chapter 35: Biostatistics
    Chapter 36: Ethics, Death, and Organ Donation.
  • Digital
    Paul H. Robinson, Dasha Nicholls, editors.
    Summary: Anorexia and bulimia nervosa are serious disorders affecting pre-adolescents, adolescents and adults with high levels of co-morbidity, disability and mortality. The medical manifestations of these disorders are intrinsic to the illness and its treatment; some are secondary to malnutrition whereas others are the result of purging or other weight-controlling behaviours and a further group is due to poor management of nutritional problems. This book focuses on the role of the psychiatric, medical, nutritional and psychiatric assessment and management of severely ill patients with anorexia nervosa. Leading clinicians and researchers address the essentials of risk assessment, the identification of complications and the monitoring of treatment progress. Location of care and the role of the team are fully addressed, with due consideration of legal and ethical issues. Practical guidelines are included on risk assessment, management of acute and chronic physical problems, feeding during treatment and consent, as outlined in the MARSIPAN (2010) and Junior MARSIPAN (2012) documents. Critical Care for Anorexia Nervosa will be of value for medical and paediatric teams, GPs, psychiatrists℗ℓand all health-care professionals involved in the treatment of acutely ill patients with℗ℓanorexia℗ℓnervosa.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Eating Disorders and the Body
    The role of the Child, Adolescent and Adult Psychiatric Teams
    The role of the Paediatric Medical Team
    The role of the Adult Medical Team
    The role of the Paediatric dietitian
    The role of the Adult Dietitian
    Legal and Ethical Issues
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Dmitri Bezinover, Fuat Saner, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on patients with end-stage-liver disease (ESLD) who could possibly qualify for liver transplant. This patient cohort raises many problems: who should be treated and also, when is it too late for transplant? The authors are all dedicated experts in the field of ESLD/liver transplantation, but from different disciplines with different views of the problem. In the past 15 years many things have changed in the treatment for these patients: cardiac assessment, treatment of porto-pulmonary hypertension, hemodynamics, coagulation assessment and management, diagnosis of kidney failure, and the timing of dialysis. These issues are comprehensively discussed in this book, in order to provide physicians starting in the field of transplantation an overview of different areas of concern. This book is aimed at specialists and trainees in critical care, hepatology, anesthesia, surgery, and nephrology.

    Contents:
    Cardiac evaluation and management
    Pulmonary evaluation of liver transplant candidates
    Critical care for potential liver transplant candidates: ventilation
    Hemodynamic changes nad modulation in inpatients with acute and chronic liver failure
    Management of hyponatremia in end-stage liver disease
    Sepsis and septic shock in cirrhotic patients
    The hemostatic system in patients with cirrhosis, monitoring of coagulation and management of bleeding
    Management of thrombosis in the liver transplant candidate
    Acute kidney injury and hepatorenal syndrome
    Management of upper GI bleeding in cirrhotic patients
    Acute-on-chronic liver failure
    Critical care of the acute liver failure patient
    Liver assist systems for bridging to transplantation: devices and concepts.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    senior editor, Jeanine P. Wiener-Kronish ; associate editors, Aranya Bagchi [and four others].
    Summary: "This is a practical, multidisciplinary, clinically-oriented guide to all aspects of critical care written by the internationally renowned staff at MGH"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Respiratory monitoring
    Use of ultrasound in critical illness
    Airway management
    Mechanical ventilation
    Hemodynamic management
    Sedation and analgesia
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base management
    Trauma
    Critical care of the neurological patient
    Nutrition in critical illness
    Infectious disease
    Critical care management of Ebola virus disease
    Transporting the critically ill patient
    Coronary artery disease
    Valvular heart disease
    Cardiac dysrhythmias
    ECMO and ventricular assist devices
    The Acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism in the intensive care unit
    Discontinuation of mechanical ventilation
    Acute kidney injury
    Critical care of patients with liver disease
    Coagulopathy and hypercoagulability
    Acute gastrointestinal diseases
    Endocrine disorders and glucose management
    Infectious diseases-empiric and emergency treatment
    Advances and challenges in sepsis
    Stroke, seizures, and encephalopathy
    Acute weakness
    Drug overdose, poisoning, and adverse drug reactions
    Adult resuscitation
    Burn critical care
    Transfusion medicine
    Obstetric critical care
    ICU handoffs and transitions
    Long-term outcomes of ICU patients
    The Economics of critical care: measuring and improving value in the ICU
    Telemedicine and remote electronic monitoring systems in ICU
    Quality improvement and standardization of practice
    Ethical and legal issues in ICU practice.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Joseph E. Parrillo MD and R. Phillip Dellinger MD, MSc, MCCM
    Summary: "Now completely revised to bring you up to date with the latest advances in the field, Critical Care Medicine: Principles of Diagnosis and Management in the Adult, 5th Edition, delivers expert, practical guidance on virtually any clinical scenario you may encounter in the ICU. Designed for intensivists, critical care and pulmonology residents, fellows, practicing physicians, and nurse practitioners, this highly regarded text is clinically focused and easy to reference"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Critical care procedures, monitoring, and pharmacology
    Cardiac arrest and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Airway management in the critically ill patient
    Assessment of cardiac filling and blood flow
    Arterial, central venous, and pulmonary artery catheters
    Cardiac pacing
    Pericardial tamponade: clinical presentation, diagnosis, and catheter-based therapies
    Intraaortic balloon counterpulsation & percutaneous ventricular assist devices
    Echocardiography
    General principles of mechanical ventilation
    Ventilatory management of obstructive airway disease
    Mechanical ventilation of acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Bronchoscopy and lung biopsy in the critically ill
    Noninvasive respiratory monitoring
    Tracheostomy
    Chest tube thoracostomy
    Intracranial monitoring
    Gastrointestinal endoscopy
    Bedside ultrasound in the critically ill patient
    Continuous renal replacement therapy
    Use of sedatives, analgesics, and neuromuscular blockers
    Principles of drug dosing in critically ill
    Section 2: Critical care cardiovascular disease
    Shock: classification, pathophysiology and approach to management
    Cardiogenic shock
    Severe sepsis and septic shock
    Cardiac tamponade
    Traumatic shock: nonsurgical management
    Severe heart failure
    Anaphylaxis and anaphylactic shock
    Acute coronary syndromes and acute myocardial infarction
    Valvular heart disease
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Hypertensive crises
    Acute aortic dissection
    General principles of postoperative ICU care
    Postoperative management of the cardiac surgery patient
    Section 3: Critical care pulmonary disease
    Acute respiratory failure
    Life-threatening asthma
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Hypoventilation and respiratory muscle dysfunction
    Pneumonia: considerations for the critically ill patient
    Weaning from mechanical ventilation
    Pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Massive hemoptysis
    Pneumothorax and barotrauma
    Toxic gas, fume, and smoke inhalation
    Section 4: Critical care infectious disease
    Nosocomial infection in the intensive care unit
    Antimicrobial therapy
    Antifungal and antiviral therapy
    Critically ill immunosuppressed host
    Specific infections with critical care implications
    Section 5: Renal disease and metabolic disorders in the critically ill
    Acute kidney injury
    Chronic renal failure
    Acid-base, electrolyte, and metabolic abnormalities
    Acute diabetic emergencies, glycemic control, and hypoglycemia
    Adrenal insufficiency in the critically ill patient
    Thyroid disorders
    Section 6: Neurologic disease in the critically ill
    Coma
    Neurologic criteria for death in adults
    Stroke
    Seizures in the critically ill
    Head injury
    Section 7: Physical and toxic injury in the critically ill
    Critical care management of the severely burned patient
    Poisonings
    Hypothermia, hyperthermia, and rhabdomyolysis
    Section 8: Administrative, ethical, and psychological issues in the care of the critically ill
    Performance improvement in critical care
    Ethical considerations in managing critically ill patients
    Administration and education in the intensive care unit
    Section 9: Other critical care disorders and issues in the critically ill
    Diagnosis and management of liver failure in the adult
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Acute pancreatitis
    Hemorrhagic and thrombotic disorders
    Use of blood components in the intensive care unit
    Intensive care of the cancer patient
    Critical care medicine in pregnancy
    Nutrition support.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    John J. Marini, David J. Dries.
    Summary: "With a full-color design and concise, easy-to-read chapters, Critical Care Medicine: The Essentials and a Bit More covers the core elements of critical care, with a unique focus on the pathophysiology underlying clinical disorders and how pathophysiologic concerns affect treatment options. There is much here that's new: brand-new content, expanded discussions, and more graphical elements than ever before. Chapters follow a consistent structural template, with discussions of diagnosis, instrumentation, treatment and management techniques, and more. Expertly and succinctly captures all the fundamentals of the field! - Designed primarily for use by students and residents, but also helpful for anyone already in practice.-Emphasizes the pathophysiologic elements and treatments of illness and injury.-Now with updated drug info and more substantial coverage of interventional radiology, pregnancy care, and organization of critical care.-Adds new, brief summaries that present opposing arguments of controversial points.-Topics range from intubation, ventilation, and pharmacotherapy, as well as drug overdoses, sepsis, gastrointestinal bleeding, and other crisis care scenarios. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities!-Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.-Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech.-Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Abraham Sonny, Edward A. Bittner, Ryan J. Horvath, Sheri M. Berg ; associate editor, Hassan Farhan
    Summary: "Covering all four critical care board exams (anesthesiology, surgery, internal medicine, and neurology), Critical Care Medicine Review: 1000 Questions and Answers prepares you for exam success as well as clinical practice in today's ICU. This full-color, easy-to-use review tool provides challenging case studies, relevant images, multiple-choice board-style questions, rationales for correct and incorrect answers, and references for every question. Edited by instructors of anesthesia and critical care from Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital, this comprehensive resource is an ideal study guide for critical care fellows, recertifying practitioners, and CCRNs. Contains 1000 multiple-choice, case study questions and answers that mirror the four critical care exams in both content and distribution of questions and topics. Covers all body systems as well as Surgery, Trauma, and Transplantation; Pharmacology and Toxicology; Research, Administration, and Ethics; and miscellaneous topics such as pregnancy, dermatologic disorders, and thermoregulatory disorders. Answers include detailed rationales for both correct and incorrect responses, as well as references for further study and review"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I: Neurologic disorders
    II: Cardiovascular disorders
    III: Pulmonary disorders
    IV: Renal, electrolyte and acid base disorders
    V: Endocrine disorders
    VI: Infectious and immunologic disease
    VII: Hematologic and oncologic disorders
    VIII: Gastrointestinal, nutrition and genitourinary disorders
    IX: Surgery, trauma, and transplantation
    X: Pharmacology and toxicology
    XI: Research, administration, and ethics
    XII: Miscellaneous
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Claudio Ronco, Rinaldo Bellomo, John A. Kellum, Zaccaria Ricci.
    Summary: "Comprehensive and clinically relevant, the 3rd Edition of Critical Care Nephrology provides authoritative coverage of the latest advances in critical care procedures for patients with renal diseases or disorders. Using common guidelines and standardized approaches to critically ill patients, this multidisciplinary reference facilitates better communication among all physicians who care for critically ill patients suffering from kidney disease, electrolyte and metabolic imbalances, poisoning, severe sepsis, major organ dysfunction, and other pathological events"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Akash Deep, Stuart L. Goldstein.
    Summary: This book represents an invaluable resource for professionals for the diagnosis and treatment of acute kidney injury (AKI) in children and how to select and deliver the appropriate form of renal replacement therapy (RRT). Experts from all over the globe have come together to share their wide experience in the field of Critical Care Nephrology in children. Paediatric critical care nephrology is a complex and highly specialised field, presenting challenges and management strategies that are often quite distinct from those seen in adult practice. Therefore, it is high time to address all the topics in the field of critical care nephrology in children in a unique book which is the first of its kind. This book covers the basics as well as advances in the field of Critical Care Nephrology. Each chapter is dedicated to practical aspects of a particular topic elucidating various management decision points. Each chapter is also accompanied with algorithms, figures and protocols in tabulated format. Information on how to manage specific conditions are contextualized with relevant background anatomy, physiology and biochemistry and practical examples. At the end of the chapter, there are key learning points. Paediatricians, nephrologists and paediatric intensivists, as well as paediatric critical care and nephrology nurses in all countries will find this book an invaluable reference text.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Part I. Acute Kidney Injury
    Evolution of Acute Kidney Injury in the last 2 decades
    Renal function monitoring in a critically sick patient
    Acute Kidney Injury-Definitions and Epidemiology
    Biomarkers in AKI
    Neonatal AKI including new devices
    Sepsis Associated AKI
    Acute Kidney Injury in a child after cardiopulmonary
    Bypass, post cardiac surgery and Cardio-renal Syndromes
    Acute Kidney Injury in stem cell transplant recipients
    Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome
    Acute Kidney Injury in liver disease
    Renal emergencies in PICU – electrolyte, acid base and blood pressure issues
    Nutrition in a child with Acute Kidney Injury and on CRRT
    Outcomes and Renal Recovery
    Part II. Renal Replacement Therpay
    Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy – Technology and Basic concepts
    Timing of initiation of CRRT
    Management considerations for the delivery of CRRT in children
    Anticoagulation in CRRT
    Haemodialysis
    Sustained Low Efficiency Dialysis (SLED) and hybrid therapies – Principles and Management
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Plasmapheresis and Total plasma exchange in the PICU
    Tandem Therapies in Extracorporeal support
    Pharmacology of drugs in critically ill patient with AKI and renal replacement therapy
    CRRT nursing programme Development
    Future of Paediatric AKI and CRRT
    Part III. CRRT in Specific Disease States
    CRRT in a child in cardiac ICU
    CRRT in a child with sepsis and multi-organ failure
    Hyperammonaemia and Inborn Errors of metabolism (IEM)
    CRRT in Exogenous Intoxications
    CRRT in Liver Failure and other liver assist devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Eelco F.M. Wijdicks and Andreas H. Kramer.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Neurocritical care. The history of neurocritical care / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Airway management and mechanical ventilation in acute brain injury / D.B. Seder, J. Bösel
    Neuropulmonology / A. Balofsky, J. George, P. Papadakos
    Neurocardiology / N.D. Osteraas, V.H. Lee
    Principles of intracranial pressure monitoring and treatment / M. Czosnyka, J.D. Pickard, L.A. Steiner
    Multimodal neurologic monitoring / G. Korbakis, P.M. Vespa
    Continuous EEG monitoring in the intensive care unit / G.B. Young, J. Mantia
    Management of the comatose patient / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Management of status epilepticus / M. Pichler, S. Hocker
    Critical care in acute ischemic stroke / M. McDermott, T. Jacobs, L. Morgenstern
    Management of intracerebral hemorrhage / A.M. Thabet, M. Kottapally, J. Claude Hemphill III
    Management of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage / N. Etminan, R.L. Macdonald
    Management of acute neuromuscular disorders / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Critical care management of traumatic brain injury / D.K. Menon, A. Ercole
    Management of acute traumatic spinal cord injuries / C.D. Shank, B.C. Walters, M.N. Hadley
    Decompressive craniectomy in acute brain injury / D.A. Brown, E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Diagnosis and management of spinal cord emergencies / E.P. Flanagan, S.J. Pittock
    Diagnosis and management of acute encephalitis / J.J. Halperin
    Management of bacterial central nervous system infections / M.C. Brouwer, D. van de Beek
    Management of infections associated with neurocritical care / L. Rivera-Lara, W. Ziai, P. Nyquist
    Determinants of prognosis in neurocatastrophes / K. Sharma, R.D. Stevens
    Family discussions on life-sustaining interventions in neurocritical care / M.M. Adil, D. Larriviere
    Organ donation protocols / C.B. Maciel, D.Y. Hwang, D.M. Greer. Volume 2. Neurology of critical illness. The scope of neurology of critical illness / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Delirium in critically ill patients / A.J.C. Slooter, R.R. van de Leur and I.J. Zaal
    Posterior reversible encephalopathy in the intensive care unit / M. Toledano and J.E. Fugate
    Acute central neurotoxicology of drugs of abuse / S.J. Traub and M.D. Levine
    Seizures in the critically ill / J. Ch'ang and J. Claassen
    Intensive care unit-acquired weakness / J. Horn and G. Hermans
    Neurologic complications of transplantation / R. Dhar
    Neurologic complications of cardiac and vascular surgery / K. Sheth and E. Nourollahzadeh
    Neurology of cardiopulmonary resuscitation / M. Mulder and R.G. Geocadin
    Therapeutic hypothermia protocols / N. Badjatia
    Neurologic complications of polytrauma / L. Shutter and R.M. Jha
    Neurologic complications in critically ill pregnant patients / W.L. Wright
    Neurologic complications of sepsis
    septic encephalopathy / E. Schmutzhard and B. Pfausler
    Neurologic complications of acute environmental injuries / I.R. Ferreira da Silva and J.A. Frontera.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Print
    Linda D. Urden, Kathleen M. Stacy, Mary E. Lough.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT120.I5 C934 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Linda D. Urden, DNSc, RN, CNS, NE-BC, FAAN, Kathleen M. Stacy, PhD, RN, CNS, CCRN, PCCN CCNS, Mary E. Lough, PhD, RN, CCRN, CNRN, CCNS, FCCM.
    Contents:
    Unit I: Foundations of critical care nursing
    Unit II: Cardiovascular alterations
    Unit III: Pulmonary alterations
    Unit IV: Neurologic alterations
    Unit V: Kidney alterations
    Unit VI: Gastrointestional alterations
    Unit VII: Endocrine alterations
    Unit VIII: Multisystem alterations
    Unit IX: Special populations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sheila Adam, Sue Osborne, John Welch.
    Summary: Encompassing the knowledge and skills required when nursing the critically ill patient, this book highlights priorities of care and principles of management in a range of problems common in the ICU. The reader will benefit from the strong clinical foundation and the high levels of expertise.

    Contents:
    The critical care continuum
    The critical care environment
    The patient within the critical care environment
    Respiratory problems
    Cardiovascular problems
    Cardiac arrest and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Renal problems
    Neurological problems
    Gastrointestinal problems and nutrition
    Sepsis and multiple organ dysfunction
    Trauma and major haemorrhage
    Haematological problems
    The immune system and the immunocompromised patient
    Endocrine, obstetric, and drug overdose emergencies
    Managing major incidents and preparing for pandemics
    Evaluating evidence and quality of care in the critical care unit
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    clinical editor, David W. Woodruff, MSN, RN-BC, CNS, CNE, FNAP, Dean of Academic Affairs/Associate Professor, Chamberlain College of Nursing, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Contents:
    Critical care basics / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Holistic care issues / Anna Jarrett
    Neurologic system / Ellie Z. Franges
    Cardiovascular system / Kathryn l. Kay
    Respiratory system / Elizabeth Moots
    Gastrointestinal system / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Renal system / Jodi l. Gunther
    Endocrine system / Margaret J. Malone
    Hematologic and immune systems / Maurice Espinoza
    Multisystem issues / Susan M. Raymond
    Moderate sedation / Carol A. Pehotsky
    CPR and emergency cardiac care / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Comparing types of shock / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Preventing complications in the critically ill obese patient / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Drug overdose and poisoning / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Critical care basics / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Holistic care issues / Anna Jarrett
    Neurologic system / Ellie Z. Franges
    Cardiovascular system / Kathryn l. Kay
    Respiratory system / Elizabeth Moots
    Gastrointestinal system / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Renal system / Jodi l. Gunther
    Endocrine system / Margaret J. Malone
    Hematologic and immune systems / Maurice Espinoza
    Multisystem issues / Susan M. Raymond.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    clinical editor, David W. Woodruff.
    Summary: "Critical Care nursing is a complex area of practice that not only includes the ICU, but can also include emergency departments and postanesthesia care. Nurses providing critical care treat patients with trauma, medical issues, surgical complications, and many other acute and life-threatening problems. To achieve complete comprehension, the education should be simple, understandable, and useful. Critical Care Nursing Made Incredibly Easy helps to achieve that level of understanding"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Critical care basics / Mary Anne Vincent
    Holistic care issues / Mary Jane Genuino
    Neurologic system / Ellie Z. Franges
    Cardiovascular system / Kathryn L. Kay
    Respiratory system / Elizabeth Moots
    Gastrointestinal system / Robyn Mitchell
    Renal system / Jennifer Myles-Clair
    Endocrine system / Jamie Jones
    Hematologic and immune systems / Julia Vicente
    Multisystem issues / Robyn Mitchell.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Mette M. Berger, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a pragmatic approach to day-to-day metabolic and nutritional care based on physiological considerations. Due to the numerous controversial trials published in the last 15 years, there is no clear guidance for intensive care physicians regarding the metabolic and nutritional management of patients. This has resulted in a return to underfeeding and related complications in most ICUs worldwide as shown by the latest Nutrition Day data. Using a structured, logical approach, the book examines practical solutions for artificial feeding in complex areas of critical care (brain injuries, burns, cardiac failure, ECMO, intestinal failure, long term patient, renal failure, metabolic diseases, obesity, old patients) and discusses measurement of the results of metabolic interventions. It also includes dedicated chapters focusing on specific problems, in order to avoid complications. Critical care nutrition therapy for non-nutritionists is a valuable resource for all general ICUs and ICU subspecialties such as cardiovascular, neuro, gastrointestinal and burns ICUs.

    Contents:
    General ICU patients
    Nutrition during prolonged hemodynamic instability
    ECMO patients
    Gastro-intestinal failure
    Brain injury and nutrition
    Major burns
    Obesity
    Acute kidney injury with and without renal replacement therapy
    Enteral feeding and noninvasive ventilation
    The very old patients
    Inborn errors of metabolism in adults : clues for nutritional management in ICU
    Chronic critical illness
    Practical aspects of nutrition.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Christine N. Duncan, Julie-An M. Talano, Jennifer A. McArthur, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive overview of critical care of the pediatric immunocompromised hematology-oncology patient. The text focuses on unique aspects of the pediatric immunocompromised patient that predisposes the child to significant illness, and presents critical care management strategies specific to the patient population. In addition to chapters on oncology, primary immune deficiency, immunocompromised hematology, and hematopoietic cell transplant patients, the book covers the changing landscape of ICU care, pharmacologic considerations, and psychological and social aspects of the critical care of hematology-oncology patients. Written by experts from a range of disciplines, Critical Care of the Pediatric Immunocompromised Hematology/Oncology Patient: An Evidence-Based Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat this patient population.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Predisposing Diseases and Specific Considerations in Critical Illness;
    Chapter 1: The Changing Landscape of the Critical Care of Pediatric Immunocompromised Hematology and Oncology Patients; References;
    Chapter 2: Diagnosis and Treatment-Related Complications of Acute Leukemia; Introduction; Tumor Lysis Syndrome; TLS Classification and Grading; TLS Management; Hyperuricemia; Hyperkalemia; Hyperphosphatemia; Hypocalcemia; Indications for Dialysis; Hyperleukocytosis and Leukostasis; Mediastinal Masses and Superior Vena Cava Syndrome; CNS Emergencies ThrombosisTyphlitis; Pancreatitis; Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia and Differentiation Syndrome; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Neuro-oncologic Emergencies; Introduction; Increased Intracranial Pressure/Hydrocephalus/Herniation; Seizures/Status Epilepticus; Spinal Cord Compression; Encephalopathy with Chemotherapy; Endocrinopathies; Radiation Injury and Radiation Necrosis; CNS Infection; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Solid Tumors Outside of the Central Nervous System; Anterior Mediastinal Masses; Airway and Cardiovascular Compromise; Neuroblastoma; Immunotherapy for Neuroblastoma Spinal Cord CompressionSurgery and Surgical Complications; Metastatic Osteosarcoma; Surgical Approach; Desmoplastic Round Blue Cell Tumor; Enhanced Recovery After Surgery; Preoperative; Intraoperative; Postoperative; References;
    Chapter 5: Primary Immunodeficiency Diseases; Introduction; Normal Immune System; Innate Immunity; Adaptive Immunity; Primary Immunodeficiency Diseases; Classification; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Complications; Management; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: Care of the Critically Ill Pediatric Sickle Cell Patient; Introduction and Chapter Overview Cardiovascular ConcernsBaseline Cardiovascular Pathology in SCD; Cardiomegaly and Left Ventricular Dysfunction; Cardiac Consequences of Iron Overload; ICU Concerns; Diastolic Dysfunction; Pulmonary Hypertension; Myocardial Ischemia; Hepatic and Biliary Concerns; Hepatobiliary Clinical Syndromes Secondary to Sickling; Acute Sickle Hepatic Crisis; Intrahepatic Cholestasis; Hepatic Sequestration Crisis; Hepatobiliary Dysfunction Secondary to Coexisting Conditions; Hepatic Consequences of Iron Overload; Viral Hepatitis; Acute Cholecystitis; Pyogenic Liver Abscess; Autoimmune Hepatitis Focal Nodular HyperplasiaHemodynamic Concerns; Thromboembolism in Sickle Cell Disease; Risk Factors Secondary to Sickling; Risk Factors Secondary to Traditional Causes; Splenic Concerns; Splenic Sequestration Crisis; Sepsis; Musculoskeletal Concerns; Fat Embolism Syndrome; Neurological Concerns; Initial Management of Possible Stroke; Diagnosis; Ischemic Stroke; Hemorrhagic Stroke; Ischemic Transformation; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage; Intraventricular Hemorrhage; Renal Concerns; Baseline Renal Pathology in SCD; Acute Kidney Injury; Prerenal AKI; Intrinsic AKI; Postrenal AKI; Pulmonary Concerns
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sidharth Kumar Sethi, Rupesh Raina, Mignon McCulloch, Timothy E. Bunchman, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all key aspects of critical care in pediatric nephrology, including acute dialysis in sick children. It also provides detailed protocols for managing fluid and electrolyte balance and dialysis in children in intensive care. In addition, this quick guide discusses innovations in pediatric renal replacement therapy technologies, such as plasma exchange, CARPEDIEM, NIDUS and aquadex. This is a go-to book for intensivists, physicians and trainees working in pediatric intensive care units.

    Contents:
    Critically ill child with acute kidney injury
    Kidney function monitoring in a sick child
    Acute kidney injury- definitions & epidemiology
    Acute kidney injury- diagnosis; biomarkers
    Neonatal AKI
    Hemolytic uremic syndrome
    Acute kidney injury- principles of management
    Fluid overload in pediatric AKI, and it’s assessment
    Nutrition in acute kidney injury
    Pharmacology of a critically ill child and drug dosing
    Peritoneal dialysis
    Vascular access
    Anticoagulation
    Hemodialysis
    SLED and hybrid therapies
    CRRT
    Plasmapheresis in the PICU
    Special situations
    Advances in pediatric RRT- NIDUS, CARPEDIEM, aquadex
    Acute kidney injury- outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Polly E. Parsons, Jeanine P. Wiener-Kronish, Renee D. Stapleton, Lorenzo Berra.
    Contents:
    I. General ICU care.
    Glycemic control in the ICU
    Early mobility
    Sedation, analgesia, delirium
    Pain management in the ICU
    Ethics and palliative care
    Fluid therapy
    Nutrition in critically ill patients
    Mechanical ventilation
    Noninvasive respiratory support
    Weaning from mechanical ventilation and extubation
    Quality assurance and patient safety in the ICU
    II. Monitoring. Pulse oximetry, capnography, and blood gas analysis
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Neuromonitoring
    III. Procedures. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Arterial and central venous catheters
    Critical care ultrasound
    Ventricular assist device
    Percutaneous assist devices
    Intra-aortic balloon pumps
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO)
    Tracheal intubation and airway management
    Tracheotomy and upper airway obstruction
    Chest tubes and pneumothorax
    Bronchoscopy
    Pacemakers and defibrillators
    IV. Pulmonary. Acute pneumonia
    Asthma
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Acute respiratory failure/ARDS
    Hemoptysis
    Venous thromboembolism and fat embolism
    V. Cardiology. Heart failure and valvular heart disease
    Acute myocardial infarction
    Cardiac arrhythmia
    Aortic dissection
    Pericardial disease (pericardial tamponade and pericarditis)
    VI. Infectious Disease. Sepsis and septic shock
    Endocarditis
    Meningitis and encephalitis in the intensive care unit
    Disseminated fungal infections
    Multidrug-resistant bacteria
    Skin and soft tissue infections
    H1N1/influenza
    Immunocompromised host
    VII. Renal disease. Hypertensive crises
    Acute kidney injury
    Renal replacement therapy and rhabdomyolysis
    Hypokalemia and hyperkalemia
    Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    VIII. Gastroenterology. Upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding in the critically ill patient
    Acute pancreatitis
    Hepatitis and cirrhosis
    IX. Endocrinology. Diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state
    Adrenal insufficiency in the intensive care unit
    Thyroid disease in the ICU
    X. Hematology/oncology. Blood products and coagulation
    Thrombocytopenia and platelets
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation
    XI. Neurology. Coma
    Brain death
    Status epilepticus
    Stroke and subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Guillain-Barré syndrome and myasthenia gravis
    Alcohol withdrawal
    XII. Surgery and trauma. Burns and frostbite
    Thoracic trauma (flail chest and pulmonary & myocardial contusion)
    Acute abdomen and peritonitis
    Organ donation
    XIII. Emergency medicine. Disaster medicine, bioterrorism and Ebola
    Allergy and anaphylaxis
    Hypothermia
    Heat stroke
    XIV. Toxicology. General approach to poisonings
    Analgesics and antidepressants
    Toxic alcohol poisoning
    Cardiovascular medications
    Neuroleptic malignant syndrome
    XV. Unique patient populations. Care of the critically ill pregnant patient
    Care of the obese patient
    Oncologic emergencies
    Post-intensive care syndrome & chronic critical illness
    ICU survivors
    XVI. Emerging therapies. Sepsis: emerging therapies
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Angelo Raffaele De Gaudio, Stefano Romagnoli, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical and comprehensive guide to delivering analgesia and sedation to critically ill patients for professionals and caregivers being involved in the management of these patients. It discusses and explains in detail the advantages and limitations of each drug and device using clear flowcharts, diagrams and tables. Furthermore, it explores the new drugs and - above all - new sedation delivery systems, particularly those for administering volatile anesthetics on ICUs. Written by respected experts in the field, this book is a valuable and practical resource for anesthesists, intensivists and emergency physicians interested in sedation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Stress Response
    Pain management in Critically Ill Patients
    Common Practice and Guidelines for Sedation in Critically Ill Patients
    Clinical and Instrumental Measures of Sedation
    Intravenous Sedatives and Analgesics
    Volatile Anesthetics
    Regional Anesthesia Techniques for Pain Control Critically ill Patients
    Neuromuscolar¬ocking Agents
    Sedation and Hemodynamics
    Sedation and Immune System
    Sleep in the ICU
    Delirium in Critically Ill Patients
    Sedation in pediatric Critically Ill Patients
    Sedation in Cardiac Surgery Intensive Care Unit.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander B. Levitov, Paul H. Mayo, Anthony D. Slonim.
    Contents:
    Section i: general principles and impact of ultrasound use in the icu
    1: ultrasound in critical care medicine: improving patient care and reducing cost
    2: physics of sound, ultrasound, and doppler effect and its diagnostic utility
    3: transducers, image formation, and artifacts
    4: training in critical care ultrasonography
    5: pediatric critical care: the use of bedside ultrasonography
    Section ii: cardiac sonography in the icu
    6: goal-directed echocardiography in the icu
    7: transthoracic echocardiography: image acquisition
    8: transesophageal echocardiography: image acquisition and transducer manipulation
    9: echocardiographic assessment of left ventricular systolic and diastolic function
    10: echocardiographic evaluation of preload responsiveness
    11: echocardiographic diagnosis and monitoring of right ventricular function
    12: echocardiographic diagnosis of cardiac tamponade
    13: echocardiographic diagnosis and monitoring of acute myocardial infarction and associated complications
    14: echocardiographic diagnosis of cardiomyopathies
    15: echocardiographic evaluation of valve function and endocarditis
    16: echocardiographic evaluation of cardiac trauma
    Section iii: ultrasound evaluation of the neck, trunk, and extremities
    17: ultrasound evaluation of the neck and upper respiratory system
    18: ultrasound evaluation of the pleura
    19: ultrasound evaluation of the lung
    20: ultrasound evaluation of the abdomen
    21: ultrasound evaluation of the renal system and the bladder
    22: ultrasound evaluation of the pelvis
    23: ultrasound evaluation of the peripheral vascular system
    Section iv: ultrasound guidance for procedures
    24: ultrasound-guided transthoracic procedures
    25: ultrasound guidance for abdominal and soft tissue procedures
    26: peripheral and central neuraxial blocks in critical care medicine
    27: ultrasound guidance for vascular access
    28: ocular ultrasound
    Appendix a: glossary
    Appendix b: draft ultrasound reports by body region.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Philip Lumb, Dimitrios Karakitsos.
    Summary: For physicians and nurses in critical care medicine, the increased demand and use of ultrasound necessitates further training. Critical Care Ultrasound helps meet that need. A straightforward, practical approach, an abundance of detailed ultrasound images, and online video demonstrations provide step-by-step guidance on the principles and effective use of this important imaging modality in both diagnosis and assistance with specific procedures. Coverage includes the latest applications of ultrasound for neurologic critical care; vascular problems; chest; hemodynamic monitoring; and abdominal and emergency uses, as well as assistance in a variety of specific procedures in critical care medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Steven R. Lowenstein.
    Contents:
    The normal electrocardiogram : a brief review
    Inferior wall myocardial infarction
    Anterior wall myocardial infarction
    Posterior wall myocardial infarction
    The electrocardiography of shortness of breath
    Confusing conditions : ST-segment depressions and T-wave inversions
    Confusing conditions : ST-segment elevations and tall T-waves (coronary mimics)
    Critical cases at 3:00 a.m.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Cheri Clancy.
    Contents:
    The importance of effective communication in healthcare
    Body language exposed
    The emotionally intelligent and emotionally competent nurse
    Mindful conversations
    Mind over matter
    Impromptu scripting, phrasing, and acronyms
    Interprofessional coaching conversations
    Improving patient experience
    Fostering a healthy workplace environment
    Organizational culture and behavior.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2019
  • Digital
    John Coveney, Sue Booth, editors.
    Summary: This second volume in the Food Policy series focuses on critical nutrition and dietetics studies, offering an innovative and interdisciplinary exploration of the complexities of the food supply and the actors in it through a new critical lens. The volume provides an overview of the growth of critical nutrition and dietetics since its inception in 2009, as well as commentary on its continuing relevance and its applicability in the fields of dietetic education, research, and practice. Chapters address key topics such as how to bring critical dietetics into conventional practice, applying critical diets in clinical practice, policy applications, and new perspectives on training and educating a critical nutrition and dietetic workforce. Contributing authors from around the globe also discuss the role of critical nutrition dietetics in industry, private practice, and consultancy, as well the role of critical dietetics in addressing the food, hunger, and health issues associated with the world economic crisis. The authors designed the volume to be a reference work for students enrolled in undergraduate and postgraduate courses in Critical Nutrition, Critical Food Studies, and Critical Dietetics. Each chapter offers concise aims and learning outcomes, as well as assignments for students and a concise chapter summary. These features enhance the value of the volume as a learning tool. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Foundations of critical aspects of food and nutrition studies
    Chapter 2: Critical perspectives in clinical practice of nutrition and dietetics
    Chapter 3: Community nutrition and dietetics practices and food democracy
    Chapter 4: Policy and practice: what does this gap look like using a critical nutrition and dietetics lens?
    Chapter 5: Training and educating a critical nutrition and dietetic workforce: new perspectives
    Chapter 6: Why is a critically reflexive practice critical to nutrition and dietetics?
    Chapter 7: Swimming against the tide: 12 ways of bringing critical nutrition and dietetics into conventional practices
    Chapter 8: Critical nutrition and dietetics in industry, private practice and consultancy: the importance of ethics
    Chapter 9: World economic crisis: food, hunger and health disparities
    Chapter 10: Dietitian as Advocate and Activist: Our Past, Present, and Future Possibilities
    Chapter 11: Toward critical nutrition counselling practice and pedagogy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Richard M. Zaner.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Themes and schemes: a prelude
    3. At the beginning and end of life: a meditation on the subtle hoax of matter
    4. Dialogue and trust
    5. Openings into clinical ethics
    6. Voices and time
    7. Responsibility in clinical ethics consultation
    8. Clinical listening, narrative writing
    9. Visions and re-visions: life and the accident of birth.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ross M. Ungerleider, Jon N. Meliones, Kristen Nelson McMillan, David S. Cooper, Jeffrey P. Jacobs.
    Summary: "Now in brilliant full color and reflecting recent significant changes in the field, Critical Heart Disease in Infants and Children, 3rd Edition, keeps you abreast of the skills and knowledge required to safely care for children with congenital and acquired heart disease in the ICU. Pediatric intensivists, cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, and anesthesiologists from leading centers around the world provide a well-rounded perspective on basic scientific principles, medical and pharmacologic treatments, surgical techniques, and equipment"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The segmental approach to congenital heart disease
    Cardiovascular physiology and shock
    Regulation of pulmonary vascular resistance and blood flow
    Renal function and heart disease
    Splanchnic function and heart disease
    Cerebral function and heart disease
    Pharmacology of cardiovascular drugs
    Pediatric arrhythmias
    Pericardial effusion and tamponade
    Anesthesia for pediatric cardiac surgery
    Applied respiratory physiology
    Respiratory support
    Cardiac arrest and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Coagulation disorders in congenital heart disease
    Nutrition
    Transplantation
    Noninvasive diagnosis of heart disease
    Diagnostic and therapeutic cardiac catheterization
    Perioperative monitoring
    Cardiopulmonary bypass
    Mechanical circulatory support in infants and children
    Nursing care
    Perioperative management of patients with congenital heart disease
    ASD/VSD
    Atrioventricular septal defects
    Aortic valve disease
    CoA and IAA
    Mitral valve disease
    AP window/PDA
    ACLA
    Persistent truncus arteriosus
    Total anomalous pulmonary venous return
    Transposition of the great arteries and the arterial switch operation
    DORV/DOLV
    TOF with PAT and VSD
    Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum (PA/IVS)
    Ebstein's anomaly
    Single ventricle
    Tricuspid atresia and the fontan operation
    HLHS
    Staged operative management of the SV
    Critical appraisal and use of evidence about therapy
    Cor pulmonale
    Inflammatory heart disease
    Infective endocarditis
    Syndromes and congenital heart defects
    Heritable disease
    Cardiomyopathy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Jan B. Vermorken, Volker Budach, C. René Leemans, Jean-Pascal Machiels, Piero Nicolai, Brian O'Sullivan, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I : The Make Sense Campaign
    The Make Sense Campaign
    Section II: Head and Neck Cancer: a changing disease
    New epidemiologic aspects
    Biology of head and neck cancer
    Section III: Diagnostic challenges
    The changing role of the pathologist
    Molecular imaging in head and neck cancer
    Multidisciplinary Decision Making & Head and Neck Tumor Boards
    Clinical decision making: how and when. Section V: Locoregionally Advanced Head and Neck Cancer
    Pros and cons of endoscopic surgery
    Oncologic dentistry and implants
    Primary radiotherapy & concurrent chemoradiotherapy
    Treatment of viral-associated head and neck cancer
    Patient and treatment factors in concurrent chemoradiotherapy
    Section VI: Recurrent/Metastatic Head and Neck cancer: How and When to Treat
    The surgical approach
    When and how to irradiate
    Cytotoxic chemotherapy and targeted therapy
    Immunotherapeutic approaches
    Treatment in the elderly
    Supportive care
    Section VII
    Quality of life issues
    Palliative care in the palliative disease setting
    Community palliative care and dying at home.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor: Sandra Steingard.
    Summary: This book is a guide for psychiatrists struggling to incorporate transformational strategies into their clinical work. The book begins with an overview of the concept of critical psychiatry before focusing its analytic lens on the DSM diagnostic system, the influence of the pharmaceutical industry, the crucial distinction between drug-centered and disease-centered approaches to pharmacotherapy, the concept of “de-prescribing,” coercion in psychiatric practice, and a range of other issues that constitute the targets of contemporary critiques of psychiatric theory and practice. Written by experts in each topic, this is the first book to explicate what has come to be called critical psychiatry from an unbiased and clinically relevant perspective. Critical Psychiatry is an excellent, practical resource for clinicians seeking a solid foundation in the contemporary controversies within the field. General and forensic psychiatrists; family physicians, internists, and pediatricians who treat psychiatric patients; and mental health clinicians outside of medicine will all benefit from its conceptual insights and concrete advice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Frank R. Noyes, Sue Barber-Westin, editors.
    Summary: Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is a frequently performed operation - in the U.S. alone, 5.2 million TKAs were performed from 2000-2010 - and partial (unicompartmental) knee arthroplasty (UKA) is another common operation that is done in younger, active individuals. Many patients require knee arthroplasty from osteoarthritis that develops after sports injuries or decades of participation in athletics. While much has been written regarding technical surgical details of arthroplasty, there is comparably little available on critical rehabilitation principles and guidelines that allow return to normal physical function, as well as recreational and sports activities. Filling this gap in the literature, this group of internationally recognized surgeons and therapists discusses all aspects of critical rehabilitation following both partial and total knee replacement, including: Advances in surgical techniques for robotic computer-navigated knee arthroplasty Effects of preoperative rehabilitation and nutrition on postoperative function Specific rehabilitation principles to avoid complications and return to daily activities Advanced physical therapy concepts to return to recreational and sports activities Objective testing to determine strength and physical function in the arthroplasty athlete Recommended guidelines for recreational and sports activities Key factors for achieving high patient satisfaction and quality of life after surgery Presenting the most up-to-date evidence and guidelines, Critical Rehabilitation for Partial and Total Knee Arthroplasty will be an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, physical therapists, athletic trainers, personal trainers and all professionals caring for patients seeking to return to full activity after knee replacement.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Epidemiology of Knee Arthroplasty in the Younger Patient
    Preoperative Nutrition and General Health Concerns, Patient Indications, and Selection Criteria
    Knee Arthroplasty Designs: Comparisons, Patient-Specific Instrumentation, and Survivorship
    Advances in Robotic Computer-Navigated Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Advanced Surgical Techniques for Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty
    Biomechanical Analysis of Muscle Weakness and Dysfunction before and after Knee Arthroplasty
    Pathophysiology of Muscle Disuse in Osteoarthritis
    Effect of Preoperative Rehabilitation on Postoperative Function
    Early Postoperative Rehabilitation Concepts during Weeks 1-12 to Avoid Complications and Return to Daily Activities
    Use of In-Home Telerehabilitation and Virtual Exercise Modalities: Practical Considerations and Efficacy
    Advanced Postoperative Rehabilitation Concepts during Weeks 13-52 to Return to Physical Activity and Athletics
    Common Patient-Reported Outcome Measures: Instrument Reliability and Validity
    Common Objective Measurements for Strength and Function in the Arthroplasty Patient
    Recommended Guidelines for Physical Activity and Athletics after Knee Arthroplasty
    Effectiveness of Knee Arthroplasty on Return to Work
    Key Factors for Achieving Expectations in Patient Satisfaction and Quality of Life after Knee Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Robert S. Rahimi, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the diagnosis and management of the critically ill cirrhotic patient. The book reviews recent data about risk factors for acute on chronic liver failure (including infection, renal dysfunction and acute alcoholic hepatitis), profiles the latest treatment strategies for the management of variceal bleeding, ascites, hepatocellular carcinoma and presents current and novel therapies for acute hepatic encephalopathy, and anticoagulation in liver disease. The volume also focuses on the changing etiology of liver disease, with an emphasis on obesity and frailty/sarcopenia, and advances in surgical techniques, including living donor liver transplants and gender disparities in liver transplantation. Palliative care for the critically ill liver patient is also discussed in the book. Written by experts in the field, The Critically Ill Cirrhotic Patient: Evaluation and Management is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, health care providers, and researchers who encounter patients with chronic liver disease, including end-stage liver cirrhosis.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Natural History of Chronic Liver Disease
    Management of Ascites
    Portosystemic Shunt Embolization in Overt Hepatic Encephalopathy
    Gastroesophageal Variceal Bleeding Management
    Renal Dysfunction in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Intensive Care Management of Patients with Cirrhosis
    Infections in Critically Ill Cirrhosis Patients
    Obesity and the Critically Ill Cirrhotic Patient
    Frailty and Sarcopenia in the Critically Ill Patient with Cirrhosis
    Acute Alcoholic Hepatitis
    Acute on Chronic Liver Failure
    Anticoagulation in the Hospitalized Patient with Decompensated Cirrhosis: Management of a Delicate Balance
    The Management of Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Liver Transplantation
    Gender Disparities in Liver Transplantation
    The Role of Palliative Care in Cirrhosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alessandro Fichera, Mukta K. Krane, editors.
    Contents:
    1. History of Crohn's Disease
    2. Molecular and Genetic Factors in Crohn's Disease
    3. Medical Therapy for Crohn's Disease: The Present
    4. Medical Therapy: The Future
    5. Diagnosti Fluoroscopy for Imaging Crohn's Disease
    6. Diagnostics: Body Imaging
    7. Diagnostics: Endoluminal
    8. Ultrasound
    9. Diagnostics: The Future
    10. Surgery: Small Intestine Terminal Ileum- Resection
    11. Bowel Sparing Procedures in Crohn's Disease of the Small Instestine
    12. Surgery: Colon
    13. Surgery: Perineum
    14. Perineal Reconstruction in Crohn's Disease
    15. Surgery: Surgical Quality
    16. Recurrent CD: Medical Prophylaxis
    17. Recurrent CD: Surgical Prophylaxis- Kono-S Anastomosis
    18. Recurrent Crohn's Disease: Surgical Treatment
    19. Extraintestinal Manifestations of Crohn's Disease
    20. Enterostomal Therapy in the Management of the Patient with Crohn's Disease
    21. Diet and Nutrition in the Treatment of Crohn's Disease
    22. Fertility/Sexual Function
    23. Quality of Life in Patients with Crohn's Disease
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Arumugam Rajesh, Rakesh Sinha.
    Contents:
    1. Etiology and clinical features of Crohn's Disease
    2. Pathological consideration in Crohn's Disease
    3. The Role of endoscopy in the diagnosis and management of Crohn?s Disease
    4. Capsule Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Crohn?s disease
    5.Role of CTE/Enteroclysis in Crohn?s Disease
    6. Ultrasonography in Crohn?s disease
    7. CT and Magnetic Resonance enterography in Crohn?s disease
    8. MR enteroclysis in Crohn?s disease
    9. Radiological Assessment of Crohn?s Disease ? Current status and recent advances.- 10. Paediatric Crohn?s disease
    11. Surgical management of Crohn?s disease
    12. Overview of Medical management of Crohn?s disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Lo Re, Massimo Midiri, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiologic aspect of Crohn's Disease.-Clinical presentation of Crohn's disease
    Laboratory tests in Crohn's disease
    Decourse of Disease.-Diagnostic and therapeutic role of endoscopy in Crohn's disease
    Perianal Crohn's
    Standard therapeutic approach and new therapies
    Current status of imaging in small and large bowel diseases
    X-ray in inflammatory and bowel disease, Jurassic technique or yet still useful in the 21st century?
    US in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    MDCT enteroclysis and enterography
    MRI enteroclysis and enterography
    Anal fistula in Crohn's disease
    Extraintestinal findings in Crohn' Disease patients
    Follow- up of IBD
    Surgery and Crohn's disease
    Surgical emergencies in Crohn's Disease
    Perianal surgery in in Crohn' Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Delphine Fleury and Ryan Whitford, Australian Centre for Plant Functional Genomics (ACPFG), University of Adelaide, Urrbrae, SA, Australia.
    Contents:
    Defining a genetic ideotype for crop improvement / Richard M. Trethowan
    From genes to markers: exploiting gene sequence information to develop tools for plant breeding / Melissa Garcia and Diane E. Mather
    Temperature switch PCR (TSP): a gel-based molecular marker technique for investigating single nucleotide polymorphisms / Le Phuoc Thanh and Kelvin Khoo
    Multiplex-ready technology for mid-throughput genotyping of molecular markers / Julien Bonneau and Matthew Hayden
    Genotyping by high-resolution melting analysis / Elise J. Tucker and Bao Lam Huynh
    Bi-allelic SNP genotyping using the taqman(r) assay / John Woodward
    SNP genotyping: the KASP assay / Chunlin He, John Holme, and Jeffrey Anthony
    Rindsel: An R package for phenotypic and molecular selection indices used in plant breeding / Sergí́o Perez-Elizalde, Jesú́s J. Cerón-Rojas, José Crossa, Delphine Fleury, and Gregorio Alvarado
    OptiMAS: A decision support tool to conduct marker-assisted selection programs / Fabio Valente ...[et.al]
    Genomic selection in plant breeding / Mark A. Newell and Jean-Luc Jannink
    Simulated breeding with QU-GENE graphical user interface / Adrian Hathorn, Scott Chapman, and Mark Dieters
    The control of recombination in wheat by Ph1 and its use in breeding / Graham Moore
    TILLING for plant breeding / Peter Sharp and Chongmei Dong
    In vitro culture for doubled haploids: tools for molecular breeding / Sue Broughton, Parminder K. Sidhu, and Philip A. Davies
    Biolistic transformation of wheat with centrophenoxine as a synthetic auxin / Ainur Ismagul, Gulnur Iskakova, John C. Harris, and Serik Eliby
    Agrobacterium-mediated transformation of barley (Hordeum vulgare l.) / Ainur Ismagul, Iryna Mazonka, Corinne Callegari, and Serik Eliby
    qPCR for quantification of transgene expression and determination of transgene copy number / Stephen J. Fletcher
    High-throughput analysis pipeline for achieving simple low-copy wheat and barley transgenics / Nataliya Kovalchuk..
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Makie Kokubun, Shuichi Asanuma, editors.
    Summary: This book presents field studies on crop production in developing countries such as Vietnam, Kenya, Namibia, Colombia, Afghanistan and Sudan. Further, it examines the achievements of SATREPS, a development assistance program sponsored by the Japanese government that promotes international joint research to address these global issues. In this context, multidisciplinary research teams consisting of breeders, physiologists, soil scientists, agronomists, and other scientists related to agricultural development worked together to tackle the challenges involved in enhancing the capacity of crop production in the respective regions. In addition to presenting novel scientific findings, this book highlights practical field studies that verify the effectiveness of the scientific findings in actual environments. The achievements will help to improve crop production worldwide, and the lessons learnt will be useful in re-designing strategies to address global issues in crop production, particularly in developing regions. Lastly, the outcomes discussed will be useful to policymakers and professionals engaged in crop production and food security in developing countries, as well as researchers and students.

    Contents:
    SATREPS program challenging global issues on crop production : overview
    Development of rice promising lines using genomic technology and information in Vietnam
    Development of rice breeding and cultivation technology tailored for Kenya's environment
    Development of flood and drought adaptive cropping systems in Namibia
    Improving resource utilization efficiency in rice production systems with contour-levee irrigation in Columbia
    Development of wheat breeding materials using genetic resources in Afghanistan
    Application of biotechnology to generate drought-tolerant soybean plants in Brazil : development of genetic engineering technology of crops with stress tolerance against degradation of global environment
    Sustainable management of invasive cassava pests in Vietnam, Cambodia, and Thailand
    Improvement of food security in semiarid regions of Sudan through management of root parasitic weeds
    Bringing stability to world food supplies with Japanese tehcnology and Mexican genetic resources
    Lessons learned from SATREPS projects and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Samiha Ouda, Abd El-Hafeez Zohry, Tahany Noreldin.
    Summary: This book tackles the issue of using crop rotation to increase food production and secure it for the growing population of the future. Crop rotation can be a solution of food gaps in the developing counties. Crop rotation plays an important role in attaining soil sustainability and in controlling pests and weeds. It can alleviate damage caused by climate change by reducing losses in productivity of the crops, minimizing soil fertility loss and increase irrigation water productivity. This book also includes the reviews of a large number of crop rotations that have been published internationally, and additionally, the crop rotations that have been implemented in Egypt have a unique characteristic to them and therefore, a large number of those reviews have also been included.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; 1 Introductory Synopsis of the Natural Resources Involved in Food Production; Introduction; Soil Management for Higher Food Production; Water Management for Higher Food Production; Weather Manipulation for Higher Food Production; The Necessity of Crop Rotation; Climate Change Confine Food Production; References; 2 Irrigation Scheduling to Maximize Water Utilization of the Crop Rotation; Introduction; Methodology; Description of the Agro-climatic Zones of Egypt; Statistical Procedure; Validation of the ETo Time-Interval; Results and Discussion Crop Rotation to Reduce Weed PopulationCrop Rotations in Egypt; Crop Rotation in the Second Agro-climatic Zone; Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone; Conclusion; References; 6 Crop Rotation Could Diminish Summer Feed Gap in Egypt; Introduction; Increasing the Cultivated Area of Fahl Clover and Cowpea; Increasing the Cultivated Area of Fahl Clover; Increasing the Cultivated Area of Cowpea; The Potential Total Added Area of Summer Forge; The Projected Cultivated Areas of the Studied Crops in 2030; The Projected Cultivated Area of Fahl Clover in 2030 Soil Physical PropertiesSoil Structure; Soil Water; Bulk Density; Soil Chemical Properties; Soil pH; Soil Electrical Conductivity and Cation Exchange Capacity; Soil Biological Properties; Soil Organic Matter; Soil Microbial Biomass; Crop Rotations in Egypt; Crop Rotation Under Rain-Fed Condition; Crop Rotations in the Agro-climatic Zones of Egypt; Crop Rotation in the Second Agro-climatic Zone; Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone; Conclusion; References; 5 Crop Rotation Defeats Pests and Weeds; Introduction; Pests and Diseases Control by Crop Rotation Spatial and Temporal Variability of Weather ElementsSpatial and Temporal Variability of ETo; Coefficient of Determination Between Weather Elements and ETo; Deviation from the Mean Value of Seasonal ETo; Appropriate Values of ETo Time-Interval to Schedule Irrigation; Water Requirements for the Prevailing Crop Rotations; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the First Agro-climatic Zone; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Second Agro-climatic Zone; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Third Agro-climatic Zone; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Fifth Agro-climatic ZoneConclusion; References; 3 Crop Rotation Increases Land Productivity; Introduction; Monoculture Versus Rotation; Raised Beds Versus Basin Cultivation; Monoculture Versus Intercropping; Cultivation of Three Crops Per Year; Effect of the Duration of Crop Rotation on Land Productivity; Crop Rotations in Egypt; Crop Rotations in the Rain-Fed Area in Egypt; Crop Rotations in the Agro-climatic Zones of Egypt; Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone; Conclusion; References; 4 Crop Rotation Maintains Soil Sustainability; Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Roxana Savin, Gustavo A. Slafer, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive and state-of-the-art source reference for understanding the functions and mechanisms responsible for yield and quality determination under a range of conditions. By uncovering relationships and challenges of successful and scalable crop management and breeding, this volume addresses the challenges of environmentally sound production of bulk and quality food, fodder, fiber, and energy which are of ongoing international concern. Contemporary agriculture and crop management confronts the challenge of increasing demand in terms of quantitative and qualitative production targets. These targets have to be achieved against a background of climate change, including soil and water scarcity and higher temperatures, and the environmental and social aspects of agricultural sustainability. This book views crop production as an active source of methods, theories, ideas, and tools for application in genetic improvement and agronomy.

    Contents:
    Agroecological Basis for Managing Biotic Constraints
    Agronomic Interactions with CO2 Sequestration
    Crop Development Related to Temperature and Photoperiod
    Crop Radiation Capture and Use Efficiency
    Crop Responses to Available Soil Water
    Crop Responses to Nitrogen
    Crop Science and Technology, Introduction
    Cropping Systems: Shaping Nature
    Fertilizer Science and Technology
    Genotype by Environment Interaction and Adaptation
    Improving Grain Quality in Oil and Cereal Crops
    Integrated Pest Management
    Irrigation Management for Efficient Crop Production
    Lodging Resistance in Cereals
    Marker-Assisted Breeding in Crops
    Phenotyping: New Crop Breeding Frontier
    Plant Breeding Under a Changing Climate
    Roots and Uptake of Water and Nutrients
    Seed Dormancy and Agriculture and Physiology
    Simulation Models as Tools for Crop Management
    Source-sink Relationships in Cereals and Legumes
    Spatial Crop Structure in Agricultural Systems
    Heat Tolerance for Sustainable Productivity.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Asha Persson, Shana D. Hughes, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Biomedicine. Change & Diversity: Conceptualising Serodiscordance
    Part II. Stigma, Culture & Gender: Contextualising Serodiscordance
    Part III. Love, Risk & Relationships: Negotiating Serodiscordance.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jordi Rimola, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively describes the state of the art in cross-sectional imaging of Crohn's disease from both a clinical and a radiological perspective. The uses and impact of the different imaging techniques in daily practice and research are thoroughly examined, with coverage of ultrasound, computed tomography and magnetic resonance. In addition, emerging trends are scrutinized. The background to the book is an increasing perception that intestinal inflammation and complications are underdiagnosed using standard endoscopic or surgical techniques. Patients with Crohn's disease usually require multiple reassessments during their lifetimes and often favor noninvasive techniques with a low risk of complications. These factors have reinforced the need for effective cross-sectional imaging techniques. Additionally, the expanding use of biologic agents, combined with their increased efficacy, expense, and risk, justifies the use of these techniques (particularly ultrasound and magnetic resonance) to monitor disease treatment and objectively measure inflammation and healing. Cross-Sectional Imaging in Crohn's Disease will be of high value for both gastroenterologists and diagnostic radiologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Khaled M. Elsayes, editor.
    Summary: This book offers concise descriptions of cross-sectional imaging studies of the abdomen and pelvis, supplemented with over 1100 high-quality images and discussion of state-of-the-art techniques. It is based on the most common clinical cases encountered in daily practice and uses an algorithmic approach to help radiologists arrive first at a working differential diagnosis and then reach an accurate diagnosis based on imaging features, which incorporate clinical, laboratory, and other underlying contexts. The book is organized by anatomical organ of origin and each chapter provides a brief anatomical background of the organ under review; explores various cross-sectional imaging techniques and common pathologies; and presents practical algorithms based on frequently encountered imaging features. Special emphasis is placed on the role of computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). In addition to algorithmic coverage of many pathological entities in various abdominopelvic organs, unique topics are also examined, such as imaging of organ transplant (including kidney, liver and pancreas), evaluation of perianal fistula, and assessment of rectal carcinoma and prostate carcinoma by MRI. Cross-Sectional Imaging of the Abdomen and Pelvis: A Practical Algorithmic Approach is a unique and practical resource for radiologists, fellows, and residents.

    Contents:
    Overview of CT and MRI Techniques for Evaluation of the Liver
    Diagnostic Approach of Focal and Diffuse Hepatic Diseases
    Cirrhosis and Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Post-Locoregional Therapy Imaging of the Liver
    The Biliary Tree
    The Gall Bladder
    The Pancreas
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Spleen
    The Stomach
    The Small Bowel
    Overview of CT Colonoscopy
    Approach to Colon Pathologies
    The Appendix
    MRI Evaluation of Rectal Carcinoma
    MRI for Perianal Fistula
    The Peritoneum
    The Extraperitoneal Spaces
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Abdominal Wall
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Adrenal Gland
    Prostate Imaging
    The Urinary Tract: Renal Collecting Systems, Ureters, and Urinary Bladder
    Imaging of Liver Transplant
    Imaging of Kidney Transplant
    Imaging of Pancreas Transplant
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Kidney
    The Scrotum
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Uterus
    The Adnexa
    The Vagina
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Female Urethra
    Dual Energy CT and Its Applications in the Abdomen.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Peter D. Katsikis, Stephen P. Schoenberger, Bali Pulendran, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Type III interferons (IFNs): emerging master regulators of immunity
    2. Stability of regulatory T cells undermined or endorsed by different type-1 cytokines
    3. The role of Il-12 and type I interferon in governing the magnitude of CD8 T cell responses
    4. Functional diversity of human dendritic cells
    5. Selective dependence of kidney dendritic cells on CX₃CR1, implications for glomerulonephritis therapy
    6. Mechanisms of memory T cell activation and effective immunity
    7. Molecular programming of immunological memory in natural killer cells
    8. Induction of immune tolerance to dietary antigens
    9. The role of p110ð in the development and activation of B lymphocytes
    10. Immune memory and exhaustion: clinically relevant lessons from the LCMV model
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    M. Ashraf Akuji, Fiona Martin, David Chambers, Elizabeth Thomas.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Grenny, Joseph.
    Summary: Keep your cool and get the results you want when faced with crucial conversations. This New York Times bestseller and business classic has been fully updated for a world where skilled communication is more important than ever. The book that revolutionized business communications has been updated for today's workplace. Crucial Conversations provides powerful skills to ensure every conversation--especially difficult ones--leads to the results you want. Written in an engaging and witty style, the book teaches readers how to be persuasive rather than abrasive, how to get back to productive dialogue when others blow up or clam up, and it offers powerful skills for mastering high-stakes conversations, regardless of the topic or person. This new edition addresses issues that have arisen in recent years. You'll learn how to: Respond when someone initiates a crucial conversation with you Identify and address the lag time between identifying a problem and discussing it Communicate more effectively across digital mediums When stakes are high, opinions vary, and emotions run strong, you have three choices: Avoid a crucial conversation and suffer the consequences; handle the conversation poorly and suffer the consequences; or apply the lessons and strategies of Crucial Conversations and improve relationships and results. Whether they take place at work or at home, with your coworkers or your spouse, crucial conversations have a profound impact on your career, your happiness, and your future. With the skills you learn in this book, you'll never have to worry about the outcome of a crucial conversation again.

    Contents:
    What's a crucial conversation? And who cares?
    Mastering crucial conversations : the power of dialogue
    Start with heart : how to stay focused on what you really want
    Choose your topic : how to be sure you hold the right conversation
    Master my stories : how to stay in dialogue when you're angry, scared, or hurt
    Learn to look : how to notice when safety is at risk
    Make it safe : how to make it safe to talk about almost anything
    State my path : how to speak persuasively, not abrasively
    Explore others' paths : how to listen when others blow up or clam up
    Reclaim your pen : how to be resilient when hearing tough feedback
    Move to action : how to turn crucial conversations into action and results
    Yeah, but : advice for tough cases
    Putting it all together : tools for preparing and learning.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2022
  • Digital
    Alexey S. Kondrashov.
    Contents:
    Genotypes and Phenotypes
    Mendelian Inheritance and Population Genetics
    Complex Traits and Their Inheritance
    Unavoidable Mutation
    Struggle for Fidelity
    Mutation Rates
    Natural Selection
    Functioning DNA and Junk DNA
    It Takes All the Running You Can Do
    Phenomenon of Imperfection
    Our Imperfect Fitness
    Our Imperfect Wellness
    Mutational Pressure on Our Species
    Ethical Issues
    What to Do?.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Gary Vaynerchuk.
    Summary: "In his 2009 book Crush It, Gary Vaynerchuk insisted that a vibrant personal brand was crucial to entrepreneurial success. Now Gary explains why that's even more true today, offering his perspective on what has changed in the last nine years and what principles remain timeless. He also shares stories from other entrepreneurs who have grown wealthier -- and not just financially -- than they ever imagined possible by following Crush It principles. The secret to their success (and Gary's) has everything to do with their understanding of the social media platforms and their willingness to do whatever it took to make these tools work to their utmost potential. Gary dissects every current major social media platform so that anyone, from a plumber to a professional ice skater, will know exactly how to amplify his or her personal brand on each. He offers both theoretical and tactical advice on how to become the biggest thing on old standbys like Twitter, Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Pinterest, and Snapchat; podcast platforms like Spotify, Soundcloud, iHeartRadio, and iTunes; and other emerging platforms such as Musical.ly. For those with more experience, Crushing It! illuminates some little-known nuances and provides innovative tips and clever tweaks proven to enhance more common tried-and-true strategies. Crushing It! is a guide to building your own path to professional and financial success and a blueprint to living life on your own terms."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I, Get pumped: The path is all yours
    What (still) matters
    The eighth essential
    content
    What's stopping you?
    The only thing you need to give yourself to crush it
    Part II, Create your pillar: First, do this
    Get discovered
    Musical.ly
    Snapchat
    Twitter
    YouTube
    Facebook
    Instagram
    Podcasts
    Voice-first
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access OverDrive [2018]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Print
    Leo J. McCarthy.
    Summary: "Cryoprecipitate is still transfused although its genuine indications are specific and therefore, limited. Its accidental, yet fortuitous discovery by Dr. Judith Pool, and its clinical effectiveness subsequently established by Dr. Ed. Hershgold, enabled cryoprecipitate to quickly become the standard therapy for patients worldwide afflicted with hemophilia. However, its usage has declined since monoclonal factor VIII has emerged as the new standard of therapy primarily because of its lack of viral infectivity. Our expreience indicates it is frequently not transfused appropriately."--leaf 2.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Willem F. Wolkers, Harriette Oldenhof.
    Summary: This volume provides a variety of standard protocols used to cryopreserve or freeze-dry different types of specimens. In addition, it provides chapters focused on the fundamental principles of cryopreservation, vitrification, and freeze-drying. Several state of the art microscopic, spectroscopic as well as calorimetric methods are highlighted that can be used to study cellular and macromolecular changes in response to freezing or drying. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and practical, Cryopreservation and Freeze-Drying Protocols, Third Edition serves as a practical guideline for studies on freezing and drying processes as well as preservation strategies for biological specimens.

    Contents:
    Principles of cryopreservation / David E. Pegg
    Principles of cryopreservation by vitrification / Gregory M. Fahy and Brian Wowk
    Modeling and optimization of cryopreservation / James D. Benson
    Principles of freeze-drying / Gerald D. J. Adams, Isobel Cook, and Kevin R. Ward
    Use of in situ fourier transform infrared spectroscopy to study freezing and drying of cells / Willem F. Wolkers and Harriëtte Oldenhof
    Calorimetric analysis of cryopreservation and freeze-drying formulations / Wendell Q. Sun
    Measurement of intracellular ice formation kinetics by high-speed video cryomicroscopy / Jens O. M. Karlsson
    Laser scanning microscopy in cryobiology / Frank Stracke, Asger Kreiner-Møller, and Heiko Zimmermann
    Low-temperature electron microscopy : techniques and protocols / Roland A. Fleck
    Cryopreservation of semen from domestic livestock / Harald Sieme and Harriëtte Oldenhof
    Cryopreservation of mammalian oocytes / Victoria Keros and Barry J. Fuller
    Vitrification : a simple and successful method for cryostorage of human blastocysts / Juergen Liebermann
    Efficient cryopreservation of human pluripotent stem cells by surface-based vitrification / Julia C. Neubauer [and 3 others]
    Cryopreservation of Greenshell mussel (Perna canaliculus) sperm / Serean L. Adams [and 4 others]
    Membrane modification strategies for cryopreservation / Phillip H. Purdy and James K. Graham
    Sperm cleanup and centrifugation processing for cryopreservation / Harald Sieme and Harriëtte Oldenhof
    Cryopreservation of red blood cells / Johan W. Lagerberg
    Cord blood clinical processing, cryopreservation, and storage / Heidi Elmoazzen and Jelena L. Holovati
    Directional freezing for large volume cryopreservation / Joseph Saragusty
    Vitrification of heart valve tissues / Kelvin G. M. Brockbank [and 3 others]
    Cryopreservation of plant cell lines / Heinz Martin Schumacher, Martina Westphal, and Elke Heine-Dobbernack
    Writing standard operating procedures (SOPs) for cryostorage protocols : using shoot meristem cryopreservation as an example / Keith Harding and Erica E. Benson
    Freeze-drying of proteins / Baolin Liu and Xinli Zhou
    Freeze-drying of lactic acid Bbacteria / Fernanda Fonseca , Stéphanie Cenard , and Stéphanie Passot
    Freeze-drying of mammalian sperm / Levent Keskintepe and Ali Eroglu
    Freeze-drying of decellularized deart valve tissues / Willem F. Wolkers and Andres Hilfiker.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Judith Betsy, Stephen Kumar, editors.
    Summary: Understanding the reproductive physiology and endocrinology of fishes is essential for captive maturation and seed production in the field of aquaculture. Studying the spermatology of fishes is a comparatively new focus in aquaculture, which has emerged as an important area of fish research over the past two decades. In this regard, the cryopreservation of fish gametes is a crucial aspect. Moreover, energetics studies of gametes have become essential, considering the loss of vigour in the spermatozoa after cryopreservation. The latest development in this context is the cryopreservation of spermatogonial stem cell, which is also covered in the book, along with detailed information on embryo cryopreservation in fishes and crustaceans. The role of cryopreservation in conservation programmes is another important aspect, one that will especially interest biologists. This book addresses central issues in fish gamete cryopreservation and breeding, while also reviewing the history of cryopreservation. Its most unique feature is the breadth of its coverage, from basic information on reproduction in fishes, to such advanced topics as embryo cryopreservation. Chiefly intended as a handy troubleshooting guide, the book represents a valuable resource for research students in related fields.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Reproductive physiology in fishes
    Chapter 2: Endocrine regulation of reproduction with special emphasis on gametogenesis in fishes
    Chapter 3: Factors influencing milt quality in fishes and its usefulness to cryopreservation
    Chapter 4: Energetics of fish spermatozoa
    Chapter 5: Fish sperm quality evaluation after cryopreservation
    Chapter 6: Cryopreservation
    History and Development
    Chapter 7: Cryopreservation of fish gametes- an overview
    Chapter 8: Cryopreservation and short duration storage of germ cells and male gametes of freshwater fishes
    Chapter 9: Cryopreservation of marine fish sperm
    Chapter 10: Sperm cryopreservation in crustaceans
    Chapter 11: State of the art in cryopreservation of bivalve spermatozoa
    Chapter 12: Cryopreservation of germ stem cells in fishes
    Chapter 13: Cryopreservation and storage of oocytes, embryos and embryonic cells of fish
    Chapter 14: Potential of fish gamete cryopreservation in conservation programs in Bangladesh
    Chapter 15: Gamete manipulation and conservation for genetic improvement in penaeid shrimp.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paola Pasquali, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to fill the gap created by the lack of formal training in cryosurgery, which leads not only to an underutilization of the technique but also to inappropriate uses with unpleasant consequences for patients. The book covers all practical aspects of cryosurgery and also offers a theoretical foundation for practice. Basic principles, equipment, and techniques are described, and procedures are explained step by step for a range of applications, including common benign lesions, vascular lesions, premalignant conditions, and malignancies. An important feature is the coverage of the latest advances in combination treatments such as topical drugs and cryosurgery, ultrasound and cryosurgery, photography and cryosurgery, cryobiopsy, and immunocryosurgery. Use of cryosurgery as palliative treatment is also discussed, and the closing chapters consider postoperative care, complications, and future directions.

    Contents:
    History
    Basic Principles. Cryobiology
    Immunocryosurgery
    Techniques
    Basic Equipments
    Cryobiopsy
    Common Benign Lesions
    Vascular Lesions
    Pre Malignant Management. Combination Treatments
    Malignant Lesions
    Bcc and Ultrasound
    Special Areas: Eyelids, Earlobe, Nose
    Cryosurgery and other Imaging Techniques
    Palliative Treatment
    Postoperative Care
    Complications
    Future considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Simone M. Cacciò, Giovanni Widmer, editors.
    Summary: This new volume on Cryptosporidium and Cryptosporidiosis discusses all relevant aspects of the biology, molecular biology, host-parasite interaction, epidemiology as well as diagnosis and treatment of these widespread parasites. It represents a useful guide for physicians, microbiologists, veterinarians and water professionals seeking advanced knowledge and guidance about these important parasitic pathogens. A section on practical lab procedures discusses step-by-step guidelines for sample preparation and lab procedures. The new book may further serve as a reference work for graduate students in medical and veterinary microbiology.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Taxonomy and epidemiology of Cryptosporidium
    Taxonomy and molecular taxonomy
    Epidemiology of human cryptosporidiosis
    Molecular epidemiology of human cryptosporidiosis
    Cryptosporidiosis in farmed animals
    Cryptosporidiosis in other vertebrates
    Section 2: Molecular Biology
    Cryptosporidium: current state of genomics and systems biological research
    From Genome to Proteome: transcriptional and proteomic analysis of Cryptosporidium parasites
    Cryptosporidium metabolism
    Section 3: Host-parasite interaction
    Human Cryptosporidiosis: A Clinical Perspective
    Immunology of Cryptosporidiosis
    Treatment of cryptosporidiosis
    Section 4: Cryptosporidium and the water
    Cryptosporidium Oocysts in Drinking Water and Recreational Water
    Removal and inactivation of Cryptosporidium from water.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Abdulaziz A. AlQahtani, Paolo Castelnuovo, Roy Casiano, Ricardo L. Carrau, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book is divided into 6 parts that cover all topics related to cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) rhinorrea. It provides in-depth theoretical and practical knowledge, and includes teaching material as well as evidence-based scientific content. The introductory part presents the skull base anatomy, CSF physiology, pathophysiology of skull base defects as well as the role of imaging in this condition. The second and third parts provide details of different diagnostic features and conservative management. The fourth and central part thoroughly illustrates surgical approaches for this clinical condition and follows a similar structure, describing each surgical procedure step-by-step. The fifth part sheds light on the postoperative management and the long-term follow up, while the last part addresses miscellaneous topics, such as quality of life, outcome measures, and medico-legal issues. The book is enriched by a wealth of high-quality figures and online videos that illustrate real-world clinical cases, and each chapter features a summary box, key points and a conclusion. The contributors are leading experts in the field and include authorities and inventors of skull base surgical approaches and reconstruction techniques. The multidisciplinary panel of authors from 6 continents consists of neurosurgeons, radiologists and anesthesiologists. The book is intended for medical, surgical and paramedic professionals, and is a valuable resource for all levels from medical students to consultants.

    Contents:
    1 Skull base development and anatomy
    2 Imaging of skull base
    3 Physiology of CSF
    4 Pathophysiology of skull base defect and CSF leak
    5 Clinical presentation of CSF leak
    6 Fluid analysis in rhinorrhea
    7 Role of radiology in CSF leak
    8 Use of fluorescein
    9 Diagnostic algorithm for CSF leak
    10 Conservative management of CSF leak
    11 Traumatic CSF leaks
    12 Spontaneous CSF leaks: Intracranial hypertension, Neoplasms, Idiopathic
    13 Multidisciplinary approach to CSF leak
    14 History of surgical approaches and techniques for skull base reconstruction
    15 Operative room set-up and instrumentation
    16 Role of anesthesiologist
    17 Synthetic materials for skull base reconstruction
    18 Free autologous graft
    19 Local pedicled flaps
    20 Regional pedicled flap
    21 Micro-vascular free flap
    22 Anterior cranial fossa CSF leak repair
    23 Middle & Posterior cranial fossa CSF leak repair
    24 The proper use of reconstructive material
    25 External approaches for skull base reconstruction
    26 Post-operative instructions
    27 Surgical complications of skull base reconstruction
    28 Failure of CSF leak repair
    29 Role of lumbar drain in CSF leak
    30 Long-term follow up strategy
    31 Pediatric CSF leak
    32 Outcomes of skull base reconstruction
    33 Abnormal presentation of CSF leak
    34 Management of benign intracranial hypertension
    35 Evidence based medicine in CSF leak and skull base reconstruction
    36 Quality of life and Outcome measures in CSF leak
    37 Surgical competence in CSF leak repair
    38 Patients advocacy and medico-legal issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ramiah Rajeshkannan, Vimal Raj, Sanjaya Viswamitra, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the cross-sectional imaging of congenital heart diseases, and features a wealth of relevant CT and MRI images. Important details concerning anatomy, physiology, embryology and management options are discussed, and the key technical aspects of performing the imaging are explained step by step. Written by a team of respected authors, the book is richly illustrated and supplemented with access to a number of clinical videos. Intended to provide quick and reliable access to high-quality MRI and CT images of frequently encountered congenital and structural heart abnormalities, the book offers a go-to guide for imaging physicians, helping them overcome the steep learning curve for pediatric cardiac imaging.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basics
    CMR
    Cardiac Embryology
    Cross Sectional Imaging Atlas
    Technical Aspects of Pediatric Cardiac CT
    Scan Techniques for Pediatric Cardiac MRI
    Sequential Segmental Approach to CHD
    Part II: Imaging in Congenital Heart Disease
    Congenital Aortic Anomalies
    Vascular Rings and Slings
    Radiological Review of Coronary Artery Anomalies
    Imaging in Pulmonary Atresia with Ventricular Septal Defect
    Congenital Pulmonary Venous Anomalies
    CT and MRI of Simple Cardiovascular Shunts
    Ebstein Anomaly
    Pre and Post Operative Imaging in Tetralogy of Fallot
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle : Morphology and Function
    Pre and Post Operative Imaging in Transposition of Great Arteries
    Imaging of Single Ventricle
    CT and MR Imaging in Post Operative CHD
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Part III : Special Topics in CHD
    Techniques and Clinical Applications of Phase Contrast MRI in CHD
    Imaging of Pulmonary Hypertension in Congenital Heart Disease
    CT Versus MRI in Congenital Heart Disease
    Echocardiography for Congenital Heart Disease
    Fundamental Approach
    3D Prototyping
    Technology and Applications for CHD
    Radiation issues in Pediatric Cardiac CT Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Pablo R. Ros, Koenraad J. Mortele ; associate editors, Vincent Pelsser, Smitha Thomas.
    Summary: "Now in its Third Edition, this trusted and practical volume in LWW's Teaching File Series offers residents and practicing radiologists a unique opportunity to study alongside the experts in their field. For the first time, CT and MRI of the Abdomen and Pelvis is a hybrid publication, with a new paperback format and accompanying web content that includes a wealth of case studies users can access from their laptop, tablet, or mobile device. The book is useful both as a quick consult or study aid for anyone preparing for Board examinations in Radiology and other specialties where knowledge of CT and MRI of the abdomen and pelvis are required. This skill-builder delivers ... 416 structured case studies based on actual patients--each providing a brief patient history, as many as four CT/MR images, a short description of the findings, differential diagnosis, final diagnosis, and a discussion of the case. Detailed imaging of all areas of the abdomen and pelvis including the liver and biliary system, pancreas, GI tract, spleen, mesentery/omentum/peritoneum, kidney and urinary system retroperitoneum and adrenal glands and abdominal wall--helps readers understand relevant anatomy and identify pathologies. NEW to third Edition ... Hybrid format includes print and online components. 30% new cases address new challenges and provide timely information. Accompanying web site delivers access to all cases in the book, plus several hundred supplemental, "bonus" cases!"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Joel H. Bortz, Aarthi Ramlaul, Leonie Munro, editors.
    Contents:
    Patient-centred communication
    Informed consent
    Principles of computed tomography (CT)
    Principles of radiation dose in computed tomography and computed tomography colonography
    Dose optimisation in CT colonography
    Overview of CT colonography in imaging the colon
    Role of contrast media in CTC: types, usage and allergic reactions
    Patient preparation, including bowel preparation, the role of tagging, and methods of colonic insufflation
    CTC technique and methods of interpreting images
    Anatomy of the colon
    Pitfalls and artefacts
    Internal haemorrhoids and other anorectal lesions
    Polyps
    The adenoma-carcinoma sequence, management and treatment of colon cancer
    Diverticular disease
    Lipomas of the colon
    Extracolonic findings
    Good practice in CT colonography reporting
    Ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron emission tomography in the evaluation of colon cancer
    Legal and professional requirements of radiographer reporting: a framework for practice
    Self-assessment of CT colonography images.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    U. Joseph Schoepf, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and richly-illustrated guide to cardiac CT, its current state, applications, and future directions. While the first edition of this text focused on what was then a novel instrument looking for application, this edition comes at a time where a wealth of guideline-driven, robust, and beneficial clinical applications have evolved that are enabled by an enormous and ever growing field of technology. Accordingly, the focus of the text has shifted from a technology-centric to a more patient-centric appraisal. While the specifications and capabilities of the CT system itself remain front and center as the basis for diagnostic success, much of the benefit derived from cardiac CT today comes from avant-garde technologies enabling enhanced visualization, quantitative imaging, and functional assessment, along with exciting deep learning, and artificial intelligence applications. Cardiac CT is no longer a mere tool for non-invasive coronary artery stenosis detection in the chest pain diagnostic algorithms; cardiac CT has proven its value for uses as diverse as personalized cardiovascular risk stratification, prediction, and management, diagnosing lesion-specific ischemia, guiding minimally invasive structural heart disease therapy, and planning cardiovascular surgery, among many others. This second edition is an authoritative guide and reference for both novices and experts in the medical imaging sciences who have an interest in cardiac CT.

    Contents:
    HISTORY OF CARDIAC CT: A PERSONAL STORY
    Evolution of Radiation Dose from Cardiac CT
    THE LONG MARCH INTO CLINICAL PRACTICE: CARDIAC CT AND ITS COMPETITORS
    Cardiac Computed Tomography: A Team Sport
    Cardiac CT: Credentialing and Accreditation
    Principles of Cardiac CT Image Acquisition
    Cardiac CT Platforms: State of the Art
    Dual Energy and Spectral CT Techniques in Cardiovascular Imaging
    Drugs in Cardiac CT
    Contrast Media Injection Protocols in CT Coronary Angiography
    Cardiovascular CT: Image Reconstruction
    The Challenging Patient
    Cardiac CT: Contemporary Clinical Image Data Display, Analysis, and Quantification
    Workflow Optimization
    Defining the Role and Benefits of a 3D Laboratory for Cardiovascular
    Structured Reporting for Cardiac CT
    Integration of CT Data into Clinical Workflows: Role of Modern IT Infrastructure including Cloud Technology
    Thoughts on Coding and Reimbursement
    Pathology and Pathophysiology of Coronary Atherosclerotic Plaques
    CT CARDIAC ANATOMY
    Patient Selection: When to Use Cardiac CT versus Other Imaging or Non-Imaging Tests
    Current Guidelines
    Clinical Application of the Coronary Artery Calcium Score and Implications for Cardiovascular Disease Prevention
    The Many Uses of Epicardial Fat Measurements
    Nonatherosclerotic Coronary Artery Disease
    The Many Faces of Atherosclerosis
    Use of Coronary Computed Tomography Angiography in Cardiac Risk Assessment for Non-Cardiac Surgery
    Chronic Chest Pain
    Coronary CT Angiography for Evaluation of Acute Coronary Syndrome in the Emergency Department
    The Role of Cardiac CT in Patients with Metabolic Disorders
    CT for Guiding Successful Revascularization
    Multidetector CT Angiography for Coronary Bypass Graft Assessment and Reoperative Cardiac Surgery
    Stent Assessment
    CT of Cardiac Function and Wall Motion
    Three-Chamber Function with Cardiac CT
    Diseases of the Myocardium and Pericardium
    CT of Cardiac and Paracardi ac Masses
    Valvular Heart Disease and Prostheses
    CT in the Context of Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    CT for Minimally Invasive Repair of Mitral Valve and Other Structural Heart Disease
    Cardiac CT: Electrophysiological Applications
    Cardiac Devices
    Special Technique Considerations for Congenital Heart Disease Imaging
    CT of Coronary Artery Anomalies
    CT Spectrum of Congenital Heart Disease
    The Use of Cardiovascular CT in repaired CHD
    Cardiac CT in the Setting of Heart Transplantation
    CT Imaging of the Heart-Lung Axis
    Ischemic Stroke: The Role of Cardiac CT
    Incidental Findings on CT angiography and How to Manage Them
    A Test on the Move: Cardiac CT in China as a Case Study
    Prognosis and Outcome: State of the Evidence
    Cardiac CT: Comparative Cost-Effectiveness
    Barriers to Greater Clinical Implementation
    Differences and Disparities in Cardiovascular Medicine Related to Gender, Race, and Ethnicity: The Role of Cardiac CT
    Cardiac CT Radiomics
    Coronary CT Angiography for Screening, Risk Stratification, and Management of Asymptomatic Patients: State of the Evidence
    Advanced Methods for Coronary Artery Plaque Analysis
    Transluminal Attenuation Gradient and Other CT Techniques for Gauging Lesion Significance
    CT Angiography Derived Fractional Flow Reserve
    CT Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: Arterial First Pass Imaging
    Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: Dual-Energy Approaches
    Dynamic Myocardial CT Perfusion Imaging
    CTs Role for Myocardial Viability Assessment
    Coronary CT Angiography as the Gatekeeper to the Cathlab: Where Are We?
    3D Printing from Cardiac CT Images
    Future Technological Advances in Cardiac CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Giorgio Ascenti, Angelo Vanzulli, Carlo Catalano, Rendon C. Nelson.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the continuously evolving field of dual-energy CT (DECT). An introductory section presents information on the physical and technical background of DECT and considers nonspecific and specific software advantages. Clinical applications of DECT in the evaluation of retroperitoneal viscera are then addressed in detail with the help of high-quality illustrations. Particular attention is devoted to the most recent DECT study protocols, software, and applications in aortic, renal, pancreatic, and adrenal disease. A number of case studies are reported that elucidate the advantages of DECT, and the relevant literature is extensively discussed. The book closes by considering radiation dose and dose-saving measures. The simple and practical approach offered by this book will assist radiologists in the optimal routine use and interpretation of DECT in different retroperitoneal sites and radiology technologists in the choice of settings and parameters.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Technical principles
    Dual-, multi- and mono-energy CT & iodine: basic concepts and clinical applications
    Renal Masses
    CT Urography
    Urinary Stones
    Adrenal Glands
    Pancreas.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Fausto Catena, Salomone Di Saverio, Luca Ansaloni, Federico Coccolini, Massimo Sartelli, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Matthias Hofer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Patricia Carrascosa, Carlos Capuñay, Carlos E. Sueldo, Juan Mariano Baronio.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of CT Virtual Hysterosalpingography, a new non-invasive diagnostic technique that allows the evaluation of the entire gynecologic tract in a single study, by combining the benefits of hysterosalpingography (HSG) with multidetector Computed Tomography (CT). The addition of 64-row CT scanners with HSG has significantly improved visualization and assessment of the uterine cavity and fallopian tubes, and allows for the diagnosis of polyps, myomas, uterine anomalies and tubal pathology with a high degree of accuracy. CT Virtual Hysterosalpingography is written and edited by the leaders in the field and covers all aspects of the technique, from its origin and technical principles through to descriptions of the normal anatomy and most common pathologies. This will be an essential text for Gynecologists, Infertility Specialists, Radiologists and Reproductive Endocrinologists who would want to learn about this technique and how it can be implemented in their practice.

    Contents:
    Technical Aspects of Multislice Computed Tomography
    The Birth of a New Diagnostic Technique
    Study and Interpretation Protocol
    Normal Radiological Anatomy
    Cervical Pathology
    Pathology of the Uterine Cavity
    Uterine Wall Pathology
    Congenital Uterine Anomalies
    Tubal Pathology
    Morphological Post-treatment Changes
    Incidental Findings
    Pitfalls
    Usage of Gadolinium in Allergic Patients
    Radiation Dose
    Clinical Applications of Virtual Hysterosalpingography.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    John R. Fowler, editor.
    Summary: Cubital tunnel syndrome is the second most common compression neuropathy in the upper extremity. While the treatment of carpal tunnel syndrome is relatively straightforward, there is much debate regarding the most efficient diagnostic methods, appropriate non-surgical management, and surgical management of cubital tunnel syndrome. This unique book is sensibly divided into three thematic sections. Part one reviews the relevant anatomy and presents the physical exam and diagnostic test modalities, along with non-surgical treatment strategies such as splinting and injections as well as the role of physical therapy. Surgical treatment strategies are discussed in detail in part two, including decompression, anterior transposition, minimal medial epicondyectomy and ulnar motor nerve transfer. Management of the failed release is highlighted here as well. Part three describes outcomes, acute and chronic complications and rehabilitation. Case material will be included where appropriate to provide real-world illustration of the presentations and procedures discussed. Practical yet comprehensive, Cubital Tunnel Syndrome will be an excellent resource for orthopedic, hand and plastic surgeons, trainees and residents, with content that will also be useful for physical therapists and rehabilitation specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Victor G. Carrión.
    Summary: "Trauma can be defined as exposure to a shocking, distressing, or emotionally painful event that can result in negative mental and physical health effects. Due to its interference with development, childhood trauma is particularly detrimental and can result in symptoms including posttraumatic stress disorder, anxiety disorders, depression, dissociation, externalizing behavioral problems, and suicidal ideation. It can increase the risk of substance use, school disengagement, and academic difficulties, and it has been associated with attentional impairment, cognitive performance, and the development of self-regulation. Cue-Centered Therapy for Youth Experiencing Posttraumatic Symptoms presents a psychosocial treatment approach for children and adolescents who have been exposed to chronic traumatic experiences. Cue-Centered Therapy (CCT) derives its name from its focus on the conditioning process that results in sensitivity towards trauma-related cues. CCT addresses four core domains: cognition, behavior, emotions, and physiology, through a combination of empirically supported and CCT-specific interventions. This structured and flexible Therapist Guide focuses on helping the youth develop insight into his/her own patterns of behaviors and emotions. Rather than having youth attempt to "unlearn" maladaptive responses conditioned to cues, CCT focuses on creating new connections and behavioral responses. The treatment manual offers guidelines on conducting each of the sessions while respecting the individual therapist's own strengths. Through the use of visual icons, forms, and figures, the manual facilitates teaching relevant lessons. The therapy reduces negative cognitions, allows for emotional expression, identifies and changes trauma-related responses, empowers with knowledge and skills, and strengthens the relationship between the caregiver and his/her child"-- Provided by publisher "Cue-Centered Therapy for Youth Experiencing Posttraumatic Symptoms presents a psychosocial treatment approach for children and adolescents who have been exposed to chronic traumatic experiences"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Cover; Series; Cue-Centered Therapy for Youth Experiencing Posttraumatic Symptoms; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Acknowledgments;
    Chapter 1 Introductory Information for Therapists;
    Chapter 2 Diagnostic Criteria and Assessment;
    Chapter 3 Assessment of the Child;
    Chapter 4 Session 1: Education;
    Chapter 5 Sessions 2 and 3: Mindfulness, Relaxation, and Cognitive Tools;
    Chapter 6 Sessions 4 and 5: Chronic Traumatic Stress History;
    Chapter 7 Sessions 6 and 7: Processing the Chronic Traumatic Stress History;
    Chapter 8 Session 8: Midtherapy Update;
    Chapter 9 Session 9: Approaching Cues
    Chapter 10 Session 10: Imaginary Exposure to Cues
    Chapter 11 Session 11: In-Session Exposure to Cues;
    Chapter 12 Session 12: Evaluation of In-Vivo Exposure Assignment;
    Chapter 13 Session 13: Processing Chronic Traumatic Stress History;
    Chapter 14 Session 14: Closing Session 1;
    Chapter 15 Session 15: Closing Session 2; References; About the Author; Epilogue
    Digital Access Oxford U Press [2016]
  • Print
    Cohen, Ramón Rafael E.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O126 .C67 1943
    1
  • Digital
    Steven P. Shelov, editor jefe ; Tanya Remer Altmann, editor a médica asociada ; Juan C. Kupferman, revisor médico ; Robert E. Hannemann, editor médico asociado, eméito ; Richard Turbo, escritor.
    Summary: The most up-to-date, expert advice for mothers, fathers, and care providers from the American Academy of Pediatrics, the most respected organization on child health; this is the essential resource for all parents who want to provide the very best care for their children.

    Contents:
    Preparación para recibir un nuevo bebé
    El parto y los primeros momentos después
    Cuidado básico del bebé
    Alimentación de su bebé
    Los primeros días de su bebé
    El primer mes
    Desde el mes hasta los 3 meses de edad
    De los 4 a los 7 meses de edad
    De los 8 a los 12 meses de edad
    Su bebé de 1 año
    Su hijo de 2 años
    Su hijo de 3 años
    Su hijo de 4 y 5 años
    Educación temprana y guarderías
    Cómo mantener seguro a su hijo
    Abdomen y tracto gastrointestinal
    Alergias
    Conducta
    Pecho y pulmones
    Afecciones y enfermedades crónicas
    Discapacidades del desarrollo
    Oídos, nariz y garganta
    Emergencias
    Salud ambiental
    Ojos
    Problemas familiares
    Fiebre
    Sistemas genital y urinario
    Cabeza, cuello y sistema nervioso
    Corazón
    Vacunas
    Medios
    Problemas musculoesqueléticos
    Piel
    El sueño de su hijo.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017
  • Print
    by Jonathan Burgess, MD, MPH, Jasna Robinson-Wright, MSc, RD, CDE, CIEC, and Deborah Kennedy PhD
    Summary: "A Focus on Creating Delicious, Healthy Food to Support Mental Health. This book is one in the Culinary Medicine Textbook series. The focus is on diet and how it impacts mental health by providing nutrients as cofactors in the production of neurotransmitters; adding fiber and diversity to the microbiome, which impacts the gut-brain axis; modulating neuro-inflammation and neuro-oxidative stress; and through the production of BDNF. Diet and nutrient randomized controlled trials have demonstrated impressive results in treating depression, as well as other psychiatric disorders. The central premise of diet and lifestyle interventions for optimum mental health is that if a behavior is healthful for you from the neck on down, it will be healthful for you from the neck on up."--Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K471 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD
    Summary: "Focus on creating cravable, delicious, healthy food to change the health of individuals and the planet one bite at a time. Deb Kennedy PhD has a unique blend of skills she whisks together to make healthful changes both simple and delicious. As a nutritional biochemist and chef she was able to gather a tribe of fellow chefs and nutrition scientists from around the world to create this comprehensive work that has developed culinary competencies for various diseases - heart disease, diabetes, and obesity for example - and groups of people - seniors, children, pregnant/lactating females and athletes."

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Servings, portions, and labels
    Satiation and satiety
    Factors influencing food intake
    Taste and flavor
    Cooking, nutrition, & bioavailability
    Nutrition research-an overview
    Mindful eating
    Motivational interviewing.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K466 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD with Julia Hilbrands MS, MPH, RD
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K468 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD with Julia Hilbrands MS, MPH, RD
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K467 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD with Julia Hilbrands MS, Laura Thomas
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K469 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K470 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Shanaya Rathod, David Kingdon, Narsimha Pinninti, Douglas Turkington, Peter Phiri.
    Summary: "This book is designed to enable CBT clinicians to engage people from diverse cultural backgrounds by adapting their therapeutic techniques, resulting in increased therapist confidence and much improved patient outcomes"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    by Geri-Ann Galanti ; foreword by Michael S. Woods.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref 2018
    Limited to 7 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    David L. Rowland, Emmanuele A. Jannini, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is twofold: to promote an awareness of cultural differences in connection with sexual medicine among health care providers, and to demonstrate how such differences are relevant to the care and treatment of patients with sexual issues. Individual sexuality represents the cumulative effects of biological, psychological, and cultural influences. Yet much of the study of sexuality--including issues ranging from sexual identity to sexual response--has been conducted through a Western lens. Although a substantial body of work in anthropology has taken up the study of human sexuality from a cross-cultural perspective, two points are notable. First, this work seldom crosses the desks of medical and psychological health practitioners, and second, the relevance of specific cultural differences is rarely apparent to the typical sexual health practitioner. To address this situation, this book adopts a global perspective, focusing on how cultural practices and values can impact health care, treatment, and outcomes. In this regard, it covers three broad domains: Sexual Identity and Orientation; Sexual Response and Dysfunction; and Sexual Diversity. Each chapter consists of two parts: a general description of the relevant issues, and a discussion of how these issues can be relevant to clinical practice. The book offers a valuable, practical tool for specialists in sexual medicine and sexual psychology, for sexual healthcare givers, and for sexological researchers who want to better serve their patients by developing an awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences, and by providing a framework for dealing with issues of sexuality and sexual health that takes cultural values into consideration, while adhering to best practices in patient care.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    Part I
    1: Culture and Practice: Identifying the Issues
    1.1 Diversity and Healthcare: The Idea Is Not New
    1.2 Diversity Is Increasing
    1.2.1 Subcultures Within Dominant Cultures
    1.3 How Do Cultural Differences Impact Health Care?
    1.4 Kinds of Issues Encountered
    1.4.1 Views of Health and Illness
    1.4.1.1 Stigmatization and Mental Illness
    1.4.2 Issues of Language, Expression, and Communication
    1.4.3 Relationship Between the Patient and Practitioner
    1.5 Cultural Diversity and Sexual Medicine 1.6 Developing Cultural Competence in Medical Practice
    1.7 Conclusion
    1.8 Resources
    References
    2: Role of Medical Anthropology in Understanding Cultural Differences in Sexuality
    2.1 Using Anthropology to Understand Sexual Health
    2.2 ED Versus Natural Aging in Mexico
    2.3 Vulvar Disease
    2.4 Conclusion and Guidelines
    References
    Part II
    3: Socio-cultural Perspectives, Challenges, and Approaches to Sexual Health in the Indian Subcontinent
    3.1 Sexuality in Indian Culture: Ancient to Modern
    3.2 Indian Sexual Health Scenario
    3.2.1 Education Delays Sex 3.2.2 Youth and Premarital Sex
    3.2.3 Gender Perceptions of Sexuality
    3.2.4 Synthesis
    3.3 Sexual Dysfunction in Men and Women in India
    3.3.1 Male Sexual Dysfunction
    3.3.2 Female Sexual Dysfunction
    3.4 Sample Treatment of Sexual Dysfunction in an Indian Context
    3.4.1 Synthesis
    3.5 Issues Surrounding Women and Sexual Minorities in India
    3.5.1 LGBTQ Status and Issues in India
    3.5.2 Sexual Violence in India
    3.6 Recent Laws and Regulations Affecting Issues of Sexuality in India
    3.6.1 Sex Education 3.6.2 Bidding Farewell to Article 377 of the Indian Constitution
    3.6.3 Sexual Violence
    3.6.4 The Protection of Children
    3.6.5 Synthesis
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexuality from a Cross-Cultural Perspective
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Understanding and Defining Sexual Orientation
    4.3 Understanding Sexual Identity
    4.4 Key Considerations for Understanding LGB Healthcare Needs
    4.5 Practical Implications
    4.6 Implications for Practice
    4.7 Assessment
    4.8 Diagnosis/Treatment
    4.9 Summary
    4.10 Case Examples
    Appendix: Tables
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Neelam A. Vashi, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses the importance of the physicians' understanding on how varying ethnic and cultural identities can affect dermatological disease presentation in patients. It bridges the gap in knowledge for practicing dermatologists, especially those not studying or practicing in a highly multi-ethnic center who may not be exposed to patients from a variety of cultures. Concise and cohesive, the book examines how dermatoses can manifest due to cosmetic practices, therapeutics, religious practices, cultural hair-related practices, and environmental variables. These elements underscore that without exposure to patients of varying backgrounds, it can be nearly impossible to learn about practices that may influence a patient's health. There are many examples of cultural practices causing dermatologic lesions, and it is becoming increasingly more likely that practicing dermatologists will encounter patients with these findings as migration, tourism, and public interest continue to rise. Socially conscientious and relevant, Cultural Practices and Dermatoses covers everything from more common cultural practices, such as acupuncture and threading, to lesser known ones, like pew blisters and turban ear, as there is limited medical literature describing their cutaneous effects and complications.

    Contents:
    1. Therapeutic Practices
    2. Cosmetic Practices
    3. Cultural Hair-Related Dermatoses
    4. Religious Dermatoses.-5. Environmental Dermatoses
    6. Cultural Competency.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ranna Parekh, Cheryl S. Al-Mateen, Maria Jose Lisotto, R. Dakota Carter.
    Summary: "In Cultural Psychiatry With Children, Adolescents, and Families, the editors and authors aim to provide history, theory, and evidence-based practice to the various dimensions influencing mental health in children, adolescents, transitional age youth, and families. Knowledge needed to provide culturally competent care includes an understanding of cross-cultural issues that relate to mental health disparities. It also includes pertinent cultural information such as historical trauma that may impact health behaviors. Topics covered in this book include race and ethnicity, mi-croaggressions, intersectionality, social determinants of mental health, and special issues of cul-ture and mental health across the lifespan from infants to college age students. Chapters are de-voted to immigrant and refugee populations, gender and sexuality, religion and spirituality, the influence of digital media and technology, rural psychiatry, adoption and foster care systems, and use of the DSM-5 Cultural Formulation Interview and the Outline for Cultural Formulation"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cultural Psychiatry / Cheryl S. Al-Mateen, Ranna Parekh, Maria Jose Lisotto, R. Dakota Carter
    The Black Diaspora : Cultural Psychiatry Perspectives on African American Children and Adolescents and Their Families / Lisa M. Cullins, Jessica Moore
    A Broad Overview of American Indian, Alaskan Native, and Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander Cultures / Rebecca Susan Daily [and 7 others]
    Mental Health in Asian American Populations / Annie S. Li, Jang E. Cho, Janet C. Chen
    Bridging the Gap in Psychiatric Care of Latinx Youth and Families / Maria Jose Lisotto, Andrés Martin, Lisa R. Fortuna
    The Role of Culture, Stigma, and Bias on the Mental Health of Arab American Youth / Balkozar Adam, Omar M. Mahmood
    Gender and Sexuality in the Twenty-First Century : Cultural Psychiatry for Children, Adolescents, and Families / R. Dakota Carter, Aaron Janssen
    Religion and Spirituality in Child and Adolescent Cultural Psychiatry / Mary Lynn Dell, D. Min, Jonathan J. Shepherd
    Diverse Families and Family Treatment / Neha Sharma, John Sargent
    Social Determinants of Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Phillip Murray, Kamille Williams, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Aliens, Illegals, Deportees : Children, Migration, and Mental Health / Schuyler W. Henderson, Maria Baez
    Clinical Strategies to Address the Mental Health of Forcibly Displaced Children (Refugees, Asylum Seekers, and Unaccompanied Minors) : The Role of Silence, Family, and Socioecological Resilience / Suzan Song
    The Global State of Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Ayesha Irshad Mian, Aisha Sanober Chachar
    Digital Media, Culture, and Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Brittnie Fowler, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Culture of Technology : Use of Telepsychiatry and Other Advances to Engage Children, Adolescents, and Transitional-Age Youth / R. Dakota Carter
    Rural Psychiatry / L. Lee Carlisle
    Infant Psychiatry : Culture and Early Childhood / Wanjikũ F.M. Njoroge, Amalia Londoño Tobón
    Adoption and Foster Care Systems / Courtney L. McMickens
    Microaggressions : Effects in Early Life and Strategies to Overcome / Ranna Parekh [and 5 others]
    Cultural Aspects of College Mental Health / Ludmila De Faria
    DSM-5 Outline for Cultural Formulation and Cultural Formulation Interview : Complex Case Examples / Kathryn L. Jones, Pratik Jain, Collin Weintraub, Cheryl S. Al-Mateen
    Advocacy / Debra E. Koss.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2021
  • Digital
    Sally N. Ellis Fletcher.
    Summary: The healthcare workforce and landscape continues to evolve with the ongoing education systems forming in foreign countries and immigration and foreign employment continuing to grow in the United States. Every heath care provider and patient is challenged with cultural competency and acceptance on a daily basis. Often times our own prejudices and beliefs have great potential to interfere with effective health care interactions when what is truly important is providing the best patient care possible. There is much discussion around cultural sensitivity and cultural expertise, but now the discussion has shifted to cultural sensibility, which is a deliberate behavior that proactively provides an enriched provider consumer/patient interaction, where the health care provider acknowledges cultural issues and situations through thoughtful reasoning, responsiveness, and discreet (attentive, considerate, and observant) interactions. In this highly practical and informative handbook, author Sally Ellis Fletcher offers healthcare providers a process that encourages them to first consider their own attitudes, biases, beliefs, and prejudices through self-reflection. Cultural Sensibility in Healthcare challenges readers to examine cultural issues beyond just theory and to instead explore culture as it affects your professional role thus creating culturally sensibility health care encounters.

    Contents:
    Cultural sensibility: personal and professional
    Common ground: terms and definitions
    Lessening the impact of cultural clashes
    Healthcare disparities: they affect us all
    Bracketing, critical thinking, and reflection-in-action
    Yes, we're all alike, but the differences matter.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Maria D. Llorente.
    Summary: "Health care organizations are beginning to recognize the importance of cultural competence as it relates to efficiency, quality, and equity in the delivery of care within a competitive health care market, and Culture, Heritage, and Diversity in Older Adult Mental Health Care is designed to train mental health clinicians to deliver culturally sensitive care to an increasingly diverse patient population. Projections indicate that 35% of patients older than age 65 will be from a racial or ethnic minority group by 2050, compared with 11% in 1970. Today's mental health practitioners require knowledge, sensitivity, and an understanding of institutionalized practices and systems that undermine their patients' health and well-being. The term culture is multifaceted and may refer to one's belief system, values, religion, race, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, language, sexual orientation, geographic location, educational level, age, occupational risks and exposures, and gender. The authors of the book examine mental health care through these lenses, teaching the reader about implicit biases and potential miscommunication and offering strategies for overcoming these difficulties"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Why is cultural competency important when working with older adults? / Amy Gajaria, Ebony Dix, Ken Sakauye, Maria D. Llorente
    Cultural competence in geriatric psychiatry : teaching and evaluative methods / Ken Sakauye, Shuo Sally He, Ebony Dix, Raissa Tanqueco, Iqbal Ahmed
    Migration, acculturation, and mental health / Carl I. Cohen, Pachida Lo, Carine Nzodom, Samra Sahlu
    Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders / Madeline Nykamp, Shiv Lamba, Nhi-Ha Trinh, Jai C. Gandhi, Lan Chi Vo, Iqbal Ahmed
    Culturally competent care for geriatric Indigenous peoples : American Indians, Alaska Natives, First Nations, and Native Hawaiians / Mary Hasbah Roessel, Linda Nahulu, Mira Zein
    African American older adults / Rita Hargrave
    Cultural competency and Latino elders / Vicenzio Holder-Perkins
    Older lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender adults / R. Dakota Carter, Siddarth Puri, Rebecca Radue, Daniel D. Sewell
    Rural elderly / Rebecca Radue, Susan K. Schultz
    The seventh age : centenarians / Raya Elfadel Kheirbek, Yasmin Banaei
    Cultural competency and veterans / Marilyn Horvath, Elspeth Cameron Ritchie, Maria D. Llorente.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019
  • Digital
    John G Bruhn.
    Contents:
    1. The border region: its culture and health disparities
    2. Understanding health disparities
    3. A critique of U.S.-Mexico Border health interventions
    4. Ethical issues in health interventions across contexts and cultures
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel Coyle.
    Summary: "Daniel Coyle spent three years researching the question of what makes a successful group tick, visiting some of the world's most productive groups--including Pixar, Navy SEALs, Zappos, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs. Coyle discovered that high-performing groups relentlessly generate three key messages that enable them to excel: 1) Safety - we are connected. 2) Shared Risk - we are vulnerable together. 3) Purpose - we are part of the same story. Filled with first-hand reporting, fascinating science, compelling real-world stories, and leadership tools that can apply to businesses, schools, sports, families, and any kind of group, The Culture Code will revolutionize how you think about creating and sustaining successful groups."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: When two plus two equals ten
    Skill 1. Build safety
    The good apples
    The billion-dollar day when nothing happened
    The Christmas truce, the one-hour experiment, and the missileers
    How to build belonging
    How to design for belonging
    Ideas for action
    Skill 2. Share vulnerability
    "Tell me what you want, and I'll help you"
    The vulnerability loop
    The super-cooperators
    How to create cooperation in small groups
    How to create cooperation with individuals
    Ideas for action
    Skill 3. Establish purpose
    Three hundred and eleven words
    The hooligans and the surgeons
    How to lead for proficiency
    How to lead for creativity
    Ideas for action
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    OverDrive
    Fulltext Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
    OverDrive
    Audio Book Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Marci M. Lesperance, Paul W. Flint.
    Summary: Cummings Pediatric Otolaryngology is your indispensable source for definitive, state-of-the-art answers on every aspect of treating children with otorhinolaryngologic disorders. With a focus on the simple problems in children with comorbidities as well as complex clinical problems in healthy and complex children, this derivative title of Cummings Otolaryngology provides the essential information needed for practicing otolaryngologists to stay up-to-date on these evolving areas.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Marci M. Lesperance.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    Harrison W. Lin, Daniel S. Roberts, Jeffrey P. Harris.
    Contents:
    Preparing for clinical rounds and board examinations
    Otology and neurotology
    Facial plastic and reconstructive surgery
    Rhinology and endoscopic sinus surgery
    Head and neck surgery
    Pediatric otolaryngology
    Laryngology
    Otolaryngic allergy
    Sleep medicine
    Oral and maxillofacial surgery
    Head and neck pathology
    Head and neck radiology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    WV18.2 .L564 2024
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edward R. Yeomans, Barbara L. Hoffman, Larry C. Gilstrap III, F. Gary Cunningham.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: SECTION 1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
    1. Needles, Sutures, and Knots
    2. Surgical Instruments
    3. Anatomy
    4. Incisions and Closures
    5. Perioperative Imaging
    6. Clinical Simulation
    7. Critical Illness in Pregnancy
    SECTION 2 ANTEPARTUM
    8. Ectopic Pregnancy
    9. First- and Second-Trimester Pregnancy Termination
    10. Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    11. Lower Genital Tract Procedures
    12. Treatment of Lower Genital Tract Infections
    13. Invasive Prenatal Diagnostic Procedures
    14. Adnexal Masses
    15. Diagnostic and Operative Laparoscopy
    16. Fetal Therapy
    17. Trauma in Pregnancy
    18. Perioperative Considerations
    19. Anesthesia for the Pregnant Woman
    SECTION 3 INTRAPARTUM
    20. Episiotomy and Obstetric Anal Sphincter Lacerations
    21. Vaginal Breech Delivery
    22. Delivery of Twin Gestations
    23. Operative Vaginal Delivery
    24. Shoulder Dystocia
    25. Cesarean Delivery
    26. Peripartum Hysterectomy Note continued: 27. Placenta Previa and Morbidly Adherent Placenta
    28. Urologic and Gastrointestinal Injuries
    SECTION 4 POSTPARTUM
    29. Management of Postpartum Hemorrhage
    30. Genital Tract Lacerations and Hematomas
    31. Uterine Inversion
    32. Postoperative Complications
    33. Puerperal Sterilization.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2017
  • Digital
    by Sibylle Scholtz, Myriam Becker, Lee MacMorris, Achim Langenbucher.
    Summary: This anthology is devoted to the curious side of Medical History. Carl Sagan said: ”You have to know the past to understand the present.” This collection of 80 short stories, written by experts in the field, inspires curiosity and provides a detailed look at the History of Medicine. It investigates many topics, including ancient Egyptian knowledge, the fundamental importance of toothache and how it birthed Anesthesia, and why and when women were allowed to run marathons. The authors report on the background of rubber gloves, the stethoscope and the intraocular lens. Historically important biographies are included, such as those of Arthur Conan Doyle, Napoleon Bonaparte and Claude Monet. The book is relevant for those interested in Medicine and its curious history.

    Contents:
    Alhazen
    Apple
    Auenbrugger
    Atropos
    Bach
    Braille
    Barbieri
    Berger.-Borodin
    Bruegel
    Biometry
    Bleuler
    Brändström
    Cassatt
    Credé
    Chinin
    daVinci
    Doyle
    Dunant
    Ether.-Eye Banking
    El Greco
    Franklin
    Fiat lux
    Football
    Fercher
    Finger Print
    Gullstrand
    Gustav II
    Guie Dogs
    Glass Eyes
    Goethe- Helmholtz
    Haidinger
    Halsted
    Haldane
    Hysteria
    Hales
    Iry
    IOL Power Calculation
    Jersey
    Kohl
    Korotkow
    Knwipp
    Kirschner
    Leprosis
    Laënnec
    Laser
    LSD
    Marfan
    Meyer- Schwickerath
    Monet
    Marathon
    Mann, Ida
    Material
    Napoleon
    Odilia
    OVDs
    Optography
    OCT
    Quincke
    Ridley
    Scopoli
    Santorio
    Sauerbruch
    Schweitzer
    Stilling
    Turner
    Ultrasound
    Visual Aids
    White Cane
    Wichterle
    Zirm
    Zamenhof.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Tim Burt, Durham University and the University of Bristol, Des Thompson, Scottish Natural Heritage.
    Summary: "Notwithstanding the importance of modern technology, fieldwork remains vital, not least through helping to inspire and educate the next generation. Fieldwork has the ingredients of intellectual curiosity, passion, rigour and engagement with the outdoor world - to name just a few. You may be simply noting what you see around you, making detailed records, or carrying out an experiment; all of this and much more amounts to fieldwork. Being curious, you think about the world around you, and through patient observation develop and test ideas. Forty contributors capture the excitement and importance of fieldwork through a wide variety of examples, from urban graffiti to the Great Barrier Reef. Outdoor learning is for life: people have the greatest respect and care for their world when they have first-hand experience of it"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Stephen Nicol ; foreword by Marc Mangel.
    Summary: "Scientists say they are one of most abundant animals on the planet. But when pressed, few people can accurately describe krill or explain their ecological importance. Antarctic krill have used their extraordinary adaptive skills to survive and thrive for millions of years in a dark, icy world far from human interference. But with climate change melting ice caps at the top and bottom of the world, and increased human activity and pollution, their evolutionary flexibility to withstand these new pressures may not be enough. Eminent krill scientist Stephen Nicol wants us to know more about this enigmatic creature of the sea. He argues that it's critical to understand krill's complex biology in order to protect them as the krill fishing industry expands. Ocean enthusiasts will come away with a newfound appreciation for the complex ecology of a species we have much to learn from, and many reasons to protect."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Oceans of krill
    Going with the floes
    Labors of love
    Bringing krill to life
    Antarctic fast food
    Eating krill
    Conventional approaches
    Krill futures.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Helena Fernández, editor.
    Summary: Ferns, collectively, represent an ancient species of vascular plant which has a direct connection to the beginning of life on Earth. Today they are valued for their ornamental appeal, environmental benefit or as sources of health benefiting metabolites. Current pteridology, the study of fern, encompasses a wide range of research activities including, but not limited to, plant physiology, stress tolerance, genetics and genomics. The goal of this book is to compile the most relevant research done with ferns during the last decade. It is organized into four parts: I, Biology and Biotechnology; II, Evolution and Conservation; III, Metabolism and Genetic Resources, and IV, Environment. Each section reveals the utilization of ferns as a tool to explore challenges unique to plant development and adaptation. This project represents our collective effort to raise the awareness of ferns as a model system to study higher plant functions. Among the distinctive features of our proposed book are: (i) a wide range of topics with contributing researchers from all around the world, and (ii) recent advances of theoretic and applied knowledge with implications to crop species of economic value.

    Contents:
    Part I
    The fern's gametophyte: born to reproducing.- Azolla
    a model system for symbiotic nitrogen fixation and evolutionary developmental biology.- Meristems of seedless vascular plants-the state-of art.- Biotechnology in clone gametophytes: future perspectives of homosporous ferns.- Morphogenic events in ferns: single and multicellular explants in vitro.- Experimental and practical applications of fern somatic embryogenesis.- Biotechnology and apogamy in Dryopteris affinis ssp. affinis: the influence of tissue homogenization, auxins, cytokinins, gibberellic acid and polyamines.- Scope of ferns in Horticulturae and Economic development
    Part II.- Evolution and Classification of Ferns and Lycophytes.- Exploring the role of auxin in the evolution of tracheophyte body plans.- Fern conservation: Spore, gametophyte and sporophyte ex situ storage, in vitro culture, and cryopreservation.- Azolla and Bougainville's voyage around the world
    Part III.- The power of gametophyte transformation.- Generation of transgenic Ceratopteris richardii spores to analyze Ca2+ dynamics during gravity-directed polarization.- Secondary metabolites of ferns.- Current trends in ferns/pteridophytes extracts: from plant to nanoparticles
    Part IV.- Novel gene of hyperaccumulator ferns in arsenic tolerance, uptake and metabolism: implications for crop improvement.- Fern phenology.- Desiccation tolerance in ferns: from the unicellular spore to the multi-tissular sporophyte.- New insights on atmospheric fern spore dynamics.- Ecological significance of brassinosteroids in temperate forest ferns.- Ecomorphology of stomata in temperate ferns under contrasting environments.- Recent advances in the use of mitochondrial activity of ferns spores for the evaluation of acute toxicity.- Update on the assessment of chronic phytotoxicity using fern spore biomarkers.- Role of ferns in environmental clean-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the latest technological advances in various ophthalmology subspecialties: from the latest glaucoma shunt devices to mobile adaptors for posterior segment evaluation, this book has it all. It gives readers a valuable head start for adopting the uber-new and cutting-edge products now available on the market. Being familiar with these new products and technologies will help both new and established ophthalmologists make effective and efficient choices, while also helping their practices stand out from the crowd. Perhaps no other branch of medicine is as technology-oriented as ophthalmology: be it lasers, fiber optics, robotics, stem cells or nanoparticles, every cutting-edge step that "Research and Development" takes is rapidly integrated into everyday eye practice. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology", this volume is intended for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists, specialists and vision science researchers alike.

    Contents:
    New technology for cataract
    New technology for corneal diseases
    New technology for refractive surgeries
    New technology for glaucoma
    New technology for vitreoretinal diseases
    New technology for ocular oncology and oculoplasty
    New technology for pediatric ophthalmology and squint
    New technology for ocular imaging
    New technology for vision restoration
    New technology for ocular drug development and deployment
    Technology in the making and the future of ophthalmology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by William B. Irby.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M523 .I65 1974
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Eugenie S. Kleinerman, editor.
    Summary: "Current Advances in Osteosarcoma summarizes molecular and genetic characteristics, new therapeutic ideas, and biological characteristics that have been uncovered in this field over the past 10 years. Osteosarcoma is an aggressive malignant neoplasm and is the most common histological form of bone cancer. Osteosarcoma accounts for approximately 56% of new bone tumors, making it the most primary malignant bone tumor in children and adolescents. The lungs are the most common site of metastases and once osteosarcoma spreads to the lungs, it is very difficult to treat. In order to improve the outcome of this disease, the biology of osteosarcoma needs to be better understood. There are numerous investigators around the world who have made seminal discoveries about the important molecular pathways and genetic alterations that contribute to the development and metastases of osteosarcoma. Other investigators have proposed novel therapeutic strategies including some based on the molecular and genetic phenotype of the disease. This volume will provide a comprehensive review of these new discoveries in one singular text, which will help move the field forward."

    Contents:
    Historical perspective on the introduction and use of chemotherapy for the treatment of osteosarcoma / Norman Jaffe
    Wnt signaling in osteosarcoma / Carol H Lin, Tao Ji, Cheng-Fong Chen, Bang H Hoang
    Receptor tyrosine kinases in osteosarcoma: not just the usual suspects / Ashley N. Rettew, Patrick J Getty, and Edward M. Greenberg
    Understanding the role of notch in osteosarcoma / Madonna M McManus, Kurt R Weiss, and Dennis PM Hughes
    Developmental pathways highjacked by osteosarcoma / Yi Zhang, Jared R Mortus, and Dennis PM Hughes
    MicroRNAs in osteosarcomagenesis / Lisa A Kafchinski and Kevin B Jones
    RECQ DNA helicases and osteosarcoma / Linchao Lu, Weidong Jin, Hao Liu, and Lisa L Wang
    Autophagy in osteosarcoma / Janice Santiago O'Farrill and Nancy Gordon
    Her-2 involvement in osteosarcoma / Jonathan Gill, David Geller, and Richard Gorlick
    Role of ezrin in osteosarcoma metastasis / Ling Ren and Chand Khanna
    Participation of the Fas/FasL signaling pathway and the lung microenvironment in the development of osteosarcoma lung metastases / Gangxiong Huang, Kazumasa Nishimoto, Yuanzheng Yang, and Eugenie S Kleinerman
    Zebrafish as a model for human osteosarcoma / AB Mohseny and Pancras CW Hogendoorn
    Using canine osteosarcoma as a model to assess efficacy of novel therapies: can old dogs teach us new tricks? / Carlos O Rodriguez
    Oncolytic viruses for potential osteosarcoma therapy / Pooja Hingorani, Valerie Sampson, Christina Lettieri, E. Anders Kolb
    Il-11r[alpha]: a novel target for the treatment of osteosarcoma / Valerae Lewis
    Bone-seeking radiopharmaceuticals as targeted agents of osteosarcoma: samarium-153-edtmp and radium-223 / Peter M Anderson, Vivek Subbiah, and Eric Rohren
    Muramyl tripeptide-phophatidyl ethanolamine encapsulated in lipomes (L-MTP-PE) in the treatment of osteosarcoma / Paul A Meyers
    Genetically modified T-cell therapy for osteosarcoma / Christopher DeRenzo and Stephen Gottschalk
    Natural killer cells for osteosarcoma / Nidale Tarek, and Dean A Lee.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Giles R. Scuderi.
    Contents:
    Current advances in total knee arthroplasty / Giles R. Scuderi
    Oxford medial mobile bearing unicompartmental knee arthroplasty / Vijay Kumar, Christopher Dodd, David Murray & Hemant Pandit
    High-flexion total knee arthroplasty / Jang-won Park & Young-Hoo Kim
    The influence of computer navigation in total knee arthroplasty gap balancing / Trent Stevens, John Harkess & William M. Mihalko
    Computer navigation within the operative field in total knee arthroplasty / Giles R. Scuderi, Amir Seraji & Louis-Philippe Amiot
    Patient-specific instruments in total knee arthroplasty / Chun Hoi Yan & Kwong Yuen Chiu
    Bone loss management in revision total knee arthroplasty / Ivan De Martino, Vasileios Sakellariou, Peter K. Sculco, Lazaros Poultsides & Thomas P. Sculco
    Complex extensor mechanism reconstructions in total knee arthroplasties / Matthew P. Abdel & Arlen D. Hanssen
    Pain management following total knee arthroplasty / Heng An Lin & Seng Jin Yeo
    Modern trends in the use of tranexamic acid in total knee arthroplasty / Phil Dang & Ran Schwarzkopf
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Emre Sezgin, Soner Yildirim, Sevgi Özkan Yildirim, Evren Sumuer, editors.
    Summary: "The promise and prospects for mobile technologies in healthcare service delivery--particularly as experienced by patients and other users--are the focus of this forward-looking volume. Its detailed sociotechnical perspective takes in factors influencing patient and provider adoption of technological advances, in addition to the well-known cost and accessibility advantages. Enlightening reports show mobile health technologies in multiple contexts as an impetus for behavioral change, a means of monitoring health changes, a growing trend in service delivery, and an emerging health frontier worldwide. Together, these chapters point to the continued expansion--and global reach--of mobile technology in the next stage of healthcare services. Included in the coverage: Behavior change techniques used in mobile applications targeting physical activity: a systematic review Mobile health integration in pregnancy Unintended users, uses, and consequences of mobile weight loss apps: using eating disorders as a case study Intention vs. perception: understanding the differences in physicians' attitudes towards mobile health applications HealthGuide: a personalized mobile patient guidance system Adoption of sensors in mobile health Current and Emerging mHealth Technologies is salient reading for researchers interested in mobile health development and implementation as well as technology adoption, and mobile health system developers and managers who are interested in the implications of mobile health use by patients and/or healthcare professionals. It can also be used for courses in technology adoption and health technologies" -- Back cover.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Andew Sails and Yi-Wei Tang.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Total laboratory automation in clinical bacteriology
    Chapter 2. MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry for microorganism identification
    Chapter 3. POC tests in microbial diagnostics: current status
    Chapter 4. Molecular diagnostics in the diagnosis of parasitic infection
    Chapter 5. Clinical applications of quantitative real-time PCR in virology
    Chapter 6. Low-density TaqMan® array cards for the detection of pathogens
    Chapter 7. Invasive fungal infections and approaches to their diagnosis
    Chapter 8. Technical and software advances in bacterial pathogen typing
    Chapter 9. Molecular strain typing and characterisation of toxigenic Clostridium difficile
    Chapter 10. Accurate whole-genome sequencing-based epidemiological surveillance of Mycobacterium Tuberculosis
    Chapter 11. Solid and suspension microarrays for microbial diagnostics
    Chapter 12. Gene amplification and sequencing for bacterial identification
    Chapter 13. Host-based diagnostics for detection and prognosis of infectious diseases
    Chapter 14. MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry in the clinical microbiology laboratory: beyond identification
    Chapter 15. Next-generation sequencing for pathogen detection and identification
    Chapter 16. Virology: the next generation from digital PCR to single virion genomics
    Chapter 17. Artificial nucleic acid probes and their applications in clinical microbiology
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Sara J. Czaja, Joseph Sharit, Jacquelyn B. James, editors.
    Summary: This timely volume provides an up-to-date and comprehensive summary about what is known about aging and work and addresses the challenges and opportunities confronting older workers and organizations. The authors describe current and emerging topics related to work and aging adults such as working in teams, the increasing diversity of the labor force, work and caregiving, the implications of technology for an aging workforce, and health and wellness issues. The authorship is international; the authors are renowned for their respective work in the topical areas and represent a broad range of disciplines within academia, as well as offer perspectives from government and policy. Jobs, organizations, the labor market, and the workforce are experiencing dramatic change. Workers of all ages, including older workers, need to interact with the wide variety of ubiquitous technologies that are reshaping work processes, job content, work settings, communication strategies, and the delivery of training, and this book aims to update readers on the particular issues facing today's aging adults in the workplace. The chapters' broad and inclusive scope encompasses: Workplace aging and jobs in the 21st century The retirement income security outlook for older workers Population aging, age discrimination, and age discrimination protections Older workers and the contemporary labor market The role of aging, age diversity, and age heterogeneity within teams The intersection of family caregiving and work Current and Emerging Trends in Aging and Work is relevant to a broad audience of academic researchers, practitioners, and students in psychology, sociology, management, engineering (industrial and human factors), the health sciences, gerontology/geriatrics, and public health. It is also a useful resource for government and policy leaders, as well as workers and managers in the public and private sectors.

    Contents:
    Part I: Current Employment Patterns and Demographics
    Chapter 1: Setting the Stage: Workplace and Demographic Trends
    Chapter 2: Workplace Aging and Jobs in the 21st Century
    Chapter 3: Leveraging Aging Workforce and Age Diversity to Achieve Organizational Goals: A Human Resource Management Perspective
    Chapter 4: Integrating the German and U.S. Perspective on Organizational Practices for Later-Life Work: The Later Life Work Index
    Part II: Policy Issues and An Aging Workforce
    Chapter 5: It is Time for a 21st Century Understanding of Older Workers, Aging, and Discrimination
    Chapter 6: Extended Working Lives: Feasible and Desirable for All?
    Chapter 7: The Retirement Income Security Outlook for Older Workers: Causes for Concern and Reasons for Optimism
    Chapter 8: How Much Does Work Pay at Older Ages?
    Chapter 9: Population Aging, Age Discrimination, and Age Discrimination Protections at the 50th Anniversary of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act
    Part III: Work Performance Issues
    Chapter 10: A Human Factors Engineering Perspective to Aging and Work
    Chapter 11: Work Motivation and Employment Goals in Later Adulthood
    Chapter 12: Can Acquired Skill and Technology Mitigate Age-Related Declines in Learning Rate?
    Chapter 13: Training the Older Workers: Pathways and Pitfalls
    Part IV: Trends in Jobs and Work Patterns
    Chapter 14: How Do Employers Respond to an Aging Workforce? Evidence from Surveys Among Employers, 2009-2017
    Chapter 15: A Narrative Review: Understanding How Employment Context Influences the Occupational Health and Well-being of Older Workers in Low-Wage Jobs
    Chapter 16: The Role of Aging, Age Diversity, and Age Heterogeneity within Teams
    Chapter 17: Difficult Adjustments: Older Workers and the Contemporary Labor Market
    Chapter 18: Beyond the Livelong Workday: Is There a New Face of Retirement?
    Chapter 19: The Stickiness of Quality Work: Exploring Relationships Between the Quality of Employment and the Intent to Leave/Intent to Retire
    Part V: Health and Wellness Issues
    Chapter 20: The Intersection of Family Caregiving and Work: Labor Force Participation, Productivity, and Caregiver Well-being
    Chapter 21: Decreasing Disability Rates in Older Workers: Some Newer Research Directions
    Chapter 22: Designing Age-Friendly Workplaces: An Occupational Health Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    G. Cliff Lamb, Nicolas DiLorenzo, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the impacts of current and future reproductive technologies on our world food production and provides a significant contribution to the importance of research in the area of reproductive physiology that has never been compiled before. It would provide a unique opportunity to separate the impacts of how reproductive technologies have affected different species and their contributions to food production. Lastly, no publication has been compiled that demonstrates the relationship between developments in reproductive management tools and food production that may be used a reference for scientists in addressing future research areas. During the past 50 years assisted reproductive technologies have been developed and refined to increase the number and quality of offspring from genetically superior farm animal livestock species. Artificial insemination (AI), estrous synchronization and fixed-time AI, semen and embryo cryopreservation, multiple ovulation and embryo transfer (MOET), in vitro fertilization, sex determination of sperm or embryos, and nuclear transfer are technologies that are used to enhance the production efficiency of livestock species.

    Contents:
    Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for mammalian farm animals
    Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for avian species
    Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for fish species
    Incorporation of genetic technologies associated with applied reproductive technologies to enhance world food production
    Impacts of Reproductive Technologies on Beef Production in the United States
    Impact of Reproductive Technologies on Dairy Food Production in the Dairy Industry
    Impact of swine reproductive technologies on pig and global food production
    Impacts of reproductive technologies on beef production in South America
    An Australasian perspective on the role of reproductive technologies in world food production
    A perspective on the impact of reproductive technologies on food production in Africa
    International perspectives on impacts of reproductive technologies to world food production in Asia
    International perspectives on impacts of reproductive technologies to world food production in Asia associated with poultry production
    Beef Cattle in the Year 2050.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Myron R. Szewczuk, Bessi Qorri and Manpreet Sambi.
    Summary: Targeted therapies were initially developed to exploit the upregulation and dependence on key oncogenic pathways critical to cancer progression. Additionally, they also presented as a method to overcome chemoresistance by supplementing conventional therapeutic regimens with targeted therapies. However, the development of resistance to these combinatorial approaches has led to the reassessment of currently available therapeutic options to overcome resistance to targeted therapy. This book aims to provide an update on the advancements in the therapeutic arms race between cancer, clinicians and scientists alike to overcome resistance to targeted therapies. Subject experts provide a comprehensive overview of the challenges and solutions to resistance to several conventional targeted therapies in addition to providing a discussion on broad topics including targeting components of the tumor microenvironment, emerging therapeutic options, and novel areas to be explored concerning nanotechnology and the epigenome.

    Contents:
    Intro; Aims and Scope; Series Editor Biography; Acknowledgment; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction to the Acquisition of Resistance to Targeted Therapy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Molecular Events Leading to the Acquisition of Resistance to Targeted Therapy; 1.2.1 Alterations in Drug Target Expression to Prevent Therapeutic Action; 1.2.2 Activation of Compensatory Pathways; 1.2.3 Activation of Alternative Pathways to Ensure Survival; 1.2.4 Epigenome: Regulating Acquired Resistance and Modifying Drug Activity 1.3 Cellular Events Contributing to the Development of Resistance1.3.1 Transformation/Dedifferentiation Mechanisms and Indirect Resistance to Therapeutic Action; 1.3.2 The Tumor Microenvironment and the Development of Resistance to Targeted Therapies; 1.3.3 The Activity of Drug Efflux Transporters; 1.3.4 Other Considerations of Mechanisms Potentially Contributing to the Acquisition of Resistance; 1.4 Specific Mechanisms of Acquired Resistance to Select Targeted Therapies; 1.4.1 Mechanisms of Resistance to Anti-Angiogenic Therapy; 1.4.2 Resistance to Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors 1.4.3 Resistance to Anti-Apoptosis Inhibitors1.5 Future Directions of Targeted Therapy; References;
    Chapter 2: Targeting the Tumor Microenvironment to Overcome Resistance to Therapy; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Key Components of the Tumor Microenvironment That Contribute to the Acquisition of Resistance; 2.2.1 Extracellular Matrix Regulation of Invasion and Metastasis; 2.2.2 Soluble Factors in the Tumor Microenvironment Modulate Tumor-Stromal Crosstalk; 2.2.3 Inflammation and Immunity Modulate the Tumorigenic Niche; 2.2.4 The Angiogenic Switch in Tumorigenesis 2.2.5 Exosomes Are the Transporters of the Tumor Microenvironment2.3 Targeting the Tumor Microenvironment to Overcome Resistance to Therapy; 2.3.1 Discovering a Novel Role of Neuraminidase-1 Activity in Multistage Tumorigenesis; 2.3.2 Role of GPCR Transactivation in Neuraminidase-1 Activity; 2.3.3 Targeting Neuraminidase-1 Activity as the Achilles Heel of the Tumor Microenvironment; 2.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Current Challenges and Applications of Oncolytic Viruses in Overcoming the Development of Resistance to Therapies in Cancer; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Types of Oncolytic Viruses 3.2.1 Adenovirus3.2.2 Herpes Simplex Virus 1 (HSV-1); 3.2.3 Vaccinia Virus (VV); 3.2.4 Reovirus Type 3 Dearing; 3.2.5 Measles Virus (MV); 3.2.6 Poliovirus (PV); 3.2.7 Coxsackievirus (CV); 3.2.8 Vesicular Stomatitis Virus (VSV); 3.2.9 Maraba Virus (MRB); 3.3 Oncolytic Viral Targeting of the Tumor Vasculature; 3.4 Targeting Components of the Tumor Extracellular Matrix with Virotherapy to Overcome Therapy Resistance; 3.4.1 Tumor Extracellular Matrix Limits Oncolytic Virus Efficacy; 3.4.2 ECM-Modifying OVs Can Overcome ECM-Mediated Resistance
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Maria Dorobanţu, Frank Ruschitzka, Marco Metra, editors.
    Contents:
    Evolving concepts on the basic mechanisms of heart failure
    Assessment of left ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction
    Right ventricular dysfunction in heart failure
    The role of atrial functional assessment in heart failure
    Assessment of secondary mitral regurgitation
    Assessment of left ventricular contractile reserve in heart failure
    Role of cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in heart failure
    The evolving role of multimodality imaging in heart failure
    Contemporary pharmacological treatment of heart failure
    Myocardial revascularization in heart failure
    Approach to arrhythmia in heart failure
    Implantable defibrillator therapy
    Cardiac resynchronization therapy
    Mechanical circulatory support
    Cell and gene therapy in heart failure
    Valvular Surgery in Heart Failure
    Percutaneous Valvular Therapies in Heart Failure
    Pretransplant evaluation
    Strategies for improving outcomes in heart transplantation
    Heart failure and hypertension
    Right heart failure
    Acute heart failure
    Heart failure in oncologic patients
    Iron Deficiency in Heart Failure
    The kidney and electrolyte imbalances in heart failure
    Prognostic factors and risk scores in heart failure
    Rehabilitation therapy in patients with heart failure. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor, Johannes Häberle.
    Contents:
    Foreword : current approach to hyperammonemia / Johannes Häberle
    Ammonia metabolism in humans : production and removal / Daniel Rabier
    Neurobiology of ammonia / Vicente Felipo
    Ammonia toxicity to the brain / Olivier Braissant
    Oxidative and nitrosative stress in ammonia neurotoxicity / Marta Skowroñska & Jan Albrecht
    Preanalytical and analytical aspects of ammonia determination / Camilla Scott & Simon Olpin
    Inherited disorders leading to hyperammonemia in children / Arunabha Ghosh & Andrew Morris
    Inherited disorders leading to hyperammonemia in adults / Valerie Walker
    Role of cerebral ammonia toxicity in hepatic encephalopathy / Natalia Qvartskhava, Markus S. Jördens, Boris Görg & Dieter Häussinger
    Role of brain imaging for demonstrating ammonia-induced changes / Ileana Pacheco-Colón, Stanley Fricke & Andrea Gropman
    Medical treatment of hyperammonemia / Marie-Cécile Nassogne & Marie-Françoise Vincent
    Extracorporeal detoxifcation as a treatment of acute hyperammonemia / Nicholas Ah Mew & Marshall Summar
    Organ and cell-based replacement therapy for the treatment of urea cycle disorders / Shirou Matsumoto & Fumio Endo
    New treatment options for hyperammonemia / George A. Diaz.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Ferenc A. Jolesz, Tobias Penzkofer.
    Contents:
    Interventional radiology / Tobias Penzkofer & Ferenc A. Jolesz
    Intra-arterial therapy for neuroendocrine liver metastases / Julien Joskin, Thierry de Baere & Robert F. Dondelinger
    Advanced multimodal image-guided interventions and surgeries / Tobias Penzkofer & Ferenc A. Jolesz
    Renal sympathetic denervation for treatment-resistant hypertension / Sam Stuart & Premal A. Patel
    Pelvic congestion syndrome / Chaitanya Ahuja & John A. Kaufman
    Laser-induced thermotherapy for the treatment of pulmonary tumors / Thomas J. Vogl, Khashayar Vatankhah & Jijo Paul
    Interventional radiology in women's health : an obstetrician/gynecologist's perspective / Emily Goldenthal & Jay Goldberg.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Cristoforo Incorvaia.
    Contents:
    Current approaches to allergic rhinitis / Cristoforo Incorvaia
    Allergic rhinitis : symptoms / Nerin N. Bahceciler & Nilufer Galip
    Allergic rhinitis : causes and pathogenesis / Giovanni Passalacqua
    Diagnostic tests in allergic rhinitis / Cristoforo Incorvaia & Franco Frati
    Nasal steroids in allergic rhinitis / Davide Caimmi, Silvia Caimmi, Roberto Raschetti, Ilaria Brambilla & Gian Luigi Marseglia
    Other treatments / Takeshi Nabe
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Noriaki Sakuragi, Steven G. Silverberg.
    Contents:
    Current approaches to endometrial cancer / Noriaki Sakuragi & Steven G. Silverberg
    Epidemiology and risk factors of endometrial cancer / Kouji Banno, Iori Kisu & Daisuke Aoki
    Pathogenesis of endometrial cancer / Tatsuhiro Ohgami & Kiyoko Kato
    Genetic model of endometrial carcinogenesis / Hidemichi Watari, Peixin Dong, Takashi Mitamura, Hiromasa Fujita & Noriaki Sakuragi
    Pathology of endometrial carcinoma / Takuya Moriya & Naoki Kanomata
    Symptoms, signs and diagnostic procedures / Kimio Ushijima
    Imaging diagnosis of endometrial cancer / Kazuhiro Kitajima
    FIGO 2008 staging for endometrial cancer / Diana P. English & Alessandro D. Santin
    Sentinel lymph node mapping for apparent early-stage uterine cancer / Nadeem R. Abu-Rustum
    Role of pelvic and paraaortic lymphadenectomy / Alexandre Buckley de Meritens, Helen E. Dinkelspiel & Thomas J. Herzog
    Management of uterine sarcoma / Isao Sakaguchi, Hironori Tashiro & Hidetaka Katabuchi
    Nonsurgical modalities / Rebecca DeMaria & Akila N. Viswanathan
    Adjuvant therapy for endometrial cancer / Keiichi Fujiwara, Hiroyuki Yoshida, Akira Kurosaki & Kosei Hasegawa
    Prognosis of endometrial cancer / Michael Frumovitz
    Molecular targets and targeted therapy / Peixin Dong.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Hardeep Singh Tuli, editor.
    Summary: The book comprehensively introduces readers to various aspects of flavonoids, a category of natural metabolites that exhibits various pharmacological effects. It discusses their chemistry, absorption and metabolism, mechanisms of action and toxicology as well as future perspectives for clinical applications, and also provides detailed insights into their anti-cancer properties, since flavonoids are known to modulate tumor-associated intracellular as well as extracellular signaling pathways. The book also highlights the current research on the health effects of selected flavonoids, and their various roles in cancer prevention and treatment. Lastly, the book elucidates nanotechnology-mediated tools to enhance the bioavailability and solubility of flavonoids to improve their bioactivity and pharmacokinetic parameters.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. General introduction and sources of flavonoids
    Chapter 2. Analytical techniques for the identification and quantification of Flavonoids
    Chapter 3. Chemistry and Synthetic overview of flavonoids
    Chapter 4. Metal complexation and chemopreventive patent studies of flavonoid
    Chapter 5. Molecular targets of flavonoids in cancer: recent advances
    Chapter 6. Absorption and Metabolism of flavonoids
    Chapter 7. Recent trend in flavonoids studies in term of health prospective
    Chapter 8. Role of nanotechnology in flavonoid mediated anti-cancer therapy
    Chapter 9. Clinical trial of Flavonoids in cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Current clinical neurology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Christopher M. Schlachta, Patricia Sylla, editors.
    Summary: This text reviews the areas of colorectal surgery that are at the cutting edge of innovation, paradigm shift and controversy with regard to diagnosis, patient selection, treatment algorithm, and therapeutic approaches. From the impact of enhanced recovery protocols on traditional colorectal practices, to that of novel strategies merging endoscopic and surgical techniques, to recent paradigm shifts in the management of common colorectal disorders, this text provides readers with an update on current controversies and evolving treatment rationale in the management of common colorectal diseases. Current Common Dilemmas in Colorectal Surgery provides a guide for the current common dilemmas that caregivers encounter in their daily practice. It is of great utility to colorectal surgeons, surgical oncologists and general surgeons practicing colorectal surgery, senior residents in general surgery training or surgical oncology or colorectal fellowships, allied healthcare professionals involved in the care of patients with colorectal disease, pharma and biomedical technology industry with an interest in current care of patients with colorectal disease.

    Contents:
    To prep or not to prep
    Practice Guidelines and Future Directions of Bowel Preparation: Science & History
    Enhanced Recovery Pathways: Is it Laparoscopy or is it Everything Else?
    Improving endoscopic detection of dysplasia in IBD: where do we stand?
    Management of Dysplasia in IBD
    Beyond Piecemeal Polypectomy: EMR and ESD
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery (TES)
    The 3 A.M. Laparoscopic Bowel Surgery-Selection, Preparation and Techniques
    Fulminant Clostridium difficile colitis: Indications and extent of surgery
    Fulminant Clostridium difficile colitis: Colon-preserving therapies
    Perforated diverticulitis: Laparoscopic lavage and drainage
    Perforated diverticulitis: What are the options for resection?
    Perforated diverticulitis: When is interval resection really indicated?
    Utility of pelvic floor testing for clinical assessment of pelvic floor disorders
    Rectal prolapse in the healthy patient: Is perineal approach ever indicated?
    Rectal prolapse in the healthy patient: Which abdominal approach?
    Obstructed defecation: When is surgery indicated?
    Fecal incontinence: Is sacral nerve stimulation always the answer?
    Is there still a role for hand assisted laparoscopic surgery (HALS)?
    Intracorporeal anastomosis for right colon resection: Should this be the preferred method?
    Transrectal specimen extraction: Should this be catching on?
    Parastomal Hernia: An Ounce of Prevention
    Parastomal Hernia: Optimal Strategies for Repair
    Proctectomy for advanced rectal cancer: APE or ELAPE?
    Transanal TME: Why go bottom-up!
    Management of low rectal cancer after complete clinical response
    Optimizing function for very low rectal tumors: Intersphincteric resection or APR?
    Optimal Coloanal Reconstruction: J pouch, Straight, Stapled, and Hand-Sewn
    Short Course vs. Long Course Radiotherapy: Pros and cons
    Intersphincteric Resection: Perineal or Abdominal dissection first?
    Assessing anastomotic integrity and perfusion
    Laparoscopic TME: Is there a verdict?.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Edited by Betty S. Bergersen [and others]
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    W54 .C97
    3
  • Digital
    Ranu Patni, editor.
    Contents:
    Overview of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Premalignant lesions of the Endometrium
    Epidemiology and Prevention of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Pathophysiology of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Diagnosis and pre-management work-up of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Management of early stage Endometrial Carcinoma
    Management of advanced stage Endometrial Carcinoma
    Recurrent Endometrial Carcinoma
    Minimally invasive surgery for Endometrial Carcinoma
    Future perspectives for Endometrial Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    Electronic cigarettes and awareness of their health effects
    Metachronous lung cancer: clinical characteristics and effects of surgical treatment
    Healthcare professionals' knowledge of influenza and influenza vaccination: results of a National Survey in Poland
    Benign acute childhood myositis during influenza B outbreak
    Serum diamine oxidase in pseudoallergy in the pediatric population
    Spontaneous elimination of hepatiits C virus infection
    Clinical manifestations of huge diaphragmatic hernias
    The diagnostics of human steroid hormone disorders
    Discriminant analysis of intracranial volumetric variables in patients with normal pressure hydrocephalus and brain atrophy
    Hoffa's fat pad abnormality in the development of knee osteoarthritis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ajay Niranjan, L. Dade Lunsford, R. Mark Richardson.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Risto J. Rintala, Mikko Pakarinen, Tomas Wester, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a succinct but comprehensive overview of current concepts relating to intestinal failure, including its treatment, with a particular focus on recent advancements. The opening chapters address basic aspects of intestinal failure, including etiology, clinical pathophysiology, physiology of intestinal adaptation, and intestinal microbiota. The complications of intestinal failure, such as bacterial overgrowth and intestinal failure-associated liver disease, are then discussed. A series of chapters specifically address important strategies in the nutritional, pharmacological, and surgical treatment of intestinal failure as well as the concept of intestinal rehabilitation. Finally, two significant emerging developments are considered: regenerative medicine and distraction enterogenesis. The authors are internationally recognized experts from Europe and North America who are ideally placed to describe current knowledge and progress in the field.

    Contents:
    Intestinal failure in children
    Short Bowel Syndrome-Intestinal Adaptation
    Bacterial Overgrowth and Intestinal Microbiome
    Intestinal failure-associated liver disease
    Recent Advances in Nutritional Care of Patients with Intestinal Failure
    Pharmacological improvement of bowel function and adaptation
    Modern Intestinal rehabilitation and outcomes
    Serial transverse enteroplasty
    Longitudinal intestinal lengthening
    Controlled tissue expansion
    Pediatric small bowel transplantation
    an update
    Intestinal Regeneration
    distraction enterogenesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Thomas Verse, Nico de Vries.
    Summary: "The importance of unobstructed respiration in sleep, and the long-term risks of sleep apnea, cannot be overemphasized. The therapeutic efficacy of the widely prescribed "gold standard," continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP), is compromised by low patient acceptance and compliance. In light of the limitations of CPAP and other forms of conservative therapy (e.g., mandibular advancement devices), there is a growing tendency to explore and expand the role of surgery in the treatment of mild, moderate, and severe sleep apnea. New insights and developments in pathophysiology, surgical techniques, and implants have opened the way to increased success in treating sleep apnea surgically. This new work by leading international specialists provides a detailed, evidence-based approach to selected advanced surgical techniques, beginning with patient selection criteria, discussion of indications for and against surgery, choice of procedure (also in combinations), and more. Key Features: - Systematic, practice-oriented approach to examination, diagnosis, and treatment - Step-by-step description of surgical concepts and techniques - Superbly illustrated with full-colored photographs and drawings - Focus on those procedures that have been shown to be successful in specific situations - Discussion of outcomes, success rates, risks, and potential complications; where evidence-based data are not available, expert opinion is provided Current Concepts of Sleep Apnea Surgery will be welcomed by residents, fellows, and board-certified surgeons in otorhinolaryngology and head and neck surgery"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction and history of sleep apnea surgery
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis of sleep disordered breathing
    Nonsurgical treatment : lifestyle, weight loss, positional therapy, mandibular advancement devices, continuous positive airway pressure, multimodality treatment
    Surgical principles
    Pediatric obstructive sleep apnea
    Nose
    Surgery in adults
    Bariatric surgery
    Postoperative care and follow-up : anesthesiologist's aspects.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Print
    McPhee, Stephen J.; Papadakis, Maxine A.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71 .C877
    1
  • Digital
    Katherine A. Morgan, editors.
    Contents:
    Update on the management of gastroenteropathic neuroendocrine tumors
    Gastric cancer
    Gastrointestinal stromal tumors
    Current issues in colorectal cancer
    Modern management of colorectal liver metastases
    Incidental pancreatic lesions
    Update on pancreatic adenocarcinoma
    Optimal care in gallbladder cancer
    Breast cancer
    Modern Melanoma Management
    Sarcoma
    HIPEC.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jeannette E. South-Paul, Samuel C. Matheny, Evelyn L. Lewis.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Jeannette E. South-Paul, Samuel C. Matheny, Evelyn L. Lewis, editors.
    Summary: "The Fifth Edition of Current Diagnosis & Treatment: Family Medicine is a comprehensive, single source reference for practicing family physicians and trainees delivering primary care in a continuity environment for all patients across the lifespan. The text is organized according to the developmental lifespan beginning with infancy, childhood, and adolescence, including a focus on the reproductive years, and progressing through adulthood and the mature, senior years."--Preface.

    Contents:
    Section I: Infancy & childhood. Well-child care
    Failure to thrive
    Neonatal hyperbilirubinemia
    Breastfeeding & infant nutrition
    Common acute infections in children
    Skin diseases in infants & children
    Routine vaccines
    Behavioral disorders in children
    Seizures
    Section II: Adolescence. Physical activity in adolescents
    Nutrition and the development of healthy eating habits
    Adolescent sexuality
    Menstrual disorders
    Sexually transmitted diseases
    Section III: Adults. Health maintenance for adults
    Preconception care
    Prenatal care
    Contraception
    Adult sexual dysfunction
    Acute coronary syndrome
    Heart failure
    Dyslipidemias
    Urinary tract infections
    Arthritis: osteoarthritis, gout, & rheumatoid arthritis
    Low back pain in primary care: an evidence-based approach
    Neck pain
    Cancer screening in women
    Respiratory problems
    Evaluation & management of headache
    Osteoporosis
    Abdominal complaints
    Anemia
    Hepatobiliary disorders
    Abnormal uterine bleeding
    Hypertension
    Diabetes mellitus
    Endocrine disorders
    Acute musculoskeletal complaints
    Common upper & lower extremity fractures
    Section IV: Geriatrics. Healthy aging & geriatric assessment
    Common geriatric problems
    Urinary incontinence
    Elder abuse
    Movement disorders
    Hearing & vision impairment in the elderly
    Oral health
    Section V: Therapeutics, genetics, & prevention. Pharmacotherapy principles for the family physician
    Genetics for family physicians
    Pharmacogenomics
    Complementary & integrative health
    Chronic pain management
    Travel medicine
    Tickborne disease
    Tuberculosis
    HIV primary care
    Section VI: Psychological disorders. Depression in diverse populations & older adults
    Anxiety disorders
    Personality disorders
    Somatic symptom disorder (previously somatoform disorder), factitious disorder, & malingering
    Substance use disorders
    Tobacco cessation
    Interpersonal violence
    Combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder & traumatic brain injury
    Section VII: Physician-patient issues. Cultural & linguistic competence
    Health & healthcare disparities
    Caring for LGBTQIA patients
    Hospice & palliative medicine
    Telemedicine.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    Anil K. Lalwani.
    Summary: "Symptoms and diseases affecting the ear, nose, throat, and neck are common and commonly lead to patients seeking medical care. These include sinusitis, upper respiratory tract infections, hoarseness, balance disturbance, hearing loss, dysphagia, snoring, tonsillitis, ear infections, thyroid disorders, head and neck cancer, and ear wax. In this updated fourth edition of Current Diagnosis & Treatment Otolaryngology--Head and Neck Surgery, these and many other diseases are covered in a crisp and concise manner. Striking just the right balance between comprehensiveness and convenience, it emphasizes the practical features of clinical diagnosis and patient management while providing a comprehensive discussion of pathophysiology and relevant basic and clinical science. With its consistent formatting chapter-by-chapter, this text makes it simple to locate the practical information you need on diagnosis, testing, disease processes, and up-to-date treatment and management strategies. The book will be of interest to both otolaryngologists and all of the medical and surgical specialties and related disciplines that treat patients with head and neck disorders."--Preface
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessSurgery
  • Digital/Print
    Blumberg, R. S.; Burakoff, Robert; Greenberger, Norton J.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC799 .C978
    2
  • Digital
    editors, Louise C. Walter, Anna Chang; associate editors, Pei Chen, Rebecca Conant, G. Michael Harper, Daphne Lo, Josette Rivera, Michi Yukawa.
    Contents:
    Section I: Principles of geriatric assessment and care. Transforming the care of older persons
    Overview of geriatric assessment
    The interprofessional team
    Goals of care & consideration of prognosis
    Functional assessment & functional decline
    Falls & mobility impairment
    Managing vision impairment
    Managing hearing impairment
    Cognitive impairment & dementia
    Urinary incontinence
    Sexual health & dysfunction
    Depression & other mental health issues
    Defining adequate nutrition
    Principles of prescribing & adherence
    Addressing multimorbidity
    Atypical presentations of illness
    Caregiving & caregiving support
    The social context of older adults
    Detecting, assessing, & responding to elder mistreatment
    Prevention & health promotion
    Ethics & informed decision making
    Geriatric palliative care
    Geroscience: the biology of aging as a therapeutic target
    Applying evidence-based care to older persons
    Section II: Care settings. Ambulatory care and care coordination
    Transitions and continuity of care
    Emergency department care
    Hospital care
    Perioperative care for older surgical patients
    Home-based care
    Residential care & assisted living
    Nursing home care & rehabilitation
    Technology in the care of older adults
    Section III: Common conditions in geriatrics. Osteoarthritis
    Osteoporosis and hip fractures
    Delirium
    Parkinson disease & essential tremor
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Coronary artery disease
    Heart failure & heart rhythm disorders
    Hypertension
    Valvular disease
    Peripheral arterial disease & venous thromboembolism
    Anticoagulation
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    Chronic lung disease
    Gastrointestinal diseases
    Fluid & electrolyte abnormalities
    Chronic kidney disease
    Thyroid, parathyroid, & adrenal gland disorders
    Diabetes
    Anemia
    Common cancers
    Common infections
    HIV & AIDS
    Common skin disorders
    Common oral diseases & disorders
    Common rheumatologic disorders
    Section IV: Managing common symptoms and concerns in geriatrics. Sleep disorders
    Confusion
    Constipation
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia & lower urinary tract symptoms
    Persistent pain
    Headaches
    Chest pain
    Dyspnea
    Syncope
    Pressure ulcers
    Driving & older adults
    Unhealthy alcohol use
    Integrative geriatrics & cannabis use
    Encouraging appropriate exercise for older adults
    Section V: Special populations and health policies for an aging society. Meeting the unique needs of LGBT older adults
    Optimizing care of older adults with limited health literacy
    Effects of homelessness & housing instability on older adults
    Helping older persons in the criminal justice system
    Older travelers
    Unique needs of older immigrants
    Age-friendly health systems.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edgar V. Lerma, Mitchell H. Rosner, Mark A. Perazella.
    Contents:
    Approach to the patient with renal disease
    Disorders of extracellular volume: hypovolemia and hypervolemia
    Disorders of water balance: hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    Disorders of potassium balance: hypo- and hyperkalemia
    Acid-base disorders
    Disorders of calcium metabolism: hypocalcemia and hypercalcemia
    Disorders of phosphorus balance: hyperphosphatemia and hypophosphatemia
    Disorders of magnesium balance: hypomagnesemia and hypermagnesemia
    Acute kidney injury
    Hepatorenal syndrome
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Contrast-induced nephropathy
    Tumor lysis syndrome
    Acute kidney injury from therapeutic agents
    NSAIDs and the kidney: acute kidney injury
    Obstructive uropathy
    The kidney in malignancy
    Chronic renal failure and the uremic syndrome
    Anemia and chronic kidney disease
    Cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
    Chronic kidney disease-mineral bone disorder
    Chronic renal failure and the uremic syndrome: nutritional issues
    Slowing the progression of chronic kidney disease
    Nephrotic syndrome versus nephritic syndrome
    Minimal change disease
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous nephropathy
    Immunoglobulin A nephropathy and Henoch-Schönlein purpura
    -- Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis
    Anti-glomerular basement membrane disease (goodpasture disease)
    Bacterial infection-associated glomerulonephritis
    Vasculitides
    Lupus nephritis
    Plasma cell dyscrasias
    Thrombotic microangiopathies
    Glomerular disorders due to infections
    Acute tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Nephrolithiasis
    Primary (essential) hypertension
    Secondary hypertension
    Hypertension in high-risk populations
    Resistant hypertension
    Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
    Cystic diseases of the kidney
    Familial hematurias: Alport Syndrome and hematuria with thin glomerular basement membranes
    Fabry Disease
    Sickle cell nephropathy
    Hemodialysis
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Continuous renal replacement therapy
    Kidney transplantation
    Diabetic kidney disease
    Pregnancy and the kidney
    Aging and the kidney
    Interventional nephrology
    Poisonings and intoxications
    Palliative care nephrology
    Clinical pharmacology and the kidney.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    edited by John C.M. Brust.
    Summary: Practical, up-to-date strategies for assessing and managing the neurologic conditions most frequently seen in adults and children--back cover.

    Contents:
    Section I: Neurologic investigations. Electroencephalography / Tina Shih
    Electromyography, nerve conduction studies, & evoked potentials / Dora Leung
    Neuroradiography / Maria J. Borja & John P. Loh. Section II: Neurologic disorders. Coma / John C.M. Brust
    Aphasia, apraxia, & agnosia / John C.M. Brust
    Hearing loss & dizziness / Jack J. Wazen, Soha N. Ghossaini & Benjamin J. Wycherly
    Epilepsy & seizures / Tina Shih
    Headache & facial pain / Mark W. Green & Anna Pace
    Dementia & memory loss / Karen Marder ... [et al.]
    Cerebrovsascular disease: ischemic stroke & transient ischemic attack / Joshua Z. Willey
    Cerebrovascular disease: hemorrhagic strokes / Richard A. Bernstein & Philip Chang
    Central nervous system neoplasms / Christopher E. Mandigo & Jeffrey N. Bruce
    Paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes / Ugonma N. Chukwueke ... [et al.]
    Trauma / Katja E. Wartenberg & Stephan A. Moyer
    Movement disorders / Blair Ford & Susan B. Bressman
    Ataxia & cerebellar disease / Harini Sarva & Clair Henchcliffe
    Multiple sclerosis & demyelinating diseases / Bruce A.C. Cree
    Nontraumatic disorders of the spinal cord / Olajide Williams, Jared Levin & Michelle Stern
    Peripheral neuropathies / Thomas H. Brannagan III
    Motor neuron diseases / Neil A. Shneider & Michio Hirano
    Autonomic disorders / Louis H. Weimer
    Myasthenia gravis & other disorders of the neuromuscular junction / Svetlana Faktorovich & Shanna K Patterson / Diseases of muscle / Christina M. Ulane & Olajide Williams
    Mitochondrial diseases / Michio Hirano
    Neurologic intensive care / Santiago Ortega-Gutierrez & Alan Z. Segal
    Bacterial, fungal, & parasitic infections of the nervous system / Barbara S. Koppel, Kiran T. Thakur & Adedoyin Akinlonu
    Viral infections of the nervous system / Kiran Thakur & James M. Noble
    HIV neurology / Deanna Saylor ... [et al.]
    Prion diseases / Lawrence S. Sonig
    Disorders of cerebrospinal fluid dynamics / John C.M. Brust
    Sleep disorders / Andrew J. Westwood & Carl Bazil
    Systemic & metabolic disorders / Laura Lennihan & Jason Diamond
    Alcoholism / John C.M. Brust
    Drug dependence / John C.M. Brust
    Psychiatric disorders / Eric R. Marcus
    Neurologic disorders of childhood & adolescence / Cladduai A. Chiriboga & Marc C. Patterson.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2019
  • Digital/Print
    DeCherney, Alan H.; Goodwin, T. Murphy; Laufer, Neri; Nathan, Lauren; Roman, Ashley S.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessObGyn
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG101 .C95
    3
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael H. Ebert, James F. Leckman, Ismene L. Petrakis.
    Contents:
    Section I. Psychiatric principles and practice
    Clinical decision making in psychiatry
    Psychiatric epidemiology
    Psychiatric genetics
    The psychiatric interview
    Diagnostic encounter for children and adolescents
    Psychological assessment
    Diagnostic evaluation for children and adolescents
    Developmental psychology
    Psychopharmacologic interventions
    Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral interventions
    Psychodynamic psychotherapy and the therapeutic relationship
    Diagnostic formulation, treatment planning, and modes of treatment in children and adolescents
    Section II. Psychiatric disorders in adults
    Neurocognitive disorders
    Schizophrenia
    Other psychotic disorders
    Mood disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Somatic symptom and related disorders
    Factitious disorders and malingering
    Dissociative disorders
    Sexual dysfunctions and paraphilic disorders
    Eating disorders
    Sleep disorders
    Impulse-control disorders
    Adjustment disorders
    Personality disorders
    Section III. Psychiatric disorders in children and adolescents
    Intellectual disability (intellectual developmental disorder)
    Learning disorders
    Motor disorders and communication disorders
    Autism and autism spectrum disorders
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Oppositional defiant disorder and conduct disorder
    Substance-related disorders in adolescents
    Depressive disorders (in childhood and adolescence)
    Pediatric bipolar disorder
    Suicidal behavior in chlidren and adolescents
    Anxiety disorders for children and adolescents
    Child maltreatment
    Posttraumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents following a single-event trauma
    Tourette syndrome, tic disorders, and obsessive-compulsive disorder in children and adolescents
    Developmental disorders of attachment, feeding, elimination, and sleeping
    Gender dysphoria in children and adolescents
    Psychological reactions to acute and chronic systemic illness in pediatric patients
    Disruptive mood dysregulation disorder
    Section IV. Alcohol and substance-related disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Alcohol use disorders
    Opioid use disorders
    Stimulant use disorders
    Tobacco user disorder
    Cannabis use disorders
    Hallucinogen use disorders
    Gambling and behavioral addictions
    Section V. Psychiatry in special settings
    Emergency psychiatry
    Consultation-liaison psychiatry
    Forensive psychiatry.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessNeurology
  • Digital
    editor John H. Stone.
    Contents:
    Section I: Approach to the patient with rheumatic disease. Physical examination of the musculoskeletal system
    Joint aspiration & injection
    Laboratory testing
    Hand & wrist pain: a systematic approach
    Approach to the patient with foot & ankle pain
    Approach to the patient with shoulder pain
    Approach to the patient with neck pain
    Approach to the patient with low back pain
    Approach to the patient with hip pain
    Approach to the patient with knee pain
    Fibromyalgia
    Complex regional pain syndrome (reflex sympathetic dystrophy) & posttraumatic neuralgia
    Section II: Rheumatoid arthritis & spondyloarthropathies. Rheumatoid arthritis
    Adult-onset still disease
    Axial spondyloarthritis & arthritis associated with inflammatory bowel disease
    Reactive arthritis
    Psoriatic arthritis
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Section III: Lupus & related autoimmune disorders. Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Treatment of systemic lupus erythematosus
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Raynaud phenomenon
    Scleroderma (systemic sclerosis)
    Primary Sjögren syndrome
    Autoimmune myopathies, immune-mediated necrotizing myopathies, & their mimickers
    Section IV: The vasculitides. Giant cell arteritis & polymyalgia rheumatica
    Takayasu arteritis
    Granulomatosis with polyangiitis
    Microscopic polyangiitis
    Eosinophilic granulomatosis with polyangiitis (Churg-Strauss syndrome)
    Polyarteritis nodosa
    Cryoglobulinemia
    Hypersensitivity vasculitis
    Behçet disease
    IgA vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein purpura)
    Primary angiitis of the central nervous system
    Thromboangiitis obliterans (Buerger disease)
    Miscellaneous forms of vasculitis
    Section V: Degenerative joint disease & crystal-induced arthritis. Osteoarthritis
    Gout
    Calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease
    Section VI: Infectious arthritis. Septic arthritis
    Lyme disease
    The rheumatic manifestations of acute & chronic viral infections
    Section VII: Other single- or multi-organ inflammatory diseases. Whipple disease
    Sarcoidosis
    Relapsing polychondritis
    IgG4-related disease
    Ocular inflammatory diseases for rheumatologists
    Sensorineural hearing loss (immune-mediated inner ear disease)
    Section VIII: Disorders of bone. Osteoporosis & glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis
    Paget disease of bone
    Section IX: Imaging & genetics. Musculoskeletal magnetic resonance imaging
    Musculoskeletal ultrasound in rheumatology
    Genetics & genetic testing in rheumatology.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Doherty, Gerard M.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessSurgery
    AccessSurgery
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD35 .D771
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Michael H. Crawford.
    Summary: This book provides concise, clinically focused coverage of the major disease entities and therapeutic challenges in cardiology. It covers all the important management issues in cardiology ; Includes special topics such as pregnancy and heart disease, the use of anticoagulants in heart disease, and the perioperative evaluation of heart disease patients ; Logically organized into six sections: Prevention of cardiovascular disease, Ischemic heart disease, Arrhythmias, Valvular disease, Cardiomyopathy and heart failure and Systemic diseases & the heart.

    Contents:
    Section I. Prevention of cardiovascular disease
    Chapter 1. Lipid disorders
    Chapter 2. Systemic hypertension
    Chapter 3. Antiplatelet therapy
    Chapter 4. Long-term anticoagulation for cardiac conditions
    Chapter 5. Approach to cardiac disease diagnosis
    Section II. Ischemic heart disease
    Chapter 6. Chronic ischemic heart disease
    Chapter 7. Unstable angina/non-st elevation myocardial infarction
    Chapter 8. Acute myocardial infarction
    Chapter 9. Cardiogenic shock
    Chapter 10. Evaluation & treatment of the perioperative patient
    Section III. Arrhythmias
    Chapter 11. Supraventricular tachycardias
    Chapter 12. Atrial fibrillation
    Chapter 13. Ventricular tachycardia
    Chapter 14. Conduction disorders & cardiac pacing
    Chapter 15. Sudden cardiac death
    Chapter 16. Syncope
    Section IV. Valvular disease
    Chapter 17. Aortic stenosis
    Chapter 18. Aortic regurgitation
    Chapter 19. Mitral stenosis
    Chapter 20. Mitral regurgitation
    Chapter 21. Tricuspid & pulmonic valve disease
    Chapter 22. Infective endocarditis
    Section V. Cardiomyopathy & heart failure
    Chapter 23. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 24. Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 25. Myocarditis
    Chapter 26. Heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Chapter 27. Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Chapter 28. Pericardial diseases
    Chapter 29. Pulmonary embolic disease
    Chapter 30. Pulmonary hypertension
    Chapter 31. Congenital heart disease in adults
    Section VI. Systemic disease & the heart
    Chapter 32. Cardiac tumors
    Chapter 33. Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
    Chapter 34. Endocrinology & the heart
    Chapter 35. Connective tissue diseases & the heart
    Chapter 36. The athlete and the heart
    Chapter 37. Thoracic aortic aneurysms & dissections.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael H. Crawford.
    Summary: Current Diagnosis & Treatment: Cardiology is designed to be a concise discussion of the essential knowledge needed to diagnose and manage cardiovascular diseases.

    Contents:
    Section I: Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease
    Chapter 1: Lipid Disorders
    Chapter 2: Systemic Hypertension
    Chapter 3: Antiplatelet Therapy
    Chapter 4: Long-Term Anticoagulation for Cardiac Conditions
    Chapter 5: Approach to Cardiac Disease Diagnosis
    Section II: Ischemic Heart Disease
    Chapter 6: Chronic Ischemic Heart Disease
    Chapter 7: Unstable Angina/Non-ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 8: Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 9: Cardiogenic Shock
    Chapter 10: Evaluation & Treatment of the Perioperative Patient
    Section III: Arrhythmias
    Chapter 11: Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Chapter 12: Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 13: Ventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 14: Conduction Disorders & Cardiac Pacing
    Chapter 15: Sudden Cardiac Death
    Chapter 16: Syncope
    Section IV: Valvular Disease
    Chapter 17: Aortic Stenosis
    Chapter 18: Aortic Regurgitation
    Chapter 19: Mitral Stenosis
    Chapter 20: Mitral Regurgitation
    Chapter 21: Tricuspid & Pulmonic Valve Disease
    Chapter 22: Infective Endocarditis
    Section V: Cardiomyopathy & Heart Failure
    Chapter 23: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 24: Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 25: Myocarditis, Toxic Cardiomyopathy, and Stress Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 26: Heart Failure with Reduced Ejection Fraction
    Chapter 27: Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction
    Chapter 28: Pericardial Diseases
    Chapter 29: Pulmonary Embolic Disease
    Chapter 30: Pulmonary Hypertension
    Chapter 31: Congenital Heart Disease in Adults
    Section VI: Systemic Disease & the Heart
    Chapter 32: Cardiac Tumors
    Chapter 33: Cardiovascular Disease in Pregnancy
    Chapter 34: Endocrinology & the Heart
    Chapter 35: Connective Tissue Diseases & the Heart
    Chapter 36: The Athlete and the Heart
    Chapter 37: Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms & Dissections.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael H. Crawford, MD.
    Summary: "A concise, authoritative compilation of the essential information needed to diagnose and manage cardiovascular disease. Current Diagnosis and Treatment Cardiology, Sixth Edition, covers the latest developments in the field with detailed, consistently structured chapters with sharp clinical images that aid comprehension. Presented in the popular LANGE format, each chapter discusses diagnostic techniques, prevention strategies, treatment, and prognosis." -- from publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Section I. Prevention of cardiovascular disease
    Lipid disorders
    Systemic hypertension
    Antiplatelet therapy
    Long-term anticoagulation for cardiac conditions
    Approach to cardiac disease diagnosis
    Section II. Ischemic heart disease
    Chronic ischemic heart disease
    Unstable angina/non-ST elevation myocardial infarction
    Acute myocardial infarction
    Cardiogenic shock
    Evaluation & treatment of the perioperative patient
    Section III. Arrhythmias
    Supraventricular tachycardias
    Atrial fibrillation
    Ventricular tachycardia
    Conduction disorders & cardiac pacing
    Sudden cardiac death
    Syncope
    Section IV. Valvular disease
    Aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Mitral stenosis
    Mitral regurgitation
    Tricuspid & pulmonic valve disease
    Infective endocarditis
    Section V. Cardiomyopathy & heart failure
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Myocarditis, toxic cardiomyopathy, and stress cardiomyopathy
    Heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Pericardial diseases
    Pulmonary embolic disease
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Congenital heart disease in adults
    Section VI. Systemic disease & the heart
    Cardiac tumors
    Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
    Endocrinology & the heart
    Connective tissue diseases & the heart
    The athlete and the heart
    Thoracic aortic aneurysms & dissections.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2023
  • Digital/Print
    Humphries, Roger L.; Stone, C. Keith.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    8th ed. (2017) latest ed. only.
    AccessMedicine
    7th ed. (2011) latest ed. only.
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    8th ed. (2017) latest ed. only.
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    7th ed. (2011) latest ed. only.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC86.7 .C977
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Crawford, Michael H.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC667 .C878
    6
  • Digital/Print
    Skinner, Harry B.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessSurgery
    AccessSurgery
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD731 .C976
    6
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew D. Hershey.
    Summary: "An up-to-date, quick reference guide to the diagnosis and treatment of neurologic disorders in infants, children, and adolescents for residents in pediatrics, neurology, internal medicine/pediatrics, family medicine, and child/adolescent psychiatry, as well as pediatric nurse practitioners and physician assistants"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital/Print
    Hay, William W.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessPediatrics
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ45 .C98
    8
  • Digital
    [editors] Brie A. Williams, MD, MS ; Anna Chang, MD ; Cyrus Ahalt, MPP ; Rebecca Conant, MD ; Christine Ritchie, MD, MSPH ; Helen Chen, MD ; C. Seth Landefeld, MD ; Michi Yukawa, MD, MPH.
    Contents:
    Principles of geriatric care
    Transforming the care of older adults: knowledge, skills, & system change
    Consideration of function & functional decline
    Goals of care & consideration of prognosis
    The social context of older adults
    The interprofessional team
    Geriatric assessment
    Atypical presentations of illness in older adults
    Prevention & health promotion
    Principles of prescribing for older adults
    Addressing multimorbidity in older adults
    Geriatrics & palliative care
    Ethics & informed decision making
    Care settings
    Transitions and continuity of care
    Ambulatory care & the patient-centered medical home
    Providing quality care to older adults in the emergency department
    Hospital care
    Perioperative care in older surgical patients
    Long-term care, nursing home, & rehabilitation
    Home-based care
    The aging traveler
    Common conditions in geriatrics
    Delirium
    Cognitive impairment & dementia
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Parkinson disease & essential tremor
    Falls & mobility disorders
    Osteoarthritis
    Osteoporosis & hip fractures
    Coronary disease
    Heart failure & heart rhythm disorders
    Hypertension
    Valvular disease
    Peripheral arterial disease & venous thromboembolism
    Chronic venous insufficiency & lymphedema
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Gastrointestinal & abdominal complaints
    Constipation
    Fluid & electrolyte abnormalities
    Chronic kidney disease
    Urinary incontinence
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia & prostate cancer
    Thyroid, parathyroid, & adrenal gland disorders
    Diabetes
    Anemia
    Common cancers
    Depression & other mental health issues
    Sexual health & dysfunction
    Common infections
    Pressure ulcers
    Common skin disorders
    Sleep disorders
    Oral diseases & disorders
    Common clinical scenarios in geriatrics
    Evaluating confusion in older adults
    Addressing polypharmacy & improving medication adherence in older adults
    Managing persistent pain in older adults
    Considering anticoagulation in older adults
    Assessing antiaging therapies for older adults
    Considering complementary & alternative medicines for older adults
    Managing misuse of alcohol & psychoactive prescription medications in older adults
    Assessing older adults for syncope following a fall
    Treating headaches in older adults
    Managing vision impairment in older adults
    Managing hearing impairment in older adults
    Addressing chest pain in older adults
    Addressing dyspnea in older adults
    Managing joint pain in older adults
    Managing back pain in older adults
    Determining the appropriate use of exercise for older adults
    Defining adequate nutrition for older adults
    Helping older adults with low health literacy
    Understanding the effects of homelessness and housing instability on older adults
    Understanding the effects of criminal justice involvement on older adults
    Detecting, assessing, & responding to elder mistreatment
    Meeting the unique needs of LGBT older adults
    Broadening clinical practice
    Applying evidence-based medicine to older patients
    International perspectives in geriatric care
    Public policy intersecting with an aging society.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    edited by C. Keith Stone, Dorian Drigalla, Roger L. Humphries, Maria Stephan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessEmergency Medicine
  • Digital/Print
    Matthias Theobald, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive review of recent advances in cancer immunotherapy, and explores the value and limitations of the most effective current therapeutic strategies and emerging treatment modalities. It discusses in detail the successes achieved using monoclonal antibodies (mAbs), including developments with regard to conjugated mAbs and also bispecific mAbs as novel treatment options for leukemia and solid tumors. It also examines the advances toward personalized immunotherapy, focusing on the effectiveness of adoptive cell therapy using genetically engineered T cells with tumor-associated antigen-specific T-cell receptors and chimeric antigen receptors, as well as the role of tailored vaccines based on the patient's cancer mutanome. Further, it describes the impressive therapeutic results recently achieved with checkpoint inhibitors, and analyzes novel strategies to modulate the immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment. Written by leading international experts and providing up-to-date information on emerging strategies, such as oncolytic virus-based therapy, epigenetic therapy, and combination therapy, the book appeals to all those with an interest in immunotherapy as it comes of age.

    Contents:
    Current Development of Monoclonal Antibodies in Cancer Therapy
    Clinical Experience with Bispecific T-Cell Engagers
    Advances and challenges of CAR-modified T cells in clinical trials
    Targeting Cancer with Genetically Engineered TCR-T Cells
    Tailored Vaccines Based on Patient's Cancer Mutanome
    Next-Generation Checkpoint Inhibitors and Immune Agonists.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Robyn Guymer, Chi Luu.
    Contents:
    Age-related macular degeneration / Robyn Guymer & Chi Luu
    Classification of age-related macular degeneration / George Trichonas & Peter K. Kaiser
    Clinical symptoms and signs / Samir Khandhadia & Andrew J. Lotery
    Pathological insight into age-related macular degeneration including polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy / Hiroyuki Nakashizuka
    Epidemiology and risk factors of age-related macular degeneration / Loren Jack & Eyal Margalit
    Genetic markers for age-related macular degeneration / Chee Wai Wong & Ching-Yu Cheng
    Imaging in age-related macular degeneration / Oudy Semoun & Eric H. Souied
    Assessment and monitoring of retinal function in age-related macular degeneration / Chi Luu & Robyn Guymer
    Treatment of age-related macular degeneration with laser photocoagulation and photodynamic therapy / Michael W. Stewart
    Pharmacotherapy for neovascular age-related macular degeneration / Irene M. Rusu, Jesse J. Jung, Sarah Mrejen, Roberto Gallego-Pinazo & K. Bailey Freund
    Novel approaches to restore vision in end-stage age-related macular degeneration / Mandeep S. Singh & Samantha R. de Silva
    Impact on quality of life / Paolo Lanzetta, Daniele Veritti & Valentina Sarao
    Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy / Gemmy Cheung & Gavin Tan.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Viroj Wiwanitkit.
    Contents:
    From an old classical influenza to a new emerging influenza, from pathogenesis to prevention / Viroj Wiwanitkit
    Introduction to influenza infection / Zichria Zakay-Rones & Dany Shoham
    Molecular mechanisms of attenuation of influenza viruses / Larisa Rudenko & Irina Kiseleva
    Human monoclonal antibodies with broad-spectrum neutralizing activity against influenza viruses / Yang Pan, Ririn Ramadhany, Tadahiro Sasaki & Kazuyoshi Ikuta
    Influenza in pregnancy / Amy E. Whitten & Bernard Gonik
    General applicability and reliability of immunochromatography based RDT kits for POCT at clinics / Tadahiro Sasaki, Ritsuko Kubota-Koketsu & Kazuyoshi Ikuta
    Antiviral agents for influenza virus / Olivia Perwitasari, Ralph A. Tripp & Stephen M. Tompkins
    Therapeutic guidelines for influenza in general and high-risk population / Pedro Plans-Rubió
    Influenza vaccines / Åsne Jul-Larsen & Rebecca Jane Cox
    Mechanisms of cross-protection and development of universal influenza vaccines / Huan Huu Nguyen & De-chu Christopher Tang.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Huangui Xiong, Howard E. Gendelman, editors.
    Summary: Current Laboratory Methods in Neuroscience Research is a research manual for both students and seasoned researchers. It focuses on commonly-used techniques employed in neuroscience research, presented in a simple, step-by-step manner for laboratory use. The manual also offers a blueprint for bench-to-bedside research designed to facilitate multidisciplinary neuroscience pursuits. Sections include coverage of neurohistological techniques, in vitro preparations, leukocyte isolation and application in neuroscience, standard laboratory nucleic acid and protein detections, nanomedicine, bioimaging, neuroelectrophysiology, immunohistochemistry and autoradiography, analysis of gene expression, and animal models.

    Contents:
    Part I. Neurohistological Techniques
    Brain Tissue Preparation, Sectioning, and Staining / Jingdong Zhang and Huangui Xiong
    Brain Stereotaxic Injection / Jingdong Zhang and Huangui Xiong
    Neuronal Tract Tracing with Light and Electron Microscopy / Jingdong Zhang and Huangui Xiong
    Stereological Analysis / Kristi M. Anderson, Adam M. Szlachetka and R. Lee Mosley
    Part II. In Vitro Preparations
    Preparation and Use of Rodent Hippocampal Slices / Huangui Xiong and Jianxun Xia
    Single-Cell Neuronal Dissociation for Electrophysiological Studies / Yu-Long Li
    Isolation and Culture of Human Neurons, Microglia, and Astrocytes / Li Wu and Santhi Gorantla
    Isolation and Culture of Neural Stem/Progenitor Cells / Hui Peng, Qiang Chen and Jialin Zheng
    Isolation of Mitochondria from Brain Tissue and Cells / Changhai Tian and Jialin Zheng
    Isolation of Synaptosomes from Archived Brain Tissues / Gurudutt Pendyala, James L. Buescher and Howard S. Fox
    Xenopus Oocytes Isolation and Microinjection / Huangui Xiong
    Part III. Leukocyte Isolation and Application in Neuroscience
    Centrifugal Elutriation for Studies of Neuroimmunity / Santhi Gorantla, Myhanh Che and Howard E. Gendelman
    Flow Cytometry in Neuroscience Research / Charles Kuszynski
    Part IV. Standard Laboratory Nucleic Acid and Protein Detections
    Western Blotting Technique in Biomedical Research / Jianuo Liu, James Haorah and Huangui Xiong
    Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and Real-Time PCR / Georgette D. Kanmogne
    Part V. Nanomedicine
    Nanoformulations / Xin-Ming Liu and Tatiana K. Bronich
    Neuronanomedicine / JoEllyn M. McMillan, Xin-Ming Liu and Howard E. Gendelman
    Part VI. Bioimaging
    Confocal Imaging of Nerve Cells / You Zhou
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Yutong Liu
    X-Ray, Positron Emission, and Single Photon Emission Tomographic Bioimaging / Katherine A. Estes, Jacob C. Peterson, Adam M. Szlachetka and R. Lee Mosley
    Noninvasive Neurophysiological Imaging with Magnetoencephalography / Tony W. Wilson
    Multiphoton Brain Imaging / Anna Dunaevsky
    Part VII. Neuroelectrophysiology
    Techniques for Extracellular Recordings / Jingdong Zhang, Jianxun Xia and Huangui Xiong
    Blind Patch-Clamp Recordings from Rodent Hippocampal Slices / Jianxun Xia and Huangui Xiong
    Whole-Cell Patch-Clamp Recording / Matthew J. Van Hook and Wallace B. Thoreson
    Part VIII. Immunohistochemistry and Autoradiography
    Analysis of Receptor Binding and Quantitative Autoradiography / L. Charles Murrin
    Techniques in Immunohistochemistry and Immunocytochemistry / Yang Yuan and Jyothi Arikkath
    Part IX. Analysis of Gene Expression
    Protein Identification by Mass Spectrometry: Proteomics / Melinda Wojtkiewicz, Kelley Barnett and Pawel Ciborowski
    DNA Microarrays as a Tool for Neurosciences Research / James D. Eudy, Lynette Smith
    Metabolomics / Yazen Alnouti
    Bioinformatic Methods and Resources for Neuroscience Research / Chittibabu Guda
    Part X. Animal Models: Behavior and Pathology
    Motor Function in Rodent Models of Neurodegenerative Disorders / Jessica A. Hutter Saunders, Max V. Kuenstling, Robert A. Weir, R. Lee Mosley and Howard E. Gendelman
    Humanized Mice / Larisa Y. Poluektova and Edward Makarov
    Animal Models for PD and ALS / Max V. Kuenstling, Adam M. Szlachetka and R. Lee Mosley
    Animal Models of Alzheimer's Disease / Tomomi Kiyota
    Animal Models: Behavior and Pathology: Preclinical Assessment of the Putative Cognitive Deficits in HAND / Landhing M. Moran, Rosemarie M. Booze and Charles F. Mactutus.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Caroline R. Baumal, Jay S. Duker.
    Summary: "This book serves to discuss the risk factors and classification of diabetic retinopathy, followed by a chapter on each treatment modality. Clinicial cases are presented by the authors to demonstrate complicated diabetic reinopathy management issues" -- From preface.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and natural history of diabetic retinopathy / Dante J. Pieramici, MD and Daniel Learned, MD
    Clinical diagnosis of diabetic retinopathy / Randee M. Watson, MD, Lindsay Machen, MD and Yannek I. Leiderman, MD, PHD
    Classification of diabetic retinopathy / Geraldine R. Slean, MS, MD and Rahul N. Khurana, MD
    Imaging in diabetic retinopathy / Caroline R. Baumal, MD
    Genetics of diabetic retinopathy / Karen Jeng-Miller, MD, MPH and Caroline R. Baumal, MD
    Effect of modifiable risk factors on the incidence and progression of diabetic retinopathy / Michael D. Tibbetts, MD
    Anti-vascular endothelial growth factor therapy for diabetic eye disease / Kendra Klein, MD and Michelle C. Liang, MD
    Corticosteroid therapy for diabetic retinopathy / Elad Moisseiev, MD and Anat Loewenstein, MD
    Laser treatment of diabetic retinopathy / Sean Platt, MD and Sophie Bakri, MD
    Surgical treatment of diabetic retinopathy / María H. Berrocal, MD and Alexandra Acabá
    Treatment of diabetic retinopathy in pregnancy / Avni P. Finn, MD, MBA and Lejla Vajzovic, MD
    Novel treatments for diabetic retinopathy / David Eichenbaum, MD
    Clinical scenarios: introduction / cases from David Eichenbaum, MD, Darin R. Goldman, MD, Charles C. Wykoff, MD, Caroline R. Baumal, MD
    Summary of diabetic clinical research network (DRCR.net) protocols / Caroline R. Baumal, MD and Xuejing Chen, MD
    Diabetic terminology.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ferdinando Cafiero, Franco De Cian.
    Summary: In the last decade, the clinical management of melanoma has become more effective: basic clinical studies, randomized clinical trials, and new drugs have greatly improved the prognosis of patients, both in the initial and in the advanced stage of the disease. This book offers a wide and up-to-date overview of the multidisciplinary treatment of melanoma. Among the topics discussed, there are the role of sentinel lymph node biopsy and the radical dissection, following the results of international randomized clinical trials, in particular MSLT-II. The last chapters are focused on new medical treatments in adjuvant, neoadjuvant, and metastatic settings. The volume has been written for all the professionals involved in melanoma treatment, such as general surgeons, surgical oncologists, medical oncologists, dermatologists, radiotherapists, and nuclear medicine physicians.

    Contents:
    The history of melanoma: from Incas to the 3rd millennium
    2 Epidemiology, prevention and clinical diagnosis
    3 Treatment of primitive tumour
    4 Histopathological examination: the keystone of treatment
    5 Molecular assessment: when and why
    6 New tumour staging: prognostic factors
    7 Lymphatic mapping and Positron Emission Tomography (PET): the role of nuclear medicine
    8 Evolution of sentinel lymph node biopsy technique
    9 The rationale of sentinel lymph node biopsy: prognostic and therapeutic implications
    10 Surgical technique and indications of radical dissections: axylla
    11 Surgical technique and indications of radical dissections: groin
    12 Surgical technique and indications of radical dissections: head and neck
    13 Management of complications of radical dissections
    14 Local treatments of loco-regional pathology
    15 Surgical indications of metastatic disease in election
    16 Surgical treatment of urgency
    17 Medical treatment of melanoma: neoadjuvant and adjuvant therapies
    18 Systemic treatment in advanced melanoma
    19 Management of brain metastases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Chatton, Milton J.; Krupp, Marcus A.; McPhee, Stephen J.; Papadakis, Maxine A.; Rabow, Michael W.; Tierney, Lawrence M.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71.A14 C98
    30
  • Print
    Barker, Jeffery L.; McKelvy, Jeffrey F.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QP351 .C88
    2
  • Digital
    Akebe Luther King Abia, Guy R. Lanza, editors.
    Summary: Scientific output in low- and middle-income countries is greatly challenged by numerous factors. This is particularly pronounced in sub-Saharan African countries, despite the continent being the world's second largest and second most-populous continent, currently undergoing rapid economic growth. Financial constraints and unclear areas of focus when funding is available, are among the limiting factors, with the consequence being the development of inadequate policies, especially those relating to environmental protection and conservation. This 13-chapter book is a unique piece in the field of microbiology, designed to stimulate some research areas in Africa by illustrating interesting and informative examples of the current applied research agenda in environmental microbiology in selected countries within the continent. With authors from the North, South, East and West of Africa, the book touches diverse applied methods and approaches to meet the pragmatic needs faced by environmental microbiologists in Africa. Also included are topics on viruses, bacteria (including cyanobacteria), and protozoa, and their importance in disease. Sustainable agriculture and aquaculture, and eco-friendly oil and hydrocarbon bioremediation and degradation approaches are highlighted. Microbial involvement in different common indoor (e.g., household kitchens, latrines, and hospitals) and outdoor settings including air, soil, and water habitats, and their resistance to commonly used antibiotics, are described. Hopefully, the work presented here will stimulate the need for increasing modern training and funding initiatives to prepare African microbiologists to meet the challenges they face in African universities and research laboratories.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Antibiotics used in aquaculture and their biological effects in fish
    Socio-political challenges facing microbiology research in Africa
    Low-Cost Household Water Treatment (HWT) Technologies for Microbiological Contaminants
    Microbial pathogens in water resource sediments: towards setting up guidelines for microbial sediment quality
    Some bacterial pathogens of public health concern in water and wastewater
    Understanding the development and structure of biofilms in water distribution systems and household water storage containers
    Enrichment versus non-enrichment methods of biodegradation of hydrocarbons
    Emerging viral diseases, resistance and impact in the environment
    Fermented foods and beverages in Africa and their potential health benefits
    Use of effective and competitive native strains of Rhizobium inoculants for sustainable agricultural productivity
    The Significance of Cryptosporidium and Giardia in Africa
    Vibrio cholerae and Cholera
    The use of biosurfactants in the bioremediation of oil-polluted water
    The era of bacterial genomics in antibiotic research in Africa
    Environmental risk related to Bacterial predation on Cyanobacteria
    Next-generation sequencing as a tool for profiling soil microbial communities in South Africa
    Biocidal activity of Algerian plant extracts on selected bacteria of public health concern
    Emerging and re-emerging bacterial pathogens of humans in environmental and hospital settings
    Prevalence of pathogenic E. coli genes on toilet sears from rural and peri-urban communities in South Africa
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Joseph LaDou, Robert J. Harrison.
    Summary: A thorough, concise, up-to-date guide to the diagnosis and treatment of common occupational and environmental injuries and diseases Coverage includes: Chapters on how to conduct an occupational and environmental medical history, examine the patient, evaluate exposures, and prevent further injury and illness ; New methods of disability management and the important role that physicians can play in preventing disability ; Practical information on the toxic properties and clinical manifestation of common industrial materials ; Techniques to prevent acute and cumulative workplace-related injuries ; Detailed discussion of international occupational and environmental health, and issues of worker migration.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section I Occupational Health
    1. The Practice of Occupational Medicine / Robert J. Harrison
    2. International Occupational and Environmental Health / Joseph LaDou
    3. Migration and Occupational Health / Marc B. Schenker
    4. The Occupational & Environmental Medical History / Karen B. Mulloy
    5. Electronic Health Records / Sachin Kapoor
    6. Workers' Compensation / James Craner
    7. Disability Management & Prevention / Glenn Pransky
    Section II Occupational Injuries
    8. Musculoskeletal Injuries / C. Benjamin Ma
    9. Shoulder, Elbow, & Hand Injuries / Alexis Descatha
    10. Back and Lower Extremity Injuries / C. Benjamin Ma
    11. Management of Chronic Pain / Wolf Mehling
    12. Eye Injuries / Allan J. Flach
    13. Hearing Loss / Robert Dobie
    14. Injuries Caused by Physical Hazards / Peter D. Lichty
    15. Ergonomics & the Prevention of Occupational Injuries / Ira L. Janowitz
    Section III Occupational Illnesses
    16. Medical Toxicology / Kent R. Olson
    17. Clinical Immunology / Jeffrey L. Kishiyama
    18. Occupational Hematology / Hope S. Rugo
    19. Occupational Cancer / Hope S. Rugo
    20. Occupational Infections / Robert J. Harrison
    21. Occupational Skin Disorders / Mahbub M.U. Chowdhury
    22. Upper Respiratory Tract Disorders / Dennis J. Shusterman
    23. Occupational Lung Diseases / John R. Balmes
    24. Cardiovascular Toxicology / Neal L. Benowitz
    25. Liver Toxicology / Robert J. Harrison
    26. Renal Toxicology / Rudolph A. Rodriguez
    27. Neurotoxicology / Yuen T. So
    28. Female Reproductive Toxicology / Sarah Janssen
    29. Male Reproductive Toxicology / Sarah Janssen
    Section IV Occupational and Environmental Exposures
    30. Metals / Michael J. Kosnett
    31. Chemicals / Robert J. Harrison
    32. Solvents / Rachel Roisman
    33. Gases & Other Airborne Toxicants / Paul D. Blanc
    34. Pesticides / Michael A. O'Malley
    Section V Program Management
    35. Occupational Mental Health & Workplace Violence / Robert C. Larsen
    36. Substance Use Disorders / Stephen Heidel
    37. CBRNE Preparedness / Richard Lewis
    38. Occupational Safety / Peter B. Rice
    39. Industrial (Occupational) Hygiene / Peter B. Rice
    40. Disease Surveillance / Eileen Storey
    41. Medical Surveillance / James Craner
    42. Biologic Monitoring / Rupali Das
    Section VI Environmental Health
    43. Principles of Environmental Health / Gina M. Solomon
    44. International Chemicals Policy, Health, and Human Rights / Megan R. Schwarzman
    45. Industrial Emissions, Accidental Releases, & Hazardous Waste / Marilyn C. Underwood
    46. Outdoor Air Pollution / John R. Balmes
    47. Building-Associated Illness / Michael L. Fischman
    48. Water Pollution / Craig Steinmaus
    49. Multiple Chemical Sensitivity / Robert J. Harrison
    50. Health Risk Assessment / Michael J. Dibartolomeis.
  • Digital
    editors, Joseph LaDou, Robert J. Harrison.
    Summary: "The book provides a complete guide to common occupational and environmental injuries and illnesses, their diagnosis and treatment, and preventive measures in the workplace and community. Our aim is to help health care professionals understand the complexities of occupational and environmental health issues and provide useful clinical information on common illnesses and injuries. The book contains many new chapters, expanding the coverage of occupational and environmental medicine well beyond that of the earlier editions"--Preface.

    Contents:
    Section I: Occupational health practice. The practice of occupational medicine
    The occupational & environmental medical history
    Workers' compensation
    Ethics in occupational medicine
    Disability management & prevention
    Section II: Occupational injuries. Ergonomics & the prevention of occupational injuries
    Musculoskeletal injuries
    Shoulder, elbow, & hand injuries
    Back & lower extremity injuries
    The management of chronic pain
    Eye injuries
    Hearing loss
    Injuries caused by physical hazards
    Section III: Occupational illnesses. Medical toxicology
    Clinical immunology
    Occupational infections
    Occupational skin disorders
    Upper respiratory tract disorders
    Occupational lung diseases
    Cardiovascular toxicology
    Liver toxicology
    Renal toxicology
    Neurotoxicology
    Occupational hematology
    Occupational cancer
    Genetic toxicology
    Female reproductive toxicology
    Male reproductive toxicology
    Section IV: Occupational and environmental exposures. Metals
    Chemicals
    Solvents
    Gases & other airborne toxicants
    Pesticides
    Section V: Program management. The changing nature of work
    Total worker health
    Occupational mental health & substance use disorders
    Fatigue, shiftwork, & sleep disorders
    Workplace violence prevention
    Occupational safety
    Industrial (occupational) hygiene
    Disease surveillance
    Surveillance & screening in occupational health
    Biologic monitoring
    CBRNE preparedness
    Responder safety and health
    Section VI: Environmental health
    Principles of environmental health
    International occupational & environmental health
    Pediatric environmental health
    Climate change and worker health: implications for clinical practice
    Air pollution
    Water pollution
    Industrial emissions, accidental releases, & hazardous waste
    Building-related illness
    Multiple chemical sensitivity
    Health risk assessment
    Appendix. Biostatistics & epidemiology
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital
    Sanjeev Agarwal, editor.
    Summary: The book is intended as the second edition of previously published current Orthopaedic Practice The book is a unique publication from the UK, which covers the entire clinical orthopaedic spectrum. The FRCS exam is an end-of-training examination for Orthopaedic trainees in the UK. There is a paucity of textbooks published in the UK which cover the spectrum of knowledge required. The updated edition builds on the success of the first edition. This book is divided into 18 chapters, which cover the entire remit of clinical orthopaedics. The chapter on sports injuries has been split into two chapters - disorders of the hip and disorders of the knee. A unique feature which has been retained is the incorporation of annotated bibliography within the text. The list of references has been provided as 'further reading suggestions' at the end of the chapter. The annotated text within the chapter helps the reader to understand the study design and key message from the article. The articles selected for inclusion in the text are seminal articles, or recent articles which have led to change in practice. The line drawings are simple and easy to reproduce. Classifications are presented pictorially as much as possible, instead of tables, and this helps memorisation. This book is an essential resource for all orthopaedic graduates, trainees and professionals alike.

    Contents:
    Trauma.-Shoulder disorders
    Adult pathology knee
    Adult pathology hip
    Spinal disorders
    Foot and ankle
    Hand
    Bone and soft tissue tumours
    Infections
    Nonunion
    Inflammatory joint disorders
    Arthrodesis and amputations
    Paediatric disorders
    Hip and knee replacement
    Nerve injuries and neuromuscular disorders
    Imaging
    Clinical examination
    Surgical approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Gaetano La Manna, Claudio Ronco.
    Contents:
    Extracorporeal treatments in patients with acute kidney injury and sepsis / M. Marengo, S. Dellepiane, V. Cantaluppi
    Citrate anticoagulation during continuous renal replacement therapy / D. Ricci, L. Panicali, M.G. Facchini, E. Mancini
    Coupled plasma filtration adsorption application for liver and thyroid toxins / G. Donati, I. Capelli, A.L. Croci Chiocchini, N. Natali, A. Scrivo, G. La Manna
    Extracorporeal sorbent technologies : basic concepts and clinical application / W.R. Clark, F. Ferrari, G. La Manna, C. Ronco
    Development of the new Kibou equipment for continuous renal replacement therapy from scratch to the final configuration / M. Neri, A. Lorenzin, A. Brendolan, F. Garzotto, F. Ferrari, S. De Rosa, R. Bonato, G. Villa, S. Bazzano, F. D'Ippoliti, Z. Ricci, G. La Manna, C. Ronco
    Phosphate in chronic kidney disease progression / M. Cozzolino, D. Foque, P. Ciceri, E. Ottaviano, A. Galassi
    FGF23 : mineral metabolism and beyond / A. Grabner, S. Mazzaferro, G. Cianciolo, S. Krick, I. Capelli, S. Rotondi, C. Ronco, G. La Manna, C. Faul
    Restenosis in hemodialytic fistulas and chronic kidney disease-associated vascular disease : two pathologies driven by metakaryotic stem cells / G. Pasquinelli, W.G. Thilly, E.V. Gostjeva, P. Todeschini, G. Cianciolo, C. Ronco, G. La Manna
    Mycophenolate mofetil : a possible alternative treatment for IgA nephropathy / O. Baraldi, G. Comai, V. Cuna, M. Cappuccilli, C. Serra, C. Ronco, G. Manna
    Genetics and autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease progression / V. Corradi, A. Giuliani, F. Gastaldon, M. de Cal, B. Mancini, A. Montaldi, A. Alghisi, I. Capelli, G. La Manna, C. Ronco
    Expanded hemodialysis : a new therapy for a new class of membranes / C. Ronco, G. Manna
    Mathematical model of potassium profiling in chronic dialysis / M. Ursino, G. Donati
    Home hemodialysis : what Is old is new again / P.G. Kerr, J. Jaw
    Treatment of acute antibody-mediated rejection / G. Comai, M. Ravaioli, O. Baraldi, V. Cuna, L. Gasperoni, G.L. D'Arcangelo, M. Cappuccilli, A.D. Pinna, C. Ronco, G. La Manna
    Chronic allograft injury : an overview of pathogenesis and treatment strategies / H.M. Madariaga, L.V. Riella
    Looking into the graft without a biopsy : biomarkers of acute rejection in renal transplantation / A. Angeletti, P. Cravedi.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Jacob A. David ; [with fifteen contributors].
    Summary: "CURRENT: Practice Guidelines in Inpatient Medicine, 2018-2019 digests evidence based guidelines into salient point-of-care applications, enabling physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and medical students to incorporate the advice of major professional societies and government agencies into the care of hospitalized adults. Each section outlines the initial assessment, acute management and subsequent care for conditions commonly encountered in the hospital, putting relevant information at the busy clinician's fingertips"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular
    Vascular
    Pulmonary
    Neurology
    Gastroenterology
    Infectious diseases
    Hematology
    Renal
    Endocrine
    Perioperative considerations
    Prevention of complications
    End-of-life care
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Behavioral health and substance use disorders
    Chapter 2: Cardiovascular disorders
    Chapter 3: Ears, nose, and throat
    Chapter 4: Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Chapter 5: Gastrointestinal disorders
    Chapter 6: Genitourinary disorders
    Chapter 7: Infectious diseases
    Chapter 8: Disorders of the musculoskeletal system
    Chapter 9: Pulmonary disorders
    Chapter 10: Renal disorders
    Chapter 11: Disorders of the skin
    Chapter 12: Newborns and infants
    Chapter 13: Children and adolescents
    Chapter 14: Pregnant patients
    Chapter 15: Women
    Chapter 16: Men
    Chapter 17: Older adults
    Chapter 18: Behavioral health disorders
    Chapter 19: Cardiovascular disorders
    Chapter 20: Care of the older adult
    Chapter 21: Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Chapter 22: Disorders of the eye, ear, nose, and throat
    Chapter 23: Gastrointestinal disorders
    Chapter 24: Genitourinary disorders
    Chapter 25: Hematologic disorders
    Chapter 26: Infectious diseases
    Chapter 27: Disorders of the musculoskeletal system and rheumatologic disorders
    Chapter 28: Neurologic disorders
    Chapter 29: Prenatal and obstetric care
    Chapter 30: Pulmonary disorders
    Chapter 31: Renal disorders
    Chapter 32: Disorders of the skin
    Chapter 33: Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RT120.I5C82
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Hönigsmann, H.; Mali, J. W. H.
    Digital Access Karger v. 2-, 1968-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    33
  • Digital
    Gallagher, Sean R.; Wiley, Emily A.
    Contents:
    Volume/weight measurement
    Concentration measurement
    Reagent preparation
    Cell culture techniques
    Sample preparation
    Chromatography
    Electrophoresis
    Blotting
    Microscopy
    Enzymatic reactions.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 2008-
  • Digital
    Summary: Current Protocols in Chemical Biology provides validated protocols and overviews about specialized chemical techniques and tools for studies of biology and drug design. These tools include small-molecule design, synthesis, derivatization, handling, and detection as well as advances in laboratory automation, robotics, and medicinal chemistry as applied to high-throughput screening (HTS). Methods for modification of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and lipids for their use as tools in the study of particular biological systems are also included
    Digital Access Wiley v. 1-, 2009-
  • Digital/Print
    Dracopoli, Nicholas C.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 1994-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    1994-2010.
    Loose-leaf for updating in supplement form.
    QH440.5 .C87
    4
  • Digital/Print
    Coligan, John E.
    Contents:
    ch. 1. Care and Handling of Laboratory Animals
    ch. 2. Induction of Immune Responses
    ch. 3. In Vitro Assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function
    ch. 4. In Vivo Assays for Lymphocyte Function
    ch. 5. Immunofluorescence and Cell Sorting
    ch. 6. Cytokines and Their Cellular Receptors
    ch. 7. Immunologic Studies in Humans
    ch. 8. Isolation and Analysis of Proteins
    ch. 9. Peptides
    ch. 10. Molecular Biology
    ch. 11. Biochemistry of Cell Activation
    ch. 12. Detection and Analysis of HIV
    ch. 13. Complement
    ch. 14. Innate Immunity
    ch. 15. Animal Models for Autoimmune and Inflammatory Disease
    ch. 16. Antigen Processing and Presentation
    ch. 17. Engineering Immune Molecules and Receptors
    ch. 18. Ligand-Receptor Interactions in the Immune System
    ch. 19. Animal Models for Infectious Diseases
    ch. 20. Animal Models for Tumor Immunology
    ch. 21. Microscopy
    ch. 22. Isolation and Differentiation of Stem and Progenitor Cells
    Appendix 1. Abbreviations and Useful Data
    Appendix 2. Commonly Used Reagents and Equipment
    Appendix 3. Commonly Used Immunological Techniques
    Appendix 4. The CD System of Leukocyte Surface Molecules
    Appendix 5. Suppliers.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 1991-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    v. 1-6, 1991-2010.
    Loose-leaf for updating in supplement form.
    QR183 .C87
    6
  • Digital
    Coico, Richard.
    Contents:
    Emerging technologies
    Microscopy
    Alpha proteobacteria
    Beta proteobacteria
    Enteric gamma proteobacteria
    Nonenteric gamma proteobacteria
    Delta proteobacteria
    Epsilon proteobacteria
    Firmicutes (low G+C gram positive)
    Actinobacteria (high G+C gram positive)
    Chlamydiae
    Spirochetes
    Other eubacteria
    Animal DNA viruses
    Animal RNA viruses
    Plant RNA viruses.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 2006-
  • Digital/Print
    Ausubel, Frederick M.
    Contents:
    ch. 1. Escherichia coli, Plasmids, and Bacteriophages
    ch. 2. Preparation and Analysis of DNA
    ch. 3. Enzymatic Manipulation of DNA and RNA
    ch. 4. Preparation and Analysis of RNA
    ch. 5. Construction of Recombinant DNA Libraries
    ch. 6. Screening of Recombinant DNA Libraries
    ch. 7. DNA Sequencing
    ch. 8. Mutagenesis of Cloned DNA
    ch. 9. Introduction of DNA into Mammalian Cells
    ch. 10. Analysis of Proteins
    ch. 11. Immunology
    ch. 12. DNA-Protein Interactions
    ch. 13. Yeast
    ch. 14. In Situ Hybridization and Immunohistochemistry
    ch. 15. The Polymerase Chain Reaction
    ch. 16. Protein Expression
    ch. 17. Preparation and Analysis of Glycoconjugates
    ch. 18. Analysis of Protein Phosphorylation
    ch. 19. Informatics for Molecular Biologists
    ch. 20. Analysis of Protein Interactions
    ch. 21. Chromatin Assembly and Analysis
    ch. 22. Nucleic Acid Arrays
    ch. 23. Manipulating the Mouse Genome
    ch. 24. Generation and Use of Combinatorial Libraries
    ch. 25. Discovery and Analysis of Differentially Expressed Genes in Single Cells and Cell Populations
    ch. 26. Gene Silencing
    ch. 27. RNA-Protein Interactions
    ch. 28. Mammalian Cell Culture
    ch. 29. Mouse Phenotyping
    ch. 30. Metabolomics
    Appendix 1. Standard Measurements, Data, and Abbreviations
    Appendix 2. Commonly Used Reagents and Equipment
    Appendix 3. Commonly Used Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
    Appendix 4. Suppliers
    Appendix 5. Vectors
    Appendix 6. Pathway Modulators and Inhibitors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    v. 1-6, 1988-2010.
    Loose-leaf for updating in supplement form.
    QH506 .C87
    6
  • Digital/Print
    Coligan, John E.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 1995-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP551 .C86
    3
  • Digital
    Elefanty, Andrew G.; Schlaeger, Thorsten M.; Wu, Joseph C.
    Summary: Includes methods for isolating, maintaining, and differentiating embryonic and adult stem cells.
  • Print
    Kaliner, Michael A.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC593 .C8
    1
  • Print
    Aynsley-Green, A.; Chambers, T. L.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Current reviews in paediatrics to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Wolfgang Walther, editor.
    Contents:
    p53 replacement therapy for cancer
    Retroviral vectors for cancer gene therapy
    Minicircle-based engineering of chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cells
    Noncoding RNA for cancer gene therapy
    mRNA cancer vaccines
    Gene therapeutic approaches to overcome ABCB1-mediated drug resistance
    Bacterial toxins for oncoleaking suicidal cancer gene therapy
    Use of bacteria in cancer therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Cameron, Andrew M.; Cameron, John L.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
    (14th ed.)
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD49 .C976
    14
  • Digital
    edited by Andy Shores and Brigitte A. Brisson.
    Contents:
    Section I: Diagnostics and planning. Neurosurgical instrumentation
    Orthopedic implants in neurosurgery
    Minimum database for intracranial surgery
    Advanced imaging: intracranial surgery
    Cisternal cerebrospinal fluid taps
    Minimum database: spinal surgery
    Advanced imaging: spinal surgery
    Lumbar cerebrospinal fluid taps
    Muscle and nerve biopsy
    Section II: Intracranial procedures. Transfrontal craniotomy
    Lateral (rostrotentorial) craniotomy/craniectomy
    Suboccipital craniectomy/foramen magnum decompression
    Surgical treatment of skull tumors
    Shunt placement and marsupialization in treatment of hydrocephalus and quadrigeminal diverticula
    Section III: Spinal procedures. Atlantoaxial subluxation
    Dorsal cervical decompression (laminectomy/hemilaminectomy and laminotomy)
    Ventral slot
    Lateral cervical approach
    Cervical distraction and stabilization
    Thoracolumbar hemilaminectomy
    Intervertebral disc fenestration
    Thoracolumbar lateral corpectomy
    Pediculectomy/mini-hemilaminectomy
    Dorsal laminectomy in the thoracolumbar region
    Vertebral fracture and luxation repair
    Lumbosacral decompression and foraminotomy
    Surgical management of spinal neoplasia
    Section IV: Postoperative care and rehabilitation. Guidelines for postoperative medical care of the neurosurgical patient
    Physical rehabilitation of the neurosurgical patient.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    by Raghu N. Gaind, Barbara L. Hudson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    edited by the late Victor W. Fazio, MBBS, MS, MD (Hon), FRACS, FRACS (Hon), FACS, FRCS, FRCS (Ed), FASCRS, OA, formerly Rupert B. Turnbull, Jr., MD, Chair, Emeritus, Emeritus Chairman, Department of Colorectal Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio, James M. Church, MBChB, MMedSci, FRACS, FACS, Victor W. Fazio Chair, Department of Colorectal Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio, Conor P. Delaney, MCH, PhD, FRSCI (GEN), FACS, Chairman, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Ravi P. Kiran, MBBS, MS, FRCS (Eng), FRCS (Glas), FACS, Kenneth A. Forde Professor of Surgery, Columbia University Medical Center and Mailman School of Public Health, Chief and Program Director, Division of Colorectal Surgery, Director, Center for Innovation and Outcomes Research, New York-Presbyterian Hospital/Columbia, University Medical Center, New York, New York.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    Kursh, Elroy D.; Resnick, Martin I.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD571 .C88
    1
  • Print
    Glassock, Richard J.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC902.A1 C88
    2
  • Print
    Niederhuber, John E.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC270.8 .C89
    1
  • Print
    Marsh, Jeffrey L.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD118.A1 C9
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] James C. Stanley, Frank J. Veith, Thomas W. Wakefield.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Print
    Schlossberg, David.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM267 .S35
    2
  • Digital
    [edited by] Juan A. Asensio, Donald D. Trunkey.
    Summary: Demanding surgical situations require expert advice from pioneers in the field as well as from those on the front lines of trauma care. Practical and evidence-based, Current Therapy of Trauma and Surgical Critical Care, 2nd Edition, draws on the experience of Drs. Juan A. Asensio and Donald D. Trunkey to offer a comprehensive, contemporary summary of the treatment and post-operative management of traumatic injuries. The concise format makes it ideally suited for everyday use, and new, full-color illustrations highlight the most important aspects of urgent surgical care, including ventilator management, damage control, noninvasive techniques, imaging, infection control, dealing with mass casualties, and treating injuries induced by chemical and biological agents.

    Contents:
    Trauma systems
    Prehospital trauma care
    Initial assessment and resuscitation
    Head and central nervous system injuries
    Maxillofacial and ocular injuries
    Neck injuries
    Thoracic injuries
    Abdominal injuries
    Special issues in major torso trauma
    Peripheral vascular injury
    Musculoskeletal and peripheral central nervous system injuries
    Special issues and situations in trauma management
    Critical care I : management of organ failures and techniques for support
    Critical care II : special issues and treatments
    Rehabilitation and quality of life after trauma and other issues.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Archer, Trevor K.; Kostrzewa, Richard M.
    Summary: Consists of volumes that cover the latest developments in neurotoxicity studies including neurodegeneration, neuroprotection, and neuroregeneration. The series has a translational focus and addresses the causes of neurotoxicity associated with diseases such as Alzheimers, Parkinsons Disease, autism, HIV associated dementia etc.
  • Digital
    Claus Cursiefen, Albert S. Jun, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and genetic basis of Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy
    MicroRNAs in FED: New therapeutic option?
    Clinical phenotypes of Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy (FECD), disease progression, differential diagnosis, and medical therapy
    Optical and anatomic changes in Fuchs Endothelial Dystrophy corneas
    Evolution of posterior lamellar keratoplasty: PK-DLEK-DSEK/DSAEK-DMEK-DMET
    DMEK Graft Preparation: eye bank perspective and risk factors for preparation failure
    Donor-tissue splitting and tissue storage for DALK and DMEK surgery
    DSAEK and UT-DSAEK in FED: Step-by-step approach
    DSAEK (not only) in Asian eyes: What glide to use? Optimized insertion techniques
    Intra- and postoperative complications and their management in DMEK
    DMEK: step-by-step surgical approach
    Complications of Descemet Stripping Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty (DSAEK) surgery
    Revision for failed penetrating keratoplasty in FED
    Long-term clear graft survival and chronic endothelial cell loss following posterior lamellar keratoplasty
    Immune reactions and dry eye after posterior lamellar keratoplasty
    Tissue engineering of a healthy corneal endothelium for FECD patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Toshiya Muramatsu, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the clinical indications for chronic total occlusion (CTO) recanalization using percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) and illustrates the recent academic findings on this constantly developing field of study. In addition to exploring the indications for revascularization and reading angiographies, the authors examine new strategies and techniques using innovative materials and equipment employing the antegrade, retrograde and their hybrid approaches, with a particular focus on the settings and management as well as the prevention of complications. They also describe the future potential of CTO PCI, with emphasis on how the latest advances in clinical science may be integrated into current and future therapies. Current Trend and Techniques of Percutaneous Coronary Intervention for Chronic Total Occlusion is an informative book providing academic insights for interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons, clinical residents, medical students and scholars in the field of peripheral arterial CTO interventions.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: Clinical Indications of CTO Revascularization
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Cardiovascular Outcomes of CTO-PCI from Registries and Randomized Trials
    1.3 Current Guidelines
    1.4 Conclusions
    References
    2: CTO PCI in Clinical Readings of Angiography
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 General Occlusion Pattern of CTO
    2.3 Grasping the Level of Difficulty from Angiogram
    2.4 Optimum Plane and Its Selection in Angiogram Observation
    2.4.1 Right Coronary Artery CTO
    2.4.1.1 Consideration from Antegrade Approach 2.4.1.2 Consideration from Retrograde Approach
    2.4.2 Left Anterior Descending Coronary Artery CTO
    2.4.2.1 Consideration from Antegrade Approach
    2.4.2.2 Consideration from Retrograde Approach
    2.4.3 Left Circumflex Coronary Artery CTO
    2.4.3.1 Consideration from Retrograde Approach
    2.5 Complementing Modality to Coronary Angiogram
    2.6 Summary
    References
    3: Trends in CTO-PCI Dedicated Intravascular Ultrasound
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Operation Using Antegrade Approach
    3.2.1 Search for the Entry Point from the Side Branch 3.2.2 IVUS-Guided Rewiring in Antegrade Approach
    3.3 Utilization of IVUS After Retrograde Approach
    3.3.1 Type 1: Both the Antegrade IVUS Catheter and the Retrograde Guidewire Are Located in the Subintimal Space
    3.3.2 Type 2: The Antegrade IVUS Catheter Is Located in the Subintimal Space and the Retrograde Guidewire Is Located in the Intimal Space
    3.3.3 Type 3: The Antegrade IVUS Catheter Is Located in the Intimal Space and the Retrograde Guidewire Is Located in the Subintimal Space 3.3.4 Type 4: Both the Antegrade IVUS Catheter and the Retrograde Guidewire Are Located in the Intimal Space
    3.4 Conclusion
    4: Antegrade Wire Escalation and Parallel Wire
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Foundations of Antegrade Guidewire Crossing in All CTOs
    4.3 Antegrade Intimal Plaque Tracking Throughout CTO
    4.4 Antegrade Wire Escalation
    4.5 Parallel Wire
    4.6 Optional Techniques of Antegrade Guidewire Crossing
    4.7 Case Presentation
    4.8 Conclusion
    References
    5: Antegrade Dissection Reentry
    5.1 Background
    5.2 CrossBoss and Stingray Devices 5.2.1 CrossBoss
    5.2.2 Stingray Catheter
    5.2.3 Stingray Wire
    5.2.4 Clinical Indications
    5.2.4.1 Primary Strategy
    5.2.4.2 Secondary Strategy
    5.2.5 Steps of ADR
    5.2.6 Obtaining the Right View of the Stingray Balloon
    5.2.7 Reentry Utilizing the Stingray Balloon
    5.3 How to Utilize CrossBoss and Stingray
    5.3.1 CrossBoss
    5.3.2 How to Use Stingray?
    5.3.2.1 Prep of the Balloon
    5.3.2.2 ADR When Using Knuckle Wiring
    5.3.2.3 Choosing a Reentry Zone
    5.3.2.4 Stingray Balloon to the Reentry Zone
    5.3.2.5 Reentry Through the Stingray Balloon
    5.4 Tips and Tricks with ADR.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    I.W. Fong.
    Summary: A follow-up to Emerging Issues and Controversies in Infectious Diseases, this volume provides a comprehensive review of topical issues in infectious diseases, highlighting the controversies related to the newest findings and recommendations. Coverage includes trends and debates in HIV research, community-acquired pneumonia, H. pylori, progress in Hepatitis C treatment paired with the lack of progress on Hepatitis B, and the effects of climate change on infectious disease epidemiology, among others. This is an essential resource for practicing and academic physicians, investigators, residents, and fellows focused on infectious diseases, infection control, public health, and global health.

    Contents:
    1. Prevention of HIV Infection
    2. Immune Reconstitution Inflammatory Syndrome and Paradoxical Reaction
    3. Issues in Community-acquired Pneumonia
    4. Helicobacter pylori Infection: When Should It be Treated?
    5. Major Advances in Hepatitis C Treatment, but not Hepatitis B
    6. Infectious Complications of Biologic Agents
    7. Climate Change: Impact on Health and Infectious Diseases Globally
    8. Blood Transfusion-associated Infections in the 21st Century: New Challenges
    9. Mass Drug Treatment of Tropical Diseases: Is It Really Progress?
    10. Issues in Therapeutics of Some Bacterial Infections
    11. Issues and Concerns in the Management of Systemic Candidiasis
    12. Emerging and Difficult-to-Treat Nontuberculous Mycobacteria Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gulshan Wadhwa, P. Shanmughavel, Atul Kumar Singh, Jayesh R. Bellare, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the latest breakthrough developments in bioinformatics. It presents a series of timely, in-depth reviews, drug clinical trial studies, biodiversity informatics and thematic issues. In addition, it includes insightful reviews on advances in computational molecular/structural biology, which address areas such as computing in biomedicine and genomics, computational proteomics and systems biology, and metabolic pathway engineering. Innovations in these fields have direct impacts on key issues related to healthcare, medicine, genetic disorders, the development of agricultural products, renewable energy, and environmental protection. Written by respected leaders in the field and covering a wide range of topics involving the integration of biology with computer and information science, the book offers an ideal basis for teaching at the undergraduate and graduate levels. It can also be used for self-instruction by research investigators interested in applying bioinformatics-based analytical methods and information technologists working with academic and industrial laboratories.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Overview
    Chapter 1. An Insight of Biological Databases used in Bioinformatics
    Chapter 2- Bioinformatics in Next-Generation Genome Sequencing
    Chapter 3. The Role of Bioinformatics in Epigenetics
    Chapter 4. Three dimensional structures of carbohydrates and glycoinformatics
    An Overview
    Chapter 5. Epigenome: The guide to Genomic Expression
    Part 2. Bioinformatics Approaches
    Chapter 6. Molecular Modeling and Drug Design: A Contemporary Analysis in Vibrio cholera
    Chapter 7. Modelling Polyketide Synthases and Similar Macromolecular Complexes
    Chapter 8. In silico Studies on Colon Cancer
    Chapter 9. Tools, Databases and Applications of Immunoinformatics
    Chapter 10. Metabolic Pathway Analysis Employing Bioinformatics Software
    Chapter 11. The Interactomics of the RNA Induced Silencing Complex
    Chapter 12. Computational Tools: RNA Interference in Fungal Therapeutics
    Chapter 13. Genome Wide Essential Gene Identification in Pathogens
    Chapter 14. Disease Informatics
    Chapter 15- Development in Malaria and Anemia Screening: Medical Imaging Informatics Approach
    Chapter 16. Role of Bioinformatics in Drug-Resistance Prediction forHIV/AIDS
    Chapter 17. Bioinformatics approaches for animal breeding and genetics
    Chapter 18. Amylase Inhibitor's performancein the Control of Diabetes Mellitus: Anapplication of computational Biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to disseminate and deliberate on the latest knowledge concerning immunity and its role in protection and fight against microorganism invasion. The articles tackle both humoral and cellular immunity, and their interconnectivity. The former involves B cells that recognize invading pathogens and create the antibody-mediated response, which when memorized provides future immunity. The latter involves mostly T cells, exemplified by cytotoxic or killer cell destroying the pathogens, or helper cells stimulating B cells to produce antibodies to bind and neutralize the pathogens. T cells act through release of cytokines, interleukins, and other bioactive mediators. Neutrophils play a key role in innate immunity against bacterial infections. The process of NETosis is a recently unraveled sophisticated defense mechanism, consisting of the formation of neutrophil extracellular traps that catch, immobilize, and remove pathogens from the body. Dysfunction of immunity is indisputably conducive to the propensity for infections, particularly respiratory tract infections, as the airways are the first line of defense against invading pathogens. Pathogens can rapidly evolve and adapt to avoid detection by the immune system. The case in point is the influenza virus. The articles report on the epidemiology, diagnostics, serology, complications, and the process of acquired immunity due to vaccination against influenza and influenza-like infections in recent epidemic seasons. The book is a blend of medical research and practice. It is intended for academic scientists, research scholars, clinicians, family doctors, and healthcare professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lothar Mueller, Frank Eulenstein, editors.
    Summary: This book presents definitions, key concepts and projects in landscape research and related areas, such as landscape science and landscape ecology, addressing and characterising the international role, status, challenges, future and tools of landscape research in the globalised world of the 21st century. The book brings together views on landscapes from leading international teams and emerging authors from different scientific disciplines and regions of the globe. It describes approaches for achieving sustainability and for handling the multifunctionality of landscapes and includes international case studies demonstrating the great potential of landscape research to provide partial sustainable solutions while developing cultural landscapes and protecting semi-natural landscapes. It is intended for scientists from various disciplines as well as informed readers dealing with landscape policies, planning, evolvement, management, stewardship and conservation.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I The Essence and Mission of Landscape Research
    Part II Concepts for Landscape Assessment and Evolvement
    Part III Tools for Landscape Planning
    Part IV Landscape Characterization: International Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Martin I. Resnick.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC871 .C857
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Editors: Jeffrey Raizer, Andrew Parsa.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Gliomas
    Glioma biology and molecular markers
    Surgery for Gliomas-- Radiation therapy of Glioblastoma
    Low-grade Glioma
    Treatment of anaplastic Glioma
    Current medical treatment of Glioblastoma
    Novel chemotherapeutic approaches in adult high-grade Gliomas
    Immunotherapy for malignant Gliomas
    Glioblastoma in the elderly
    Palliative and supprotive care for Glioma patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.B7 C87 2015
    1
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Patricia A. Thomas, David E. Kern, Mark T. Hughes, Belinda Y. Chen.
    Contents:
    Overview : a six-step approach to curriculum development / David E. Kern
    Step 1 : problem identification and general needs assessment / Belinda Y. Chen and Eric B. Bass
    Step 2 : targeted needs assessment / Mark T. Hughes
    Step 3 : goals and objectives / Patricia A. Thomas
    Step 4 : educational strategies / Patricia A. Thomas
    Step 5 : implementation / Mark T. Hughes
    Step 6 : evaluation and feedback / Brenessa Lindeman and Pamela A. Lipsett
    Curriculum maintenance and enhancement / David E. Kern and Patricia A. Thomas
    Dissemination / David E. Kern and Eric B. Bass
    Curriculum development for larger programs / Patricia A. Thomas.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R834 .C87 2015
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Orth, Johannes.
    Digital Access Google Books 1878-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E551 .O77 1888
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Edward R. Laws, Jr., M.D., F.A.C.S. ; with an introduction by Louise Pace.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Mazen M. Sinjab, Arthur B. Cummings, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses customized laser vision correction and integral management options for the treatment of irregular corneas. This type of treatment reshapes the corneal surface in order to improve both the quality and the quantity of vision by reducing high order aberrations. Beginning with an introduction to the basics of this science, the three types of customized laser vision correction are then discussed by experts in this field. Throughout this practical guide, clinical examples are supported with the most recent scientific material and a step-by-step systematic methodology to fit all levels of ophthalmologists. .

    Contents:
    Introduction to Astigmatism and Corneal Irregularities
    Introduction to High Order Aberrations
    Optical Physics of Customized Laser Profiles
    Topography-guided treatment
    Corneal Wavefront-guided treatment
    Ocular Wavefront-guided treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Luis Requena, Omar Sangüeza.
    Contents:
    I Neoplasms With Eccrine And Apocrine Differentiation
    1 Apocrine And Eccrine Units
    2 General Principles For The Histopathological Diagnosis Of Neoplasms With Eccrine And Apocrine Differentiation. Classification And Histopathologic Criteria For Eccrine And Apocrine Differentiation
    3 Hidrocystomas
    4 Eccrine And Apocrine Nevi
    5 Porokeratotic Adnexal Ostial Nevus
    6 Supernumerary Nipple
    7 Syringocystadenoma Papilliferum
    8 Nipple Adenoma
    9 Hidradenoma Papilliferum
    10 Apocrine Hidradenoma
    11 Mixed Tumors of the Skin
    12 Tubular Adenoma
    13 Cutaneous Fibroadenoma
    14 Cylindroma and Spiradenoma
    15 Syringoma
    16 Poromas
    17 Tubular Carcinoma
    18 Papillary Carcinoma
    19 Syringocystadenocarcinoma Papilliferum
    20 Apocrine Hidradenocarcinoma
    21 Hidradenocarcinoma Papilliferum
    22 Malignant Mixed Tumor Of The Skin
    23 Cylindrocarcinoma And Spiradenocarcinoma
    24 Syringoid Carcinoma
    25 Porocarcinoma
    26 Microcystic Adnexal Carcinoma
    27 Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
    28 Cribriform Carcinoma
    29 Mucinous Carcinoma
    30 Primary Cutaneous Signet-Ring Cell Carcinoma
    31 Secretory Carcinoma
    32 Polymorphous Sweat Gland Carcinoma
    33 Extramammary Paget?s Disease
    34 Basal Cell Carcinoma With Ductal Differentiation
    35 Neoplasms Of The Mammary-Like Glands Of The Anogenital Region
    II Neoplasms With Follicular Differentiation
    36 Embriology, Histology And Physiology Of The Hair Follicle
    37 Histopathologic Criteria For Follicular Differentiation
    38 Classification Of The Proliferations With Follicular Differentiation
    39 Nevus Comedonicus
    40 Basaloid Follicular Hamartoma
    41 Trichofolliculoma
    42 Fibrous Papule
    43 Trichoadenoma
    44 Fibrofolliculoma And Trichodiscoma
    45 Infundibular Cyst
    46 Tricholemmal Cyst
    47 Dilated Pore of Winer
    48 Follicular Induction
    49 Inverted Follicular Keratosis and Tricholemmoma
    50 Panfolliculoma
    51 Trichoblastoma
    52 Pilomatricoma
    53 Pilar Sheath Acanthoma
    54 Tumor Of The Follicular Infundibulum
    55 Proliferating Tricholemmal Tumor
    56 Pilomatrixcarcinoma
    57 Basal Cell Carcinoma With Follicular Differentiation
    III Neoplasms With Sebaceous Differentiation
    58 Embriology, Anatomy, Histology And Physiology Of The Sebaceous Glands
    59 Histopathologic Criteria For Sebaceous Differentiation
    60ìassification Of The Proliferations With Sebaceous Differentiation
    61 Yuxta-Clavicular Beaded Lines
    62 Ectopic Sebaceous Glands
    63 Nevus of Jadassohn
    64. Steatocystoma
    65 Folliculo-Sebaceous Cystic Hamartoma
    66 Sebaceous Hyperplasia And Rhinophyma
    67 Sebaceous Induction
    68 Sebaceous Adenoma And Sebaceoma
    69 Seborrheic Keratosis With Sebaceous Differentiation
    70 Reticulated Acanthoma With Sebaceous Differentiation
    71 Basal Cell Carcinoma With Sebaceous Differentiation
    72 Sebaceous Carcinoma
    IV Neoplasms Combining Several Types Of Differentiation
    73 Neoplasms Combining Sebaceous, Apocrine And Follicular Differentiation
    V Inherited Syndromes With Adnexal Neoplasms
    74 Inherited Syndromes With Cutaneous Adnexal Neoplasms
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Manu Jain, Anthony Rossi, Kishwer Nehal, Mercedes Sendín-Martín, editors.
    Summary: This atlas provides a detailed overview of the novel technique of ex vivo confocal microscopy for rapid imaging of excised tissues in dermatological practice. It features an extensive collection of ex vivo images acquired from normal skin structures and from a variety of neoplastic lesions (benign and malignant) and inflammatory lesions. Each chapter contains several image types of a particular disorder, including gray-scale, digital purple-pink images (DHE) and hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) correlations to assist the acquisition of diagnostic skills. Guidance on how to use techniques for tissue preparation, staining, handling and image acquisition are also provided enabling the reader to develop confidence in integrating this technique into their day-to-day practices. Furthermore, this atlas also provides an update on the ongoing latest advances in the field. Cutaneous Atlas of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy covers how to apply these techniques into dermatological practice, especially in Mohs surgery for the evaluation of keratinocytic neoplasm and in dermatopathology for rapid evaluation of varied skin lesions. It is therefore a valuable resource for trainee, residents, practicing dermatologists and dermatopathologists who are seeking a resource to assist in developing their knowledge and skills of utilizing these methodologies.

    Contents:
    Section I. Basics of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Roles and Applications of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Principles of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Hands-On Guide for Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging
    Section II. Normal Skin
    Normal Skin on Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy: Patterns and Histopathologic Correlation
    Section III. Benign Skin Tumours
    Features of Benign Epidermal Nonmelanocytic Lesions on Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy and Histopathologic Correlation
    Features of Benign Nonmelanocytic Dermal and Subcutaneous Lesions on Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy and Histopathologic Correlation
    Section IV. Malignant Keratinocyte Neoplasms
    Morphological Features of Basal Cell Carcinoma on Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging and Histopathologic Correlation
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma Features on Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging and Histopathologic Correlation
    Section V. Melanocytic Lesions
    Normal Nevi: Junctional, Compound, and Dermal
    Dysplastic Nevi
    Melanoma
    Section VI. Inflammatory Lesions
    Features of Lichen Planus and Psoriasis on Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging and Histopathologic Correlation
    Eczema: Features on FCM, Digital H&E, and Corresponding Conventional H&E
    Fluorescence Confocal Microscope for Identification of Discoid Lupus Erythematosus Histologic Features
    Immunofluorescence with Confocal Microscopy: Pemphigoid, Pemphigus, Cutaneous Vasculitis, Lichen Planus, and Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus
    Section VII. Future of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Advances in Technology, Staining Protocol, and Flattening Devices in Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Epidermal Reconstruction During Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy for Detection of Superficial Basal Cell Carcinoma with 3D-mosaicking and Intensity Projection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Murat Durdu.
    Summary: Sampling and staining of specimens for cutaneous cytology is broadly known to be one of the simplest, fastest, most reliable and inexpensive methods for the diagnosis of skin diseases, based as it is on the investigation of peculiar features in individual cells. This book illustrates the best practices in cutaneous or diagnostic cytology, and how cellular material is obtained by means of scraping, slit-skin smear, touch smear or fine needle aspiration, depending on the type of skin lesion. Starting from clinical lesions, the reader is provided with fundamental information on the correct preparation and staining of slides. Today, dermatological cytology is commonly used in the diagnosis of various erosive vesiculobullous, pustular, granulomatous, and tumoral skin lesions, but extending its use could be highly beneficial. Accordingly, this practical and richly illustrated book, explicitly dedicated to professionals and practitioners in the field of pathology and dermatology, outlines and encourages the intensified use of this method in daily practice. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents;
    1: History of Cytology; References;
    2: Specimen Sampling and Staining; 2.1 Sampling of Microscope Slides; 2.2 Fixation of Cytological Samples; 2.3 Cytological Sample Staining; 2.4 May-Grünwald-Giemsa Staining Procedure; 2.5 Diff-Quick Staining Procedure; 2.6 Rapid Papanicolaou (Cytocolor) Staining Procedure; 2.7 Methylene Blue Staining Procedure; 2.8 Toluidine Blue Staining Procedure; References;
    3: Dermatocytological Diagnostic Process; 3.1 Cytological Evaluation; 3.2 Evaluation of Sample Adequacy; 3.3 Microscopic Evaluation
    4: Cytological Definitions4.1 Cells; 4.2 Infection and Infestation Agents; 4.3 Cells; 4.4 Keratinocytic Cells; 4.4.1 Normal Keratinocyte; 4.4.2 Basaloid Cell; 4.4.3 Acantholytic Cell; 4.4.4 Tadpole Cell; 4.4.5 Multinucleated Giant Keratinocytes; 4.4.6 Dyskeratotic Cell; 4.4.7 Apoptotic Cell; 4.5 Koilocyte; 4.6 Emperipolesis; 4.7 Cannibalism; 4.8 Hematologic Cells; 4.8.1 Eosinophils; 4.8.2 Neutrophils; 4.8.3 Lymphocytes; 4.8.4 Erythrocytes; 4.8.5 Thrombocytes; 4.8.6 Plasma Cells; 4.8.7 Histiocytes; 4.9 Other Cells; 4.9.1 Melanocytes; 4.10 Sebocytes; 4.10.1 Foamy Cells 4.10.2 Mast Cells4.10.3 Multinucleated Giant Cells; 4.11 Infections and Infestation Agents; 4.12 Cellular Patterns; 4.12.1 Granulomatous Reaction; 4.12.2 Cellular Atypia; 4.12.3 Panniculitis; 4.12.4 Rosette Formation; 4.12.5 Streptocytes; 4.13 Extracellular Structures; 4.13.1 Mucin; 4.13.2 Hyaline Material; 4.13.3 Keratin; 4.13.4 Collagen; 4.13.5 Foreign Body; 4.13.6 Artifacts; References;
    5: Diagnostic Approach to Acantholytic Diseases; 5.1 Multinucleated Giant Cells and Acantholytic Cells; 5.1.1 Herpetic Infection; 5.2 Dyskeratotic Acantholytic Cells and Cocci 5.2.1 Bullous Impetigo5.3 Acantholytic Cells, Corps Ronds and Grains; 5.3.1 Darier's Disease; 5.4 Nuclear Contour Irregularity in Acantholytic Cells; 5.4.1 Acantholytic Squamous Cell Carcinoma; 5.5 IgG Deposition Around Acantholytic Cells; 5.5.1 Pemphigus; 5.6 Acantholytic Cells Only, Without Immunoglobulin Deposition; 5.6.1 Hailey-Hailey's Disease; References;
    6: Diagnostic Approach to Spongiotic Dermatitis; 6.1 Eosinophils, Mast Cells, and Tadpole Cells; 6.1.1 Bullous Insect Bite Reaction; 6.2 Multinucleated Giant Cells, Acantholytic Cells, and Tadpole Cells 6.2.1 Eczema Herpeticum6.3 Acantholytic Cells and Tadpole Cells; 6.3.1 Pemphigus Herpetiformis; 6.4 Bacteria and Tadpole Cells; 6.4.1 Infected Eczematoid Dermatitis; 6.5 Hyphae, Spores, and Tadpole Cells; 6.5.1 Vesiculobullous Dermatophytic Infections; 6.6 Melanocytes, Eosinophils, Pigment Incontinence, and Tadpole Cells; 6.6.1 Incontinentia Pigmenti; 6.7 Plentiful Tadpole Cells Only; 6.7.1 Contact Dermatitis; References;
    7: Diagnostic Approach to Pustular Diseases; 7.1 Multinucleated Giant Cells and Acantholytic Cells; 7.1.1 Herpetic Folliculitis; 7.2 Molluscum Bodies
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kelly H. Tyler, editor.
    Summary: From the unique perspective of a board certified obstetrician/gynecologist turned board certified dermatologist comes a much needed text focusing solely on the cutaneous disorders that occur during pregnancy. Written with the insider knowledge that education on pregnancy dermatoses is often underrepresented in OB/GYN and family medicine programs, this text will aid these practitioners in correctly assessing these issues and discussing next steps with their patients so that the topic of skin disease is no longer a struggle. Although dermatologic disease in pregnancy is part of the curriculum in dermatology residencies, dermatologists and other physicians also may not feel as comfortable prescribing topical or systemic treatments in their pregnant patients. This book will not only provide in-depth information about physiologic skin changes in pregnancy, pregnancy dermatoses, and pre-existing skin disease in pregnant patients, but treatment options and medication safety for various conditions will be covered in detail. Cutaneous Skin Disorders of Pregnancy is developed by dermatologists and OB/GYNs and will serve as an invaluable resource for General Dermatologists, Obstetricians/Gynecologists, Family Medicine doctors and midwives who deliver and/or care for pregnant women.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I: Pregnancy-Specific Skin Changes and Disorders
    Physiologic Skin Changes in Pregnancy
    Pregnancy Dermatoses
    Part II: Pre-existing skin disease in Pregnancy
    Psoriasis
    Connective Tissue Disease
    Atopic Dermatitis in Pregnancy
    Acne and Rosacea in Pregnancy
    Part III
    Skin cancer and dermatologic surgery during pregnancy
    Skin cancer in pregnancy
    Dermatologic Surgery During Pregnancy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John C. Hall, Brian J. Hall, editors.
    Contents:
    Immunology of Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Principles of Diagnosis of Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Histopathology of Drug Reactions
    Principles of Treatment of Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Morbilliform Drug Eruptions
    Drug-Induced Urticaria
    Erythema Multiforme and Drug Reactions
    Drug-Induced Vasculitis
    Pigment Changes and Drug Reactions
    Drug-induced Photosensitivity
    Erythema Nodosum as a Drug Eruption
    Lichen Planus Drug Reactions
    Pityriasis Rosea-Like Drug Eruptions
    Psoriasiform Drug Eruptions and Drugs that Flare Psoriasis
    Acne and Drug Reactions
    Collagen Vascular Diseases and Cutaneous Drug Reactions
    Fixed Drug Eruptions
    Autoimmune Bullous Diseases and Drugs
    Lymphoma and Pseudolymphoma and Drug Reactions
    Drug-Induced Alopecia
    Drug Eruptions of the Scalp
    Drug Reactions in the Nail in Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Drug Eruptions and Generalized Exfoliative Erythroderma
    Stevens?Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
    Drug-induced Delayed Multi-organ Hypersensitivity Syndrome
    Acute Generalized Exanthematous Pustulosis
    Cutaneous Drug Reactions to Anticoagulants
    Antiepileptic Medications and Cutaneous Drug Reactions
    Chemotherapy and Cutaneous Drug Reactions
    Tyrosine Kinase Medications and the Skin
    Medical Therapies and Their effects on Skin Cancer
    Cutaneous Reactions to BRAF Inhibitors
    Cutaneous Reactions to Corticosteroids
    Cutaneous Reactions to Retinoids
    Neutrophilic Dermatoses
    Granulomatous Drug Reactions
    Cutaneous Drug Reactions in Patients Infected with Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    Pediatric Drug Eruptions of the Skin.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andreas J. Bircher, Howard I. Maibach, Knut Brockow, Annick Barbaud, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of hypersensitivity to drugs, providing practical information for non-specialist physicians as well as addressing issues of interest to practitioners in different specialties and presenting the expert knowledge required by specialist allergists and immunologists. The opening, general section discusses basics such as clinical manifestations, histopathology, mechanisms, risk factors, drug hypersensitivity in particular populations, and the full range of diagnostic methods. The second part of the book provides concise information on the most important drug classes and guides the reader on how to proceed when patients present with a suspected reaction. For each drug class, the current level of evidence for use of the different diagnostic tools, including skin tests, provocation tests, and in vitro tests, is clarified, and management options, outlined. The inclusion of helpful tables and algorithms is designed to aid in decision making. Drug hypersensitivity is among the more complex allergological issues, and this book will meet the needs of general practitioners, internists, and specialists.

    Contents:
    Part I. General aspects of drug hypersensitivity
    Chapter 1. Terminology, classifications, chronology
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology
    Chapter 3. Clinical manifestations: Cutaneous signs and syndromes
    Chapter 4. Clinical manifestations: Other organs (kidney, gut, heart, brain etc.)
    Chapter 5. Danger signs in drug hypersensitivity and severity SCORES
    Chapter 6. Pathomechanisms in Drug Hypersensitivities
    Part II. Diagnostic methods
    Chapter 7. Skin tests
    Chapter 8. Serological tests
    Chapter 9. T cell tests
    Chapter 10. Basophil activation tests
    Chapter 11. Histopathology of drug induced exanthemas
    Part III. Management
    Chapter 12. Drug desensitization in immediate-type hypersensitivity
    Chapter 13. Documentation allergy card/pass
    Part IV. Drug hypersensitivity in specific populations
    Chapter 14. Children and Adolescents
    Chapter 15. HIV-Infection and AIDS
    Chapter 16. Oncology. immune checkpoint Inhibitors
    Chapter 17. MC releasing syndromes in drug hypersensitivity
    Part V. Eliciting Drugs
    Chapter 18. Penicillins
    Chapter 19. Cephalosporin Allergy
    Chapter 20. Other Antibiotics
    Chapter 21. Other Antiinfectious drugs
    Chapter 22. Analgesics and non-steroidal antiphlogistic drugs
    Chapter 23. Periinterventional hypersensitivity: Anesthetic drugs and materials
    Chapter 24. Muscle relaxants
    Chapter 25. Anticoagulants
    Chapter 26. Biological drugs
    Chapter 27. Hormones (delayed)
    Chapter 28. Vaccines
    Chapter 29. Antiepileptic and psychotropic drugs
    Chapter 30. PROTON PUMP INHIBITORS
    Chapter 31. Diagnostic agents
    Chapter 32. Hypersensitivity to blood pressure agents
    Chapter 33. Iron preparations
    Chapter 34. Vitamins and supplements
    Chapter 35. Anti-tumor drugs / Cytostatics
    Chapter 36. Photosensitizing drugs
    Chapter 37. Topically applied drugs
    Chapter 38. Additives: Preservatives, Antioxidants (sulfites), Colors, dyes and other.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Vasilios K. Thomaidis.
    Summary: "This textbook, containing a plethora of illustrations and pictures, will serve as an atlas and as a superb guide to the use of cutaneous flaps in head and neck reconstruction. Each chapter depicts, in a layered manner, the anatomy of a particular donor site from which flaps are derived and used in head and neck defects, providing systematic steps in understanding the topographical anatomy of the various tissue layers. The flaps derived from each donor site are presented in detail, with step-by-step instructions in flap design and harvesting techniques based in anatomy. The author uses numerous high-quality color illustrations drawn from his own practice in order to demonstrate the techniques. His combined expertise as a maxillofacial surgeon and an assistant professor of anatomy enables him to explain clearly the transition from basic science anatomy to applied anatomy and to document reconstructive surgical techniques in precise detail. This beautifully illustrated book, including many basic and advanced flap designs, will be an illuminating reference for all who treat defects in the head and neck area."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hernani D. Cualing, Marshall E. Kadin, Mai P. Hoang, Michael B. Morgan, editors.
    Summary: This volume explores the nexus of manifestations of hematopathology and dermatopathology and provides a novel compartmental(epidermal, dermal, subcutaneous) -based framework to approach a diagnosis that considers both pseudolymphomatous and lymphomatous patterns. Through photographs, tables, and text, the book illustrates the range of non-neoplastic hematologic disorders and their neoplastic counterparts in skin: reactive patterns of infectious etiology and immune responses that simulate cutaneous lymphomas. The epidemiology, pathobiology, clinical and immuno-histopathologic manifestations in skin as well as the approach to diagnosis, selection and algorithmic interpretation of tests, and prognosis are also described. Written by experts in the field, Cutaneous Hematopathology: Approach to the Diagnosis of Atypical Lymphoid-Hematopoietic Infiltrates in Skin is a comprehensive resource that is of great value to surgical pathologists, hematopathologists, dermatopathologists, residents and fellows, community dermatologists, oncologists and infectious disease practitioners.

    Contents:
    Patterns of Lymphohistiocytic Reaction in Skin: An Approach to Cutaneous Lymphohematopoieitic Infiltrate Using Histologic Patterns and Immunostains
    Functional Organization of the Skin as an Immune Response Organ: Skin, Immune Response and Useful Immunohistochemistry
    Role of Immunohistochemistry and Chromogenic In Situ Hybridization in Diagnosis
    Role Of Molecular Genetic and Flow Cytometry Analysis In Cutaneous Hematopathology- Including Application in Ten Disease Categories: Using Molecular and Immunophenotyping Technics in Evaluation of Hyperplasia, Atypical Infiltrates, and Frank Lymphomas
    Epidermotropic Reactions
    Neoplastic Epidermotropic Diseases
    Nodular B Lymphocyte Reactive Patterns: Reactive Nodular B-cell Pattern
    T-cell Pseudolymphoma Presenting in a Lichenoid and Nodular Pattern
    Neoplastic Nodular B-Cell Pattern
    Neoplastic Nodular T Cell Pattern: An Approach to Diagnosis of Neoplastic Nodular T-cell Lymphomas of Skin
    Subcutaneous Pattern: Subcutaneous Lymphoproliferative Disorders
    CD30+ Cutaneous Lymphoproliferative Disorders and Pseudolymphomas
    Lymphohistiocytic and Granulomatous Dermatitis: Differential Diagnosis of Granulomatous Dermatitis
    Cutaneous Pathology of Emergent and Tropical Infections: Skin, Infectious Pathogens, Emergent and Tropical Infections
    Cutaneous Lymphoid Infiltrates in Patients Receiving Biologic Modifiers
    Cutaneous Myelomonocytic Infiltrates
    Cutaneous Intravascular Conditions
    Non-Lymphoid Tumors Mimicking Lymphoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Cynthia M. Magro, MD, Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Department of Pathology, Cornell University, Weill Cornell Medicine, New York, NY, USA, A. Neil Crowson, MD, Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Pathology, and Surgery, Director of Dermatopathology at the University of Oklahoma and Regional Medical laboratory, President of Pathology Laboratory Associates, Martin C. Mihm, MD, Clinical Professor of Pathology and Dermatology, Harvard Medical School, Director of Melanoma Program, Dermatology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Co-Director of Melanoma Program, Dana-Farber and Brigham and Women's Cancer Center, Director, Mihm Cutaneous Pathology Consultative Service, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA, USA.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the classification of lymphoma
    The therapy of cutaneous T cell lymphoma / Benjamin H. Kaffenberger, Mark A. Bechtel, and Pierluigi Porcu
    Molecular analysis in cutaneous lymphoid proliferation / Shabnam Momtahen, Cynthia Magro, and Carl Morrison
    Benign lymphocytic infiltrates
    Reactive lymphoid tissue reactions mimicking cutaneous T and B cell lymphoma
    Precursor lesions of cutaneous T cell lymphoma
    Marginal zone lymphoma and other related post germinal center B cell lymphoproliferative disorders of the skin
    Primary cutaneous follicle center cell lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous diffuse large B-cell lymphoma including the leg type and precursor B cell lymphoblastic lymphoma
    Intravascular lymphoma
    Cutaneous mantle cell lymphoma
    Mycosis fungoides and sezary syndrome
    CD30-positive lymphoproliferative disorders including lymphomatoid papulosis, borderline CD30-positive lymphoproliferative disease, anaplastic large cell lymphoma, and T-cell-rich CD30-positive large B cell lymphoma / Cynthia M. Magro and A. Neil Crowson
    CD4+ peripheral T cell lymphoma unspecified
    Subcutaneous panniculitis-like T cell lymphoma
    CD8 T cell lymphoproliferative disease of the skin
    Nasal and related extranodal natural killer cell/T cell lymphomas
    Primary cutaneous T cell lymphoma
    Epstein-Barr virus-associated lymphoproliferative disease
    Primary cutaneous hodgkin lymphoma
    Chronic lymphocytic leukemia of B cell and T cell prolymphocytic leukemia
    Adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma
    Angioimmunoblastic lymphadenopathy (AILD)/angioimmunoblastic T cell lymphoma
    Lymphomatoid granulomatosis (LYG)
    Cutaneous infiltrates of myeloid derivation.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital/Print
    G. Burg, P.E. LeBoit (eds.) ; co-editors W. Kempf and B. Müller.
    Contents:

    v. 2 Unusual cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2001
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.L9 C88 2001
    1
  • Digital
    Oleg E. Akilov (editor).
    Summary: This book provides a current experience in the diagnostic diagnostic techniques and treatment approaches available for unusual cutaneous lymphomas. It features concise case-based chapters with a particular emphasis on instances of mature T-cell and NK-cell neoplasms, mature B-cell neoplasms, immature hematopoietic malignancies, and other lymphoproliferative disorders. Clinically-oriented cases emphasize the importance of physical examination along with modern tests of laboratory diagnostics and clinico-pathological correlations. Cutaneous Lymphomas: Unusual Cases 3 presents a range of difficult and rare cases, which would be uncommon even to the specialists in this field. Therefore, it is a vital reference source for dermatologists, dermatophatologists, cutaneous oncologists, hematooncologists, pathologists, oncologists, and other medical professionals who treat these patients.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    List of Authors
    I: Mycosis Fungoides and Mimickers
    Case 1. Folliculotropic Mycosis Fungoides with Central Nervous System Involvement
    References
    Case 2. Erythema Gyratum Repens-Like Mycosis Fungoides with Large Cell Transformation
    References
    Case 3. Eczema Molluscatum in a Patient with Erythrodermic Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 4. Parakeratosis Variegata-Like Poikilodermatous CD8+ Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 5. Parakeratosis variegata in a patient with CD8+ mycosis fungoides with post-inflammatory hypopigmentation References
    Case 6. Poikilodermatous Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 7. Tumor Mycosis Fungoides with Xanthomatized Atypical Lymphocytes
    References
    Case 8. CD20+ Mycosis Fungoides Partially Responsive to Rituximab
    Reference
    Case 9. Chronic Lymphocytic Inflammation with Pontine Perivascular Enhancement Responsive to Steroids (CLIPPERS) in a Patient with Granulomatous Mycosis Fungoides and Multiple Tumors
    References
    Case 10. Folliculotropic Mycosis Fungoides with Exuberant Neutrophil-Rich Scale and Follicular Plugging Mimicking Hypertrophic Actinic Keratosis
    References. Case 11. Small plaque parapsoriasis-like mycosis fungoides
    References
    Case 12. Extragenital Lichen Sclerosus et Atrophicans Mimicking Hypopigmented Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 13. T-Cell-Rich Angiomatoid Polypoid Pseudolymphoma (TRAPP) of the Skin
    References
    II: Sezary Syndrome
    Case 14. Pustular Sezary syndrome
    Reference
    Case 15. De novo expression of CD26 on Sezary cells as an indicator of the disease progression in a patient with Sezary syndrome
    Reference
    Case 16. Sezary syndrome presenting with papuloerythroderma of Ofuji and leonine facies
    References III: CD30+ Lympho proliferative Disorders and Mimickers
    Case 17. Mycosis fungoides-like presentation of primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma
    References
    Case 18. Anaplastic lymphoma kinase-positive primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma
    References
    Case 19. Successful treatment of primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma on the penile shaft with brentuximab vedotin and allogenic stem cell transplant
    References
    Case 20. Lymphomatoid papulosis type D in a child with CD8+ hypopigmented mycosis fungoides
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian R. Gastman.
    Contents:
    Prevention of future skin cancer / Trevor Batty and Jerry D. Brewer
    Clinical detection of skin cancer / Michael Schowalter, Allison Vidimos, and Philip L. Bailin
    Treatment of squamous and basal cell carcinoma of the skin / Rogerio I. Neves
    Surgical treatment of cutaneous melanoma / Andrea M. Abbott, Matthew P. Doepker, and Vernon K. Sondak
    Treatment of rare skin malignancies / Karri Kluesner and William W. Dzwierzynski
    Mohs micrographic surgery's role in the treatment of skin cancer / Charlene Lam, Christine Poblete-Lopez, and Elizabeth M. Billingsley
    Role of radiation therapy in the treatment of skin malignancies / Shlomo A. Koyfman, Bindu V. Manyam, Nikhil Purushottam Joshi, and Sue S. Yom
    Surgical implications of systemic therapy for skin cancer / Vadim P. Koshenkov, Oliver Eng, and Howard L. Kaufman
    Common reconstructive techniques after facial skin cancer excision / Neilendu Kundu and Brian R. Gastman
    Operative lymphadenectomy / Calvin J. Young, Amrita Pandit, and Deepak Narayan
    The role of dermatopathology in the surgical management of skin cancer / Jennifer S. Ko, Eugen C. Minca, and Klaus J. Busam
    High-risk cutaneous malignancies / Sashank K. Reddy and Anthony P. Tufaro.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Charles M. Balch, Michael B. Atkins, Claus Garbe, Jeffrey E. Gershenwald, Allan C. Halpern, John M. Kirkwood, Grant A. McArthur, John F. Thompson, Arthur J. Sober, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Sixth Edition
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Editorial Board
    Contributors
    Part I: Biology and Immunology of Melanoma
    Biology of Melanocytes and Primary Melanoma
    Introduction
    Development of Melanoblasts
    Regulation of Specification
    Regulation of Migration
    Regulation of Survival and Proliferation
    Differentiation of Melanocytes
    Regulation of Differentiation
    Regulation of Survival
    Melanomagenesis
    From Melanocyte to Melanoma: A Multistep Process
    Molecular Genetics: Early Lessons from Familial and Sporadic Melanoma Melanoma: A Consequence of Homeostatic Disruption
    Melanoma: Cell of Origin
    Melanoma and the Environment
    Sun Exposure and Epidemiology
    Photobiology and Melanoma
    Conclusion
    References
    Immunology of Melanoma
    Innate Immunity
    Adaptive Immunity
    Immune Regulation and Tolerance
    Co-stimulatory/Co-inhibitory Receptors
    B7-CD28 Family
    TNFR Family
    TIM Family
    Regulatory T Cells
    Cytokines
    Animal Tumor Models
    Antigens Recognized by Tumor-Reactive T Cells
    Identification of Tumor Antigens Recognized by T Cells: General Principles
    Cancer Germline Antigens Tissue-Specific Differentiation Antigens
    Overexpressed Gene Products
    Melanoma Neoantigens
    Conclusions: Implications for Immunotherapy
    Cross-References
    References
    Biomarkers for Melanoma
    Biomarker Definition and Use
    Definition of Cancer Biomarkers
    Differential Utilization of Cancer Biomarkers
    Biomarker Use in Melanoma
    Biomarker Discovery and Validation
    Biomarker Discovery
    Biomarker Validation
    Tumor Tissue-Based Markers
    Diagnostic Markers for Primary Melanoma
    FISH-Based Diagnostic Assays for Melanoma Gene Expression Profiling of Melanocytic Neoplasms
    Immunohistochemical Analysis in the Diagnosis of Melanocytic Neoplasms
    Prognostic Markers for Primary Melanoma
    Gene Expression Profiling of Melanoma Prognostic Markers
    IHC Analysis of Melanoma Prognostic Markers
    Tumor Environment-Based Non-soluble Biomarkers
    Tumor-Initiating Cells
    Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition
    Epigenetic Changes
    Immune Escape Mechanisms
    Soluble Biomarkers
    Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH)
    S100B
    Other Serum Biomarkers (CRP, FGF, IL-8, MIA, SAA, VEGF, YKL-40)
    Circulating Tumor Cells (CTCs) Circulating Tumor DNA (ctDNA)
    Circulating MicroRNA (miRNA)
    Circulating Immune Cells
    Treatment-Associated Biomarkers
    Serum Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH)
    Burden of Metastatic Disease
    Body Mass Index (BMI)
    Molecular Features Associated with Outcome on BRAF Inhibitor-Based Therapy
    References
    Part II: Diagnosis and Staging
    Clinical Presentations of Melanoma
    Introduction
    Patterns of Presentation
    Clinical Assessment
    Patient History
    Personal History of Skin Cancer
    Family History
    Phototype and Sun Exposure
    Signs and Symptoms
    Physical Examination
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Giuseppe Argenziano, Aimilios Lallas, Caterina Longo, Elvira Moscarella, Athanassios Kyrgidis, Gerardo Ferrara.
    Contents:
    1. Melanoma epidemiology
    2. Risk factors
    3. Diagnosis of primary melanoma
    4. Melanoma staging
    5. Therapy of melanoma
    6. Follow-up of disease-free patients
    7.Special clinical situations.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Heung Jae Chun, Chan Hum Park, Il Keun Kwon, Gilson Khang, editors.
    Summary: "This book explores in depth the latest enabling technologies for regenerative medicine. The opening section examines advances in 3D bioprinting and the fabrication of electrospun and electrosprayed scaffolds. The potential applications of intelligent nanocomposites are then considered, covering, for example, graphene-based nanocomposites, intrinsically conductive polymer nanocomposites, and smart diagnostic contact lens systems. The third section is devoted to various drug delivery systems and strategies for regenerative medicine. Finally, a wide range of future enabling technologies are discussed. Examples include temperature-responsive cell culture surfaces, nanopatterned scaffolds for neural tissue engineering, and process system engineering methodologies for application in tissue development. This is one of two books to be based on contributions from leading experts that were delivered at the 2018 Asia University Symposium on Biomedical Engineering in Seoul, Korea – the companion book examines in depth novel biomaterials for regenerative medicine"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    3D printing and 3D electro-spun for regenerative medicine. 3D bioprinting of adipose-derived stem cells for organ manufacturing / Xiaohong Wang, Chang Liu
    3D bioprinting technologies for tissue engineering applications / Bon Kang Gu, Dong Jin Choi, Sang Jun Park, Young-Jin Kim, Chun-Ho Kim
    Electrospun 3D scaffolds for tissue regeneration / T. S. Sampath Kumar, V. Yogeshwar Chakrapani
    Scaffolds fabricated from natural polymers/composites by electrospinning for bone tissue regeneration / Hasham S. Sofi, Roqia Ashraf, Mushtaq A. Beigh, Faheem A. Sheikh
    Electrospun and electrosprayed scaffolds for tissue engineering / Natasha Maurmann, Laura-Elena Sperling, Patricia Pranke
    Intelligent nanocomposite biomaterials for regenerative medicine. Graphene-based nanocomposites as promising options for hard tissue regeneration / Yong Cheol Shin, Su-Jin Song, Seung Jo Jeong, Bongju Kim, Il Keun Kwon, Suck Won Hong [and others]
    Modifications of poly(methyl methacrylate) cement for application in orthopedic surgery / Yue Sa, Fang Yang, Yining Wang, Joop G. C. Wolke, John A. Jansen
    Intrinsically conductive polymer nanocomposites for cellular applications / Özge Lalegül-Ülker, Ayşe Eser Elçin, Yaşar Murat Elçin
    Materials and applications of smart diagnostic contact lens systems / Sijin Park, Dong Yun Lee
    Advances in protein-based materials: from origin to novel biomaterials / Soon Mo Choi, Prerna Chaudhry, Sun Mi Zo, Sung Soo Han
    Drug delivery systems for regenerative medicine. Crosslinking biopolymers for advanced drug delivery and tissue engineering applications / Goutam Thakur, Fiona Concy Rodrigues, Krizma Singh
    Bone tissue engineering strategies in co-delivery of bone morphogenetic protein-2 and biochemical signaling factors / Sungjun Kim, Sangmin Lee, Kyobum Kim
    Growth factor delivery systems for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Pau Atienza-Roca, Xiaolin Cui, Gary J. Hooper, Tim B. F. Woodfield, Khoon S. Lim
    New combination/application of polymer-based nanoparticles for biomedical engineering / Ray Chang, Peng-Yuan Wang, Ching-Li Tseng
    Reactive oxygen species responsive naturally occurring phenolic-based polymeric prodrug / S. V. Berwin Singh, Angela Guma Adam, Nirmalya Tripathy, Dongwon Lee, Gilson Khang
    Biodegradable polymeric nanocarrier-based immunotherapy in hepatitis vaccination / Seo Jin Hong, Min Hye Ahn, Yong Woo Lee, Sukdeb Pal, Jaiprakash Sangshetti, Rohidas B. Arote
    Future enabling technologies for regenerative medicine. Biomaterials developments for brain tissue engineering / Eduarda P. Oliveira, Joana Silva-Correia, Rui L. Reis, Joaquim M. Oliveira
    Polypyrrole as electrically conductive biomaterials: synthesis, biofunctionalization, potential applications and challenges / Jifu Mao, Ze Zhang
    Design of temperature-responsive cell culture surfaces for cell sheet-based regenerative therapy and 3D tissue fabrication / Jun Kobayashi, Yoshikatsu Akiyama, Masayuki Yamato, Tatsuya Shimizu, Teruo Okano
    Harnessing nanotopography of electrospun nanofibrous nerve guide conduits (NGCs) for neural tissue engineering / Jeong In Kim, Cheol Sang Kim, Chan Hee Park
    Biomechanics in annulus fibrosus degeneration and regeneration / Genglei Chu, Chen Shi, Jun Lin, Shenghao Wang, Huan Wang, Tao Liu [and others]
    Nanopatterned scaffolds for neural tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Sunho Park, Daun Kim, Sungmin Park, Sujin Kim, Dohyeon Lee, Woochan Kim [and others]
    Process system engineering methodologies applied to tissue development and regenerative medicine / Ágata Paim, Nilo S. M. Cardozo, Patricia Pranke, Isabel C. Tessaro
    Biomimetic extracellular matrices and scaffolds prepared from cultured cells / Guoping Chen, Naoki Kawazoe
    Tissue scaffolds as a local drug delivery system for bone regeneration / Elif Sarigol-Calamak, Canan Hascicek.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau, Gabor Scharioth, editors.
    Contents:
    Endoscopic lacrimal duct surgery
    Historical overview of the clinical development of "all in one" femtosecond refractive laser surgery
    SMILE ? small incision lenticule extraction: A basic guideline
    Canaloplasty
    Viscocanalochromostomy
    Iris surgery (iris prosthesis and iris suture
    Femto-Catarakt
    Laser phaco
    Congenital cataract surgery with Tassignon IOL.-Macula IOL
    Add-on IOL
    Scleral fixated IOL and Glued IOL
    Pediatric vitrectomy with 27G TDC cutter
    Robotic surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Astha Jain, S. Natarajan, SAndeep Saxena, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the entire range of vitreoretinal surgeries. The first section covers essential information about the anatomy and the appropriate diagnostic techniques which helps in preoperative evaluation. The second section is on surgical instrumentation, and includes adjuncts used in VR surgery. Advanced instrumentation such as 3D visualization system, endoscopic vitrectomy and robotic surgeries are well described in the chapters. The later sections deal with the surgical technique for different disease entities. Management of posterior segment complication of anterior segment surgeries such as cataract and keratoprosthesis are reviewed in detail. A section on gene therapy has been incorporated. This book will help the reader to gather a detailed round-up of basics of and advances made in the field of vitreoretinal surgery. It is supplemented with videos. This book is meant for practicing retinal surgeons, those in training as well as students with interest in vitreoretinal surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Tony Rousmaniere, Rodney K. Goodyear, Scott D. Miller, Bruce E. Wampold.
    Contents:
    Part 1. The cycle of excellence
    1. Introduction / Tony Rousmaniere, Rodney K. Goodyear, Scott D. Miller, and Bruce E. Wampold
    2. Professional development : from oxymoron to reality / Scott D. Miller, Mark A. Hubble, and Daryl Chow
    3. What should we practice? : a contextual model for how psychotherapy works / Bruce E. Wampold
    4. Helping therapists to each day become a little better than they were the day before : the expertise-development model of supervision and consultation / Rodney K. Goodyear and Tony Rousmaniere
    Part 2. Tracking performance
    5. Qualitative methods for routine outcome measurement / John McLeod
    6. Quantitative performance systems : feedback-informed treatment / Norah A. Chapman, Stephanie Winkeljohn Black, Joanna M. Drinane, Nicholas Bach, Patty Kuo, and Jesse J. Owen
    7. Routine outcome monitoring in child and adolescent mental health in the United Kingdom at the individual and systems levels : learning from the child outcomes research consortium / Miranda Wolpert, Kate Dalzell, Jenna Jacob, Jenny Bloxham, Matt Barnard, Emma Karwatzki, Duncan Law, Benjamin Ritchie, Isabelle Whelan, and Kate Martin
    Part 3. Applications for integrating deliberate practice into supervision
    8. Some effective strategies for the supervision of psychodynamic psychotherapy / Mark J. Hilsenroth and Marc J. Diener
    9. Nurturing therapeutic mastery in cognitive behavioral therapy and beyond : an interview with Donald Meichenbaum
    10. Nurturing expertise at mental health agencies / Simon B. Goldberg, Robbie Babins-Wagner, and Scott D. Miller
    11. The ongoing evolution of continuing education : past, present, and future / Jennifer M. Taylor and Greg J. Neimeyer
    12. Advances in medical education from mastery learning and deliberate practice / William C. McGaghie
    Part 4. Recommendations
    13. Improving psychotherapy outcomes : guidelines for making psychotherapist expertise development routine and expected / Tony Rousmaniere, Rodney K. Goodyear, Scott D. Miller, and Bruce E. Wampold.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jonathan Walton.
    Summary: Poisonous mushrooms have fascinated scientists and laypersons alike for thousands of years. Almost all mushroom fatalities are due to the genus Amanita, whose poetic common names (death cap, destroying angel) attest to their lethality. In his classic 1986 book, Theodor Wieland covered the state of our knowledge about the chemistry and biochemistry of the toxins of Amanita mushrooms up until that time, with a particular focus on the decades of chemical research by him and the Wieland dynasty (including his father, brother, brother-in-law, and cousin). Wieland's book is now mainly of historical interest, with its exhaustive overview of the early chemical studies done without benefit of methods taken for granted by modern chemists. This book is a complete top-to-bottom revision of Wieland's 1986 book. The material covers history, chemistry, and biology with equal thoroughness. It should be of interest to natural products chemists and biologists, professional and amateur mycologists, and toxicologists. The three scientific fields that are most relevant to the book are natural products chemistry, mycology, and fungal molecular genetics. Dr. Walton is an expert in all three. To maximize the broad utility and appeal of the book, care has been taken to define all technical terms specific to a particular discipline, so that, for example, mycologists will be able to understand the relevant chemistry, and chemists will be able to understand the relevant fungal biology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chemistry of the Amanita peptide toxins
    Distribution and taxonomic variation in the Amanita cyclic peptide toxins
    Biosynthesis of the Amanita cyclic peptide toxins Amanita cyclic peptide toxins
    Biological activity of the Amanita peptide toxins
    Ecology and evolution of the Amanita cyclic peptide toxins
    Medical and biotechnological aspects
    Future outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mar Orzáez, Mónica Sancho Medina, Enrique Pérez-Payá.
    Contents:
    Immunoprecipitation of Cdy-Cyclin complexes for determination of kinase activity / Edurne Gallastegui and Oriol Bachs
    Expression and purification of recombinant cyclins and CDKs for activity evaluation / Edurne Gallastegui and Oriol Bachs
    Expression and purification of recombinant CDKs : CDK7, CDK8, and CDK9 / Reena Pinbero and Krassi,ir Yankulov
    Preparation of CDK/Cyclin inhibitor complexes for structural determination / Asterios I. Grigoroudis and George Kontopidis
    Fragment-based De Novo design of cyclin-dependent kinase 2 inhibitors / R Sunil Kumar Tripathi, Poonam Singh, and Sanjeev Kumar Singh
    Protein-protein interaction for the De Novo design of cyclin-dependent kinase peptide inhibitors / Karthiga Arumugasamy [and three others]
    Identification of cylin A bingers with a fluorescent peptide sensor / Elena Pazos, José L. Mascareñas, and Eugenio Vazquez
    Cell synchronization techniques to study the action of CDK inhibitors / Beatriz Pérez-Benavente and Rosa Farrás
    Analysis of CDK inhibitor action on mitochondria-mediated apoptosis / Anna Gortat
    Evaluating the effects of CDK inhibitors is ischemia-reperfusion injury models / Tatiana Guevara
    Assessing cell cycle independent function of the CDK inhibitor p21[superscript]CDKNIA in DNA repair / Ilaria Dutto, Micol Tillhon, and Ennio Properi
    Drug delivery strategies of chemical CDK inhibitors / Daniel Alvira and Laura Mondragon
    Animal models for studying the in vitro functions of cell cycle CDKs / Sanjiv Risal, Deepak Adhikari, and Kui Liu
    Evaluating chemical CDK inhibitors as cell death inducers / Hiroshi Hirai and Yoko Nakatsuru.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    George Morris Piersol, editor-in chief, and Edward L. Bortz, assistant editor.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R125 .C99
    15
  • Digital
    editor, Pierre Baumann.
    Contents:
    CYP2D6 : genetics, pharmacology and clinical relevance / Pierre Baumann
    A history and overview of phenotypic variability in CYP2D6 activity / Diren Beyoğlu & Jeffrey R. Idle
    Genetic variability of CYP2D6 : basic and clinical aspects / Ulrich M. Zanger
    CYP2D6 : interethnic variability / Pilar H. Saladores & Matthias Schwab
    CYP2D6 ethnic variability in Hispanics / Adrián LLerena, Pedro Dorado, María Eugenia G Naranjo & Eva Peñas-Lledó
    Structural properties of CYP2D6 : requirements for substrates and inhibitors / Eva Anzenbacherová, Karel Berka, Michal Otyepka & Pavel Anzenbacher
    CYP2D6 substrates and drug metabolism / Yury Kapelyukh & Roland Wolf
    Occurrence, distribution and potential actions of CYP2D6 in the brain / Vijayalakshmi Ravindranath
    Importance of CYP2D6 genotype/activity testing and applications / José A.G. Agúndez & Elena García-Martin
    CYP2D6 : clinical implications in neuropsychiatry / Pierre Baumann
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Print
    edited by Stephanie Duggins Davis, Margaret Rosenfeld, James Chmiel.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the multisystem disease, cystic fibrosis, for both pediatric and adult patients. Written by experts in the field, the text outlines the progressive nature of CF as well as the impact of this autosomal recessive disease on the respiratory, gastrointestinal, endocrine, rheumatologic, and renal systems, as well as the patients mental health. The book begins with a chapter describing the history of cystic fibrosis and how the face of this life-shortening disease has changed over the past several decades. The following chapters elucidate the pathophysiology of how cystic fibrosis impacts each organ system. Current management and therapeutics are detailed with step-by-step guidelines for clinicians. This book is unique in that it highlights the entire person, not just the respiratory system, with detailed inclusion of the patient perspectives throughout, informing practice standards and considerations. This is an ideal guide for pediatric and adult physicians who care for patients with cystic fibrosis, as well as respiratory therapists, physical therapists, nurses, nutritionists, and pharmacists who care for these patients.

    Contents:
    The Changing Face of CF
    Diagnosing cystic fibrosis
    SECTION I: Pulmonary Manifestations
    Early lung disease
    Pulmonary complications as an adult
    Treating respiratory complications
    Transplant
    SECTION II: Gastrointestinal Manifestations
    Liver disease
    Pancreatic insufficiency and nutritional complications
    SECTION III: Endocrine Manifestations
    Diabetes
    Bone Disease. SECTION IV: Further Comorbidities
    Rheumatologic Manifestations
    Reproductive Issues
    The Impact of CF on the Kidney
    Mental Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Douglas Lewis, editor.
    Summary: Cystic fibrosis is a disease that affects the entire body. It tends to be thought of as primarily a pulmonary disease since pulmonary decline is the main factor in early mortality. Because of the multi-system nature of the disease, a better understanding of cystic fibrosis expands the family physician's understanding of subjects ranging from genetics to pulmonary function to nutrition to colon transport to hydration to electrolyte management. The primary care philosophy is unique in that it always considers how a narrow problem can affect an individual globally. Cystic Fibrosis care can often feel fractured to patients as they are sent to multiple specialists to deal with problems outside of the comfort level of a prior or current specialist. With a broad medical philosophy, care is more inclusive as clinicians can manage topics such as diabetes and preventive care without multiple referrals and additional appointments. Family physicians are well-positioned and well-qualified to competently meet many of the care needs of those with cystic fibrosis. This book is edited by a family medicine physician who has specialist level experience with the disease. It opens with a background on cystic fibrosis foundations and centers to familiarize the reader. The next chapter gives a basic overview of the disease. Each of the subsequent chapters provide a comprehensive look at how cystic fibrosis affects other areas of the body that the primary care physician should be familiar with. Major components of cystic fibrosis such as physiology, spirometry, inflammation, airway clearance, chronic infection, cystic fibrosis related diabetes and pancreatic insufficiency, among others, are thoroughly explained. Written by experts in the field, Cystic Fibrosis in Primary Care appeals to all family physicians as well as specialists, residents, medical students physician assistants and nurse practitioners alike.

    Contents:
    Evolution of Cystic Fibrosis Care
    CF Basics
    CFTR Physiology
    Spirometry in CF
    Exercise for CF
    The Inflammation of CF
    CF Airway Clearance
    Acute and Chronic Infection Management in CF
    Sexual and Reproductive Health in CF
    Gastrointestinal Disease and Nutrition in CF
    CF Related Diabetes
    Electrolyte Abnormalities in CF
    CFTR Carrier Status
    CFTR Correction Therapies
    Psychology and Psychotherapy in CF.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Oscar H. Del Brutto, Héctor H. García.
    Summary: Neurocysticercosis (neural infection by larvae of Taenia solium) occurs when humans become intermediate hosts of the tapeworm Taenia solium after ingesting its eggs, usually directly from a Taenia carrier. Nowadays, the disease is the most common helminthic infection of the nervous system in humans, and a major cause of acquired epilepsy. It has long been endemic in developing countries of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, the Indian subcontinent, and Southeast Asia. Recently, however, mass migration from endemic to non-endemic areas and growth in overseas travel have resulted in an increase in the prevalence of cysticercosis in countries where it was formerly considered exotic. The introduction of modern neuroimaging and serologic techniques has improved the diagnosis of neurocysticercosis, and the development of potent cysticidal drugs has changed the prognosis of most affected patients. Nevertheless, much remains to be learned about this parasitic disease. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the various aspects of cysticercosis of the nervous system that will be of interest to all who are involved in the care of patients with the disease. Epidemiology, neuropathology, immunopathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and management are all thoroughly discussed based on current evidence and practice.

    Contents:
    1 Foreword
    2 History of taeniasis and cysticercosis
    3 Epidemiology of human cysticercosis:
    Cysticercosis in endemic regions
    Cysticercosis in travelers and non-endemic regions
    4 Life cycle and biological characteristics of Taenia solium
    5 Neuropathology of cysticercosis and evolutive stages of cysticerci
    6 Immunopathogenesis of cysticercosis
    7 Clinical manifestations of Parenchymal neurocysticercosis:
    Epilepsy
    Focal neurological deficits
    Cognitive decline and psychiatric alterations
    Increased intracranial pressure
    8 Clinical manifestations of Extraparenchymal neurocysticercosis:
    Intraventricular NCC
    Cysticercosis of the Sylvian fissure and basal CSF cisterns
    Subarachnoid NCC of the convexity
    9 Diagnosis of cysticercosis (and Taeniasis):
    Neuroimaging
    Immunological diagnosis
    Other exams
    Diagnosis of taeniasis
    Diagnostic criteria for neurocysticercosis
    10 Management of neurocysticercosis:
    Cysticidal drugs (albendazole and praziquantel) Surgery
    11 Control and perspectives for elimination. .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Jong Hoon Park, Curie Ahn, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. ADPKD overview. Recent trends in ADPKD research / Yu Bin Shin and jong Hoon Park
    Genetic mechanisms of ADPKD / Do Yeon Kim and Johng Hoon Park
    part 2. Cystogenesis mechanisms.Cell proliferatio and apoptosis in ADPKD / Eun Ji Lee
    Inflammation and fibrosis in ADPKD / Hyowon Mun and Jong Hoon Park
    Functional study of the primary cilia in ADPKD / Je Yeong Ko
    Epigenetic regulation in cystogenesis / Yu Mi Woo
    part 3. Therapeutic approaches and diagnostic markers for ADPKD. Validation of effective therapeutic targets for ADPKD using animal models / Yu Mi Woo, Je Yeong Ko, and Eun Ji Lee
    Diagnostic evaluation as a biomarker in patients with ADPKD / Hayne Cho Park and Curie Ahn
    Clinical trials and a view toward the future of ADPKD / Hyunsuk Kim and Young-Hwan Hwang
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shlomit Schaal, Henry J. Kaplan, editors.
    Summary: Written for comprehensive ophthalmologists and vitreoretinal surgeons, this book discusses state-of-the-art medical and surgical management of cystoid macular edema (CME) and explains the current understanding of the pathophysiology of the condition and methods of diagnosis. The management approach is clearly detailed for each potential presentation, including CME occurring in association with uveitis, diabetes mellitus, vitreoretinal interface changes, retinal vascular occlusions, and lens-induced pathology. The guidance takes full account of the continued expansion in medical treatment options due to the development of new drugs and the increased availability of minimally invasive surgical procedures. Additionally, since therapeutic approaches to CME depend on a clear understanding of pathophysiologic mechanisms and the structural changes in the vitreous and neurosensory retina revealed by imaging studies, these aspects are carefully considered as well.

    Contents:
    Part. I. Pathophysiology and diagnosis of CME: 1. Introduction.
    2. Mechanisms of macular edema
    3. Diagnosis of cystoid macular edema: imaging
    Part II. Medical management of CME: 4. Medical management of CME associated with uveitis
    5. Medical management of CME associated with diabetes
    6. Management of macular edema in vitreo-maculopathies
    7. Medical management of CME associated with retinal vascular occlusions
    8. Cystoid macular edema in retained lens fragments after cataract surgery
    Part. III. Surgical management of CME: 9. Surgical management of macular edema associated with uveitis
    10. Surgical management of diabetic maccular edema
    11. Surgical management of CME associated with vitreoeretinal interface
    12. Surgical management of cystoid macular edema associated with retinal vascular occlusions
    13. Surgical management of vitreous retained lens fragments during or following phacoemulsification surgery
    14. Conclusion and outlook for the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Susanne Radtke-Schuller.
    Summary: Description This stereotaxic atlas of the ferret brain provides detailed architectonic subdivisions of the cortical and subcortical areas in the ferret brain using high-quality histological material stained for cells and myelin together with in vivo magnetic resonance (MR) images of the same animal. The skull-related position of the ferret brain was established according to in vivo MRI and additional CT measurements of the skull. Functional denotations from published physiology and connectivity studies are mapped onto the atlas sections and onto the brain surface, together with the architectonic subdivisions. High-resolution MR images are provided at levels of the corresponding histology atlas plates with labels of the respective brain structures. The book is the first atlas of the ferret brain and the most detailed brain atlas of a carnivore available to date. It provides a common reference base to collect and compare data from any kind of research in the ferret brain.^Key Features Provides the first ferret brain atlas with detailed delineations of cortical and subcortical areas in frontal plane. Provides the most detailed brain atlas of a carnivore to date. Presents a stereotaxic atlas coordinate system derived from high-quality histological material and in vivo magnetic resonance (MR) images of the same animal. Covers the ferret brain from forebrain to spinal cord at intervals of 0.6 mm on 58 anterior-posterior levels with 5 plates each. Presents cell (Nissl) stained frontal sections (plate 1) and myelin stained sections (plate 2) in a stereotaxic frame. Provides detailed delineations of brain structures and their denomination on a Nissl stained background on a separate plate (3). Compiles abbreviations on plate 4, a plate that also displays the low resolution MRI of the atlas brain with the outlines of the Nissl sections in overlay.^Displays high-resolution MR images at intervals of 0.15 mm from another animal with labeled brain structures as plate 5 corresponding to the anterior-posterior level of each atlas plate. Provides detailed references used for delineation of brain areas. Target audience of the book: The book addresses researchers and students in neurosciences who are interested in brain anatomy in general (e.g., for translational purposes/comparative aspects), particularly those who study the ferret as important animal model of growing interest in neurosciences.

    Contents:
    Intro; Ethical Approval; Conflict of Interest; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Methods; Animals; MR Imaging; CT Imaging; Histology; Atlas Coordinate System; Standardized Embedding; Stereotaxic Reference System; Selection of the Atlas Series; Preparation of Images and Plates; High-Quality MRI Series; Anatomical Structures, Nomenclature, and Abbreviations; Further References Taken into Account; Atlases of Carnivore Brains; Telencephalon; Cerebral Cortex; Frontal Cortex; Parietal Cortex; Temporal Cortex; Occipital Cortex; Other; Diencephalon; Thalamus; Hypothalamus; Brainstem CerebellumIndex of Brain Structures; Index of Structures; Index of Abbreviations; Surface Views of the Ferret Brain; Gyri and Sulci of the Ferret Forebrain in Top and Side Views (Fig. 1); Delineations of Functional and Structural Areas of the Ferret Cortex in Top and Side Views (Fig. 2); Atlas Plates with Sub-panels; References
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Paul R. Ortiz de Montellano, editor.
    Summary: This authoritative Fourth Edition summarizes the advances of the past decade concerning the structure, mechanism, and biochemistry of cytochrome P450 enzymes, with sufficient coverage of earlier work to make each chapter a comprehensive review of the field. Thirteen chapters are divided into two detailed volumes, the first covering the fundamentals of cytochrome P450 biochemistry, as well as the microbial, plant, and insect systems, and the second exclusively focusing on mammalian systems. Volume 1 begins with an exploration of the biophysics and mechanistic enzymology of cytochrome P450 enzymes, with a discussion of the structures of P450 enzymes and their electron donor partners, the mechanisms of oxygen activation and substrate oxidation, and the approaches and nature of cytochrome P450 inhibition. Two more chapters discuss the nature and roles of cytochrome P450 enzymes in microbes, plants and insects, and an eighth chapter is a survey of the potential utility of P450 enzymes in biotechnology. The first chapter of Volume 2 examines the roles of P450 enzymes in mammals, mainly humans. Four further chapters then deal with the genetic and hormonal regulation of P450 enzymes and their specific roles in the processing of sterols and lipids. Cytochrome P450: Structure, Mechanism, and Biochemistry is a key resource for scientists, professors, and students interested in fields as diverse as biochemistry, chemistry, biophysics, molecular biology, pharmacology and toxicology.

    Contents:
    Volume 1
    1 Structures of Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    2 Electron Transfer Partners of Cytochrome P450
    3 Activation of Molecular Oxygen in Cytochromes P450
    4 Substrate Oxidation by Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    5 Inhibition of Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    6 Microbial Cytochromes P450
    7 P450s in Plants, Insects and their Fungal Pathogens
    8 P450 Biotechnology
    Volume 2
    9 Human Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    10 Nuclear Receptor-Mediated Regulation of Cytochrome P450 Genes
    11 Hormonal Regulation of Liver Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    12 P450 Enzymes in Steroid Processing
    13 P450 Enzymes in Lipid Oxidation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Susan Mahler Zneimer.
    Contents:
    Guidelines for good clinical laboratory practice
    Quality management
    Design control of tests and FDA guidelines for laboratory developed tests (LDTs)
    Pre-clinical validation studies
    Reagents, instruments and equipment
    Cost of testing and staffing requirements
    Process improvement : six sigma approach to laboratory improvement
    Staff training and competency for a cytogenetics laboratory
    Training program for cytogenetic and FISH technologists
    Training program for molecular genetic technologists
    General SOP information by test and pre-analytic procedures
    Analytic procedures : chromosome analysis
    Analytic procedures : FISH analysis
    Analytic procedures : microarrays
    Post-analytic procedures.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Aileen Wee, Pichet Sampatanukul, Nirag Jhala.
    Summary: Each volume in this richly illustrated series, published in association with the Papanicolaou Society of Cytopathology, provides an organ-based approach to the cytologic and histologic diagnosis of small tissue samples. Benign, pre-malignant and malignant entities are presented in a well-organized and standardized format, with high-resolution color photomicrographs, tables, and lists of key specific morphologic criteria. Example vignettes allow the reader to assimilate the diagnostic principles in a case-based format. This volume provides comprehensive coverage of both surgical pathology and cytopathology of focal liver lesions. Extensively illustrated throughout, it contains key cytologic and histologic features, practical points, radiologic and morphologic pictures, flow charts, and tabulated summaries for easy comprehensive overview and quick reference and provides a pragmatic algorithmic approach to cytohistologic diagnosis. with over 700 printed photomicrographs and a CD-ROM offering all images in a downloadable format, this is an important resource for all anatomic pathologists.

    Contents:
    The focal liver lesion : general considerations
    Morphologic approach
    Diagnostic algorithm
    Focal liver lesions with low or no suspicion of malignancy
    Focal liver lesions suspicious of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Focal liver lesions suspicious of intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma
    Focal liver lesions from metastases and other malignancies
    Focal liver lesions with cystic appearance
    Focal liver lesions in infants and children
    Ancillary studies
    Techniques and technology in practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Ivana Vancurova.
    Contents:
    Control of pro-inflammatory cytokine release from human monocytes with the use of an interleukin-10 monoclonal antibody / Hardik Patel and Dennis Davidson
    Cytokine-induced neutrophil chemotaxis assay / Dennis Davidson and Hardik Patel
    In vitro one-dimensional assay to study growth factor-regulated tumor cell-macrophage interaction / Ved P. Sharma, Brian T. Beaty, Dianne Cox, John S. Condeelis, and Robert J. Eddy
    Chemotactic responses by macrophages to a directional source of a cytokine delivered by a micropipette / Michael Cammer and Dianne Cox
    Assessment of phagocytic activity of cultured macrophages using fluorescence microscopy and flow cytometry / Lokesh Sharma ... [e tal.]
    Assessment of cytokine-modulated proteasome activity / Christopher J. Kirk, Saul R. Powell, and Edmund J. Miller
    Evaluation of the adverse effect of low concentration of cadmium on interleukin-4 induced class switch recombination in burkett's lymphoma Raji cell line / Vladimir Poltoratsky
    Mix-and-measure assay for determining the activation status of endogenous Cdc42 in cytokine-stimulated macrophage cell lysates / Veronika Miskolci ... [et al]
    Analysis of the cell surface expression of cytokine receptors using the surface protein biotinylation method / Mahmud Arif Pavel
    Detection of CXCR2 cytokine receptor surface expression using immunofluorescence / Clarissa Lam ... [et al.]
    Detecting Tie2, an endothelial growth factor receptor, by using immunohistochemistry in mouse lungs / Prajna P. Guha, Sascha A. David, and Chandra C. Ghosh
    Use of shRNA for stable suppression of chemokine receptor expression and function in human cancer cell lines / Nicole Salazar ... [et al.]
    Intracellular staining and detection of cytokines by fluorescence-activated flow cytometry / Giulia Freer
    Cytokine detection by flow cytometry / Jian-Ge Qiu ... [et al.]
    Analysis of IL-17 production by flow cytometry and ELISPOT assays / Ling Zhao ... [et al]
    Interleukin-1 (IL-1) immunohistochemistry assay in oral squamous cell carcinoma / Takaaki Kamatani
    Immunofluorescence and subsequent confocal microscopy of intracellular TNF in human neutrophils / Janet Rollins and Veronika Miskolci
    Evaluating cytoplasmic and nuclear levels of inflammatory cytokines in cancer cells by western blotting / Himavanth R. Gatla ... [et al.]
    Western analysis of intracellular interleukin-8 in human mononuclear leukocytes / Veronika Miskolci ... [et al.]
    Quantitative analysis of bortezomib-induced IL-8 gene expression in ovarian cancer cells / Bipradeb Singha ... [et al.]
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Foti, Massimo Locati.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to cytokines as tissue regulators in health and disease
    Chapter 2. Physiology and pathophysiology of adipose tissue-derived cytokine networks
    Chapter 3. Cytokine networkds in the ovary
    Chapter 4. Cytokines in the liver: cytokine mechanisms in liver health and disease
    Chapter 5. The role of adipokines and adipogenesis in the pathogenesis of osteoarthritis
    Chapter 6. Cytokines in atherosclerosis
    Chapter 7. Cytokines in diabetes and diabetic complications
    Chapter 8. Proinflammatry and regulatory cytokines in sarcoidosis
    Chapter 9. Cytokines and their implication in axon degeneration and regeneration following peripheral nerve injury
    Chapter 10. Cytokines as orchestrators of skeletal muscle tissue maintenance and the inflammation associated with acquired autoimmune and hereditary muscle diseases
    Chapter 11. Airway epithelial cytokines in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Chapter 12. Eosinophil cytokines in allergy
    Chapter 13. Cytokines in hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Chapter 14. Cytokine therapy in the tumor microenvironment: old players, new tricks
    Chapter 15. Cytokines from mesenchymal stem cells induce immunosuppressive cells
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Takayuki Yoshimoto, Tomohiro Yoshimoto, editors.
    Contents:
    The Interleukin-1 Family / Charles A. Dinarello and Mihai G. Netea
    IL-6 and Inflammatory Diseases / Daisuke Kamimura, Yasunobu Arima, Toshio Hirano, Hideki Ogura, and Masaaki Murakami
    The Roles of IL-17A and IL-17F in Infection and Inflammatory Disorders / Harumichi Ishigame and Susumu Nakae
    IL-18 / Wen Li, Yoshimasa Tanaka, and Haruki Okamura
    Interleukin-21: a Pleiotropic Mediator of Immunity and Inflammation with Broad Therapeutic Potential / Rosanne Spolski and Warren J. Leonard
    Interleukin-22: A Bridge Between Epithelial Innate Host Defense and Immune Cells / Xiaoting Wang and Wenjun Ouyang
    IL-23 in Health and Disease / Jonathan P. Sherlock, Luis A. Zuniga, and Daniel J. Cua
    IL-36: An Epithelial Cytokine Important in Psoriasis / John E. Sims, Solenne Vigne, Cem Gabay, and Jennifer E. Towne
    Anti-TNF Therapy: 20 Years from Our First Therapeutic Adventure / Jagdeep Nanchahal, Peter Taylor, Richard Williams, and Marc Feldmann
    Interleukin-25: Key Initiator of Type 2 Immune Responses / Hiroshi Nakajima, Tomohiro Tamachi, and Koichi Hirose
    Interleukin-33: Multifunctional Alarmin that Promotes Both Health and Disease / Kazufumi Matsushita and Tomohiro Yoshimoto
    Thymic Stromal Lymphopoietin (TSLP) / Steven F. Ziegler, Florence Roan, Bryan D. Bell, Thomas A. Stoklasek, Masayuki Kitajima, and Hongwei Han
    Interleukin-10: Cytokines in Anti-inflammation and Tolerence / Ashleigh Howes, Philippa Stimpson, Paul Redford, Leona Gabrysova, and Anne O'Garra
    Interleukin-27: Regulation of Immune Responses and Disease Development by a Pleiotropic Cytokine with Pro- and Anti-inflammatory Properties / Izuru Mizoguchi, Kaname Higuchi, Kana Mitobe, Ren Tsunoda, Junichiro Mizuguchi, and Takayuki Yoshimoto
    Interleukin-35: A Novel Mediator of Peripheral Tolerance / Greg M. Delgoffe and Dario A.A. Vignali.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Randy Q. Cron, Edward M. Behrens, editors.
    Summary: Cytokine Storm Syndromes, including HLH and MAS, are frequently fatal disorders, particularly if not recognized early and treated during presentation. The genetics of Cytokine Storm Syndromes are being defined with many of the risk alleles giving rise to mutations in the perforin-mediated cytolytic pathway used by CD8 cytotoxic T cells and natural killer cells. These are being studied using murine models. Up to 10% of the general population may carry risk alleles for developing Cytokine Storm Syndromes, and Cytokine Storm Syndromes are being increasingly recognized around the world in pediatric and adult hospitals. A variety of infectious, rheumatic, and oncologic triggers are commonly associated with Cytokine Storm Syndromes, but understanding this disorder is critical for all researchers and physicians to ensure timely and appropriate therapy. This textbook, the first of its kind, addresses all aspects of the disorder - from genetics, pathophysiology, and ongoing research, to clinical presentations, risk factors, and treatment.

    Contents:
    History of Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
    The history of Macrophage Activation Syndrome in autoimmune diseases
    Clinical features of Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Laboratory features and pathology of the Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Criteria for Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Genetics of primary Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
    Genetics of acquired Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Genetics of Macrophage Activation Syndrome in systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    CD8+ T cell biology in Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Immunology of Cytokine Storm Syndromes: natural killer cells
    Myeloid cells in the immunopathogenesis of Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Cytokines in Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Primary immunodeficiencies and Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Infectious triggers of Cytokine Storm Syndromes: herpes virus family (non-EBV)
    Cytokine Storm Syndromes associated with Epstein-Barr Virus
    Cytokine Storm Syndrome associated with hemorrhagic fever and other viruses
    Cytokine Storm Syndrome as a manifestation of primary HIV infection
    Bacteria-associated Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Zoonotic bacterial infections triggering Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Parasitic and fungal triggers
    Cytokine Storm Syndrome associated with systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and cytokine storm
    Kawasaki Disease-associated Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    The intersections of autoinflammation and cytokine storm
    Macrophage Activation Syndrome in the setting of rheumatic diseases
    Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis in the context of hematological malignancies and solid tumors
    Cytokine storm and sepsis-induced Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome
    Murine models of familial Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Murine models of secondary Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Etoposide therapy of Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    IL-1 family blockade in Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    IL-6 blockade in Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Anti-interferon-gamma therapy for Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Alternative therapies for Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Salvage therapy and allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation for the severe Cytokine Storm Syndrome of Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Arnaud Echard.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edmund S. Cibas, Barbara S. Ducatman.
    Summary: Fully updated, the 4th edition of Cytology helps you apply the latest diagnostic techniques for the interpretation of a complete range of cytological specimens. This medical reference book offers access to the newest methods and adjunct tests, all in a brief, highly readable format that makes quick work of reviewing the key information available on this powerful yet minimally invasive method. It's a perfectly practical bench manual for trainees and practicing pathologists. Take advantage of comprehensive yet concise coverage of nearly every type of cytology, including gynecologic, non-gynecologic, and FNA. Understand the clinical implications of your diagnoses and better equip yourself to make effective interpretations with clinical correlations emphasized throughout. Make the most informed reporting decisions through an in-depth analysis of common diagnostic pitfalls. Quickly find the answers you need with succinct, bulleted text, clinical pearls, and summaries of key points. Gain real-life perspective on a complete range of cytologic findings with over 700 full-color illustrations.

    Contents:
    Cervical and vaginal cytology / Edmund S. Cibas
    Respiratory tract / Christopher A. French
    Urine and bladder washings / Andrew A. Renshaw
    Pleural, pericardial, and peritoneal fluids / Edmund S. Cibas
    Peritoneal washings / Edmund S. Cibas
    Cerebrospinal fluid / Edmund S. Cibas
    Gastrointestinal tract / Gamze Ayata and Helen H. Wang
    Fine-needle aspiration technique and specimen handling / Amy Ly
    Breast / Barbara S. Ducatman and Helen H. Wang
    Thyroid / Edmund S. Cibas
    Salivary gland / Jeffrey F. Krane and William C. Faquin
    Lymph nodes / Tad J. Wieczorek and Paul E. Wakely Jr.
    Liver / Barbara S. Ducatman
    Pancreas and biliary tree / Martha Bishop Pitman
    Kidney and adrenal gland / Andrew A. Renshaw and Edmund S. Cibas
    Ovary / Edmund S. Cibas
    Soft tissue / Xiaohua Qian
    Laboratory management / Edmund S. Cibas.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Edmund S. Cibas, Barbara S. Ducatman.
    Summary: "Concise yet comprehensive, Cytology: Diagnostic Principles and Clinical Correlates is a practical guide to the diagnostic interpretation of virtually any cytological specimen you may encounter. This highly useful bench manual covers all organ systems and situations in which cytology is used, including gynecologic, non-gynecologic, and FNA samples, with an in-depth differential diagnosis discussion for all major entities. As with previous editions, the revised 5th Edition focuses on practical issues in diagnosis and the use of cytology in clinical care, making it ideal for both trainee and practicing pathologists"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Cervical and vaginal cytology
    Respiratory tract
    Urine and bladder washings
    Pleural, pericardial, and peritoneal fluids
    Peritoneal washings
    Cerebrospinal fluid
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Fine-needle aspiration: technique and specimen handling
    Breast
    Thyroid
    Salivary gland
    Lymph nodes
    Liver
    Pancreas and biliary tree
    Kidney and adrenal gland
    Ovary
    Soft tissue
    Bone
    Laboratory management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Fernando Schmitt, editor.
    Summary: This book covers the complete field of the Cytopathology - from cytological findings of Acinic cell carcinoma Disease to Warthin tumor. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Christopher J. VandenBussche, Syed Z. Ali.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Ritu Nayar, editor.
    Summary: In recent decades, cytopathology has assumed an increasing role in the primary diagnosis of mass lesions owing to its ability to provide rapid, non-invasive, and timely information. With cytopathology at the forefront of diagnosis and prognostication of neoplastic lesions, it is essential that physicians involved in the diagnosis and treatment of precancerous lesions and cancer have a clear understanding of specimen collection techniques, terminology for reporting, and outcomes in various diagnostic categories. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the role of cytology at various body sites. The diagnostic details covered are abbreviated in comparison with those in pathology texts. Instead, a more clinical approach is taken, with the focus on the advantages and limitations of techniques and the key features of entities that are important to clinicians. Pathological clinical correlation is highlighted throughout the book, ensuring that it will be highly relevant for clinicians. In particular, physicians who deal with oncology patients will find it to be a rich source of guidance on how to use and understand cytopathology in the diagnosis and exclusion of malignancy.

    Contents:
    Overview of Cytopathology Procedures and Techniques
    Ancillary Studies on Neoplastic Cytologic Specimens
    Head and Neck
    Cytology of the Lung
    Liver Cytology
    Esophagus, Stomach, and Pancreas
    Genitourinary Cytopathology (Kidney and Urinary Tract)
    Body Cavity Fluids
    Cytopathology in the Diagnosis of Lymphoma
    Female Genital Tract
    Beyond the Standard of Care: The Role of Cytopathology in Molecular Testing of Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC270.3.C97 C986 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Yener S. Erozan, Armanda Tatsas.
    Summary: This volume fulfills the need for an easy-to-use and authoritative synopsis of intra-abdominal organ cytopathology. Part of the Essentials in Cytopathology book series, the book is heavily illustrated with a full color art program, while the text follows a user-friendly outline format. The book also fits into the lab coat pocket and is ideal for portability and quick reference. Written by authorities in the field, Cytopathology of the Liver, Biliary Tract, Kidney and Adrenal Glands is a concise and valuable resource to pathologists on the subject of intra-abdominal organ cytopathology.

    Contents:
    Image-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration of Intra-Abdominal Masses and organs: Liver, Kidney, and Adrenal Gland
    On-Site Evaluation and Speciman Preparation
    Liver
    Biliary Tract
    Kidney
    Adrenal Glands.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gabrijela Kocjan ; contributor Simon, Morley.
    Contents:
    Salivary gland
    Thyroid
    Lymph node
    Miscellaneous lesions of head and neck.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Vaidurya Pratap Sahi, František Baluška, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the plant cytoskeleton and its various cross-talks with other cellular components leading to its role in plant growth and development. It not only allows the geometric and signaling dimensions of cells, but is also very important in physiological processes. The book discusses the recent studies showing the role of actin and microtubule cytoskeleton interactions in cell-wall assembly and dynamics. The authors examine the role of both microtubules in the mechanics of plant cells, and actin filaments in the motility of chloroplasts. Based on recent advances in the study of the acto-myosin complex using high-resolution microscopy, they propose a new model for intracellular transport in plants. Exploring an almost-forgotten field of bioelectricity in the context of the cytoskeleton, the book highlights connections between the dynamic actin filaments and the bioelectricity of membranes and demonstrates that the plant cytoskeleton is involved in the distribution of plant hormones. Lastly, it addresses the role of endomembrane -cytoskeleton interactions to show the importance of the cytoskeleton in organelle morphogenesis and cellular functions. Studies in various plant models have shown how the actin filament and microtubules control and coordinate plant cell growth and development. This book summarizes the mechanisms underlying these functions.

    Contents:
    ​- Cortical Region of Diffusively Growing Cells as a Site of Actin-Microtubule Cooperation in Cell Wall Synthesis.
    Insights into the Cell Wall and Cytoskeletal Regulation by Mechanical Forces in Plants.
    Chloroplast Actin Filaments Involved in Chloroplast Photorelocation Movements.
    Diversity of Plant Actin-Myosin Systems.
    Actin Cytoskeleton and Action Potentials: Forgotten Connections.
    The Actomyosin System in Plant Cell Division: Lessons Learned from Microscopy and Pharmacology.
    Cooperation Between Auxin and Actin During the Process of Plant Polar Growth.
    Interactions Between the Plant Endomembranes and the Cytoskeleton.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Elena Ranieri.
    Contents:
    Negative and positive separation techniques for the isolation of antigen-specific CD8+ T cells from blood and tumor tissue / Margherita Gigante, Sharon Natasha Cox, and Elena Ranieri
    In vitro\ex vivo generation of cytotoxic T lymphocytes / Margherita Gigante and Elena Ranieri
    Phenotypic and functional characterization of cytotoxic T lymphocytes by flow cytometry / Iulia Popescu [and three others]
    Intracellular signaling of CTLs / Sharon Natasha Cox
    Monitoring antigen-specific T cell responses using real-time PCR / Devin B. Lowe, Jennifer L. Taylor, and Walter J. Storkus
    CTL ELISPOT assay / Elena Ranieri, Iulia Popescu, and Margherita Gigante
    Methods of purification of CTL-derived exosomes / Angela Montecalvo, Adriana T. Larregina, and Adrian E. Morelli
    Characterization of CTL by microscopy / Giuseppe Stefano Netti
    Intravital imaging of cytotoxic T lymphocytes / Gaetano Faleo, Per-Olof Berggren, and Antonello Pileggi
    The microarray-based approach for the analysis of the transcriptome / Matteo Accetturo, Paola Pontrelli, and Loreto Gesualdo
    miRNome analysis using real-time PCR / Paola Pontrelli, Matteo Accetturo, and Loreto Gesualdo
    Proteomic approaches by SELDI and MALDI-TOF/MS for CTL analysis / Massimo Papale and Maria Teresa Rocchetti
    Two-dimensional gel electrophoresis approach for CTL phosphoproteome analysis / Maria Teresa Rocchetti, Massimo Papale, and Loreto Gesualdo
    Targeting the JAK/STAT pathway in cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL) by next generation sequencing (NGS) / Maddalena Gigante, Sterpeta Diella, and Elena Ranieri
    Experimental model for studying the involvement of regulatory cytotoxic T cells in bone resorption / Giacomina Brunetti [and three others]
    CTL and transplantation : tissue in vivo characterization / Federica Rascio, Chiara Divella, and Giuseppe Grandaliano.
    Digital Access Springer 2014

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.